Students in the Huntsville School “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SFEcho 04/1910. To the students in the Huntsville School Dear young friends,—
Are you daily preparing for graduation into the higher school? Are you daily becoming better fitted for entrance into the heavenly courts? Are you making the most of your privileges, seeking earnestly to overcome all evil habits? At the great examination day, one wrong habit unconquered will keep you from receiving the overcomer’s reward. Do not let sin obtain the victory over you. Strive to enter in at the strait gate. “Wide is the gate and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat.”“Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 1)
There is a special and important work for you to accomplish. Clear directions are given in the Word of God regarding the part that you are to act. “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 2)
“When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.... Put on therefore as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another and forgiving one another, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching, and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 4, 12-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 3)
I would urge upon you the importance of a determination to honor God by consecrating to Him the powers of mind and body. It is your privilege to give yourselves to God. In word and deed seek to honor Him. Set your mark high, and by constant watchfulness gain decided victories.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 4)
Be kind in all you do and say. If any one speaks harsh, irritating words to you, do not retaliate. Speak gently, and thus help those around you to bear the cross after Jesus. In every perplexity ask God for advice and counsel, and it will be given. When your mind is troubled, go to the Lord Jesus, and ask Him to give you His grace. Cast all your care upon Him who cares for you. “In everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God, which passeth understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Jesus Christ.” [Philippians 4:6, 7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 5)
Ask yourselves, Why am I obtaining an education? Is it not that I may be better fitted to work for the Lord? I must make the very best use of my school days, honoring God by developing a character like the character of Christ. Then when I return to my home, I can be a blessing and a help to those around me.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 6)
Watch and pray, and keep the heart always in a condition to discern and receive all the good that God has for you. Ask Him for the wisdom that will enable you to turn from the evil that you may see and hear. Learn from Christ how to keep your souls in harmony with His. When the peace of God fills the heart, thank God, praise His holy name, and keep yourselves where you can receive still more of the Holy Spirit. Thus you will make friends with God, and He will make of you true Christians.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 7)
The peace of Christ is worth everything to you. It is your privilege to be kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation. While a student here under human teachers, remember that you are also a student under the great Teacher, who gave His life for you, that you might learn of Him to be meek and lowly. He desires you to realize that His yoke is easy and His burden light. In time of need, the true Christian will realize the keeping power of God. He who asks help from God will receive it. The student who is learning to serve God acceptably will be a blessing to those with whom he is associated.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 8)
God will guide all who desire to be guided. In the time of temptation He will hide them in His pavilion. Do your best. Be faithful in word and act. Give evidence that the efforts made in your behalf are not in vain. Then God will greatly bless you and will help you to make a success of your work. Give yourselves, heart and mind and soul, to the work of obtaining a fitness for God’s service. Co-operate with your teachers. Respond to their efforts in your behalf. Give them evidence that these efforts are not in vain. Thus you will disappoint the enemy and cause rejoicing amongst the angels of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 9)
Pray and believe, and the Lord will be to you a present help in every time of need. Trust in the Saviour. Ask Him for what you need, believing that He will hear and answer you, that He will receive and bless you, because you confess and forsake your sins.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 10)
We are praying for you in Huntsville—praying that the Spirit of God may come upon you, to encourage you, to make you apt students, that you may know and do the will of God and magnify the truth. Angels have charge over you, and they are ever ready to help you, to give you light and faith and courage. Submit yourselves wholly to God’s guidance, and you will be established in the truth and will gain a fitness to teach those who know not the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 11)
Yours in the blessed hope of Christ’s coming.
(20LtMs, Lt 1, 1905, 12)
Lt 3, 1905
Jones, C. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 1BC 1110. Dear Brother C. H. Jones,—
I have written a letter to all who are bearing responsibilities as leaders in the work of the Pacific Press, and now I wish to write you personally a few lines, which I earnestly desire you to read carefully and prayerfully, that you may discern the high, noble principles that are to be carried out in the life practice.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 1)
I do not see how it will be possible for me to attend the meeting at Mountain View. But I have often talked with you and before you in regard to the way in which those who are bearing responsibilities should conduct the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 2)
Your course in connection with the work of God has not been in all respects a pattern for others to follow. There have been and there still remain in your mind mixed sentiments. You are placed where you have opportunity to favor yourself in many ways, and this you have done in certain business lines. The Lord does not record this to your credit. These things may in your view be passably right, but there are some things that are not right, and I am obliged, though with much regret, to state a few points regarding them.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 3)
You have sometimes accepted favors for yourself. If others should do the same in this respect, proportionally, as you have done, a condition of things would be brought in that the Lord condemns. There are matters that must be investigated by our brethren who are bearing responsibilities in the work, in order that the standard of unselfish action may be maintained. The Lord expects those who occupy offices of trust in connection with His work to purify their souls by obeying the very highest principles of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 4)
To you and to brother Frank Gage I am instructed to say, Be afraid lest you yield to the temptation to follow your own inclinations. Others have done this; but this is no excuse for you. The standard of principle sometimes followed by Brother W. C. Gage was a very objectionable one. Never should we follow the devising and policy of the world as he has done. The business dealings carried on in connection with the Signs office are all to be true, clean, and fragrant.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 5)
God is in earnest with us. He would have us put self out of sight. The advantages that you have taken to yourself may not be made apparent to some who shall investigate the matter. The questionable things may, from a worldly standpoint, be justified, but they can not be from a Christian standpoint. I write this to warn you not to vindicate yourself from a worldly point of view; for this would hurt your future influence as a worker in connection with the cause of God. Your judgment in regard to the justice of some business transactions has been dimmed. The advantages that shall come to those connected with the cause, because of their connection with it, are not to be regarded as a personal matter, to be used for personal advantage. The benefits accruing to any one because of his connection with our institutions are not to be appropriated for selfish advantages, but are to be placed to the advantage of the institutions.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 6)
It is your privilege to obtain an experience of that which you now have. God is saying to you, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] The standard of the world is not to be the criterion for Christians. Settling matters from the standpoint of the law by worldly lawyers has brought great entanglement upon the work and cause of God. The way in which men, connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium, sustained by worldly lawyers, have carried out their own plans and have swayed things in harmony with their own ideas has been opened before me, chapter after chapter. I can see it all as plainly as if I had been present. But I do not wish to specify these matters to the managers of the institution; for it would be of no use. There are wrongs that will never be made to appear as they really are. Therefore I shall not specify any particulars. It would be of no use.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 7)
But I do wish to state that the rule followed by worldlings who do not recognize the law of Jehovah, as the standard that all must reach, is not the rule that is to be followed in our institutions. Worldly policy in business dealing is not to be brought into the cause of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 8)
Brother Jones, you have been led to take steps in business transactions that are not right. You have erred in judgment. Closely investigate all your business transactions; for we are living in the day of judgment, when every case is to be tried. Every weakness, every misleading transaction should now be repented of and forgiveness earnestly sought. Search for the selfishness that has developed, and examine it in the clear light of the Word of God. And then make these things right if you would stand acquitted in that great day when every man shall be judged according to his works. God expects a man who has had the experience that you have had to stand as a veteran in His army. He calls upon His people to stand, and having done all, to stand. What is meant [by] “all”? [Ephesians 6:13.] Read the words of Christ in the Old Testament and in the New Testament, and you will see.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 9)
Let us keep in view the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who are engaged in the battles of the Lord in this world. Let us look away to the city “which hath foundations, whose maker and builder is God.” [Hebrews 11:10.] We are engaged in a stern warfare, and we are to fight manfully. And let us never forget that those only are crowned who fight lawfully. In all good works we are to enter into partnership with Jesus Christ. Day by day we are to keep the way of the Lord, saying humbly and gratefully, “Lord, I have done as Thou hast commanded me. What shall I do next?” Every day, with Bible in hand, we are to learn in Christ’s school the lessons taught by Him and His apostles. Never are we to do that upon which He could not place His commendation.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 10)
My brother, in this life we are to prepare for the future immortal life. This is our work. We are to become familiar with the Levitical law in all its bearings; for it contains rules that must be obeyed; it contains the instruction that if studied will enable us to understand better the rule of faith and practice that we are to follow in our dealings with one another. No soul has any excuse for being in darkness. Those who receive Christ by faith will receive also power to become the sons of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 11)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 12)
P.S. I have been given a representation of things that occurred at the death of Brother Lunt. Before this, his daughter Charlotte had given him a small sum of money. After his funeral expenses were paid, I think there was something left. This money rightly belonged to his wife, who had done her duty faithfully in caring for her sick husband. It should have been placed in her hands. But that small amount of money was made to appear as not belonging to Sister Lunt.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 13)
The impression made upon the widow by the course followed was very painful. Had Brother and Sister Jones placed in her hands the money which had they been in her circumstances they would have claimed as their own, the approval of God would have rested in their unselfishness.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 14)
God calls us to do unto others as we would wish them to do unto us. Every effort should have been made to show Sister Lunt that the faithful care she had given her husband was appreciated. But instead, a distressing and humiliating impression was left upon her mind. The outcome of the transaction was that the pleasant relationship that had existed for years was decidedly changed. A door that should have been strictly guarded was left open for temptation to enter.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 15)
God weighs motives and actions. Every dollar of the money left unused should have been freely given to Sister Lunt. Sister Jones would have been highly aggrieved had she been similarly treated. Both she and her husband would have pronounced judgment upon such a course.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 16)
In the lives of all there are times when tests and proving come through circumstances. If the unselfish spirit of Christ is revealed, great good is the result. If the mind is controlled and guided by the Spirit of God, the actions will speak for themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 17)
“If any man will come after Me,” Christ says, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Opportunities come when character is revealed, and supreme decisions are made. My brother and sister, such an opportunity came to you, and [you] failed. May the Lord help you to make this matter right. May He help you to make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.
(20LtMs, Lt 3, 1905, 18)
Lt 5, 1905
Church in Reno “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CS 276. To the church in Reno Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
My advice has been asked as to whether the matter of establishing a sanitarium in Reno should be brought up just now. To this I respond: Special talent is required to start a sanitarium and place it in running order, even though the enterprise be a private one. Before starting out in such an enterprise, our brethren should ask the advice of wise counsellors. Reno must be worked; but it must be worked in the right way. Were enterprises started that would prove a disappointment, were the one who had taken the responsibility of the work upon himself to fail in his enterprise, it would be very difficult to overcome the impression thus made against the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 1)
Whoever has in view the starting of a sanitarium should consult those of his brethren who carry the burden of the work in fields nigh and afar off. We cannot afford to have any impression made by our medical work in the cities other than that God is our leader and our defense.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 2)
When a sanitarium is established in Reno, it should be conducted in such a way as to be a powerful influence in the uplifting of the banner of truth. To those who desire to start a sanitarium in this place, I would say, Do not move hastily. Consult your brethren. Attend the meeting of leading men soon to be held at Mountain View. There many matters of interest will be discussed, and light will come in to help you to understand what is your duty. You will have opportunity to learn what it means to establish sanitariums and to conduct them on the elevated plane that has been marked out for our institutions.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 3)
To our brethren and sisters in Reno I would say, Move cautiously. Enter into no enterprise unless you are sure that it is in harmony with the will of God. Do not loan or invest your means without first giving the matter careful consideration. Dishonor will come upon us as a people if a sanitarium be started in Reno in a hasty, illogical way. Such an enterprize should not be started without carefully counting the cost and seeing whether the work planned for can be completed. The instruction that the Lord has given is that those who plan to establish a sanitarium should consult with the officers of the conference before undertaking the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 4)
To our brethren everywhere I am instructed to say, Let the enterprises already started in needy fields be considered before new enterprises are begun, else a large burden of debt will be brought upon our people. The institutions that are being established at the capital of our nation must have special help just now. The important work that has been undertaken in Washington, D.C., must be completed.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 5)
Just now money is greatly needed also to advance the work in the Southern field. I have been instructed that means must be provided to carry forward the work begun in Nashville. The school in which young men and women are to be educated to go out as missionaries is to be firmly established. Special efforts must also be made just now to help the colored people. The sanitarium that has been established in Nashville for the colored people must be provided with better facilities, and those who are making efforts to build at Huntsville an orphanage for colored children must have help.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 6)
With this I will send you copies of letters recently written to others about the work in mission fields. These letters you may read at your meetings.
(20LtMs, Lt 5, 1905, 7)
Lt 7, 1905
Workmen in the Pacific Press Publishing House “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1905 Previously unpublished. To the Workmen in the Pacific Press Publishing House,—
I am entrusted with a message to all who are connected with the work of God. Accustom yourselves the whole day long to draw near to God. Yes, draw nearer to Him than you have ever before felt the necessity of doing. This God demands of every one connected with the publishing house at Mountain View. Talk with God, and with gratitude learn of Him His way and will. He will give tact and skill to those who do their work to His glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 1)
Christ says, Reach up higher and still higher in every business transaction. Let no selfish scheme to favor self come in. The whole day long, in all your business transactions, remember that you are in the Lord’s presence. Seek in simple faith to be pure in His sight. Be sure not to bring to the foundation that which is represented as wood, hay, and stubble. Lay your souls open before God, and put yourselves entirely under His guidance. Whatever you may be doing, let your prayers rise to God. Seek in simple faith to enter into union with Christ. You are not half acquainted with the requirements of Christ. You are foolishly neglecting the truth by which you are to be sanctified. Pray, O pray; for a soul without prayer is like a lost sheep, which has strayed from its shepherd.
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 2)
The temper is on the track of every one. He will lead all he possibly can to heed the sentiments which, if followed, must end in eternal destruction. We have none too much time to prepare to meet God. No longer talk of unimportant subjects. Draw near to God. You occupy an important position, and your example is to help others to purify their souls through the truth. Let the converting power of God come in among you. The Saviour desires every one connected with the office at Mountain View to be tenderhearted, pitiful, courteous. Look to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. He is holy, and He will impart His holiness to His true followers.
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 3)
I am instructed to say, There are but few who have advanced as they should in heavenly discipline. Among those acting a part in the office of publication, there are some whose fellowship is not a spiritual advantage to the apprentices working with them. God blotted out our two largest institutions in Battle Creek, because those connected with them would not heed the appeals and warnings given. My spirit is grieved day and night as I see so little real devotion, so little earnest, determined effort to rise to a higher standard. O how much precious time is trifled away on unimportant lines of work.
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 4)
It is not the house, the land that you possess, but the condition of your heart at which God looks. Firm and unshaken, hold fast to the truth. With heart and mind and soul and strength, love the Lord your God. Let the prayer go forth from unfeigned lips, Give me Thy love in my heart, that I may impart it to others. There is only one power—the power of the grace of Christ,—that can energize the soul. All pride, all self-indulgence is to be overcome, or we can never enter the abodes of bliss. The science that all should learn is the science contained in the words, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 5)
“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 6)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 12-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 7, 1905, 7)
Lt 9, 1905
Leading Men of the Pacific Press “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1905 Previously unpublished. To the leading men of the Pacific Press Dear Brethren,—
I am very much interested in your work as it now stands in Mountain View. I have this message to present to you: Look to God for your orders. Do not shape your cause in conformity to the views of worldly businessmen. We are living in the great day of atonement, when every case is being decided by the Judge of all. Those who are preparing for entrance into the heavenly courts cannot afford to be careless now. “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect,” is the word that comes to us. [Matthew 5:48.] We are to be constantly reaching forward toward perfection of character, striving continually for conformity to the will of God. Daily we are to make earnest efforts to cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 1)
The solemn instruction that the Lord gave to Moses for the guidance of Israel is to be studied and obeyed by the church of God in these last days. From the pillar of fire this instruction was given, and it contains principles from which there is to be no departure. Every institution under the control of God’s denominated people is now to take its stand in its God-given knowledge of right, of justice, of virtue, free from every vestige of self-serving, if it would be a blessing to humanity in this degenerate age.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 2)
We are to stand firm against all forms of degeneracy and backsliding, against every temptation to mingle worldly policy with the work of God. The policy of worldly men is not to be brought into our institutions and our churches. It is a spurious fabrication, which makes to appear righteous, that which the Lord calls fraud. God calls upon those connected with our publishing houses, sanitariums, and schools, and with all others lines of His work, to stand under His banner, following His principles in every business transaction. They are safe only when they are standing on the side of truth and righteousness. They are to take their stand against all Satan’s devising; for if followed this devising would spoil the figure of the pattern that Christ has given us to work out in our characters. Never are the rules of worldlings to be adopted. Never are the standards of those who do not recognize the standards of Jehovah to be accepted and followed in our institutions.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 3)
The love of God is free from all selfishness. The prosperity of His institutions is to be our first consideration. At every point self-denial is to be exercised without measure and without its bitterness’ being tasted. Never are we to ask, How can I gain advantage for myself.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 4)
In the time of Israel’s deliverance, God gave men wisdom and skill to be used in building the tabernacle. In their work they were to be guided by the unseen Leader. These chosen men felt greatly honored that a part had been assigned them in the Lord’s work. Love and reverence for God led them to offer Him faithful, unselfish service, returning to Him the increase of the talents given them.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 5)
And today the capabilities God has given men and women are not to be employed for selfish advantage. These gifts have been bestowed upon them that they may show forth the glory of God. They are to praise Him that He has chosen them to reveal, in the smaller as well as the larger matters of life, the greatness of His gift.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 6)
Christ has a place for all sanctified ability. He first bestows the gift and then the power to improve the gift. Not for selfish interest is this power to be exercised, but for the advancement of the cause of God. There is to be a daily surrender of self to God. Every capability is to be used with unselfish love for God. The cross of self-denial is to be cheerfully and willingly borne. And the worker is not to forget to go apart, at times, to rest and commune with God, that he may learn how to work in a way that will redound to the greatest glory of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 7)
Great is the grace imparted to one who works thus. The Lord bestows on him wisdom and judgment and skill, and he is to give them back to the Lord in willing service.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 8)
The glory of God is to be your first consideration. Confess your own nothingness, and praise the Lord that He has singled you out as one whom He can entrust with the capabilities. Pray for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Hold converse daily with God.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 9)
True godliness is a close union with Christ. This godliness enables us to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that it is God which worketh in us, both to will and to do of His own good pleasure. Day by day we are to follow on to know the Lord. To all who are weary and heavy laden the invitation is given, “Come unto Me, ... and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 10)
The Lord permits the confused soul to exert all his strength in an attempt to gain holiness; and then when he has become weary and faint in following his own devising, He invites him to come to Him in simple faith, saying, “I have surrendered myself to the Lord, believing in Him as my Redeemer, my sanctification, my righteousness. I surrender all to Him.” Those who accept this invitation will find rest and peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 11)
Surrender to Christ means more than many realize. We cannot make this surrender while we refuse to wear His yoke and to learn His meekness and lowliness. The mind, the will must be wholly surrendered to the control of the will of God. All schemes and makeshifts to show that you have nothing to confess must be put away. You must be born again of the Holy Spirit. All your attempts to gain holiness in your own strength will avail nothing. You are to surrender all to the Lord Jesus, whose you are by creation and by redemption, saying, “I am His, I am not my own. I belong to Him. All the talents and capabilities that I have are to be used to glorify His name. I must keep foremost the prosperity of His institutions. If I am not prepared to work unselfishly for the prosperity and growth of the institution with which I am connected, I must renew my consecration to God and make a solemn surrender of all to Him.”
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 12)
In this the great day of atonement, God calls for a condition of things among His people that is appropriate to the occasion. Confess, confess, confess your mistakes and errors. To all who profess to be Seventh-day Adventists, I would say, You are entitled to the name of Christian only as you employ your talents in harmony with the plan of the Lord Jesus Christ, only as you are co-workers with God. The life of Christ is the only pattern that it is safe for us to follow.
(20LtMs, Lt 9, 1905, 13)
Lt 11, 1905
Those Assembled in Council at Nashville NP January 10, 1905 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in UL 24; 2MCP 522; 6MR 281-282. + To those assembled in council at Nashville Dear Brethren,—
I am deeply interested in the work that is being done in the Southern field, and especially in the work of the Huntsville School. This school farm was represented to me as having on it fruit trees in full bearing, and also a variety of grains and vegetables, which were in a flourishing condition. Then the words were spoken: “This land is a precious treasure. If thoroughly cultivated, it will yield a valuable increase for the support of the school. But special pains must be taken in its cultivation. Much more may be realized from it than now appears possible. If properly treated, this land will be a lesson book to the students, and to our people, and to those not of our faith.”
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 1)
There was presented before me a gathering in of the harvest with much rejoicing. Painstaking effort had gained a liberal reward. Then the explanation was given: Thus it may be in the lives of the students, if they will put forth patient effort to acquire knowledge and will respond to the painstaking effort put forth in their behalf. The seed sown by the diligent efforts of the teachers will be seen in the development of valuable faculties, which will be of use in the Lord’s cause. The students will gain knowledge that they can give to their own race.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 2)
When I was last in Nashville, I was asked whether it would not be best to dispose of the Huntsville school farm and purchase land elsewhere. Those who asked this question thought that perhaps there was more land in this farm than could be properly managed by the students.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 3)
When I was on the steamer Morning Star, the matter was opened before me. I wrote out the instruction given and read it to a large number at the Huntsville meeting. I will have this matter copied and sent to Brother Rogers and to other workers in the South.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 4)
I will not repeat in this letter the lengthy message given me, but will say, Be of good courage, my brethren. Be of good courage in the Lord. A way out of present difficulties will be found. Our part is to reach forward and upward toward the mark of the prize of our high calling of God in Christ Jesus. He who is in harmony with God ever stands bravely for the right. His influence is always exerted on the side of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 5)
There is a power for good in intellect, if it is conformed to the mind of Christ, sanctified and controlled by the Spirit of God. But intellect alone cannot give a fitness for heaven or enable us to reach the divine standard. In order for a man to be what God desires him to be, he must have a pure, noble character. The right that one has to claim that he is a man is determined by the use that he makes of his intellect. Before man can be acknowledged as a laborer together with God, he must get out of and away from the self-confidence that claims much and gives little.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 6)
Many who have grown to the physical stature of men have kept in their characters a childishness that makes it impossible for God to be glorified in them. In order to be partakers of Christ’s character, we must leave all childishness behind.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 7)
Human beings have no right to think that there is a limit to the efforts that they are to make to represent the goodness and love of God in the work of saving souls. Did Christ ever become weary in His work of soul-saving? Did He ever draw back from self-denial and sacrifice? When church members bring into their lives the self-denial that Christ brought into His life, when they put forth the continuous, persevering efforts that He put forth, they will have no time and no inclination to weave into their experience the false threads that would spoil the pattern.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 8)
As church members we cannot afford to stop to quarrel; for time, precious time, is passing into eternity. We are to watch, and work, and pray, never letting self obtain the mastery. We are to be all ready, through watchfulness and prayer, to spring into action in obedience to the Master’s command. Wherever we see work waiting to be done, we are to take it up and do it, constantly looking unto Jesus. If our church members would heed this instruction, hundreds of souls would be won to Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 9)
Let those who are easily irritated refuse to retaliate when words that vex them are spoken. Let them seek the Lord in prayer, asking Him to show them how to work for souls perishing in sin. He who keeps busy in this work will be so thoroughly imbued with the Spirit of God that his manners, his voice, his whole life will be a revelation of Christ. Try it, brethren, try it. Crucify self in the place of seeking to crucify your brethren. “If any man will come after Me,” Christ said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.]
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 10)
Self-denial means much. It means a denial of the natural desires and the natural disposition. It means a denial of the inclination to find fault and accuse. It is a neglect of this self-denial that needs now to be corrected. My brethren, take yourselves in hand on this point, and you will find that you will not have so many provocations to anger. Be kind in word and spirit. Is it not high time that you were preparing for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him? Will you not stop censuring one another? Will you not cease speaking words of faultfinding to your brethren and to your children? Your happiness depends on refusing to speak one disagreeable, impatient word.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 11)
For Christ’s sake, watch and pray; and during the year that we have just entered, strive to restrain all harsh words. Resolve that you will not speak words that will cast a shadow over the lives of others. Do not stop to ask whether those around you appreciate your efforts to deny self. Open the windows heavenward. Think of Christ, and try to please Him. “Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against all the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Ephesians 6:11, 12.] Satan will use every possible device to make you like himself and thus separate you from the One who gave His life for you. Evil angels will strive for the mastery in your life. If you have not on the whole armor of God, you will be overcome. Shall it be thus, or will you sign the pledge that you will not be intemperate in word or in spirit, that you will keep the divine Pattern ever before you?
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 12)
This warning was not given by the apostle without a purpose. We should all feel that it is our duty to stand at our post, on guard over ourselves, lest the evil agencies warring against us shall be successful in leading us to say and do that which will please the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 13)
“Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.” [Verse 13.] What is meant by “all”? Read the words of Christ in the Old Testament and in the New, and you will see.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 14)
“Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Verses 14-17.] The words and deeds of Christ’s followers are to be fragrant with the holiness of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 15)
“If so be that ye have heard Him, and have been taught by Him, as the truth is in Jesus; that ye put off concerning the former conversation the old man, which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts; and be renewed in the spirit of your mind; and that ye put on the new man, which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness. Wherefore putting away lying, speak every man truth with his neighbor; for we are members one of another. Be ye angry, and sin not; let not the sun go down upon your wrath; neither give place to the devil. Let him that stole steal no more; but rather let him labor, working with his hands the thing which is good, that he may have to give to him that needeth. Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but that which is good, to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace unto the hearers. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Let all bitterness, and wrath, and anger, and clamor, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all malice; and be ye kind one to another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you.” [Ephesians 4:21-32.]
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 16)
God forbid that our church members should stay any longer on the lowlands, subject to Satan’s plans and suggestions and devisings. I pray that they may have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. We belong to one body, one church. One interest is to animate us, one Spirit guide us.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 17)
Pray for a thorough transformation of character, and then work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that it is God who worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 18)
Were all the useless books destroyed, were all the money saved that is expended for reading that does not cause one ray of light to shine upon the pathway, were the Word of God studied with the deep interest that its importance demands, there would be a wonderful increase of appetite for the bread of heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 19)
Read and study the Word of God. Do not fill your minds with the reading contained in magazines and novels. Reject this, and spend the money thus saved in sending our papers to those who have them not. Keep searching the Scriptures and eating the bread of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 20)
There are many who have not kept their baptismal vows. Christ and His disciples had a clear, decided testimony to bear in the power of the Holy Spirit. Such a testimony we also must bear, or we shall be unprepared for the coming of the Lord. How does your record stand in the heavenly courts? Will you not now, for Christ’s sake, examine your own souls. Will you not love God supremely and your neighbor as yourself. Remember that every time you stir up strife, every time you accuse and condemn others, the enemy lays a snare to destroy your usefulness.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 21)
For many nights I have not been able to sleep for more than a short time. My soul bears a heavy burden as the situation of our people is presented before me. I am saying in my sleep, You are unready to do the work that should be done. There are grave dangers before you. O that my soul might be relieved of this burden! It is represented to me that all through our ranks there are those to whom the messages of the third chapter of Revelation are applicable. “I know thy works,” God says, “that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 22)
Now, just now, humble your hearts before God, and make earnest work for repentance. Arouse from your careless indifference, and seek the Lord with all the heart, and soul, and mind, and strength. Confess your sins before Him, and repent with the whole heart. The wickedness that is in our world is very great, and every day it is increasing. How long it will be before the great day of trouble comes, we do not know.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 23)
May the Lord open blind eyes, that His people may understand wondrous things out of His law. I entreat you to heed the warning I bear to you. I entreat you to cease finding fault and censuring, and set your hearts in order, that you may labor for those who are perishing in sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 24)
Are your lives, your characters controlled by the Holy Spirit? We are living amidst abnormal wickedness, but we may stand free from it all. Serve God zealously and faithfully, and thus be preparing for the great day when Christ shall come to take His jewels to Himself. Oh, awake out of sleep. Without transformation of character you cannot be ready to meet the Lord in peace. Christ will save all who will make an entire surrender to Him. Make a covenant with God by sacrifice. Humble yourselves before Him, and remember that you cannot repent of other men’s sins. It is of your own sins that you are most thoroughly to repent. You are to work for others, that they may believe in Jesus, and be washed in the blood of the Lamb.
(20LtMs, Lt 11, 1905, 25)
Lt 13, 1905
Haskell, S. N.; Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 10, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brethren Haskell and Butler,—
I wish to write you a few lines. I have been instructed that cases regarding which it is difficult to decide will be brought before you. One such case is that of Brother W. O. Palmer. I wish to say that his case has been presented before me, and I was referred to the record of the way in which Christ treated the case of the woman brought to Him by the Pharisees to answer to the charge of adultery. Her case was held up by her accusers in the very worst light, but as they continued to urge the matter, the Saviour answered not a word. Stooping down, He began to write on the ground; and as they pressed nearer to see what He was writing, they saw, traced in clear characters, the guilty secrets of their lives. Rising and fixing his eyes upon them, Jesus said, “He that is without sin among you, let him cast the first stone.” [John 8:7.] And stooping down, He continued writing on the ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 1)
The woman’s accusers, their robes of pretended holiness torn from them, stood, guilty and condemned, in the presence of infinite purity. They trembled lest the hidden iniquity of their lives should be laid open to the multitude; and one by one, with bowed heads and downcast eyes, they stole away, leaving their victim with the pitying Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 2)
Jesus arose and, turning to the weeping woman, said, “Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee?” She said, “No man, Lord.” And Jesus said unto her, “Neither do I condemn thee. Go, and sin no more.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 3)
You may be asked decisions against Brother Palmer. Before you do this, find out whether those who bring charges against him have gone to him, and in the spirit of Christ have labored with him, and whether, if they have been to him, and he has refused to listen to them, they have taken with them one or two others, according to the directions given in the Word of God. If the course that Christ outlines in His Word has been followed, you know from the Scriptures what course to pursue. But if these steps have not been taken, you have no right to drop Brother Palmer’s name from the church roll or to speak in condemnation of him.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 4)
That which will bless humanity is spiritual life and obedience to all God’s commands. The work of each church member is to reach forward constantly toward the perfection of Christian character. The life of Christ is to be our example in all things. Every business transaction is to be in accordance with the principles laid down in His Word. Let church members walk and work in the meekness of Christ. Each one will have his hands quite full if he attends to his own case, striving to reach the grand ideal held up before him in Christ’s life of love and mercy.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 5)
Those who are inclined to make discord in the church need to feel in their lives the transforming power of the grace of Christ. Those who, like ministering angels, work for the salvation of souls become closely allied to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 6)
Strife and contention is bitter fruit and is not borne on the Christian tree. Let every church member pledge himself not to speak or think evil of any one.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 7)
Those whose hearts are filled with the love of Christ will love one another as brethren. They will be pitiful and courteous in their dealings with those who were so precious in God’s sight that He gave His only begotten Son for their redemption. We should be careful how we treat the souls for whom Christ has died. Let us not forget that we are to show to the church and the world the sign of discipleship. The love of Christ, revealed in the life, is a strong argument in favor of genuine conversion.
(20LtMs, Lt 13, 1905, 8)
Lt 15, 1905
Leaders in our Work at Takoma Park “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 11, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in RH 04/13/1905, 04/27/1905. To the leaders in our work at Takoma Park,—
I exhort all who are connected with our work at Takoma Park to bring Christ into all that they do and say. Lift Him up, higher and still higher, that by beholding Him, you may be changed into the same image. To you, and to all others who believe in Him, He becomes an inspiring force. To all who receive Him, He gives power to become the sons of God. Only by obtaining this power can we gain perfection of character.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 1)
We can be partakers of the divine nature. In the strength of the Redeemer, we can live pure, noble, helpful lives. Make yourselves acquainted with every detail of the life of Christ. Strive to become like the Saviour, who was meek and lowly and self-denying. He was inspired with the purest purposes. So must you be if you see the King in His beauty. Pure, unselfish love was the principle that governed all that He said and did. He has power to imbue us with the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 2)
I thank the Lord that we have men in charge of our work at Takoma Park who have taken a firm stand that they will not be corrupt in any of their transactions with worldly men. Thus businessmen will be convinced that the faith of Seventh-day Adventists is not a pretense or a sham, but that it leads men to walk in the way of the Lord and to do His will.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 3)
I have been instructed that strong temptations will come to those who are connected with our institutions. The work we are called upon to do in Washington is to keep every jot and tittle of the law in surety and in strength, in might and in power. When worldly men present temptations to you, listen not to their offers and accept not their bribes. I thank the Lord that you have not betrayed the sacred trusts committed to your hands.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 4)
Our physicians also will have opportunities to gain advantages for themselves by following worldly policy. Let them distinctly tell those who offer these temptations that they will not enter into any worldly schemes. I rejoice to think that those who have charge of the work in Takoma Park are Christians, men who can teach the youth in their charge to do acceptable work! My brethren, let unselfishness and scrupulous integrity characterize all that you do. Do not allow your actions to be tainted by dishonesty. Work for time and for eternity, remembering that the Lord sees and hears all that is said and done. His all-seeing eye examines every work. Never resort to the slightest dishonesty to gain an advantage. Do not buy or sell dishonestly. In all that you do, inquire, “Is this the way of the Lord?” Cherish a clear sense of what you must be and do in order to develop a character that is without spot or wrinkle or any such thing. It is the perfect man in Christ who meets God’s ideal. The work of those who are guided and controlled by Christian motives will bear witness for God. Christ lived the life that He desires His followers to live.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 5)
The Saviour has a deep contempt for all deception. The stern punishment meted out to Ananias and Sapphira shows this. Desiring to receive commendation for good deeds, yet unwilling to give all to God, they sold their possessions, and keeping back part of the price, laid the rest at the apostles’ feet. They hoped to be thought liberal and self-denying, but the Holy Spirit read the deception, and sudden punishment came upon them. Today the same Spirit condemns all underhand dealing. All selfish meanness is to be put away from the character. This is the lesson that God would have us learn from the experience of Ananias and Sapphira.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 6)
There are virtues that are daily to be strengthened. A reverence for justice and equity is to be cultivated. He who permits in himself that which he condemns in others is doing himself a great wrong.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 7)
“Love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous.” [1 Peter 3:8.] Cherish a supreme reverence for justice and truth and a hatred for all cruelty and oppression. Do unto others as you would wish them to do unto you. God forbids you to favor self to the disadvantage of another.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 8)
A terrible deception has taken possession of the Christian world. There is a high profession, but a dwarfed godliness. Let us so live that at last God can say to us, “Well done, good and faithful servant, thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] Our lives may show a steady spiritual growth. But I have seen that which makes me tremble—men and women dwarfed in character, possessing the Word of God which tells them what they must do in order to be saved, yet unsanctified and unholy.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 9)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 10)
This is a time for every one to deal truly with his own soul. “Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven: but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven.” [Verse 21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 11)
Daily, hourly, the leaders in the work are giving lessons to those with whom they are associated. My brethren, be reasonable in your every requirement, as men of intelligence whom God has chosen. Let all you do reveal the strictest integrity. Be true and faithful. Set an example that all may safely follow. Do not draw into the web of your character one thread of selfishness; for this would spoil the pattern.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 12)
As you advance in the work, you will find that there are many things that must receive careful consideration. Allow no shiftlessness. When a man is employed in the work of God, he is under obligation to use all his capabilities in the very best service that he can offer. He is to remember that God has hired him to work in His vineyard. Every woman is to stand in her place, helping to perfect her own character and the characters of the members of her family. Father, mother, and children are to do honor to the principles of heaven, that the influence of angels may unite with their efforts in the preparation of character for the higher life.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 13)
To the Faithful Helpers
To the stewards and matrons, accountants and clerks, foremen and laborers, I would say: Let your stewardship and all your business dealing be marked by strict integrity and the sanctifying influence of the truth, that others may take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. Be faithful in all that you do. Let not one selfish, covetous act be recorded in the books of heaven against your name. Do not allow it to be seen that while you profess to be children of God, you are really serving the world. Serve God with heart and mind and soul and strength. The angels of heaven will come close to you and will lift up for you a standard against the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 14)
Give your whole heart and life to the service of Him who gave Himself for your redemption. Disappoint the enemy. Refuse to be his tool for the carrying out of his plans. Turn away from the financial advantages which he offers you and which, if accepted, would prove to be a curse to your religious experience. Then you can say in the cleanness of your heart, “My soul shall make her boast in the Lord.” [Psalm 34:2.] Let there be in your lives no deceitful devising, no artifice, no underhand schemes and contrivings. Depart from all that you would condemn in others.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 15)
Living Bible truth day by day will place you on vantage ground. Your face will be calm and peaceful, and your words will be, “I will greatly rejoice in the Lord; my soul shall be joyful in the Lord; for He hath clothed me with the garments of His righteousness, and it is my salvation. He hath covered me with the robe of His righteousness.” You will be able to give comfort and hope to others, because you have through your integrity glorified God.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 16)
You will walk carefully, lest you make crooked paths by which weak, struggling, halting souls shall be led out of the way. You will refuse to co-operate with worldly men to carry out worldly principles. As you realize that you have a work to do for God, the temptations and allurements of the world will not tempt you from the path of equity and uprightness. The whole life will bear the testimony, “Whom have I in heaven but Thee, and there is none upon earth that I desire beside Thee. My flesh and my heart faileth, but God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever.”“O my soul, thou hast said unto the Lord, Thou art God.... The Lord is the portion of mine inheritance and of my cup.” [Psalm 73:25, 26; 16:2, 5.] With the eye of faith you will behold the invisible, and the soul will find its strength in the One who never fails. He is the joy of your life.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 17)
We are fighting a battle with the powers of darkness. The Bible is the rule of our life. This Word is the light which is to guide us in all our perplexities. Make the Lord your counsellor. When you are at work, the enemy may come to you with suggestions and temptations, hoping to lead you from the path of integrity. Do not listen to him. Look away from him to the One who has bought you with His life. Give yourself to Christ, trust in Him, and He will give you strength to resist the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 18)
“If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] “Let no man seek his own, but every man another’s wealth.”“Ye are bought with a price, therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are His.” [1 Corinthians 10:24; 6:20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 19)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Never forget that you belong to Christ. Let your work, to the most minute detail, be such that He can approve. Do not, in order to gain worldly advantages, steal that which belongs to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 20)
Only by doing the will of God can we show that we possess true religion. Those who strive sincerely to break from the grasp of the enemy, and with full purpose of heart seek to know and obey the commandments of God, will be given power to become the sons of God. Their search after the things of heaven will be rewarded.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 21)
To the Students in the Training College
To the students in the school I would say: Keep in the path of self-denial. Avoid all ungodly companionship. Seek daily for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. You will find your safety in studying the Word of God with a sincerity that keeps Christ constantly before the mind as the example to be followed. Lift Him up, the man of Calvary, by purity of word and work; for thus you honor God. By true religion, revealed in the daily life, you and I and all who are striving for the crown of life are to bear witness for Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 22)
He who is sanctified by the truth is strengthened to resist the assaults of those who have grown hardened in guilt. Shun the companionship of those who have not heeded the appeals of conscience. Let your light shine forth in Christlike words and deeds. Ask yourselves, What can I do to help those with whom I am brought in contact to resist temptation! What can I say to warn those who have not been taught to believe that the Lord is soon to come?
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 23)
Earnest searching of the Scriptures, with a sincere desire to understand the truth, will receive a sure reward. An occasional glance into the Word is not enough. An occasional prayer is not enough. “Search the Scriptures,” Christ said; “for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] Make the Bible the man of your counsel. Only thus can you gain strength to overcome. Let your light shine forth in clear, constant, distinct rays. An occasional service done for the Master is not enough. Only by an unreserved consecration to Christ of all that you have and are can you win souls to Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 24)
Let the students who are engaged in building do their work with thoroughness. Let them learn from their daily work lessons that will help them in their character building. Let them remember that in order to have perfect characters they must make their work as perfect as possible. Into every line of this work let there be brought that stability which means true economy.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 25)
Students, eternal interests are before you. Work with heaven in view, remembering ever your character building. Keep a pocket Bible with you as you work, and improve every opportunity to commit to memory its precious promises.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 26)
“All things are yours, ... and ye are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s.” [1 Corinthians 3:21-23.] God gave Christ to be the head over all things to the church. The Saviour loves the church with an everlasting love. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] Christ gave Himself for the church “that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing, but that it should be holy and without blemish.” [Ephesians 5:27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 27)
Remember that Satan will not leave any one alone who is working to build up memorials for the Lord. “Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation.” [Matthew 26:41.]
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 28)
From the Washington training college, missionaries are to be sent forth to distant lands. Let the students improve every opportunity to prepare for missionary work while at the school. They are to be tested and proved, that it may be seen what their adaptability is and whether they have a right hold from above. If they have a firm hold on Christ, they will have a right hold on all with whom they come in contact.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 29)
The Lord will surely bless all who seek to bless others. The school is to be so conducted that students and teachers will be continually increasing in power through the faithful use of the talents given them. By faithfully putting to a practical use that which they have learned, they will continually increase in wisdom and knowledge. We are to learn from the Book of books the principles by which we are to live and labor. By consecrating all our abilities to Him who has the first right to them, we may ennoble all that is worthy of our attention.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 30)
The students who will get the most good out of life are those who live the Word of God in their dealings with their fellow-men. Those who receive to give will feel the greatest satisfaction in this life. Those who live for themselves are always in want; for they are never satisfied. There is no Christianity in shutting up our sympathies in our own selfish hearts. We are to bring brightness and blessing into the lives of others. We are to be channels through which God can let His goodness, mercy, and truth flow to the world. We are to be co-workers with Jesus Christ, imparting to others the blessings bestowed on us.
(20LtMs, Lt 15, 1905, 31)
Lt 17, 1905
Our Workers in Washington, D. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 11, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in RH 02/02/1905. To our workers in Washington, D.C. Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
You are engaged in a most important work, and I feel a deep interest in all of you. I am hoping that every stroke that is made in Takoma Park and in the city of Washington toward the upbuilding of the cause of God may tell to the glory of the Lord. I pray that you may all work in such a way that many souls shall be brought to a knowledge of the truth for this time. Let all who can speak words for the Master be wide-awake now, just now, when so much depends upon the earnestness of our efforts. We have not a moment to lose. The end is nearer than when we first believed. Keep your eyes fixed steadfastly on Jesus. Seek the Lord daily for a new consecration.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 1)
Often ask yourselves the question, “What must I do to be saved?” [Acts 16:30.] Then search your Bibles, and pray earnestly for the impartation of the Holy Spirit, that you may understand the truth as it is in Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 2)
Remember that you are workers together with God, and that your hearts are to be purified from all defilement. Put away all strife, all evil speaking and evil thinking. Remember that haphazard work will not answer now. We are to do faithful work in upholding the claims of God’s law.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 3)
Truth in the heart guides us to Christ, who is the author of all truth and the only one who can cleanse the soul from defilement. The practice of the principles of truth fills the soul with peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 4)
The Medical Missionary Work
I am very much pleased to know that our brethren in Washington have been successful in finding in a good locality a building suitable for well-equipped treatment rooms. I see the providence of God in this. I have been instructed that some provision must be made to carry on sanitarium work in this city, as soon as possible, while the sanitarium building at Takoma Park is being erected. It would be in harmony with the instruction given me for our brethren to begin sanitarium work in rented buildings in the cities and then carry on the work until other buildings outside of the cities can be provided. Patients can be transferred from the city place to the institutions in the country. City treatment rooms and country sanitariums can work together advantageously and harmoniously. In Washington the sanitarium work should thus make rapid advancement. The city patients can be gathered in by the place in the city and from there be taken to Takoma Park, which is only a few miles away and where they can have the retirement of rural life.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 5)
It is in the order of God for the sanitarium work to begin right in the city at first. Thus the people will become acquainted with methods of rational treatment and with the success that attends the use of these methods. Thorough work is to be done in advertising the opening up of sanitarium work. We must do all in our power to obtain the attention of the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 6)
And after the sanitarium buildings at Takoma Park are completed and occupied, the city treatment rooms will still be needed. These treatment rooms will act as a feeder for the suburban sanitarium, and many patients may be transferred from them to the sanitarium. Careful consideration must be given to this matter. Such a place as Washington must not be left without treatment rooms in the city proper. We must work and plan carefully. These two places, properly managed, will become a power of influence in medical missionary lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 7)
In our Washington work wise, competent physicians, efficient managers, and nurses with the very best qualifications will be needed. Earnest, devoted young people also will be needed to enter the work as nurses. These young men and women will increase in capability as they use conscientiously the knowledge they gain, and they will become better and better qualified to be the Lord’s helping hand. They may become successful missionaries, pointing souls to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world and whose healing efficiency can save both soul and body.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 8)
The Lord wants wise men and women, acting in the capacity of nurses, to comfort and help the sick and suffering. Through the ministrations of these nurses, those who have heretofore taken no interest in religious things will be led to ask, “What must I do to be saved?” [Verse 30.] The sick will be led to Christ by the patient attention of nurses who anticipate their wants and who bow in prayer and ask the great medical missionary to look with compassion upon the sufferer and to let the soothing influence of His grace be felt and His restoring power be exercised.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 9)
O that all who are sick and afflicted could be ministered to by Christlike physicians and nurses, who could help them to place their weary, pain-racked bodies in the care of the great Healer, in faith looking to Him for restoration.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 10)
The nervous timidity of the sick will be overcome as they are made acquainted with the intensive interest that the Saviour has for all suffering humanity. O the depth of the love of Christ! To redeem us from death, He died on the cross of Calvary.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 11)
Let our physicians and nurses ever bear in mind the words, “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Let every physician and every nurse learn how to work for the alleviation of mental as well as physical suffering. At this time, when sin is so prevalent and so violently revealed, how important it is that our sanitariums be conducted in such a way that they will accomplish the greatest amount of good. How important that all the workers in these institutions know how to speak words in season to those who are weary and sin-sick.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 12)
Physicians and nurses should ever be kind and cheerful, putting away all gloom and sadness. Let faith grasp the hand of Christ for His healing touch.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 13)
As our nurses minister patiently to those who are sick in body and soul, let them ask God to work for the suffering ones, that they may be led to know Christ, and let them believe that their prayers will be answered. In all that is done, let the love of Christ be revealed.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 14)
Every sincere Christian bows to Jesus as the true physician of souls. When He stands by the bedside of the afflicted, there will be many, not only converted, but healed. He who declared, “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,” will be with His faithful physicians and nurses as they strive to co-operate with Him. [John 14:6.] If through judicious ministration the patient is led to give his soul to Christ, and to bring his thoughts into obedience to the will of God, a great victory is gained.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 15)
It is for the object of soul-saving that our sanitariums are established. In our daily ministrations we see many careworn, sorrowful faces. What does the sorrow on these faces show? The need of the soul for the peace of Christ. Poor, sad human beings go to broken cisterns, which can hold no water, thinking to satisfy their thirst. Let them hear a voice saying, “Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters.” [Isaiah 55:1.] Poor, weary, oppressed souls, seeking you know not what, come to the water of life. All heaven is yearning over you. Come unto Me, that ye may have life.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 16)
It is that thirsting souls may be led to the living water that we plead for sanitariums, not expensive, mammoth sanitariums, but homelike institutions in pleasant places.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 17)
Never, never build mammoth institutions. Let these institutions be small, and let there be more of them, that the work of winning souls to Christ may be accomplished. It may often be necessary to start sanitarium work in the city, but never build a sanitarium in a city. Rent a building, and keeping looking for a suitable place out of the city. The sick are to be reached, not by massive buildings, but by the establishment of many small sanitariums, which are to be as lights shining in a dark place. Those who are engaged in this work are to reflect the sunlight of Christ’s face. They are to be as salt that has not lost its savor. By sanitarium work, properly conducted, the influence of true, pure religion will be extended to many souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 18)
From our sanitariums trained workers are to go forth into places where the truth has never been proclaimed and do missionary work for the Master, claiming the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Christ can bring light out of darkness.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 19)
I appeal to all who have means to make a determined effort to carry out the instruction God has given regarding the establishment of a sanitarium in Takoma Park. Let our people rally to the support of this important enterprise. Let the churches in every state act their part, that the work in Washington may not come to a standstill. Let us make liberal gifts to this work, and the Lord will bless us and it. We cannot see this work coming to a standstill while it is but half done. It need not come to a standstill if all our people will come up to the help of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 20)
Let us come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of darkness. Satan is working with intensity of purpose to enslave and destroy souls. Let us take a firm stand against him. The Word of God urges every one to go steadily forward on the upward grade, pressing toward the mark of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 17, 1905, 21)
Lt 19, 1905
Workers in the Washington Publishing House “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 11, 1905 Previously unpublished. To the workers in the Washington Publishing House, Dear Brethren,—
I am entrusted with a message to all who are connected with the work of God. Accustom yourselves the whole day long to draw near to God. Yes, draw nearer to Him than you have ever before felt the necessity of doing. This is expected of every one connected with the publishing houses at Washington, Nashville, and Mountain View. Talk with God, and with gratitude learn of Him His will and way. He will give tact and skill to those who do their work to His glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 1)
We are running a race for a crown of immortal life, but we cannot expect to win this crown unless we strive lawfully. If our publishing houses had ever held fast to the pure principles of Bible truth, they would have retained the favor of God and would have been built up in the most holy faith. Thousands who do not obey the truth would have been converted; and these, by keeping the commandments of God and living out the high, holy principles of His Word, would be winning many souls from the ranks of the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 2)
Christ says, Reach up higher and still higher in every business transaction. Let no selfish scheme to favor self come in. The whole day long, in all your business transactions, remember that you are in the Lord’s presence. Seek in simple faith to be pure in His sight.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 3)
By the daily work of character building, men are deciding whether they will be given the life that measures with the life of God. Be sure not to bring to the foundation that which is represented as wood, hay, and stubble. Lay your souls open before God, and put yourselves entirely under His guidance. Whatever you may be doing, let your prayers rise to God. Seek in simple faith to enter into union with Christ. You are not half acquainted with the requirements of Christ. You are foolishly neglecting the truth by which you are to be sanctified. Pray, O pray; for a soul without prayer is like a lost sheep which has strayed from its shepherd.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 4)
The tempter is on the track of every one. He will lead all he possibly can to heed the sentiments which, if followed, must end in eternal destruction. We have none too much time in which to prepare to meet God. No longer talk of unimportant subjects. Draw near to God. You occupy important positions, and your example is to help others to purify their souls through the truth. Let the converting power of God come in among you. The Saviour desires every one connected with our publishing houses to be tenderhearted, pitiful, courteous. Look to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. He is holy, and He will impart His holiness to His true followers.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 5)
Young men, be sure to bring the strictest fidelity into all that you do. “Blessed is every one that feareth the Lord, and walketh in His ways.” [Psalm 128:1.] Remember that every word you speak, every deed you do is passing sentence for or against you. Those who suppose that by deception they can obtain advantages for themselves are incurring fearful loss. Unless this sin is repented of and pardoned, they can never enter heaven. The Lord will declare to them, “I know you not.” [Matthew 25:12.] They may urge the good things they have done, but Christ says, “Depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.” [Matthew 7:23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 6)
Let those who accept positions of trust realize the responsibility resting upon them to set a right example, to deal with the strictest integrity, lest they rob God of the facilities which, wisely and carefully handled, would bring means into the treasury to build up the work of God in many places. It is God’s purpose that our publishing houses shall stand in strength and power, because those connected with them co-operate with God, putting self out of sight.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 7)
Let the beauty and holiness of the Lord our God be upon the workings of our institutions, which, in their various departments, must be managed by men who serve the Lord with full purpose of heart. Let every man in a position of trust live so honesty and truly that God can say of him, “Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things; I will make thee ruler over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 8)
Now is the time for us to work righteousness. Just now let the beauty of the Lord our God shine forth from the lives of His true, faithful workers. God says, “Thy renown went forth among the heathen for thy beauty; for it was perfect through My comeliness, which I had put upon thee, saith the Lord.” [Ezekiel 16:14.] Let us pray daily, “Establish Thou the work of my hands.” [Psalm 90:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 9)
I am instructed to say, There are but few who have advanced as they should in heavenly discipline. Among those acting a part in the office of publication, there are some whose fellowship is not a spiritual advantage to the apprentices working with them. God blotted out our two largest institutions in Battle Creek because those connected with them would not heed the appeals and warnings given.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 10)
Day and night my spirit is grieved, as I see so little real devotion, so little earnest, determined effort to rise to a higher standard. O how much precious time is trifled on unimportant lines of work.
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 11)
It is not the house, the land that you possess, but the condition of your heart at which God looks. Firm and unshaken, hold fast to the truth. With heart and mind and soul and strength love the Lord your God. Let the prayer go forth from unfeigned lips, Give me Thy love in my heart, that I may impart it to others. There is only one power—the power of Christ—that can energize the soul. All pride, all self-indulgence is to be overcome, or we can never enter the abodes of bliss. The science that all should learn is the science contained in the words, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 12)
Let those connected with the institutions in Washington keep the way of the Lord. Let them not defile their workings with covetousness. Let no one engaged in this important work do anything that would bear witness against him as a Christian. “We all, with open face beholding as in a glass of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:18.] “Blessed is every one that feareth the Lord, that walketh in His ways; for thou shalt eat the labor of thine hands. Happy shalt thou be, and it shall be well with thee.”“Commit thy ways unto the Lord, trust also in Him, and He shall bring it to pass.” [Psalm 128:1, 2; 37:5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 19, 1905, 13)
Lt 21, 1905
Prescott, W. W.; Colcord, W. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 16, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PM 211; 10MR 358; 5Bio 418; RH 02/16/1905. To Elders Prescott and Colcord
Washington, D.C. Dear Brethren,—
One night we seemed to be in a council meeting, and One of acknowledged authority was telling us that now is our time to press to the front in Washington. A decided testimony must be borne to the people in the national capital, and this work must not rest upon a few. Those who engage in this work must exert themselves to the utmost of their ability to proclaim the truth with clearness and energy; yet they must not forget that it is the power of God alone that can convert the heart; and that it is only the power of God that can hold the four winds, that they shall not blow until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 1)
A most important work is to be done in Washington, and I inquire whether you do not need the help of those who in years past have stood prominently for religious liberty. Can it not be arranged for Elder A. T. Jones to work with you for a time in Washington and for some one to take his place in Battle Creek? Elder Jones can help you. It may do him a world of good to have a part in this work now. When plans were being laid for him to go to Battle Creek, I was instructed that it would not be very long before many strong Bible expositors would have to act a part in Washington. This I told Brother Jones, and he said he would be in Battle Creek for one year only, and then if some one would take his place in Battle Creek, he would be free to go elsewhere. Do all you can to encourage him and other strong men to unite with you in proclaiming the truth in Washington. I do not think that any thing should stand in the way of your making the most of the present interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 2)
I do not think that Brethren Haskell and Butler could now be spared from the field where they are at work. In that field there is much to be done that requires continuous labor, and it must not be neglected or delayed. The truth must be proclaimed with power where they are at work.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 3)
As we work with all our might, our trust must be in God. Sooner or later Sunday laws will be passed. But there is much for God’s servants to do to warn the people. This work has been greatly retarded by their having to wait and stand against the devisings of Satan, which have been striving to find a place in our work. We are years behind. God calls upon His workers to humble themselves before Him and put away every sin. He calls upon them to hold fast to the word, “It is written,” and put away all infidelity. We are to humble ourselves before the Lord, and at the same time we are to be as firm as a rock to principle.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 4)
God’s law is to be vindicated by the obedience of heart and mind and by strong arguments. Who will now strive to meet the demands of God by complete transformation of character?
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 5)
For a long time I have carried a heavy burden regarding the work to be done in Washington. Not one in a thousand of the people there knows what the Bible says about the Sabbath. The instruction given me is that the ten commandments should be printed in plain letters in a prominent place in the Review. Had these commandments been obeyed, the wickedness now seen in our world would never have existed. Appeal to the people to study the special directions given to Israel regarding the sacredness of the law, as recorded in Exodus, chapter twenty.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 6)
In awful grandeur the Creator of heaven and earth came down and proclaimed His law to the people; and then that it might not be forgotten or corrupted, He wrote it with His own finger upon tables of stone. And yet religious teachers are venturing to make of no effect that holy law.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 7)
Put these decided statements of the law on the first page of the Review, and let them remain there for a time, speaking to the people. Then let some one search out all the scriptures where the Sabbath is spoken of, such as the fifty-eighth of Isaiah. Point out the wonderful promises made to those who obey God’s law.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 8)
Get together the plain scriptures bearing on the Sabbath question, and put them in tract form. Make it clear and plain that no change has been made by God in His day of rest. The fifty-eighth and the fifty-first chapters of Isaiah should be doing their important work in the hearts of the people. Now is the time when these scriptures should be brought to the front. Now is the time when every worker must draw nigh to God, by faith laying hold of the hand of infinite power. Now is the time when all should have the sanctification of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 9)
Encourage also the study of the fifty-second, the fifty-third, and the fifty-fourth chapters of Isaiah. These prophecies regarding Christ’s work are to be a help and a blessing to His people. The time has come when the liberty of the church of Christ is endangered. Let it be a time also when true missionary work shall be done in public ministry and in house-to-house labor. The oppression of Christ’s church would apparently be a great victory for the side of the transgressors of the Sabbath and would cause rejoicing amongst evildoers. But nothing should discourage us. God has victory for His people. Let sanctified ability be brought into the work of proclaiming the truth for this time. If the forces of the enemy gain the victory now, it will be because the churches have neglected their God-given work. For years the work has been before them, but many have been asleep. If Seventh-day Adventists will now arouse, and do the work assigned them, the truth will be presented in our neglected cities in clear, distinct lines and in the power of the Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 10)
When wholehearted work is done, the efficacy of the grace of Christ will be seen. The watchmen on the walls of Zion are to be wide-awake, and they are to arouse others. God’s people are to be so earnest and faithful in their work for Him that all selfishness will be separated from their lives. His workers will then see eye to eye, and the arm of the Lord, the power of which was seen in the life of Christ will be revealed. Decided changes will be made. Confidence will be restored, and there will be unity in the churches throughout our ranks.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 11)
The Lord calls upon every believer to gird on the gospel armor. Those who have been weakening are now to stand firm. We are to be true to one another and to God. Fidelity is to mark all that we do. We are not to strive for the highest place, not to seek to be first; we are to see who can be the most accurate in representing to the world the truth for this time. “Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness: and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:10-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 12)
“Be strong in the Lord,” is the first charge. [Verse 10.] In order to be strong we must be united to Christ by living faith, depending on Him who died for us and who estimates aright the value of the human soul. We are to put on Christ. His grace is to enable us to perform faithfully every duty. In the power of His might we are to conquer every foe. It is our privilege and duty as children of God to grow in grace, and in the strength of the experience that God is waiting to give every one who will use unselfishly the blessings bestowed, brightening with hope and courage the lives of those ready to die.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 13)
Thus we are to work out our own salvation. It is the duty of every soul to have spiritual strength to perform the duties given him. Constantly trusting in Christ to supply our needs, we are to go forward in the strength of His might, ever helping the weak. As we look to Him for our orders and obey His commands, we shall be given wisdom to discern the wiles of the enemy. We shall see clearly the devices and the stratagems which he has prepared to deceive and ruin men and women.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 14)
We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities and powers. Satan uses human agents in which to hide himself. He works through them to carry out his designs. He works also through evil spirits of a high order called principalities and powers and specified as the rulers of the darkness of this world. He creates troubles to stir up the minds of unconverted church members. Because of their spiritual blindness, they do not see that it is Satan, working through human beings not subdued by the Holy Spirit, that is the cause of the trouble.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 15)
Said Christ, “I sanctify Myself.” [John 17:19.] That is, He held fast to divine grace, thus controlling His words and temper. His humanity must be perfect. He must be an example for every human being, that by following Him men and women may form perfect characters. He knew that He must watch and pray always and that He must not utter a word which would give Satan opportunity to accuse Him. Let church members now cultivate self-control so that Satan cannot work through them. Let each one be sure that his character building is according to the pattern given in Christ’s character. Those who are suspicious and envious do great harm to themselves and grieve the Holy Spirit; for the attributes of the enemy are manifest in their spirit and their words. Such ones should be told that if they continue thus to serve Satan, they cannot be retained in the fellowship of the church, because others will be contaminated by their unchristlike words and spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 16)
There should be one hundred workers where now there is but one. Wake up, my brethren and sisters, and dedicate yourselves to God, body, soul, and spirit. The Captain of your salvation is saying, Advance. Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. Thus He said to the fishermen in their boats. They obeyed the call and under the Saviour’s guidance did a great and good work. Those who today obey the call, and who take the Saviour as their example, will have many souls as their reward.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 17)
When all our ministers and physicians come into line, taking their stand under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel, we shall see an army of men and women going forth to work for Christ, speaking the Word with holy boldness and power. Brethren and sisters, confess your sins to Christ, repent of them, and be converted, and then with faith and much prayer and with Bible in hand, go forth among those who have never heard the message, teaching His Word. Christ will be your support and sufficiency, and you will have success.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 18)
Remind our people often of the work that may be done by the sale of our books and the distribution of tracts. Encourage them to sell the periodicals containing the message for this time. Our large books can be sold in Washington and other cities in the East, if the canvassers will take up the work courageously.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 19)
Instruction has been given me that the important books containing the light that God has given regarding Satan’s apostasy in heaven should be given a wide circulation just now; for through them the truth will reach many minds. Patriarchs and Prophets, Daniel and the Revelation, and Great Controversy are needed now as never before. They should be widely circulated because the truths they emphasize will open many blind eyes.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 20)
When Patriarchs and Prophets was first issued, it was neglected for a book easy to sell and more profitable to the publishers. Many of our people have been blind to the importance of the very books that were most needed. Had tact and skill then been shown in the sale of these books, the Sunday-law movement would not be where it is today.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 21)
I am glad that the Lord has at Washington able men who can treat this Sunday movement as it should be treated. Let every minister, every evangelist now put on the whole armor of God and work and watch and pray. Our church members also should humble their hearts before God, and cry aloud, and spare not. O that the Lord would imbue the members of His church with a sense of the importance of the responsibility of being laborers together with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 21, 1905, 22)
Lt 23, 1905
Nicola, Brother and Sister C. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 17, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 382-383. + Dear Brother and Sister Nicola,—
I have just read your letter giving the particulars of your loss by fire. We are sorry that you should lose one penny, but the part of the building that burned was objectionable in many ways. When I first saw it, I said to some one, If that part of the building could be taken away, it would be a great blessing. This will have to be done in order for the institution to make a right representation.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 1)
I first heard of the fire three days ago. That night I lay awake for hours. All the news we had regarding the matter was a short paragraph in one of our papers, and from reading it I feared that the whole building had been destroyed. A day or two later I received a fuller account, which told us that only the old portions of the building had been burned.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 2)
“The Lord is good; praise His holy name,” I said over and over again. He has mercifully saved every life and has taken away an objectionable part of the building. I am glad that it has come about in this way. Had a proposition been made to tear that part of the building down, some would have regarded it as a great waste.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 3)
Now you can have a suitable addition put on to the building. It is an unfavorable time of the year to take up this work, but begin to rebuild as soon as you can. Be continually making preparations to this point. If much snow falls, I suppose you will have to wait.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 4)
If I could help you financially, I certainly would; but I cannot. I have had to borrow money recently myself. I have written to Brother Gilbert Collins, asking him to do his best for you. We must do our best. There is so much to do, and such a lack of means, that it almost looks as if we had to make bricks without straw.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 5)
Talk with Brother Place, and try to get him to show an interest in building up the sanitarium work. I will try to get time to write to him.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 6)
I shall pray the Lord to open the way for you to rebuild in a way that will correspond with the rest of the buildings. I pray that God will bless all that you do, that it may be well done.
(20LtMs, Lt 23, 1905, 7)
Lt 25, 1905
Place, A. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 17, 1905 Portions of this letter is published in SpTB #13 8. + Elder A. E. Place Dear Brother,—
I have recently learned in regard to the burning of a portion of the Melrose Sanitarium. At first I felt almost overcome, but later I learned that only a part of the main building has been destroyed. I want you to see, my brother, that the Lord is good. Do not mourn over the loss, as long as the best part of the building is saved. Thank the Lord that considerable of the furniture was saved and above all that no one was hurt or killed.
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 1)
Can you not do something to arouse our people in the East to arise and rebuild the sanitarium? I feel a deep anxiety that Boston shall hear the word of the Lord and the reasons of our faith. Ask the Lord to raise up laborers to enter the field. Ask Him to raise up laborers who can gain access to the people of Boston. The message must be sounding forth. There are thousands in Boston craving for the simple truth as it is in Jesus. Cannot you who minister in word and doctrine prepare the way for this truth to reach souls?
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 2)
O how I long to see the Holy Spirit’s working on human minds. For hours during the night I lie awake, unable to sleep, pleading with God to let the power of His Spirit come upon the minds and hearts of the people in our cities.
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 3)
Let us regard the fire that has destroyed a part of the sanitarium as a blessing in disguise. The Lord is in this cutting away of the objectionable portion of the building. It was a firetrap and made but a poor representation. After considering the matter, I said, “Amen and amen. Refined and purified by fire.”
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 4)
Our people in the East are to do their part in helping to rebuild the destroyed portion of the building. May the Lord impress the hearts of those who have money to come up to His help and assist in the erection of a building that will be wholesome and safe and convenient. Work to this point.
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 5)
I must close now; for I am very weary. I ask you to do all in your power to help Dr. Nicola in the erection of the buildings that are essential for the accommodation of patients.
(20LtMs, Lt 25, 1905, 6)
Lt 27, 1905
Evan, T. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 18, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 383-384. Dr. T. J. Evans My brother,—
I have words to speak to you. In the past you and your wife have been very happy together. You have loved your wife and have treated her very kindly. She has not lost her love for you, because she has loved you sincerely; and for years the heavenly angels bent over you, pleased at your unity. But you have lost the balance of your mind, and you will be inclined to write and speak unjustly and to say and do that which, were you in your right mind, would greatly shock you. You have lost your wisdom and judgment.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 1)
It is time that you placed yourself in a right position. Through the grace of God, I have been the instrument, by means of the testimonies given me, of saving several, yes, many who were passing through an experience similar to that through which you are now passing. Do not try to work out some plan by which you can escape the reproach which, unless you change, you will be the cause of bringing upon the work of God. Only by falling upon the Rock Christ Jesus can you escape this reproach.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 2)
If you continue to do as you have been doing for some time, should you continue to remain under the power of Satan’s delusive representations, it would be impossible for you to retain your position of influence. Talk no more of love to any woman besides your wife. Such a love is base. It has in it nothing of true love. Love is too sacred a word to be used in such a connection. Lust is the word, not love. It is the lust of the mind, the fruit of corrupt thoughts.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 3)
I shall call things by the right name. For Christ’s sake, for your own soul’s sake, and for the sake of those who would cheapen themselves to respond to your expressions of love, I send you this warning. I ask you to read and study the fifth chapter of First Thessalonians.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 4)
Temptations of this kind prevail in the nominal churches of today. They are described in the eighteenth chapter of Revelation. “After these things,” John writes, “I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power, and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” [Verses 1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 5)
The vileness of character that marks many of those composing the religious bodies of today is placing them where God’s wrath, unmixed with mercy, will be poured upon them. I might write more about this, but I will not dwell longer upon the dark picture.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 6)
I would say to you, Come back to the sanitarium as soon as ever you can, so that the remarks made may not be increased by the strangeness of your absence. Your wife will not remain in the institution with you away. Come back, and come a sane man. A strange spell is upon you. You cannot reason correctly, and you need help. I am instructed to say that the Lord will heal your soul of its disease if you will make thorough work for repentance and forever rely upon His power and grace. Do not imperil your soul by continuing in Satan’s snare, under his instruction. The principles of the Christian religion call upon you to break away from your sins and place yourself under the influence of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 7)
I advise you to come back at once and place your feet in the straight and narrow path of holiness. The Lord forgave Paul for his misconception of what constitutes true religion, and He will forgive you. But we could in no case link up with you while you continue to take your present view of matters. I am strongly opposed to certain sentiments in Living Temple, because I knew that the outcome of a belief in these sentiments would be just such evils as you have been practicing.
(20LtMs, Lt 27, 1905, 8)
Lt 29, 1905
Bradford, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 392-393; 1MR 256; 5Bio 358. Dear Sister Bradford,—
I have just read your letter. For some time past I have been doing much writing. There have been many important matters to complete, and I have become so thoroughly exhausted that it has seemed difficult for me to rest. Last night I was unable to sleep after one o’clock.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 1)
I was away from home during the greater part of last year. We left home in April, and with the exception of three weeks, we were away till the end of December. We reached home from the East about the middle of October, expecting soon to go on to Los Angeles and San Diego. We found Sister Marian Davis very sick, and as it seemed impossible that she could live long, we waited that we might be with her during her last days. But our tickets, which had been bought to Los Angeles, were good for one month only after we reached home, and as the physicians at the sanitarium thought that Sister Davis might linger for two or three weeks, we made preparations to go South and return soon. At first we planned to leave home on Monday, October 24, but something prevented us, and we decided to wait till the next day. On Tuesday morning a telephone message came from the sanitarium to say that Marian had been unconscious since seven o’clock A.M. She remained unconscious until four o’clock in the afternoon, when she breathed her last. The funeral service was held the following day, and she now lies buried in the St. Helena Cemetery.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 2)
For twenty-five years Sister Davis had been a most faithful helper in my work. She was greatly appreciated by me and by all who were acquainted with her and her work, and we miss her very much. Of her it can truthfully be said: “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord, ... that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.]
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 3)
Friday, October 28, we left home for Southern California. We spent the Sabbath at Fresno, at which place I spoke to our people. But I will not take time to enter into the details of our trip.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 4)
While at Los Angeles, we had opportunity to become acquainted with the work that has been done there by Elder Simpson. He has been used by the Lord to bring many souls to a knowledge of the truth, twenty-five having begun the observance of the Sabbath as a result of his ministry in Los Angeles during the past summer.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 5)
For a long time we have seen the importance of having a sanitarium established near Los Angeles. A restaurant and treatment rooms have been conducted there, but it is impossible to care properly for patients in the heart of the city, where the din and confusion can plainly be heard. Recently a large building, eight miles from the city, in a beautiful, retired spot, has been purchased by our people for sanitarium work. The property includes five acres of land. This property has been held for fifty thousand dollars, but it was offered to us and purchased by us for twelve thousand dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 6)
Every year great numbers of tourists visit Los Angeles and San Diego, and sanitariums have been established in these places that they may stand as lights, giving the last message of mercy to all who come within the range of their influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 7)
We are to work in the highways as well as the byways. We feel that the Lord has greatly favored us in the purchase of this property. During my stay in Los Angeles, two of the rooms in the new sanitarium were placed at my disposal.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 8)
When this property was first brought to our attention, we had nothing with which to purchase it. But our people have taken hold well and have done their best. The property in Los Angeles is not yet entirely paid for, but the ones from whom it was purchased have given us liberal terms and easy payments, so we have been able to begin work there.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 9)
The work has been begun in Washington, D.C., none too soon. It should have been started there twenty-five years ago. At present there is a strong agitation in favor of a Sunday law for the District of Columbia, and our workers are laboring with all their might to present the facts regarding the Bible Sabbath and to prevent the enforcement of a Sunday law. The daily papers are publishing articles on both sides of the question.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 10)
It has seemed almost impossible for me to carry all the burdens that are laid upon me. While I was speaking in the tent at the Omaha camp-meeting, I took cold, and this cold has clung to me ever since. During the four weeks that I spent in San Diego, I was sick all the time. I isolated myself from the rest of the family, not wishing to expose any one. I have not yet completely recovered from this sickness, but I can see that I am improving.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 11)
I supposed that you were coming to Melrose while I was there, and that I should see you then. Had I know that you were not coming, I might have made a visit to New Bedford, though my health seemed to forbid it; and besides, I had appointments for the Middletown camp-meeting and for Battle Creek and Omaha.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 12)
I have many letters to write, but I shall try to write to you again soon. I am interested in you and your husband and in Brother Gilbert Collins. I wish that he might help in establishing a sanitarium in New Bedford. But while many suitable places for sanitariums may be found, the greatest difficulty, my dear sister, is to find the talent necessary to conduct these institutions aright. If such a work is started without the help of those who can carry forward the work wisely, the results will be worse than if the matter had been delayed.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 13)
Many of our people who are now congregated in Battle Creek should be out in the harvest field. But many seem content where they are. I feel so sorry that they do not awake to the importance of the time in which they are living. Thousands in the world are calling for the Word of God. But the Lord will open the way for His work to be carried on, if we will trust in Him. Look up, not down, my sister. Keep the windows of the soul opened heavenward, that the sunlight of heaven may shine in. May the Lord bless and cheer you.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 14)
January 11
I completed your letter this morning, but the noon mail brought me a letter from Brother Haskell, enclosing a letter from Brother Uchtman, who is laboring in New Bedford. Since reading the letter from Brother Uchtman I feel like writing you a few lines more. I am glad that these letters have come at this time and that I know that the Lord has begun a good work in New Bedford. Do not worry, my sister. The Lord is acquainted with your situation. Nothing escapes His notice. He will hear your prayers; for He is a prayer-hearing and a prayer-answering God. Put your trust in Him, and He will certainly bring relief, in His own way. I am very thankful for what I hear of the blessing that has attended the work in New Bedford. Let us trust in God, and let our faith take hold of Him most earnestly.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 15)
If Brother Gilbert Collins does not feel free to give his means to establish a sanitarium at this time, it is best not to urge him. The ideas that we think are good may not always be the best. Let the Lord’s way be established.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 16)
O how I long to see the work going with power in New Bedford and Fairhaven, and in many other places just as greatly in need of the truth as these places. We hope that sometimes a sanitarium may be established in New Bedford. Medical missionary workers are needed in such cities. But, dear sister, it requires talent of no ordinary ability to manage a sanitarium. Men of experience, tried and tested, must take hold of the work. That part of the workers who undertake to establish such an institution are experienced and qualified is not sufficient. For their own sake, for the sake of the institution, and for the sake of the cause at large, it is important that a complete corps of well-qualified men and women be found to enter upon the work. The Lord’s eye is over the whole field; and when the time is ripe for an institution to be started in a certain field, He can turn toward that place the minds of the men and women best prepared to enter the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 17)
There are many lines of work to be carried forward. There is an opening for well-trained nurses to go among families and awaken in households an interest in the truth. There is urgent need of many evangelists and Bible workers in such cities as Boston and New Bedford. Such workers would find many opportunities to sow the good seed. There is work for every energetic, thorough, earnest worker. The teaching of Christ, the simple truths taught by His parables are just as much needed today as they were when He was in the world in person.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 18)
It is getting dark, and I must close. I would say in closing, Be of good courage. Do not think that you are forsaken. Trust in the Lord; and in His own time and way, He will bring the truth to New Bedford and Fairhaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 29, 1905, 19)
Lt 31, 1905
Haskell, Brother and Sister Mountain View, California January 25, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 200-202. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have just received and read your letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 1)
I wish to say to you that the Lord has instructed me that Brother W. O. Palmer is not to be separated from the sympathy of the church. Brother Palmer is not perfect. Over and over again he has shown himself to be defective. I am to be as a mother to him, and as such I have spoken to him faithfully. I shall still continue to correct his wrongs, but I wish to present to him the hopeful side, that he may not fall into utter discouragement. I shall reprove his errors and encourage him in every way possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 2)
We need especial wisdom that we may know how to deal with those who are tempted, that we may labor for the reformation of the erring. Hereditary and cultivated tendencies to evil will often gain the ascendancy. But often the very ones who would deal severely with the one in the wrong are, in the sight of God, more to be blamed than the one they so bitterly condemn. Brother Palmer knows that I am his friend. I will tell him the truth in love, clearly and truthfully, without prejudice or unfeeling severity.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 3)
In response to the charge made against Christ that He ate with publicans and sinners, Jesus replied, “I came not to call the righteous (the self-conceited Pharisees), but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.] His work was not for those who would not receive His message, but with and for those who might be helped and saved after His crucifixion.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 4)
Let those who see faults and errors in their brethren go to them as Christ has directed, pray with and for them, and with hearts softened and subdued by the grace of Christ endeavor to point out kindly the wrongs that have been done.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 5)
“Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:10.] Christ, the great Teacher, is not referring merely to those who are children in years, but to those who need care and protection in their religious experience. “The Son of man is come to seek and save that which is lost.” [Luke 19:10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 6)
“How think ye? If a man have an hundred sheep, and one of them be gone astray, doth he not leave the ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seeketh that which is gone astray? And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more of that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. Even so it is not the will of your Father which is in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 7)
“Moreover, if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone; if he will hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church; but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven; and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Matthew 18:12-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 8)
Do not these words encourage us to do more praying for our brethren and less accusing of them? I know that if these directions were followed with those who are sin-sick, the Lord Jesus would be better pleased. Would this not be better than to separate an individual from the church, and leave him a subject of Satan’s temptations? When all will study their Bibles closely, and give heed to its teachings, the saving grace of Christ will be manifested to the church in rich blessings. I am directed that we must continue our work of soul-saving in harmony with the Bible plan.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 9)
“Then came Peter unto Him, and said, Lord, how oft shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? till seven times? Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until seven times; but until seventy times seven.” [Verses 21, 22.]
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 10)
Brother Haskell, read this instruction to the church at Nashville and at other places. Tell them that if they will read the Bible and walk in its counsels and directions, there will not be the difficulties to contend with that they have now. In our institutions and in our churches, there needs to be an entire change of action in dealing with those who are in fault. Let the sympathy and love of Christ come in, and the still, cold heart will be melted by His grace, and a heavenly atmosphere will pervade the church.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 11)
Study the eighteenth chapter of Matthew. Print it in The Watchman. And may our Lord Jesus Christ give His grace to every member of His church, that they may all be established in His Word.
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 12)
“Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge ye shall be judged, and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 31, 1905, 13)
Lt 33, 1905
Groves, Mildred Mountain View, California January 23, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in LLM 51; 5Bio 384-385. Dear Sister Mildred Groves,—
We are greatly troubled and perplexed over the movements of Dr. Evans. Some time ago he left the sanitarium for the purpose, as we supposed, of taking a short vacation and rest to recover his health. His long absence has given occasion for remarks, and inquiries are being made as to where he is and why he does not return to continue his work in the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 1)
A report has been circulated that Dr. Evans has become familiar with you, as a nurse in the sanitarium, that he is in correspondence with you, and that he is tempted to separate from his wife that he may live with you. Dr. Evans and his wife have lived together happily until you were closely associated with him as a nurse during his confinement with the small pox.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 2)
Sister Evans is passing through the deep waters of affliction. For nine years she has lived happily with her husband, and she has loved him as a true-hearted Christian woman should love the man whom she has chosen for her life companion. And the knowledge that he has become infatuated with you is a source of bitter humiliation to her.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 3)
Dr. Evans and his wife are, as physicians, well adapted to each other and are well qualified to unite as true medical missionaries, and we had hoped that their united labors might have [had] a decided influence in bringing the work of our sanitarium nearer in accordance with the Word of God. We have been pleased to see the husband and wife united in seeking to treat the sick by correct methods and to impart to those coming to the institution the sound doctrines of the gospel. Under the hallowed influence of such teachings, souls will be converted. The truth practiced and taught by medical missionaries will be received in the heart of some and will lead to conversion and the establishment in the heart of the true principles of righteousness. Will you and Dr. Evans take such a course that an opposite influence shall be the result?
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 4)
The Spirit of God is grieved because the commandments of God have not been kept in spirit and in truth. We can make no advancement in Christian growth unless we receive the truth of God and allow it to sanctify and purify the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 5)
I ask you, my sister, how could you give the least encouragement to familiarity to a married man, one whose wife was doing a noble work as a physician in connection with her husband? This is no trifling matter. Sister Evans has always loved her husband and has respected him as a noble, worthy man. And now, even though he has taken a course that is bitterly humiliating to her, her affection for him is not diminished. She still loves the man she married and to whom she has pledged her heart. O how did the wiles of the enemy lead you and Dr. Evans to do his wife such a wrong?
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 6)
My sister, we must one day individually give an account of our actions to Him who reads the heart. You cannot afford to transgress God’s holy law and to bring such distress of heart to a faithful, worthy woman. The law of God is to be written on the heart and obeyed.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 7)
In no case are you justified in receiving the affections of a man who is married to another. What conditions would exist in our sanitariums were such things practiced and sanctioned among medical missionaries?
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 8)
I ask you now to cut the last thread that binds you to Dr. Evans. You should endeavor to realize how such a course of action as you have been following will affect you in the future. What kind of an influence do you think you could exert spiritually? Your course would ever be as a weight to keep you from any advancement in religious lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 9)
Unless Dr. Evans is able to see the sinfulness of his course in this transaction, he can never again be trusted in a position of responsibility among our people. His life will be like a shipwrecked vessel. You could not honor and respect or even hope to retain the affections of such a man, were he to marry you. He would soon tire of you and seek some new connection. Neither of you could enjoy peace and happiness while transgressing God’s holy law.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 10)
I say to you, my sister, that you are entirely wrong in accepting the love which belongs to another. Are we to conclude that the truth has lost its power over you? Will you not break away from this satanic snare, confess your sins to the Lord and to those whom you have so deeply wronged, and will you not turn to God with all your heart? He is of great compassion, and He will abundantly pardon.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 11)
“Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind.” [Luke 10:27.] In these words is revealed the necessity of our giving ourselves unreservedly to God. Shall men and women be employed in our institutions who, with the Word of God open before them, drink up iniquity and heed not the plain restrictions of God’s “Thou shalt not”?
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 12)
“Keep thy heart with all diligence.” [Proverbs 4:23.] The affections must be sanctified. “If ye then be risen with Christ, set your affection on things above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God.” [See Colossians 3:1, 2.] Shall we now see that the doctor has come to his senses, and that you, a nurse, realize that you are sin-sick and need healing from the great Physician?
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 13)
God will pardon you, if you now step out of the path in which Satan has been leading you. But your work and that of Dr. Evans must ever be in different places, that this temptation may forever end. Never again should you work in the same institution. God knows the weakness of the resolution of a man who has once been led astray. Yet Dr. Evans is a man whom God loves, a man to whom He has given power to do a good, pure, and solid work in connection with our institutions. He desires us to do all in our power to save this man for whom Christ has died from making a shipwreck of faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 14)
Please let me hear from you, my sister, as to what these things mean. What course do you now intend to pursue? We do not desire to give publicity to this sad experience; for unless carefully guarded, it will spread far and wide. Let us do all in our power to correct the matter at once. I have written to Dr. Evans and have sent one copy to Brother Rogers, whom I believe to be a faithful, God-fearing man. I have not yet received any letter from the doctor.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 15)
The Lord is not pleased with the course that Dr. Evans has taken. In the position he occupied in the sanitarium, he should have been as a father to you, shielding you from contamination and guarding your virtue as Christ’s purchased possession. He has decidedly failed in this, but the Lord has not cast him off.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 16)
And the Lord has not rejected you. He pities and loves you, and He calls you now to come to Him and receive His spirit of purity and holiness and His everlasting love. Cast aside every suggestion that you are unworthy to be called a child of God. Come just as you are to Jesus, make a true heart work of repentance, receive His forgiveness, and never again be led to repeat such an experience as calls this letter from me.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 17)
I write you, my sister, because with all my heart I pity you, and because I desire you to see the danger of the path you are treading.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 18)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 33, 1905, 19)
Lt 35, 1905
White, Ella May; White, Mabel “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 26, 1905 Previously unpublished. Ella May and Mabel White Dear Children,—
Sara and I have just returned from Mountain View. We desired to reach home last evening, but made a mistake in regard to the train connections and left Mountain View on a train that went one hour after the one we should have taken. We were obliged to wait four hours in San Jose and one hour at Niles; and when we reached Oakland, the train for St. Helena was gone, so we were obliged to spend the night in Oakland.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 1)
Sister Hall, who accompanied us as far as Oakland, had telegraphed from San Jose to Brother Fred Byington, and he met us at the station and took us to his home. I had never met Brother Byington before, but our stay was made very pleasant. We had a nice visit with him and his wife. His first wife was Mary Thorpe’s sister. They have four children, one of them a pretty little girl of three years.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 2)
It was seven o’clock when we reached Brother Byington’s. We visited an hour or two and at nine o’clock went to bed. It took me quite a while to get to sleep, and the next morning I awoke at three o’clock. I then arose and wrote a letter to your father.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 3)
The confusion of travel, the frequent changing from one train to another, and the long waiting at some places were very trying. The streets in Oakland were muddy, and we found changing from one streetcar to another very disagreeable. But such trials are of small moment. We should be very happy if we had no greater perplexities. But we are made sad as we see so many of our people asleep. They know not the time of their visitation.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 4)
We had interesting meetings at Mountain View. It rained much of the time, but we heard no complaints because of this. There was a much larger attendance at this meeting than was expected, but I think all were made comfortable. Many of the citizens opened their houses for the accommodation of visitors, and the delegates were given meals free of charge at the Pacific Press restaurant. The food was excellent and well prepared, and all were much pleased with the dining arrangements. Sara, Miss Peck, and I had two rooms in the house of a Judge Burns, an unbeliever, and were made very comfortable.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 5)
Presidents of Conferences and men in leading positions in our work on the Pacific Coast were in attendance, and all felt that they had been greatly blessed by attending the meeting. I believe that this council will result in the clearing away of much misunderstanding that has existed between some of our brethren.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 6)
Edson White came to St. Helena rather unexpectedly just before the meeting, and he and your father went to Mountain View on Tuesday. Sara, Sister Hall, Sister Peck, Dores, and I went down the following Thursday. Edson is collecting donations from our people for the purpose of establishing an orphanage in Huntsville for colored children.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 7)
The colored people of the South need the sympathy and help of every one. I would invite those who have means that they are willing to invest in the cause of God to send to me donations for this needy field, and I will see that the means thus received is sent to the workers in the South. I have sent several hundred pounds of prunes to help them, but I have not been able to send them much money. My money has been exhausted in the preparation of new books—books that the people need, which I prepare in harmony with the will of God. In order to help in the establishment of sanitariums in Southern California, I have hired money from the bank at heavy interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 8)
We now have a sanitarium in San Diego, and one in Los Angeles, both nearly ready to begin their work of caring for the sick. These sanitariums are not mammoth institutions, but they are large enough to attract the attention of tourists and to represent the truth for this time which we are trying to give to the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 9)
The colored people of the South must be helped. The Lord is greatly blessing the efforts that are being made to build up the work of the Huntsville school. This institution had been greatly neglected and was crippled because it had received so little support. But since Brother F. R. Rogers has taken charge of the school, conditions are much improved. There are seventy-five students in attendance, and fifteen more desire to come; but there is not sufficient room at present for their accommodation.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 10)
There are many places where it is impossible for white workers to labor for the colored people. Colored workers must be trained for this work. In the Huntsville school colored students are being fitted to bear the message to their own race. Some are being educated for teachers. These will be able to establish many smaller schools for the colored people, and in this work they will exert a holy influence, drawing others to the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 11)
A small building is being erected near the Huntsville school as a home for colored orphans. This enterprise should receive the sympathy and support of our people.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 12)
A colored sanitarium should be established at Nashville. A very desirable property is offered to us a few miles out of the city, and we greatly desire that this property be secured for this work. On this property there are buildings that can be utilized in our sanitarium work. Our brethren are trying to raise five thousand dollars for this enterprise.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 13)
All these enterprises are positive necessities. Perhaps there are some in the Reno church who would be glad to give something to help the workers who are endeavoring to help the colored people in this their time of great necessity. You may feel free to read this letter to them and to tell them that it is their privilege to co-operate with those whom God has led to take part in this good work. Let all do something to help in the creating of facilities for work among the colored people. I have done what I could, and I now feel free to ask my friends to do their part. God will call to account those who selfishly withhold help from those who are doing all they can to carry forward a difficult work. There is a power and efficiency in a “Thus saith the Lord.” When we as Seventh-day Adventists manifest a genuine faith in the doctrines we hold, we shall be laborers together with God, and the work will go with power. We shall feel a deep interest in every place where His work is to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 14)
All heaven is interested in the work we are to do for the Master. Heavenly agencies will unite with us in presenting the words of Christ to the unconverted. Remember that we are to be laborers together with God. That word “together” has great significance. [1 Corinthians 3:9.] “Without Me,” said Christ, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] All the converting efficiency is of Him. We are in danger of greatly overestimating our own capabilities. Our power for service is dependent upon our bringing the Word of God into our life practice. Do not seek merely to work upon the feelings of those for whom you labor. The Word presented in simplicity, with a settled, intelligent knowledge of its requirements, will be received by many, and the Spirit of God will bring conviction to their hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 15)
God calls upon every church member to be a laborer together with Him. The Holy Spirit will be your efficiency. That which you can make divinely real will shine forth and draw sinners to the light. As you reflect the glory of God, conviction will be deepened, and the truth will shine out before the people with power.
(20LtMs, Lt 35, 1905, 16)
Lt 37, 1905
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 30, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder G. I. Butler My dear Brother,—
I am praying and hoping that the converting power of God shall come into every church, that the evil spirit of faultfinding and censuring may be put entirely away. I am instructed to say, When the temptations of Satan strive for entrance, and an inclination to pick flaws and to condemn is seen, whether it is in a large assembly, or where only two or three are together, let those present say, “Let us pray. This is a time when we need to be afraid and to realize that instead of letting the enemy come in, we are to bow before God in prayer.”
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 1)
Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. He will lift up for you a standard against the enemy. Yes, prayer, humble, earnest prayer, is our means of deliverance from unwholesome speech. The tongue is to be sanctified. We need to feel the reconverting power of God. Those who have violated their baptismal vows need to repent and be converted. Then they will not do such unchristlike work in dealing with others.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 2)
Read the first chapter of Second Peter. This chapter is of great value to every church member. Every word should be stamped upon mind and heart. Read this chapter to the church. See if we cannot have a revival, not by accusing one another, but by praying for the Holy Spirit and by thinking of the suffering that Christ endured in order to secure pardon for sinners, however sinful they may be. He humiliated Himself in order that human beings might become partakers of the divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 3)
Satan delights to ruin and destroy souls. Shall we catch his zeal? Shall we become accusers of the brethren and thus help the enemy in his cruel work? Is it not time that we humbled ourselves to save the souls ready to perish?
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 4)
Read the three first verses of the third chapter of Revelation. See what Christ opens before John. The trial spoken of in these verses has come to many. “Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write, These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Verse 1.] There are many to whom these words apply. But Christ does not leave them in hopeless despair. He is so tender, so pitiful! Although some of them are in partnership with satanic agencies, He does not cast them off. “Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die,” He says; “for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Verses 2, 3.] Do not yield one iota of your faith for spiritualistic ideas which will set you adrift in the mazes of uncertainty. Hold fast your past experience in the things that you have received and heard, and repent.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 5)
This is a time when the truth that is received, unless put into practice, will be disregarded, and its place will be taken by that which is false and which causes spiritual weakness and unbelief. Forgeries will be presented by Satan and will be received as a great blessing, but they bring spiritual death.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 6)
The call to repent and hold fast is made to those who have loosened their grasp on the truth that they have heard and received. God calls upon them to repent because of their unbelief in the truth in which they once rejoiced. They have become infatuated by Satan’s theories, which they have received.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 7)
“If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Verses 3, 4.] Study these statements. Teach the church that the enemy will bring before them every phase of deception. Those who have not held fast with the grip of faith to the experience given them by God in the past will fail to watch now. They are in danger of listening to and heeding the sophistries of Satan. Those who have admitted the enemy to their companionship need to be watchful and repent, lest in the day of God they be found with the workers of evil, who call falsehood truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 8)
The false theories advanced in the past have by no means been given up. When a favorable opportunity comes, they will have a resurrection. Let us not forget that everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. The enemy will be successful in overthrowing the faith of some, but those who are true to principle will not be shaken. They will stand true to principle. Those who, notwithstanding that the Lord has pointed out their errors, are not able to see where Satan has come in will continue to be led in false paths.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 9)
Jesus bids us to be watchful and strengthen the things that remain, which are ready to die. There is a laxity that should not be. Corrupt influences and seducing spirits have come in and are working in many ways that people do not realize. “If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.] At the present time the insidious working of Satan is going on. The warning given by Christ is to be faithfully heeded.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 10)
We are sure that, although there is at the present time a suppression of sentiment, there are those who are standing in slippery places, those who have not taken their stand upon the true platform. Just now we are having a severe trial with one who has in the past worked as a physician. False sentiments have been working in his mind until, as a result, he has placed himself in a very perilous position. And this when we have great need of physicians such as he could be, but is not.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 11)
It is such things as these that the enemy is striving to bring in among us. He will use all his seductive arts to lead those once firm in the faith into deception and error, so that they will defile their faith. Upon those who yield to him he exercises his hypnotizing power, and it is exceedingly difficult for them to escape from his snare.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 12)
I know that the terrible, seductive influence of satanic agencies is at work. The result of receiving specious, spiritualistic sentiments is being seen. Those who fall under the spell of the enemy know not what is the matter with them. They are not in their right mind, and of themselves they cannot escape.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 13)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Verse 4.] He who overcomes will not be led one step in the path of spiritualistic, mesmeric influence. He will be guarded. He will watch and pray and strengthen the things that remain. Saith the Heart-searcher, “I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Verse 2.] These words I am to repeat and repeat. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard. Cling to your faith with all the power of your being. Let no false messages hypnotize you and lead you to act out the sentiments of satanic agencies.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 14)
“He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life; but I will confess his name before My Father and before His angels.” [Verse 5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 15)
Let us pray earnestly and constantly. Let us guard carefully the mind and the soul-temple. We must pray and watch unto prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 37, 1905, 16)
Lt 39, 1905
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 30, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 72-73. Dear Brother and Sister Belden,—
We had a very pleasant journey from College View to Battle Creek. We were given a hearty welcome by the friends at Battle Creek. During my stay in the city, I spoke five times—three times in the Tabernacle and twice to the patients and helpers in the sanitarium. I had a message to bear, and the Spirit of the Lord seemed to impress those present. I know that God gave me strength to speak. On Sabbath there were about three thousand people present in the Tabernacle and on Sunday about two thousand five hundred.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 1)
The meeting on Sunday afternoon was attended by many of the citizens of Battle Creek. They paid the best of attention. At this meeting I had opportunity to state decidedly that my views have not changed. The blessing of the Lord rested upon many of those who heard the words spoken. I said: “You may be anxious to know what Mrs. White believes. You have heard her speak many times. She has spoken to you in the Park close to the Tabernacle more than once. She has spoken in the large tent and at the camp-meetings held in the suburbs of Battle Creek. The message that she bears today is the same that she bore then. She has the same service to do for the Master that she had when she addressed the people of Battle Creek years ago. She receives lessons from the same Instructor. The directions given her are: ‘Write the messages that I give you, that the people may have them.’ These messages have been written as God has given them to me.”
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 2)
I have written many books, all of which will stand the test of investigation. Of myself, I could not have brought out these books, but the Lord has given me the help of His Holy Spirit. These books contain the instruction which for nearly half a century God has been giving me. They contain light from heaven and will bear the test of investigation.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 3)
The truth that we proclaim today is the same truth that we have proclaimed for the last fifty years. We can say, as John says in his first epistle: “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us, and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.” [1 John 1:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 4)
I wanted to remain in Battle Creek for another week, but Sister Marian Davis was very sick, and we feared that she might die before we reached home. She was very anxious to see us, and we decided to hasten home. Our folks at home were very much relieved by our return.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 5)
We found Sister Davis very sick. She was at the sanitarium, receiving the best of care, and her sister Mrs. W. K. Kellogg was with her. About a week after our return, she rallied, and for a while we hoped for her recovery. But her strength suddenly failed, and on Tuesday, October 25, she passed away. On leaving Battle Creek, we bought our tickets through to Los Angeles, and these tickets allowed us to spend a month at St. Helena. We had been at home for three weeks, and the physicians thought that Sister Davis might linger for sometime, so we decided to go South, planning to leave home on Monday. But something prevented us, and we decided to wait till the next day. On Tuesday morning a telephone message came from the sanitarium that Marian had been unconscious since seven o’clock A.M. She remained thus until four that afternoon, when she quietly breathed her last.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 6)
A beautiful spot in the St. Helena Cemetery was chosen for her grave, and the dear, helpful worker rests in her narrow bed until Jesus comes. No more trouble will come to her. At seventy-seven I am still toiling, but am not worth much at present; for I am very tired. We are all in the hands of the Lord. I trust in Him; for I know that He will never leave nor forsake those who put their trust in Him. I have committed myself to His keeping.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 7)
Friday morning, October 28, we left St. Helena for Southern California. We had been at home less than three weeks, and the work of completing unfinished books was urgent. But there were two new sanitariums in Southern California in which I was deeply interested, and I hoped to be able to help our brethren who had the burden of the work in arranging for the opening and successful operation of these two sanitariums.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 8)
We spent the Sabbath at Fresno. I spoke to the church there on Sabbath afternoon. The large meetinghouse was well filled, and the Lord helped me to bear my testimony. Here we met Dr. G. A. Hare from Washington, D.C., who had been called back to his old home by the sickness of his mother. He told us of the advancement of the work at Takoma Park and of the excellent place secured for treatment rooms in the city of Washington.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 9)
We intended to go on to Los Angeles Saturday night, but we were unable to secure accommodations on the train, so we stayed over and on Sunday went to the Hanford-Lemoore district, intending to spend the day visiting old friends. On our arrival there, we found a missionary convention in progress, and the brethren asked us to stay with them for a few days. This we consented to do, and I spoke each afternoon while I was there—twice in Hanford, once in Lemoore, and once in Armona.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 10)
After spending four busy days at Hanford, we resumed our journey South and reached Los Angeles Thursday, November 3. At the restaurant on Third Street we were welcomed by Elder Burden and Dr. Simpson.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 11)
Elder W. W. Simpson had been holding tent-meetings in the heart of the city during a large part of the summer, and the large tent was used by the church for their Sabbath meetings. Letters were sent to our people in the neighboring churches, suggesting a general meeting Sabbath and Sunday. In response to this, two or three hundred came in from surrounding towns, and these, with the believers in Los Angeles, filled the large tent Sabbath morning. The Lord helped me to speak to this congregation of over a thousand souls, all of whom seemed much interested. At the close of my discourse, the collection for our work among the colored people of the Southern States was taken up, amounting to seventy-five dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 12)
We rejoice that the work is moving forward in Los Angeles. The interest aroused by the meetings that Brother Simpson has been holding is remarkable. Night after night the large tent, holding two thousand people, has been crowded. As a result of these meetings, a large number have taken their stand for the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 13)
Brother Simpson presents the truth as it was presented in past years, illustrating his remarks by means of many charts. He explains the prophecies very clearly, showing plainly that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord certainly works with him, and I wish that there were hundreds of workers such as he in the field, proclaiming the last message of warning with the same earnestness and enthusiasm.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 14)
Special light has been given me regarding the character and magnitude of the work to be done in Los Angeles. Several times messages have been given regarding the duty that rests upon us of proclaiming the third angel’s message with power in that city.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 15)
Earnest efforts must be made to lead men and women to place themselves on the Saviour’s side. In this work there is need of divine help and untiring vigilance. No one is to sleep at his post of duty. Every capability is to be put to use to win for Christ a victory against the powers of darkness.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 16)
The voice of duty is the voice of God. The gospel demands from Christians unreserved consecration of soul and body. The Lord claims the highest service that human beings, aided by divine grace, can offer. Each one is to stand at his post of duty in the great enterprise of saving souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 17)
Those who present the truth are to enter into no controversy. They are to speak the gospel with such faith and earnestness that an interest in present truth will be awakened. By the words they speak, the prayers they offer, the influence they exert, they are to sow seed that will bear fruit to the glory of God. There is to be no wavering. The trumpet is to give a certain sound. The attention of the people is to be called to the third angel’s message. Let not God’s servants act like men walking in their sleep, but like men preparing for the coming of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 39, 1905, 18)
Lt 41, 1905
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in RY 60-62. Dear Brother and Sister Belden,—
I am sending you with this copies of letters in which you may be interested. I wish I could talk with you both. I wish to ask you, Do you receive the two dollars a week that I arranged to have sent you by the Australian Union Conference? Please tell me in regard to this. Brother Hindson says that generally the money has been placed to your credit on the office books, and that you have sent to the office orders for goods which have been filled. Would you prefer to have the money sent you? If so, please let this be known, and it will be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 1)
I made the arrangement before leaving Australia that you were to receive a certain sum each week. The brethren gave me their word that they would do as I had requested. Please let me know your circumstances; and if the arrangement that I made has not been carried out, I will write again about it. I do not want you to suffer for want of food and clothing.
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 2)
It is not right that Frank does not write to you often. I am very sorry that he does not do this and that he does not give you any financial help. Be assured that you shall not want while I live, if you will keep me acquainted with your circumstances. If your children neglect their duty, I will try to supply the lack, though I am paying interest on twenty thousand dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 3)
Please write to me every mail. In the last mail I sent a response to your question regarding your coming to America. I dare not take the responsibility of deciding this matter. You can do as you think best and as your friends shall decide. I dare not at my age take any more responsibility. I have very heavy burdens to bear in connection with the cause of God. Morning after morning I rise at one and two o’clock to write out important matters.
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 4)
With much love,
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 5)
Your sister.
(20LtMs, Lt 41, 1905, 6)
Lt 43, 1905
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 29, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 24; 5MR 137; 6MR 242. Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I am always glad to hear of the prosperity and success of the Wahroonga Sanitarium. Will our churches in every place arise and shine? Will they, for the sake of Him who suffered and died to redeem the world, feel the necessity of denying self? Will they show their willingness to share with Christ in His self-denial and sacrifice?
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 1)
I ask you to study carefully and prayerfully the first chapter of Revelation. “I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches....
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 2)
“And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and his hair were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And He had in His right hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp, two-edged sword; and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last; I am He that liveth, and was dead, and, behold, I am alive forevermore, Amen, and have the keys of hell and of death. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches.” [Verses 9-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 3)
Let not those who are ministering in word and doctrine be dull of understanding now. The world is being flooded with books and magazines which contain that which will lead the mind astray. I would say to God’s people, For Christ’s sake do not spend your time in reading that which is a hindrance to spiritual growth. Remember that, spiritually, men and women are built up from the food which they give the mind. The Bible contains the bread sent down from heaven. Read the sixth chapter of John, and ask God to give you clearness of understanding, that you may comprehend the important statements that it contains.
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 4)
There is a work to be done in the place where the truth has never been proclaimed. In order to do this work, you need greater than human help. The Lord can take a worm to thrash a mountain. It is close communion with God that qualifies His messengers to subdue the opposition of the enemy. God calls for consecrated workers who will be true to Him—humble men who see the need of evangelistic work and do not draw back, but do each day’s work faithfully, relying upon God for help and strength in every emergency. The message is to be taken up by those who love and fear God. Lay not your burden upon any conference. Go forth, and, as evangelists, in a humble way present “Thus saith the Scriptures.”
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 5)
“And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 6)
As Christ taught, all classes of people flocked about Him. Mark the interest shown by these eager, astonished listeners. Priests and rulers listen to Him as he proclaims the gospel message. He does not present pleasing fables, but the truth of heaven. He points to the great gift of eternal life as the highest object of attainment. He presents the science of salvation as something that will not have to be left behind by those who are called to enter the higher school. The sick came to Him to be healed, and He healed them. Thus many were led to believe on Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 7)
Today the truth is to be proclaimed as Christ proclaimed it when He was on this earth. Our people who are so collected together at large centers should be out in the field working for souls. They should go to places where the truth has not yet been heard, and pray and plan and work, and gain an experience by practical work. Is not Christ in our world today as verily as He was then? Can He not heal the sick as well now as then? Let small sanitariums and treatment rooms be established, and let people be given an education in the simple methods of treating disease. Those who take up this work will increase in capability; for unseen heavenly agencies will be present to help them. “Lo, I am with you always,” Christ declares, “even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 8)
Is not this, then, the work that is to be undertaken, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth? Disease can be cured if right methods are employed. We are now to move forward in earnest, heeding the words of Christ, “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Verse 20.] Our highest aim is to be to heed and obey the teachings of the One who gave His life for the world. Far-fetched suppositions are not needed. There is to be no lording it over God’s heritage, as there has been in the past. Those who are burdened with a desire to proclaim the message are not to be bound about. They are not to be required to place themselves under the control of any man’s ideas or plans. “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind, and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 43, 1905, 9)
Lt 45, 1905
Washburn, Brother and Sister [F. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 3, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 255. My dear Brother and Sister in affliction,—
We can sympathize with you, although at a distance from you. I would say, Do not give up hope, but cling to the promise, “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] Yet do not feel discouraged if He who can do the work of healing, He who knows the end from the beginning, permits His child to die, to rise in the morning of the resurrection. Say, “Not my will, but Thine, O God, be done.” [Luke 22:42.] The Lord understands what is to come upon our world. The end of all things is at hand.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 1)
My brother, do not become discouraged. Do all you can on your part, and then trust in the Lord. This is the worst part of the year. Have courage in the Lord. If your wife falls under the affliction, remember that there is a future life. The last trump will call forth all who have received Christ, believed in Him, and trusted in Him for salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 2)
My dear sister, we will pray for you. You have our sympathy. We shall present your case to the great Physician. I understand that this has already been done. Hold fast to the hand of Him who can bless and heal if He sees that it is for your present and eternal good. And now, my brother and sister, while you are both alive, take this precious time to appropriate by faith to yourselves the precious promises of the Word of God. I am thankful that you are both presenting yourselves as humble seekers for the pardon of all sin. This is your privilege. Do not disbelieve. The precious Saviour is ever touched with human woe, and He will be found of all who seek Him with all the heart and mind and soul, believing His promises, made as a sure pledge of pardon and full forgiveness to all who repent of their backslidings. Make an entire surrender.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 3)
Our precious Saviour has given His life for the sins of the world and has pledged His word that He will save all who come to Him. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] These are the conditions of gaining eternal life. Comply with them, and your hope is secured, whether you live or die. Trust in the soul-saving Redeemer. Cast your helpless soul upon Him, and He will accept and bless and save you. Only believe. Receive Him with all your heart, and know that He wants you to win the crown of life. Let this be your greatest and most earnest request. Make an entire surrender, and He will cleanse you from every pollution and make you vessels unto honor. You may be washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb. Thus you gain the victory. Thus you become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruptions that are in the world through lust.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 4)
“Walk in the light while ye have the light.” [John 12:35.] Open the eyes of your understanding, and you will see the pathway. It will be plainly defined to your spiritual vision. This pathway is sure to lead you through the strait gate that leads to the city of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 5)
O how many are walking in the darkness of the broad road. The Christian’s hope is the only hope that will never disappoint the seeker. The path that Christ has marked out is the only path which will lead to the mansions that He has gone to prepare for all who love Him and serve Him with all the capabilities of heart and mind and soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 6)
In faith hold fast.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 7)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 45, 1905, 8)
Lt 47, 1905
Pallant, Jesse “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder Jesse Pallant Dear Brother,—
I was engaged in my writing when my secretary brought me a letter from Sister C. J. Anderson. I read this letter and answered it, with only a short time to give to the matter. I am grieved in spirit that a gospel minister should be in such a condition spiritually and physically that he cannot exert the influence in his home that he should exert. The wife needs a helper that she does not now have in her husband.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 1)
Sister Anderson says that her children do not attend school because there is no church school where she is. Now, my dear brother, why do not you use your influence to set a church school in operation? Our example is not what it should be when we neglect this means of educating the children and youth in right lines. Will you please consider this matter, and see that your children are brought out from the influence of the world? The children of Israel were instructed to bring their children into their homes, that the plagues might not fall upon them. Their doorposts must be marked with blood, as a witness that they were the denominated people of God. Those whose houses were thus marked were not visited by the destroying angel.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 2)
I would, my brother, that the Andersons, both father and mother, might both be brought nigh to Christ. I fear that parents and children will be lost if the converting power of God does not come upon the whole family. I have written a letter to Brother Anderson, and one to Sister Anderson, and if there is time to get these letters copied, I will send you a copy. I wish you to mark whether these letters have any influence upon our brother and sister. Brother Anderson is a self-opinionated man. So self-exalted has he been, so proud of his own supposed capabilities, that he has made himself a man who will do harm and not good. But the Lord will have mercy upon him, if he feels his need of humbling his heart before Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 3)
I know that Sister Anderson has a hard life to live. May the Lord help her to walk circumspectly, casting her tried soul upon One who knows and who will help and encourage her. But she must realize that she will not help matters by answering back; at such times silence is eloquence; for it will never make quarrels. The poor children are the ones who must suffer in a special manner.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 4)
Brother Pallant, I should be pleased to hear from you. I have not heard from you for a long time. How is your health, both physical and spiritual?
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 5)
I have been writing since four o’clock this morning, and it is now twelve; so if some words are left out of this letter, you will know why. I am writing as fast as my hand will move over the paper.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 6)
How is the work moving in the place where you are working? I have a large interest in that part of the field. May the Lord give you good courage in Him. That is all that I can write at this time, I think. I repeat, Be of good courage. Our warfare here will soon be accomplished. Soon, if faithful, we shall see the King in His beauty.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 7)
I will now say farewell; for they have come to take this letter to the mail.
(20LtMs, Lt 47, 1905, 8)
Lt 49, 1905
Anderson, C. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Anderson,—
For Christ’s sake humble your heart before God, and be converted. What example are you giving your wife and children? God would not have you make your home thus unhappy. Your heart must be changed, else you will never be saved. You are a hard man to yourself. You treat yourself in such a way that you cannot do justice to your wife or your children. You could teach your children to be Christians if you would feel your need of true conversion.
(20LtMs, Lt 49, 1905, 1)
May the Lord bear with you and not cut you off as a cumberer of the ground. Show yourself a man. Go to work, even though you think you would die in the effort. See if you cannot bring a sweet, fragrant atmosphere into the home. If you will take yourself to task, and cease your faultfinding and censuring, you can do this. It will be a severe tax upon you to keep your tongue as with a bridle. Satan is pleased with your ministry in your home. Turn square about, and watch unto prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 49, 1905, 2)
If you will patiently educate your children, line upon line, precept upon precept, you will be fitting yourself for service to do a larger work. But at present you are making the life of your wife very hard. You have labored in the capacity of a minister of the gospel, and you should now act in altogether a different way from the way in which you have been acting. You have blamed your wife. Now show her that you will cast your helpless soul upon Jesus Christ. He knows your every weakness, your every sin. He hears every word you speak and marks its effect upon the souls of your wife and children.
(20LtMs, Lt 49, 1905, 3)
Will you now come to the Lord with humble, heart-broken repentance? If you continue to cherish your present spirit, you will never, never be admitted to heaven; but if you repent and humble yourself as a little child, you will be helped of God. Will you not make a determined effort? Seek the Lord. When your heart becomes humble, your words and spirit will be entirely changed. Though your sins be as scarlet, He, your Saviour, will make them white as snow. Though they be as crimson, He will make them white as wool. Stop right where you are in showing so much authority. Let your heart be melted and broken. Let the Spirit of Christ take possession of it. Then everything in your home life will be changed. Support your family, and God will bless you. Make the effort—do make the effort.
(20LtMs, Lt 49, 1905, 4)
Lt 51, 1905
Anderson, Sister [C. J.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Anderson,—
I have just read your letter, and I have but little time to reply; for your mail must leave here in a few hours.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 1)
My sister, I am very sorry for you. I understand your difficulties. I urge you to put your trust in the Lord. That which now troubles you may continually increase; but be patient. It will be to your injury to contend with your husband. Contention always makes matters worse. Be always kind and gentle, and teach your children to be kind.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 2)
Could you not teach a school yourself, and thus educate your own children and the children of others? I leave this for you to decide. You can judge best of your capability for this work. If you could not act as teacher, I hope that those who have charge of the work in West Australia will lay plans to set a church school in operation at once. Where it can possibly be avoided, children ought not to be sent to the public school; for they are in danger of learning much evil. But your children would be far better in attending school than to be under the influence that pervades your home.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 3)
What I wished to say to your husband is that his rasping spirit is hurting his wife and children. If he would humble his heart before God, if he would take hold of work willingly and cheerfully, it would prove an influence for good upon his disposition.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 4)
In regard to yourself, my sister, I would say, Watch unto prayer. Soft answers to your husband’s provocations will prove a great blessing to him and to you. To cherish a feeling of superiority to you is as natural to him as it is to breathe; but he does not do this because he has superior qualifications. He does it because he has been deceived by the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 5)
The Lord Jesus gave His life to save sinners, and if your husband will come to Him as a repentant sinner, a change will be seen in his life.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 6)
My sister, do your best in the name of the Lord. Never retaliate; because this makes matters worse. The heavenly angels will not leave you if you will put your trust in God. And remember, He says, I will never leave nor forsake those who come to Me, and take My yoke. By learning of Him to be meek and lowly we find rest unto our souls. Every day give your children an example of patience and love. Never, never become provoked; for when you do, you bring into the home just that influence that should not be allowed to enter. Pray, pray, pray in faith. There is a God in heaven who pities you and who will help you. Go forward trustingly and in faith, relying upon the Lord’s love and promises.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 7)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 51, 1905, 8)
Lt 53, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. and Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 2, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 18MR 227-231. Dear Brethren Ballenger and Palmer,—
We were very much pleased to receive a letter from Brother Ballenger, full of hope and telling of the good results of the work of our sanitarium in Paradise Valley. This is just as we have expected it would be, and we thank the Lord for such a good, encouraging record. The Lord be praised.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 1)
I am pleased, Brother Ballenger, that you and your wife are at the sanitarium. This is as it should be. If you possibly can, fit up more bathrooms without delay. Get this sanitarium in full-running order as soon as possible. As soon as you can, finish the bathrooms, as they should be furnished.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 2)
O how much we need experienced workers as matrons and helpers in our institutions. I cannot encourage you to employ as matrons the one mentioned in your letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 3)
The Lord will have helpers prepared for the fulfilment of their duties, if the men and women who are thirsting for the knowledge that will qualify them to labor in our medical institutions will follow His directions, not going into such long preparations, but taking right hold and putting the whole soul into their work, in the fear of the Lord and with love for the souls for whom Christ has given His life.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 4)
We felt a little disappointed, Brother Ballenger, that you could not accompany Brother Palmer to the meeting at Mountain View. But you were in the place where the Lord wanted you to be. Good is the Lord, and greatly to be praised. If only souls will be converted from the error of their ways, and seek the Lord, and learn the science of preserving the health of the body and the soul! And where can they learn these much-needed lessons as well as at our sanitariums, which the Lord has said should be established in many places. Lectures might be given to the multitudes; but while the words spoken would enlighten many minds, how can people understand fully without a practical knowledge? One patient, successfully treated, will have a testimony to bear of the virtue of the simple methods of treatment, the simple, healthful remedies that nature has provided without the use of any drugs.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 5)
When Christ was upon this earth, He did not direct fishermen to leave their nets and boats and go to the Jewish teachers to gain a preparation for the gospel ministry. Walking by the sea of Galilee, He saw “two brethren, Simon, called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw two other brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship, and their father, and followed Him.” [Matthew 4:18-22.]
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 6)
This prompt obedience, without any questions, without one promise of wages, seems remarkable. But the words of Christ were an invitation that implied all that He meant it should. There was an impelling influence in His words. There was no long explanation, but what He said had a drawing power.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 7)
It was at the very beginning of His ministry that Christ began to gather in His helpers. This is a lesson to all ministers. They should constantly be looking for and training those whom they think could help them in their work. They should not stand alone, trying to do by themselves all that needs to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 8)
Christ would make these humble fishermen, in connection with Himself, the means of taking men out of the service of Satan and making them believers in Christ, teaching them in regard to the kingdom of God. In this work they would become His ministers, fishers of men. They were to be His prime ministers. But He did not tell them to go to worldly schools to obtain the advantages of worldly cultivation. He did not tell them to go to the Jewish synagogues to learn of the Rabbis their customs and traditions, in order that they might be prepared for the work He had for them to do as His evangelists. He said, “Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men.” [Verse 19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 9)
Just as soon as Christ began to preach, He began to gather disciples who were to hear all His words and learn of Him, the great Teacher, and, afterward, preach the gospel. These disciples, supposed to be ignorant fishermen, were not to become teachers after the manner of the Jewish educators. They were to be Christ’s witnesses, bearing to the world His truth, unmingled with the traditions and sophistries of men. By practicing His virtues, by walking and working with Him, they were to be qualified to be His representatives.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 10)
Christ’s call, “Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men,” and the power of His grace, manifested to them, was indeed their ordination, their appointment to the work of the gospel ministry. The Saviour’s work as a teacher, His example, His opening of the Scriptures to the multitude, His works of healing were preparing the disciples to carry on the work that He began. Through His words, and through His sanctifying influence, He gave gifts unto men, preparing the members of this early church to be His messengers. His treasure of knowledge was put into earthen vessels. He did not advise His disciples to learn of the Jewish teachers. By the simplicity of faith, by clean, pure, humble service, the disciples were being educated in His school to carry responsibilities of the same kind that He was bearing.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 11)
Certainly Christ chose the foolish things of the world—those whom the world pronounced unlearned and ignorant—to confound the wise men of the world. The disciples were unlearned in the traditions of the rabbis, but with Christ as their example and teacher, they were gaining an education of the highest order; for they had before them a divine Example. Christ was presenting to them truths of the highest character.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 12)
Those whom God employs to do service for Him, He would have fitted in His way for that service. Those who preach Christ must learn of Christ daily, in order to understand the mystery of saving and serving the souls for whom He had died. They must bring with them nothing like spiritual pride or self-indulgence. In speech, in voice, in every phase of character, they must reveal the spiritual refinement, the Christlike courtesy that connection with the Saviour gives. His tender love and compassion must constantly be revealed. “Follow Me,” were the words of the great Teacher, “and I will make you fishers of men.” [Verse 19.] They must do this work with hearts filled with Christ’s love for souls. They must pattern after Him in all things, sharing His tender compassion and His sternness against all evil working. Christ is the great example for all. We are to be workers together with Him. Those who are in His service need to separate from all business entanglements that would tarnish their Christlikeness of character. The fishermen that the Saviour called straightway left their nets. Those who give themselves to the work of the ministry must not entangle themselves in business lines that will bring a coarseness into their lives and will be a detriment to their spiritual advancement in the work the Lord has given them to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 13)
All through my Christian experience I have been presented with the neglect of our churches to show that care and wisdom that Christ would have them show in looking not only on their own things, but also on the things of others. We are to be kind and attentive to those around us, helping in every necessity, relieving the oppressed, and giving them every encouragement. To love God supremely and to love our neighbor as ourselves—these are the two great principles of the law of God. If the Lord has placed means in our hands, so that we can relieve those who are in need, there should not be a question in our minds as to the part we should act toward these unfortunate ones.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 14)
But I am stretching out my letter lengthily. I shall now close by saying that I am of your mind regarding the well. Before any more money is expended on it, prove that which you have already obtained. Let the blessing of success lead all who are interested in this work to be thankful, and praise the Lord. We desire that everything shall be done economically, but not in a niggardly way.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 15)
We feel grateful to God that Brother Palmer has been able to connect with the work for a time. He can now thank God that the efforts put forth have been a success. Those who have been interested in this institution, and have given of their means to set it in operation, should be encouraged.
(20LtMs, Lt 53, 1905, 16)
Lt 55, 1905
Olsen, O. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 30, 1905 See variant Ms 140, 1905. Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 140-142. Elder O. A. Olsen My dear Brother,—
We had a very pleasant journey from College View to Battle Creek. We were given a very hearty welcome by the friends in Battle Creek. I was treated with all the attention possible by Dr. Kellogg. He urged me to go to St. Louis and bear my testimony there. He treats me with great consideration. I could ask no more from him on this line.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 1)
During my short stay in Battle Creek, I spoke five times, three times in the Tabernacle, once to the students in the medical College, and once to the patients and helpers in the sanitarium. I had a message to bear, and the Spirit of the Lord seemed to impress those present. I know that God gave me strength to speak. On Sabbath there were about three thousand people present in the tabernacle and on Sunday about two thousand.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 2)
The meeting on Sunday afternoon was attended by many of the citizens of Battle Creek. They paid the best of attention. At this meeting I had opportunity to state decidedly that my views have not changed. The blessing of the Lord rested upon many of those who heard the words spoken.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 3)
I understood that some were anxious to know if Mrs. White held the same views as she did years ago when they had heard her speak in the sanitarium grove, in the Tabernacle, and at the camp-meetings held in the suburbs of Battle Creek. I assured them that the message she bears today is the same that she has borne during the sixty years of her public ministry. She has the same service to do for the Master that was laid upon her in her girlhood. She receives lessons from the same Instructor. The directions given her are, “Make known to others what I have revealed to you. Write out the messages that I give you, that the people may have them.” This is what she has endeavored to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 4)
I have written many books, and they have been given a wide circulation. Of myself, I could not have brought out the truths in these books, but the Lord has given me the help of His Holy Spirit. These books, giving the instruction that the Lord has given me during the past sixty years, contain light from heaven and will bear the test of investigation.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 5)
The question is sometimes raised, “What if Mrs. White should die?” I answer: “The books that she has written will not die. They are a living witness to what saith the Scriptures.”
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 6)
The truth that Seventh-day Adventists proclaim today is the same truth that they have proclaimed for more than fifty years. We can say, as John says in his first epistle: “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us, and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.” [1 John 1:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 7)
During the discourse, I said that I did not claim to be a prophetess. Some were surprised at this statement, and as much is being said in regard to it, I will make an explanation. Others have called me a prophetess, but I have never assumed that title. I have not felt that it was my duty thus to designate myself. Those who boldly assume that they are prophets in this our day are often a reproach to the cause of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 8)
My work includes much more than this name signifies. I regard myself as a messenger, entrusted by the Lord with messages for His people.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 9)
When this work was first given me, I begged the Lord to lay the burden on someone else. The work was so large and broad and deep that I feared I could not do it. I have been weak and feeble physically much of my life, but by His Holy Spirit the Lord has given me ability to perform the work entrusted to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 10)
God has made plain to me the various ways in which He would use me to carry forward a special work. Visions have been given me with the promise, “If you deliver the message faithfully, and endure unto the end, you shall eat of the fruit of the tree of life, and drink of the water of the river of life.”
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 11)
The Lord gave me great light on health reform. In connection with my husband I was to be a medical missionary worker. I was to set an example to the church by taking the sick to my home and caring for them. This I have done, myself giving the women and children most vigorous treatment. I was also to speak on the subject of Christian temperance, as the Lord’s appointed messenger. I engaged heartily in this work and spoke to large assemblies on temperance in its broadest and truest sense.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 12)
I was instructed that I must ever urge upon those who profess to believe the truth the necessity of practicing this truth. This means sanctification, and sanctification means the culture and training of every capability for the Lord’s service.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 13)
I was charged not to neglect or pass by those who were being wronged. The Lord presented such cases before me; and disagreeable though the duty may be, I am to reprove the oppressor and plead for justice. I am to present the necessity of maintaining justice and equity in all our institutions.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 14)
If I see those in positions of trust neglecting aged ministers, I am to present the matter to those whose duty it is to care for them. Ministers who have faithfully done their work are not to be forgotten or neglected when they have become feeble in health. Our conferences are not to disregard the needs of those who have borne the burden of the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 15)
It was after John had grown old in the service of His Lord that he was exiled to Patmos. But God did not forsake him. Christ knew where to find him, and on that lonely island he received more communications from heaven than he had received during the rest of his lifetime. Of this we read: “The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John; who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things that are written therein; for the time is at hand.” [Revelation 1:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 16)
After my marriage I was instructed that I must show a special interest in motherless and fatherless children, taking some under my own charge, for a time, and then finding homes for them. Thus I would be giving others an example of what they could do.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 17)
I have felt it my duty to bring before our people that for which those in every church should feel a responsibility. I have taken children from three to five years of age, and have educated them, and trained them for responsible positions. I have taken into my home from time to time boys from ten to sixteen years of age, giving them motherly care and a training for service. These boys have now grown to manhood, and some of them occupy positions of trust in our institutions. One was for many years head pressman in the Review and Herald Publishing House. Another stood for years as foreman of the type department in the Review and Herald. He is now assisting my son Edson in his work near Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 18)
In Australia I carried on this same work, taking into my home orphan children, who were in danger of being exposed to temptations that might cause the loss of their souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 19)
While we were in Australia we worked as medical missionaries in every sense of the word. At times I made my home in Cooranbong an asylum for the sick and afflicted. My secretary, who had received a training in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, stood by my side and did the work of a missionary nurse. No charge was made for her services, and we won the confidence of the people by the interest that we manifested in the sick and suffering. After a time the health retreat at Cooranbong was built, and then we were relieved of this burden.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 20)
To claim to be a prophetess is something that I have never done. If others call me by that name, I have no controversy with them. But my work has covered so many lines that I cannot call myself other than a messenger, sent to bear a message from the Lord to His people and to take up work in any line that He points out.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 21)
I wanted to remain in Battle Creek for another week, but Sister Marian Davis was very sick, and we feared that she might die before we reached home. She was very anxious to see us, and we decided to hasten home.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 22)
We found Sister Davis very sick. She was at the sanitarium, receiving the best of care, and her sister Mrs. W. K. Kellogg was with her. About a week after our return, she rallied, and for a while we hoped for her recovery. But her strength suddenly failed, and on Tuesday, October 25, she passed away.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 23)
On leaving Battle Creek, we bought our tickets through to Los Angeles, and these tickets allowed us to spend a month at St. Helena. We had been at home for about two weeks, and the physicians thought that Sister Davis might linger for some time, so we decided to go South, planning to leave home on Monday. But something prevented us, and we decided to wait till the next day. On Tuesday morning a telephone message came from the sanitarium that Marian had been unconscious since seven o’clock A.M. She remained thus until four that afternoon, when she quietly breathed her last.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 24)
A beautiful spot in the St. Helena Cemetery was chosen for her grave, and the dear, helpful worker rests in her narrow bed until Jesus comes. No more trouble will come to her. At seventy-seven I am still toiling, but am not worth much at present; for I am very weary. We are all in the hands of the Lord. I trust in Him; for I know that He will never leave nor forsake those who put their trust in Him. I have committed myself to His keeping.
(20LtMs, Lt 55, 1905, 25)
Lt 57, 1905
Breed, Sister [A. J.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 44. Dear Sister Breed,—
I am very glad to hear that you are improving in health. I should be very much pleased to meet you again. I am now in my seventy-eighth year. My brain is still active, and my health is good for one of my age. During my recent travels, the Lord kept and preserved me from accident and harm. He would have us look to Him in all our trails and afflictions. Be of good courage, my sister. A little longer, and we shall see Jesus. “Let not your heart be troubled,” He said to His disciples, “ye believe in God; believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 1)
Encourage your heart in the Lord. I rejoice in the bright prospects of the future, and so may you. Let us be cheerful and praise the Lord for His loving-kindness to the children of men. Do not look on the dark side. Have faith in God. We are Christ’s property, and let us remember that He loves us and will be our helper and our God.
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 2)
Last night I was awake for a long time. I was troubled and anxious; for I knew that some were tempted and tried, and I was wondering how I could help them to look to Jesus and comfort their hearts in His love. I thought, If I could only take hold of Christ’s hand and hear His voice, as I lie awake, praying for myself, and much more for others who are tempted and tried! I could not sleep after one o’clock. I was so sorry, because I had writing that I wanted to do today, and I thought that I would be useless if I could not sleep. But at two o’clock I arose and dressed, made my fire, and before breakfast had written many pages. I have written many pages since breakfast and have not felt sleepy at all.
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 3)
Let us be thankful for every favor. Let us try to be sunshiny Christians. The souls that I trouble about, fearing that they will not hold fast till the end, I will commit to God. That which is divinely real will shine amidst the moral darkness, because Christ’s light shines upon it. To Him we own constant praise and thanksgiving; for we are kept by His power through faith. We can not keep ourselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 4)
Be of good courage. The Lord loves you and pities your every weakness. He will certainly strengthen and bless you if you will only trust Him. It would not satisfy the heart of the infinite God to give to those who love His Son a less blessing than He gives His Son.
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 5)
“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love; having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein He hath made us accepted in the Beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace.” [Ephesians 1:3-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 57, 1905, 6)
Lt 59, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in MM 174-175; 7MR 378-379; LLM 77-78; 5Bio 387-389. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I often think of you and of those connected with you. I did not while in Los Angeles find opportunity to talk with either of you as much as I desired. I was hoping that we should have opportunity to counsel more at length about the work. But an opportunity will come. We shall see you sometime, perhaps in our own home, which you vacated for us.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 1)
I am doing as well as could be expected. I have had very little opportunity to go out riding since returning from the Mountain View meeting. We have had rain, rain, rain; and it is a blessing which God has sent us, for which we ought to praise His holy name, and be thankful. The rain has fallen softly and steadily most of the time, but some days it has been heavier. Today the sky is cloudy, but no rain is falling. I was pleased, when I rose this morning, to see the stars; but it may rain again soon; for the sky is very cloudy.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 2)
I long to be where I can bear my testimony to the people, but I dare not be presumptuous.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 3)
The remark is often made, by one and another, “Why depend so much on sanitariums? Why do we not pray for the miraculous healing of the sick, as the people of God used to do?” In the early history of our work many were healed by prayer. And some, after they were healed, pursued the same course in the indulgence of appetite that they had followed in the past. They did not live and work in such a way as to avoid sickness. They did not show that they appreciated the Lord’s goodness to them. Again and again they were brought to suffering through their own careless, thoughtless course of action. How could the Lord be glorified in bestowing on them the gift of health?
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 4)
When the light came that we should have a sanitarium, the reason was plainly given. There were many who needed to be educated in regard to healthful living. A place must be provided to which the sick could be taken, where they could be taught how to live so as to preserve health. At the same time light was given that the sick could be successfully treated without drugs. This was the lesson that was to be practiced and taught by physicians and nurses and by all other medical missionary workers. Drugs were to be discarded; because when they are taken into the system, their after effect is very injurious. Many suffering from fever have died as the result of the drugs administered. They might have been alive today had they been given water treatment by those competent to administer it.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 5)
Another point presented to me was that by careful watching and proper dieting, patients may be prepared for the thorough treatment that is required in fevers. However severe the fever, in most cases it can be mastered without once administering drugs. Some of our physicians are in need of being converted to the use of simple healthful treatments without the use of drugs.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 6)
Our sanitarium work is not to be done in mammoth buildings in a few places. Every large city should if possible have a small sanitarium, in the outskirts, where the air is not contaminated by the smoke from many chimneys, and where the noise and confusion of the streets cannot be heard.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 7)
The nurses connected with these institutions should be prepared to exert a soul-saving influence. Those who are not rooted and grounded in the truth should not be employed. Let them first become established in the truth. Then let them learn to be ever on guard, ever seeking to make the right impression on the minds of the sick. We need to study the true science of healing. Nothing should be administered that will be in any way injurious. Our nurses should thoroughly understand how to give simple remedies that will prove effectual.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 8)
Nurses should always be pleasant and cheerful and should show thoughtful consideration. They are ever to strive to do their work wisely and well, realizing that they are serving the Lord, and that in the discharge of their duties they are to live out before unbelievers their faith in the truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 9)
Great care should be shown in choosing young people to connect with our sanitariums. Those who have not the love of the truth in the soul should not be chosen. The sick need to have wise words spoken to them. The influence of every worker should make an impression on minds in favor of the religion of Christ Jesus. Light has been given me that the young people chosen to connect with our sanitariums should be those who have evidence that they have been apt learners in the school of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 10)
They are to be truly converted; then they will be prepared to speak, and work, with true wisdom.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 11)
Nurses should have regular Bible instruction, that they may be able to speak to the sick words that will enlighten and help them. Angels of God are in the rooms where the suffering ones are to take treatment, and the atmosphere surrounding the soul of the one giving treatment should be pure and fragrant. In the lives of the physicians and nurses the virtues of Christ are to be seen. His principles are to be lived. Then by what they do and say, the sick will be drawn to the Saviour. We need the saving grace of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 12)
It is to save the souls, as well as to cure the bodies of men and women, that our sanitariums are at much expense established. God designs that by means of them the rich and the poor, the high and the low shall find the bread from heaven and the water of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 13)
I will thus explain the reason why we have sanitariums. It is to gather in a class of people who will become intelligent upon health reform and will learn how to regain health and how to prevent sickness by following right habits of eating and drinking and dressing. As a part of the treatment, lectures should be given on the different points of health reform. Instruction should be given regarding the right choice and preparation of food, showing that food may be prepared so as to be wholesome and nourishing, and at the same time appetizing and palatable. These lectures should be diligently kept up as a means of teaching the patients how to prevent disease by a wise course of action. By means of these lectures the patients may be shown the responsibility resting on them to keep the body in the most healthful condition because it is the Lord’s purchased possession.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 14)
“Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 15)
An experienced Christian nurse in the sickroom will use the best remedies within her knowledge for restoring the sufferer to health. And she will pleasantly and successfully draw the one for whom she is working to Christ, the healer of the soul as well as of the body. The lessons given, line upon line, here a little and there a little, will have their influence. The older nurses, whether they be men or women, should lose no opportunity of calling the attention of the sick to Christ. Those who care for the sick should be prepared to blend spiritual healing with physical healing. Let the nurses in our sanitariums show that in the solemn work of caring for the sick, they do not rely on drug medication, but on the power of Christ and the use of the simple remedies that He has provided—the application of hot and cold water and simple, nourishing food, without intoxicating liquor of any kind, with judicious exercise, and a putting away of all injurious practices. In treatment such as this there is health for the sick.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 16)
The sick may look to the great Healer for health as they do all that is possible to be done in their part, co-operating with Him who so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. He who would be healed must cease to transgress the law of God. He must cease to choose a life of sin. God cannot bless the one who continues to bring upon himself disease and suffering by violating the laws of heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 17)
But the Holy Spirit comes as a healing power to those who cease to do evil and learn to do well.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 18)
Those who have no love for God will work constantly against the best interests of soul and body. But those who awake to the responsibility and solemnity of living in this present evil world will be softened and subdued. Tenderness and love for Christ will find their hearts. They know that He is their friend. In many cases the realization that they have such a friend means more to the suffering ones in their recovery from sickness than the best treatment that can be given. But both lines of ministry are essential. They are to go hand in hand.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 19)
The Lord says to the physicians in our sanitarium, Prepare to use to the utmost all your resources in winning souls to eternal life in the kingdom of God. Place only chosen helpers in positions of responsibility. One who cares for the sick should live in close communion with God; for a bright religious experience is of the highest value to the unconverted. He should move carefully and intelligently, speaking words that Christ can use to impress the mind. As he speaks words that are helpful and appropriate, and as he offers prayer for the sinsick soul, the Lord Jesus will make the application. God speaks through human lips. The heart is reached. Humanity is brought into touch with divinity.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 20)
The souls thus saved are trophies of divine grace. They are seals of Christ’s ministry—living epistles, known and read of all men.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 21)
There is medical missionary work to be done for the saving of souls. The Lord will give those who watch unto prayer a rich experience. “Trust in the Lord with all thine heart, and lean not to thine own understanding. In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy path.” [Proverbs 3:5, 6.]
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 22)
I think I have answered the question, “Why do we not pray for the healing of the sick, instead of having sanitariums?” The education of many souls is at stake. In the providence of God, instruction has been given that sanitariums be established, in order that the sick may be drawn to them and learn how to live healthfully. The establishment of sanitariums is a providential arrangement, whereby people from all churches are to be reached and made acquainted with the saving truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 23)
It is for this reason that we urge that sanitariums be established in many places outside of our cities. The physician who is connected with a sanitarium should at all times carry himself circumspectly. He should be a truly converted man so that he can minister to the sin-sick souls of the patients. He will meet all classes, rich and poor, high and low, and he is to work for their salvation. The work placed in his hands—the care of the soul as well as of the body—calls for constant preparedness by the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 24)
The highest standard is held up before those who connect with our sanitariums, whether they be physicians, nurses, superintendents, or business managers. To all such I would say, Never think that you are out of danger. Satan is laying his snare for souls. Remember that you are carrying weighty responsibilities. Your work brings you into association with the Lord Jesus. He is saying to you, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Christ calls you. You have been chosen to do a sacred work in our sanitariums. Your conversation and attitude is to be seasoned with the grace of Christ, such as will place you on a high plane, as medical missionaries, working in union with a pure, holy God, carrying forward the greatest work ever entrusted to mortals. Those whom God has called out from among men to stand in our sanitariums as His medical missionaries are to cultivate integrity and purity of character, showing those with whom they come in contact what true Christianity means, and throwing a cheering, sanctifying light upon minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 25)
May the Lord bless you all and give you courage and hope and faith. May all who are connected with the Glendale Sanitarium consecrate the powers of body and mind and soul to the service of God, in singleness of purpose. “If thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light.” [Matthew 6:22.]
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 26)
May God bless you all is the prayer that I offer for you at our family worship.
(20LtMs, Lt 59, 1905, 27)
Lt 61, 1905
Breed, A. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1905 Portions of this manuscript are published in 11MR 164. Dear Brother Breed,—
I have just read your letter of February 1, telling us of the report which is being circulated, that Walla Walla College is to be sold by our people and may be bought by the Mormons. I am sorry to hear of such reports. You should contradict them promptly. The instruction given me by the Lord regarding the Walla Walla College would lead us to take a course that is the very opposite of these reports.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 1)
Instruction was given me that a mistake was being made in selling so much of the school land. The land should have been kept by the school, to be utilized in raising crops that would have done much to sustain the school. I have said that if some of the land that was sold could be purchased back, it would be well.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 2)
The school in College Place is not to be discouraged or hindered. Let all show an interest in building up and strengthening this institution. For years the care of the Lord has been over this school, as His servants have striven to make it a success, and it would not be pleasing to Him for any one to counterwork these efforts. No, no! Gather up your forces, and let all be united in carrying the work steadily forward. Thus God’s name will be glorified.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 3)
Let your work advance. Discouragements will come, but do not give up. Let every one resist the enemy, saying, “I will not fail nor be discouraged.” [See Isaiah 42:4.] Let the students show unselfish zeal in their efforts to build up the school. Let each one do his best. Have faith in God. Should the school be given up now, a lesson of great value would be lost.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 4)
Let the work of selling Object Lessons be revived. See if you can not plan together to make the outlook more hopeful and encouraging. Let each help the other to help the school. Consecrate the powers of body, soul, and spirit to the service of God. Let head, hands, and heart be cheerfully used for God and His work. Thus only can you make a success in life. Let your motto be, “This one thing I do.” [Philippians 3:13.] Singleness of purpose will bring success.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 5)
Do not be discouraged if you do not gain immediate success, but work for it, pray for it, and believe that you will obtain it. Encourage one another to have a holy ambition to take hold anew to bring about the most excellent results for the Lord Jesus. Be in earnest to excel in holy living. Strive for the oneness for which Christ prayed, and remember that all minds and plans are not alike. We are to have much patience and unshaken faith. Let us bear with one another and help one another.
(20LtMs, Lt 61, 1905, 6)
Lt 63, 1905
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 5, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 89; 5Bio 385-387. + Dear Brother and Sister Farnsworth,—
Your interesting letter was handed to me today, and I will begin a letter to you at once, lest other matters come before me and I forget. I may not have time to write you all I wish, but I will make a beginning and finish when I can.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 1)
We are very busy just now with Ministry of Healing. I am so glad that this book will soon be ready to place in the hands of the many who will appreciate its contents.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 2)
I wish to write particularly about one point in your letter. You speak of the burning of the Melrose Sanitarium and ask why the sick should not be healed by the prayer of faith instead of there being so many sanitariums established. There is more to this matter than at first strikes the mind. The Lord has given instruction that sanitariums should be established and that advantage should be taken of opportunities to purchase at a reasonable price desirable properties out of the cities. The Lord has shown me that there should be sanitariums near many important cities.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 3)
When we have shown the people that we have right principles regarding health reform, we should then take up the temperance question in all its bearings and drive it home to the hilt.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 4)
Suitable places must be provided to which we can bring the sick and suffering who know nothing of our people, and scarcely anything of Bible truth. Every effort possible is to be made to show the sick that disease may be cured by rational methods of treatment, without having recourse to drugs. Let the sick be separated from harmful surroundings and associations and placed in our sanitariums where they can receive treatment from Christian nurses and physicians.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 5)
Should all the sick be healed by prayer, very few would improve their opportunities to become acquainted with right ways of eating, drinking, and dressing. Those connected with our sanitariums should realize the duty resting upon them to give the patients an education in the principles of healthful living.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 6)
The sick have their lessons to learn. They must be denied those preparations of food that would retard or prevent their recovery to health. They must learn the science of self-denial, eating simple food prepared in a simple way. They should live much in the sunlight, which should find its way to every room of the building. Lectures on health topics should be given. These lectures will open the blinded understanding, and truths never before thought of will be fastened on the mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 7)
February 8
I began your letter a day or two ago, but other letters came that had to be answered immediately, and I have been interrupted again and again. I will now try to finish your letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 8)
I wish it were possible for me to communicate the things that come to my mind. But it is impossible. Words cannot express the matters that are opened up before me. I am assured that by beholding Christ, we shall be changed into His image. We must dwell more on the results of genuine conversion. Not only is the sinner forgiven when he repents and confesses his iniquity, he becomes a child of God, a member of the royal family, an heir of God and a joint-heir with Christ to an immortal inheritance. It seems impossible for the mind to comprehend this. The power of Satan is broken. Man is brought into sacred unity with Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 9)
“Christ also hath suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit.” [1 Peter 3:18.] “Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.”“God commendeth His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, being now justified by His blood, we shall be saved from wrath through Him. For if, when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by His life. And not only so, but we also joy in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have now received the atonement.” [Romans 5:1, 8-11.] We joy also in our life of tribulation, rejoicing that we can be partakers of Christ’s sufferings in this life and hereafter be partakers of His glory. By the power of His most holy name, He makes us one with Him and shares with us all that He is. We are completely identified with Him. Can we grasp the greatness of the favor bestowed on us?
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 10)
Let us die to self. This we must do if we would live to God. Let us follow in the footsteps of Christ. Well might the inspired apostle say, as he sought to comprehend the great blessing presented in the gospel:
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 11)
“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love; having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace wherein He hath made us accepted in the Beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood even the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace.” [Ephesians 1:3-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 12)
There is true sanctification for every one. Let us humble ourselves before God, and pray, “Lord, cleanse us from all selfishness, and help us to see more clearly the breadth and depth and height of the love that passeth knowledge.” [See Ephesians 3:18, 19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 13)
It is the purpose of God to glorify Himself in His people before the world. He longs to make us channels through which He can pour His boundless love and mercy. Why do we not grasp the offered gifts, and live out our love and gratitude? Did we do this, we should regard time as too precious to be spent in finding fault with and judging one another. Let each church member seek the Lord and confess his own sins, not the sins of some one else. In this world we are to make preparation for the world to come.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 14)
Are we what God would have us? No, we are not. The members of the church in every place need to surrender themselves to God. It is an individual work that is needed. I have been made to understand as much as I could bear regarding this subject. We need to be converted. Let us seek the Lord, not in a fitful way, but with all the heart, that we may find Him. The Word declares that Jesus is our Saviour. Let us make Him so, to all intents and purposes. There are many who touch Him only with the tips of their fingers. Let us give Him the service of our whole being and praise Him for His wonderful, matchless love to the children of men.
(20LtMs, Lt 63, 1905, 15)
Lt 65, 1905
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 13, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 187; UL 58; 5Bio 417-418. + Elder A. T. Jones My dear Brother,—
The light given me is that you should be in Washington just now. Go there, and offer to help. The Lord has a work for you to do in Washington in connection with the workers there. Stand in the place of your appointment. Again and again it has been presented to me that you would be one who, in connection with your brethren, would proclaim the message in Washington. The time has come for you to do this.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 1)
Washington and Baltimore are very close together, and in both of these places a decided interest is to be aroused. You should now be putting forth earnest efforts in Washington.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 2)
Regarding your classes, the very best education you can give those who have a desire to work is to teach them to practice what they have been taught. Those who will spend much time in prayer and will humbly take counsel will increase in a knowledge of how to work. Those who are willing to be learners will have opportunity to gain increased knowledge, while gaining success in active service. It is time for earnest work to be done throughout the field by those who desire to become missionaries.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 3)
While Elder Jones, Elder Daniells, and Elder Prescott, with other of our ministers, are doing their part in Washington, our people east and west, north and south should be preaching the Word on the same lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 4)
Let the youth from our schools go forth into the harvest field to do service for the Lord, praying as they go, “Let Thy work appear unto Thy servants, and Thy glory unto their children. And let the beauty of the Lord our God be upon us; and establish Thou the work of our hands upon us; yea, the work of our hands” and our hearts “establish Thou it.” [Psalm 90:16, 17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 5)
Let those who have been trained for service now take their places quickly in the Lord’s work. House-to-house laborers are needed. The Lord calls for decided efforts to be put forth in places where the people know nothing of the truth. Singing and prayer and Bible readings are needed in the homes of the people. Now, just now is the time to obey the commission, “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:20.] Those who do this work must have a ready knowledge of the Scriptures. “It is written” is to be their weapon of defense. God has given us light on His Word that we may give it to our fellow men. The truth spoken by Christ will reach hearts. A “Thus saith the Lord” will fall upon the ear with power, and fruit will appear wherever honest service is done.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 6)
The Lord calls for action. The Sabbath question is being agitated in Washington; and while minds are stirred, there is an opportunity for our people everywhere to sow the seeds of truth. Should we neglect to take advantage of this time, we should miss a great opportunity for letting light from God’s Word shine forth. The trumpet is to give a certain sound.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 7)
Say to the people: Know yourselves of the doctrine. Let not your lips utter a sentence of doubt. Do not come before the people with an uncertain sound. Know what is truth and proclaim truth. Christ’s teaching was always positive in its nature. Never, never utter sentiments of doubt. Bear with a certain voice an affirmative message. Lift Him up, the Man of Calvary, higher and still higher. There is power in the exaltation of the cross of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 8)
Christ’s divinity is to be steadfastly maintained. When the Saviour asked His disciples the question, “Whom say ye that I am?” Peter answered, “Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God.” Said Christ, “Upon this Rock,” not on Peter, but on the Son of God, “will I build My church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it.” [Matthew 16:15-18.]
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 9)
Great is the mystery of godliness. There are mysteries in the life of Christ that are to be believed, even though they cannot be explained. The finite mind cannot fathom the mystery of godliness.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 10)
Christ is to be preached, not controversially, but affirmatively. Take your stand without controversy. Let not your words at any time be uncertain. The Word of the living God is to be the foundation of our faith. Gather up the strongest affirmative statements regarding the atonement made by Christ for the sins of the world. Show the necessity for this atonement, and tell men and women that they may be saved if they will repent and return to their loyalty to God’s law. Gather all the affirmatives and proofs that make the gospel the glad tidings of salvation to all who receive and believe on Christ as a personal Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 11)
The charge given to Timothy is: “Take heed to thyself and to the doctrine; for in so doing thou shalt both save thyself and them that hear thee.”“Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:16, 2-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 12)
Elder Jones, is it not time that the many held in Battle Creek were obeying this charge? Is it not time that they had some place assigned them in the harvest fields?
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 13)
I hope and pray that you will now stand in your place. May God help you, is my prayer. What is Elder Waggoner doing? How is Elder Tenney?
(20LtMs, Lt 65, 1905, 14)
Lt 67, 1905
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 18, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 15MR 168-171. + Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
The message given me for Brother W. O. Palmer is: We shall be placed in trying positions; but if we examine ourselves carefully, and see what our defects of character are, and then brace ourselves against temptation, with watching and prayer, God will help us to overcome. As difficulties arise, we must so conduct ourselves that our conscience will be free in Christ. If our conscience does not condemn us, then we may thank God that we are kept by His power. We can all act some part in the Lord’s work if we exercise great care that our feet do not stray from the path of righteousness. From day to day our hearts must be drawn out after victory.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 1)
“If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 2)
Let your words be few and well chosen. The men in the office of publication know that God has committed you to me as a charge. I was surprised at the time. I could not understand why this should be done. But the experience of the past explains the matter. At times you show but little wisdom. You do not move discreetly. If, at such times, your brethren would speak to you kindly regarding your faults, and then pray with you, they would be following a course in accordance with the mind and will and example of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 3)
I have frequently been instructed to have a special charge over some who were in danger through special temptations. There are many who have weak points of character. I am instructed that when they shall be overtaken in a fault, and overcome, I am not to leave them to the unadvised words or unchristlike methods of those who have not the love and pity and grace of Christ in their hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 4)
Those who can see the weakness and mark the faults of an erring one have a special responsibility to try to help him. If they push him off and crowd him away, I am to hold out to him the hand of hope, that he may grasp it and never let go. I am to say to him, Never be discouraged. I am to tell him of his mistakes, manifesting the kindest sympathy. Thus a soul may be saved and a multitude of sins hidden; for if he confesses his faults, the Lord will pardon him. And from his own experience he will learn how to deal with others who make mistakes.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 5)
In dealing with the erring, Christ showed tender, forgiving love, and we are to practice the lessons He has given.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 6)
When Christ ate with publicans and sinners, the priests and rulers made all the capital possible out of His action. But Christ did this that He might speak to erring men the words of encouragement that the priests and rulers were not willing to speak. He would satisfy the inmost longings of the soul and help the sore-troubled ones who needed guidance and encouragement. His words were always spoken with wisdom. They always exalted the truth. He presented principles that searched the recesses of the hearts of those who listened. He said that which reached the diseased imagination and drew the mind out after eternal realities.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 7)
While Christ accepted invitations to feasts and gatherings, He did not partake of all the food offered Him, but quietly ate of that which was appropriate for His physical necessities, avoiding the many things that He did not need. His disciples were frequently invited with Him, and His conduct was a lesson to them, teaching them not to indulge appetite by overeating or by eating improper food. He showed them that portions of the food provided could be passed by and portions chosen.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 8)
Christ went to these feasts because He wished to show those who were excluding themselves from the society of their fellow men how wrong their course of action was. He wished to teach them that truth was given to be imparted to those who had it not. If they had truth, why keep it selfishly to themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 9)
“I came not to call the righteous,” Christ declared, “but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.] This was His work.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 10)
In church capacity there are many things that we must do if we would be laborers together with God. If we would study Christ’s methods, we would see many things to be reproved and corrected. But in doing this, we are to be sure to follow Christ’s methods.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 11)
Christian fellowship reveals duties to be performed and responsibilities to be borne. In all, we are to follow Christ’s example. In failing to deal faithfully with one who has erred, in refusing to speak kindly to him, we commit a grievous sin in the sight of God. In acting a harsh, stubborn part, in treating the one who has made a mistake in accordance with our own unchristlike traits of character, we discourage a soul that is in danger and leave him to settle down into spiritual warfare or to relapse into spiritual death.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 12)
A disregard of Christ’s directions as to how to deal with the erring leads to contention and strife. A desire to cast a mote out of the eye of a brother often creates a beam in the eye of the accuser, because of his neglect or refusal to work in Christ’s way.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 13)
If the directions of Christ, so explicitly given in His lessons to His disciples, are not followed; if church members engage in accusing and condemning their brethren and sisters, refusing to heed the words of the Saviour, serious estrangements will come into the church as the result.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 14)
Christ says, “First cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:5.] The one who neglects to follow the directions of Christ, who accuses his brother without first going to him, and talking the matter over with him, in the spirit of the Saviour, has a beam in his eye. He pays no attention to the remedy that Christ has given for the cure of dissension and strife. He does not go to the one he has condemned, telling him kindly what appears to be against his character. An explanation might clear away the difficulty, but he does not give the one he condemns an opportunity to make the explanation.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 15)
Is it not time that we heeded the lessons of Christ, learning from Him how to proceed in wisdom in dealing with the erring? The Saviour pities the one who does wrong and in love corrects him and, if he confesses and forsakes his sin, forgives him. Christ cannot save the purchase of His blood without, through reproof and correction, administering His discipline. This is necessary for the safety of the church, for the preservation of a wholesome atmosphere in the church. But he sees the danger of unwise judgment, and he gives the following injunction:
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 16)
“Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, and considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Verses 1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 17)
To make His people perfect, the Lord points out their mistakes and dangers. If they give no heed to His words, He permits the sure consequence of wrongdoing to come upon them. But He does not forsake them and turn from them unless they are willfully stubborn. If after reproof on reproof has been sent to them, they still refuse to reform, He says, “Separate them from the church, lest others be defiled; for their example is detrimental to the health of the church.”
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 18)
But let all remember the words, “First cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Verse 5.] Let us not be so ready to accuse. God will make His people perfect if they will be molded and fashioned after the divine similitude. If they err, and then repent, He forgives them. His reproofs and corrections are sent to make His people perfect. Then let us accept reproof, and acknowledge our errors, and seek to avoid them.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 19)
No unlikeness to Christ will be permitted in the holy city. The process of gaining perfection of character is to be carried on in this life, that we may be prepared for the future immortal life. It is God’s purpose that His church on earth shall reach perfection. It is essential that His directions be strictly obeyed. The members are to help and strengthen one another. No self-exaltation or accusing or harshness are to be shown in our dealings with one another. We must purify our souls through love and obedience to the truth. We must act like saints toward one another, preparing ourselves, drilling ourselves, to be without fault in character, without spot or wrinkle or any such thing.
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 20)
“We have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave them reverence; shall we not much rather be in subjection to the Father of spirits, and live. For they verily for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but He for our profit, that we might be partakers of His holiness. Now no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous, but grievous, nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruits of righteousness to them which are exercised thereby. Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees, and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way, but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord; looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God, lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” [Hebrews 12:9-15.]
(20LtMs, Lt 67, 1905, 21)
Lt 69, 1905
Brown, M. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 18, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder M. H. Brown Dear Brother,—
Do not make a public matter of Rodney McClure’s case. I know that Brother McClure is misled and deceived by the boy he has adopted. Both he and his wife are so deceived that they cannot be the help to the boy that they otherwise could. Brother McClure could not believe what I wrote, until Rodney himself told his father that every word was true.
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 1)
Please be very discreet with the McClure letter. It is not best to have it blazed abroad. Go to the boy yourself, and talk with him, and make in his behalf the efforts you have neglected to make. Get your right bearings. I positively do not want this matter to come before the whole church. Make every effort in your power to find out Rodney’s real situation. Talk with the men in positions of responsibility in the school. Make every effort to get the truth from the boy himself.
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 2)
These disagreeable burdens must be borne, but they are to be borne in a way that God can approve. My heart aches for all the erring. I am very sorry that Elder McClure has allowed such an example of mismanagement in his home to be set before the church.
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 3)
I shall not have time to write more now. I will send you with this [a] copy of an article written to one of our churches regarding brotherly love and unity. I have written more on this subject, and sometime I hope to have it all put together in a pamphlet so that the churches can have it.
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 4)
Move judiciously and prayerfully. Before anything else is done, let the boy be visited by some one whom you may judge best. May the Lord give wisdom is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 5)
I had hoped that the school could be moved away from Healdsburg. I still hope that a way will open for this to be done and that it will be clearly seen that it is best for the school to be in some other place. Is it thought best to move to Mountain View?
(20LtMs, Lt 69, 1905, 6)
Lt 71, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 18, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
Last night I was counselling you not to do as you proposed, not to let the deed of your property stand in my name, because the influence would not be for the best. Raise what means you can, but do not use my name as owning this property. It will not be best to make the transfer of the property to me and to dispose of it as my personal property.
(20LtMs, Lt 71, 1905, 1)
I was counselled not to become thus entangled. To bring my name in thus would be charged as a scheme of yours to raise funds for your own benefit, and it would hurt my influence. Nothing should be brought in to give me any connection with the sale of your property. I can call for means for the establishment of the colored sanitarium, but anything that would appear as a means of extorting money, in connection with you, would hurt me as well as you and bring me into perplexity. Therefore I dare not have you call for money in that way.
(20LtMs, Lt 71, 1905, 2)
I am in such a condition of mind that my brain should be freed from all perplexity. Nothing must be done that could be interpreted as a scheme of J. E. White to influence his mother. I write this because I wish to save you and myself from further perplexities. I must stand alone as much as possible. You are at liberty to consult your mother at any time, and to be free to write to her, but do not mix me up in matters that will bring me perplexity and weariness and hurt my influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 71, 1905, 3)
I write you this because I do not know that I shall have time to talk with you.
(20LtMs, Lt 71, 1905, 4)
Lt 73, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CD 296; UL 46; 7MR 152; 5Bio 379; 6Bio 262. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have just read the very interesting letters received in the last mail from Dr. Kress and Sister Irwin. I am always pleased to receive letters from you, and I thank you for writing so many particulars.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 1)
I am beginning this letter some days before the mail leaves, so that I shall be sure not to disappoint you. I have much to do in writing out that which must be written in order to straighten things out, lest the enemy shall come in and lead unwary feet astray. My heart is often sad, and often I spend the greater part of the night in prayer. I am thankful that the Lord is so kind and helpful to me. I desire to praise Him with heart and soul and voice.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 2)
I wish to say, my dear friends, whom I love in the Lord, that the suggestions which I make to you in my letters are not to be taken as reproofs, but as light that has shone upon my pathway for the sanitarium with which you are connected and for other sanitariums. Therefore do not, I beseech you, take these things as reproofs, but as a word of instruction from the Lord, sent to be a blessing, not to cause you discouragement. The Lord will help you and lead you and prosper you. He has done this, and He will continue to do it. He appreciates your work, and He will be with you in every emergency.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 3)
I cannot advise you to change your position and go elsewhere. You are being greatly blessed by the Lord in physical and spiritual lines, and you have qualifications that enable you to do the work that needs to be done. We are so thankful that you are connected with the sanitarium. Do not change your place, supposing that some one else would do better. Go straight forward in the name of the Lord, and watch and pray and believe. We have stern battles to fight. And when I see that the Lord is giving you precious victories as you advance step by step, I say, “May God abundantly bless them.”
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 4)
Do not fear, but trust. Improvements will certainly continually be made. There is no one at work in the Lord’s vineyard but needs to become more perfect in the preparation of food that is appetizing, and yet entirely wholesome. The proper combination of foods is a science in which we are to become more and more skilled. We are to stand firm by the principles of healthful living.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 5)
In the matter of diet no one can be a criterion for another. Food that may be perfectly adapted to one might not be at all advisable for another. This is why I have urged that all our people become intelligent on the point. We are to study how to meet the people where they are. The Lord has chosen you, Brother and Sister Kress, to do this work in the Wahroonga Sanitarium. You are to instruct those who need to learn the why’s and wherefore’s in regard to hygiene in eating, drinking, and dressing. Never, never provide an impoverished diet. I know that many have received wrong impressions in our institutions because of a failure in this respect on the part of those in charge. Those who come to the sanitarium from the higher classes are accustomed to a rich and varied diet, and they will need table fare different in many respects from the food that you or I would place on our tables. Some of us find it necessary to pass by the nicely prepared dishes that others in the family may eat freely of.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 6)
The preparation of food for sanitarium patients needs close and careful attention. Some of the patients come from homes in which the tables are daily loaded with rich food, and every effort should be made to set before them food that is both appetizing and wholesome.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 7)
The Lord would have the institution with which you are connected one of the most satisfying and enjoyable places in the world. I want you to show special care in providing for the patients a diet that will not endanger health, and at the same time will recommend our principles of health reform. This can be done, and, being done, it will make a favorable impression on the minds of the patients. It will be an education to them, showing them the advantages of hygienic living above their own way of living. And when they leave the institution, they will carry with them a report that will influence others to go there.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 8)
Dr. Kress, we would be much pleased to see you, but we dare not say, “Leave your present post of duty.” We pray that the rich blessing of God may be upon you. At times I long to go to Australia again and visit you and the sanitarium that is now filling with patients. We thank the Lord for the prosperity that has attended the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 9)
I have just been writing a letter to Dr. Nicola of the Melrose Sanitarium. He fears that they will not be able to get means sufficient to build a sanitarium that will accommodate the higher classes, but I have no fears in this respect.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 10)
I was glad to get the copy of the article taken from the Outlook. I was greatly pleased with most of it. It will be a means of good, I am sure. As I read the article, I felt so thankful that such words could be spoken of the sanitarium and its workers. Let us thank the Lord and praise His holy name, and let everything connected with the sanitarium give character to the truth for this time. As you strive to do this, Christ will be in you “a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life.” [John 4:14.] You will be daily refreshed by the streams of His salvation, and you will be a source of refreshing to those around you; for from you will flow “rivers of living water.” [John 7:38.] The beauty of holiness will be seen in your life; for the comeliness of Christ will be put upon you.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 11)
We all have the same cause for thanksgiving. The resurrection and ascension of our Lord is a sure evidence of the triumph of the saints of God over death and the grave, and a pledge that heaven is open to those who wash their robes of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb. Jesus ascended to the Father as a representative of the human race, and God will bring those who reflect His image to behold and share with Him His glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 12)
There are homes for the pilgrims of earth. There are robes for the righteous, with crowns of glory and palms of victory. All that perplexed us in the providences of God will then be made plain. The things hard to be understood will then find an explanation. The mysteries of grace will unfold before us. Where our finite minds discovered only confusion and broken purposes, we shall see the most perfect and beautiful harmony. We shall know that infinite love ordered the experiences that seemed most trying and hard to bear. As we realize the tender care of Him who makes all things work together for our good, we shall rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 13)
Pain cannot exist in the atmosphere of heaven. In the home of the redeemed there will be no tears, no funeral trains, no badges of mourning. The inhabitants shall not say, I am sick; the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity. One rich tide of happiness will flow and deepen as eternity rolls on. Think of this; tell it to the children of suffering and sorrow, and bid them rejoice in hope.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 14)
The nearer we come to Jesus, the more clearly we behold the purity and greatness of His character, the less we shall feel like exalting self. The contrast between our characters and His will lead to humiliation of soul and deep heart-searching. The more we love Jesus, the more entirely will self be humbled and forgotten. When our souls are filled with pride and self-esteem, we cannot realize the need of divine power; but when we are aware of our own insufficiency, our hearts cry out, “Other refuge have I none,” and we hang our helpless souls on Him who is mighty to save.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 15)
He who is meek in spirit, he who is purest and most childlike will be made strong for the battle. He will “be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man.” [Ephesians 3:16.] He who feels his weakness, and wrestles with God as did Jacob, and like this servant of old cries, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me” [Genesis 32:26], will go forth with the fresh anointing of the Holy Spirit. The atmosphere of heaven will surround him. He will go about doing good. His influence will be a positive force in favor of the religion of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 16)
These words point out what the workers in the sanitarium may be. I am so glad that we can come to God in faith and humility and plead with Him until our souls are brought into such close relationship with Jesus, that we can lay our burdens at his feet, saying, “I know in whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day.” [2 Timothy 1:12.] The Lord is able to do “exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think.” [Ephesians 3:20.] Our cold, faithless hearts may be quickened into sensibility and life, until we can pray in faith, preach in faith, and say in faith, “The life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God.” [Galatians 2:20.] Let us seek for the fulness of the salvation of Christ. Let us follow in the footsteps of the Son of God, for the promise is, “He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 17)
I am so thankful that you can say to those who come to the sanitarium: Jesus invites you, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Say to the weary and heavy laden, Have you found this blessed rest, or are you slighting the Saviour’s invitation? Do you pour out your trials and grievances into human ears? Do you go for help to those who cannot give you rest?
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 18)
Have faith in God. Believe His precious promises. Go to Jesus in childlike simplicity, saying, Lord, I have borne these burdens as long as I can, and now I lay them upon the Burden-bearer. Do not gather them up again, but leave them all with Jesus. Go free; for Jesus has set you free. He has said, “I will give you rest.” [Verse 28.]
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 19)
Our God is a very present help in time of need. He is acquainted with the most secret thoughts of our hearts, with all the intents and purposes of our souls. When we are in perplexity, even before we open to Him our distresses, He is making arrangements of our deliverance. Our sorrow is not unnoticed. He knows much better than we do just what is necessary for the good of His children, and He leads us as we would choose to be led if we could see the end from the beginning. I rejoice that we have this cheering message to give to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 20)
I have just received a most encouraging letter from Brother E. S. Ballenger, who is at present connected with Brother E. R. Palmer in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. He writes that they had had several nice rains and were having still more. This is a cause of great rejoicing; for it is nearly ten years since so much rain has fallen in that section of California. I will try to send you a copy of Brother Ballenger’s letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 21)
Just now we are very busy. We are finishing up Ministry of Healing, which is now in the printers’ hands, and are making an effort to prepare matter for Testimony IX. I have been reading the matter prepared for Ministry of Healing, and I feel much relieved to think that the book is ready for publication, and that it will soon be in circulation.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 22)
In Testimony IX there will be a department giving a history of the work that has been done for the colored people of the Southern states and showing the needs of this work. For years very plain testimonies have been borne regarding the necessities of this work, and yet very little has been done to aid the workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 23)
If the Lord will help us to complete the work on these two books before General Conference, we shall thank Him, and take courage.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 24)
I am longing to get out to ride, but it is raining; and though the rain is coming down very gently, I dare not expose myself.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 25)
I think of you all very often, and I hope that you will write as often as you can. I read your writing nearly as well as print. I may sometimes send you a letter in my own handwriting, and you must tell me whether you can read it readily.
(20LtMs, Lt 73, 1905, 26)
Lt 75, 1905
Palmer, E. R.; Ballenger, E. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 20, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 312-317. Dear Brethren Palmer and Ballenger,—
We are well pleased with the reports that Brother Ballenger has sent us of the work of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. What we see being accomplished there is a fulfilment of what I have been instructed we might expect. For this we thank the Lord, and take courage for the future, believing that the Lord will bless and guide.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 1)
The patronage you are receiving, even before you are fully prepared to accommodate patients, has exceeded my expectations. The Lord has been good to us, and we must ever bear in mind that this sanitarium is to be made a means of communicating truth to those who know it not.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 2)
Treatment rooms should be fitted up soon. Let them be, as was suggested when we were there, outside the main building. Were they inside the sanitarium, the steam from them would make an unhealthful atmosphere, which would pervade the rooms of the patients. Let us take every precaution to make everything connected with the Paradise Valley Sanitarium healthful and wholesome.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 3)
We are made sad as we see in many places so much left undone that should be done. But the Lord will use in the accomplishment of His work means that we do not now see. He will raise up from among the common people men and women to do His work, even as of old He called fishermen to be His disciples. There will soon be an awakening that will surprise many. Those who do not realize the necessity of what is to be done will be passed by, and the heavenly messengers will work with those who are called the common people, fitting them to carrying the truth to many places. Now is the time for us to awake and do what we can.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 4)
I have received a letter from Brother Burrill of Canada, in which he speaks of the Sunday question that is soon to be met there. He says that they especially need Brother Robinson to help them in meeting this issue. He is a native-born Canadian and can be a great help to them at this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 5)
Brother Burrill has written to me because he understood that I had encouraged Brother Robinson to come to San Diego. At first I could remember nothing in regard to the matter. But after I received Brother Ballenger’s letter, stating the Brother Robinson was expected in San Diego soon to act as business manager of the sanitarium, I remember that Brother Robinson was one whose name had been mentioned in some of our councils. I think he was presented as one who was not well and who needed a change of climate. I asked if he were qualified to act as manager. When it was stated that he seemed to have the qualifications necessary for the place, I think I said, “Then by all means let him come.” But I did not present this as light that had been given me by the Lord. It was merely my personal judgment, formed from your presentation of the case.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 6)
Brother Burrill also stated that Elder W. W. Simpson is a Canadian, and that such men as he are needed in Canada. He seems to think that it is not right that Elder Simpson should be held in Los Angeles. I know nothing in regard to Elder Simpson’s case, except that he has been used by the Lord in His work in Los Angeles and that he has been greatly blessed. Over one hundred have taken their stand for the truth as a result of his labors. At the close of his last series of tent-meetings, he thought of changing his field of labor; but he received a petition signed by many of the citizens of Los Angeles, asking him to remain and continue his meetings. The Lord has given Brother Simpson a spirit of adaptability, with wisdom to plan and carry out his work; and He has blessed him in the bringing out of leaflets, notices, and charts that have aroused the interest of the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 7)
I would say, Let Brother Simpson labor where his message is evidently accomplishing great good. Those who have come to his meetings have given freely of their means to sustain the work that he has carried forward. At this time, when there is such urgent need of workers in Los Angeles, when the brethren are seeking to establish a sanitarium there, I dare not say to Elder Simpson, You must go back to Canada. And, besides, such a move might not be best for his health. For the present let him remain in Los Angeles; for the Lord is giving him marked success in bearing the message to the people. Let him give the trumpet a certain sound, arousing those who have never heard the truth. May the Lord encourage him to remain in Los Angeles until the church members are aroused to gird on the armor and show that they have a burden to give the message. Our ministers are not to hover over the churches. They are to proclaim the truth, as Elder Simpson is doing. Let those who know not the truth be given an opportunity to hear the reasons of our faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 8)
I believe that Brother Simpson is presenting the truth as God would have many others present it. Some of the brethren in Los Angeles felt that he should do more in the church there. When this was suggested to me, I thought of the answer that Christ gave when the priests and rulers reproached Him for eating with publicans and sinners. “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance,” He declared. [Mark 2:17.] Let the work now being accomplished for those who have never before heard the truth lead our ministers and church members in Los Angeles to arouse; let them take hold, as they see that God is working. Let them make diligent work in repenting of their coldness and indifference and selfishness. As the church is by repentance cleansed from this neglect, and the members are converted, they will heartily engage in laboring from house to house. By teaching those who are seeking for the light of truth, they themselves will receive a valuable education.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 9)
Let no one, by precept or example, seek to draw Elder Simpson from his God-appointed work. Let all take hold with him in an effort to carry the work in clear lines. The members of the Los Angeles church need to heed every message that comes to them, bidding them arouse from their stupor. If they will earnestly seek the Lord, He will give them light and life and the quickening power of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 10)
The message that I have to bear to the church in Los Angeles is, Awake, and put on the whole armor of God. There is selfishness in the church that must be rooted out. Seek the Lord earnestly. Reveal in your lives the sanctifying power of the truth. Co-operate with the evangelist that the Lord has placed amongst you. God would have you work as fishers of men. Pray much, and practice self-denial, that you may help in establishing the sanitarium at Glendale, which is struggling to make a beginning. Seek to make it an institution after God’s order. Some can do more than others, but all can do something. There are those who, if they will deny self, may do much more than they have done, and if all will take hold in earnest, the Glendale Sanitarium may be made a praise in the earth.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 11)
In the securing of buildings for sanitarium work in Southern California, we see the gracious leading of God. These buildings have been secured at a very small cost, and the Lord would now have His people build up and strengthen the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 12)
The Glendale Sanitarium must be furnished and equipped. There is a great work to be done for that institution. Do not discourage those who are trying to do what they can to carry on the work. Help Brother Burden and those who are placed in charge of the sanitarium work, that they may do all that needs to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 13)
I make a special appeal to the church in Los Angeles. God expects you, as a church, to be purified and refined. Put away all accusing and dissension, lay aside all fault-finding and jealousy, and let every one come up to the help of the Lord. You need to arise and trim your lamps, that they may give a clearer light. All should appreciate what is being done to bring the truth before unbelievers.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 14)
Let the older members be an example to those who have recently come into the truth. I entreat those who have been long in the truth not to hurt the new converts by living irreligious lives. Lay aside all murmuring, and do thorough work in your own hearts. Break up the fallow ground of your hearts, and seek to know what you can do to advance the work in Los Angeles.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 15)
Temptations are being brought in by men who have been long in the truth. The truths that we received in 1841, ’42, ’43, and ’44 are now to be studied and proclaimed. The messages of the first, second, and third angels will in the future be proclaimed with a loud voice. They will be given with earnest determination and in the power of the Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 16)
The members of the Los Angeles church need to have a deep work of grace done in their own hearts. Let every one build over against his own house. The messages given by Elder Simpson, which convert sinners, should be sufficient to arouse you also. Awake, awake, and give to the unconverted evidence that you believe the truth of heavenly origin. Unless you do awake, the world will not believe that you practice the truth that you profess to hold.
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 17)
Pray earnestly. Read and study the prayer of Christ, as given in the seventeenth chapter of John, and then seek to live lives that will answer that prayer. Read also the messages given in the third chapter of Revelation. God sent His angel from heaven to give these messages. The message to the Laodicean church belongs to the church in Los Angeles and to our churches generally. Will they arouse and do the work that God has given them to do?
(20LtMs, Lt 75, 1905, 18)
Lt 77, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 21, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
I will send this letter to Walla Walla, hoping that it will reach you there. I am anxious about you. When Dores told me that you spoke for so long a time in Healdsburg, and that you were very hoarse, I feared for your health. I wish to say, Be careful of your words, and do not wear yourself out, so that you will be used up when you reach Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 1)
I have cautions to give you. Do not speak words that will disparage Brethren Prescott and Daniells. Let your words be well chosen. Nothing will hurt your influence more than for you to speak as if the present administration were to blame for diverting means into the wrong channel. This will react on you and will be displeasing to God. Let your speech be always with grace, seasoned with salt. The light given me is that by accusing those bearing responsibilities, you will in the end hedge up your own way. Be a man of sound judgment. Make no breach between you and your brethren. By criticizing and condemning, you will make of no effect the testimonies of the Spirit of God given to your mother.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 2)
I hope that you will bear this warning in mind. Do not leave behind you the record of a mischief maker. If you speak unwisely, those who hear you will suppose that you voice my mind and express my opinions. Please be guarded; for all that you say will be reported. As you visit the churches, do not, for Christ’s sake, in this perilous time, criticize others. Do not seek to disparage the General Conference or to judge any man. Do not speak words that will leave a wrong impression on the minds of any regarding your brethren who have been appointed to do a special work for this time. We must keep a clean record.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 3)
The light given me by the Lord is that we are all to stand shoulder to shoulder, united as brethren under the influence and control of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 4)
There is need that a thorough work be done in your heart and mind day by day, else you will make a record that will be to your disadvantage. And again, be guarded; for unless you are, words will be reported as having been spoken by you, which will place you in a strange light. Constantly preserve nobility of soul and the sweetness and grace of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 5)
I want to publish an account of your labors in the South, but you will kill this book if you do not move discreetly. We must give no place to the enemy, but pray and watch unto prayer. Said Christ, “I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified.” [John 17:19.] This is the work of every true follower of the meek and lowly Jesus. Unify, unify, is the word spoken. Put away dissension. Put away fault-finding and accusing. Unity is strength. Since you do not admire the spirit of criticism, be careful not to criticize. O when shall we answer Christ’s prayer for unity? When shall we be one with Him as He is one with the Father?
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 6)
Edson, my heart is heavy, very heavy. I fear much for W. O. Palmer. His assurances were so strong that he was trusted, but he will never again exert the influence for good that he might have exerted. I fear greatly that he will be a hindrance to you. I was unable to sleep last night because this burden rested so heavily upon me.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 7)
I beg of you, my son, to keep very clearly on the Lord’s side. Be true to principle. Let nothing lead you to do one wrong act. Do not speak one word that might arouse suspicions regarding the men bearing responsibilities in the General Conference. Do not sow seeds of mistrust.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 8)
I have a most pointed message to bear regarding the necessity of coming into unity and refusing to join the enemy in accusing and criticizing. Be true to yourself, true to your brethren, and true to God. There must be no judging of one another. We are each to walk as in the sight of a holy God.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 9)
O how my heart has ached all day. I had not heard by voice or pen from anyone. But when I retired to rest, the whole scene of estrangement passed before me, and I saw what it means to us as a people. I will write more tomorrow, but I am too sick at heart to write more tonight. If you raise means for the Southern Missionary Society, this will in itself arouse unpleasant issues; but I have not seen how you could do otherwise. But do not cast reflections on the men in positions of trust in the General Conference. Were you in Elder Daniells’ place, carrying the heavy burden that he carries, you might not do as well as he does. Edson, it pays to walk humbly with God. I beseech you to cherish no feelings of bitterness; for if you do, they will spring up to bear fruit whereby many will be defiled.
(20LtMs, Lt 77, 1905, 10)
Lt 79, 1905
Kress, D. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 17, 1905 Portions of this manuscript are published in 3SM 98; Ev 425, 594-595; CD 303. Dear Brother Kress,—
I have received and read your letter, and I will answer it at once, fearing that if I leave it till later, something will occur that will prevent me from writing to you at all. We are pressed on every side with urgent work. For a long time I have been unable to sleep as I should. But I am endeavoring by the help of God to write letters that will be a help, not merely to those to whom they are addressed, but to many others who need them.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 1)
We see the necessity in many places of the help that you and your wife could give. But we dare not call you from your work in Australia. The Lord is prospering you and giving you health and a precious experience, and you are doing a good work. We praise God that you and your family are in the Wahroonga Sanitarium. We want you to continue to make a success in that place. I would not dare to say to you, “Come,” unless I had clear light on the point. We must remain where the Lord places us until we have evidence that He desires a change to be made. To exchange you just now for other physicians would not be wise. When the Lord desires you to cross the broad waters, He will let you know.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 2)
There is a work to do all over the world, and as we near the time of the end, the Lord will impress many minds to engage in this work. If you are able to use your influence in setting in operation the work that needs to be done in Sydney, many souls will be saved, who have never yet heard the truth. The cities are to be worked. The saving power of God is to go forth through them as a lamp that burneth.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 3)
I have had no evidence that Dr. Kellogg’s heart has been changed or that he has given up his erroneous theories. There are hundreds held in Battle Creek who at this very time should be working in the large cities that have never heard the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 4)
Our sanitariums are to reach a class that can be reached by no other means. “Why,” asks one and another, “is not prayer offered for the miraculous healing of the sick, instead of so many sanitariums being established?” Should this be done, great fanaticism would arise in our ranks. Those who have much self-confidence would start into action, as did certain ones in Indiana who had a great deal to say about holy flesh. These were carried away by a spiritualistic delusion. At the General Conference of 1901, they were rebuked by a message given me for them by the Lord. Should we carry out the plans that some would be pleased to have us carry out, companies would be formed who would bring in spiritualistic manifestations that would confuse the faith of many.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 5)
The Lord has opened this matter before me. The perverted habits of the world and the declension of religion have brought in indulgence of appetite and wrong habits of eating and drinking. The world is given over to self-indulgence and extravagance. Our sanitariums are established to educate people in regard to right habits of living.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 6)
Before our first sanitarium was established, the Lord opened the plan before me, showing me that the work would be solidified if those connected with the institution were men who had a genuine experience and who were fully settled in present truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 7)
Errors will come in and strange doctrines will be advocated. Some will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. As far back as the establishment of the first sanitarium, these things began to appear. They were similar to the errors that manifested themselves soon after the disappointment of 1844. A strong phase of fanaticism appeared, calling itself the witness of the Holy Ghost. I was given a message to rebuke this evil work.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 8)
The light given me was that a sanitarium should be established and that in it drug medication should be discarded and simple, rational methods of treatment employed for the healing of disease. In this institution people were to be taught how to dress, breathe, and eat properly—how to prevent sickness by proper habits of living.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 9)
I will send you a copy of a letter written to Brother Burden regarding this subject.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 10)
The medical missionary work is to be to the third angel’s message as the right hand to the body. To be indifferent in regard to the medical missionary work is to dishonor God. The Lord would have perfect harmony prevail among His workers. The strife for advantage in any institution is a curse to that institution, although those connected with the institution may not thus interpret it. Received into the heart, truth exerts a sanctifying, purifying influence, making men and women kind, considerate, tender-hearted.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 11)
A true appreciation of the plan of salvation will fill us with wonder and love. Our hearts will be melted with the love that Christ has manifested for us. We shall devote ourselves to His service, refusing to allow our time and attention to be taken up with the selfish interests of the world. When Christ abides in our hearts, we have a true conception of the sacrifices that He has made. We understand something of the perfection of the law that He came to magnify and make honorable. The privilege of obedience seems precious to our souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 12)
From age to age Christ takes His position in His church as a refiner and purifier. He works continually to cleanse the hearts of all who are sincere. But He will separate from those who are bringing in dissension and strife. He will make the path of His true followers bright and certain. Proportionate to the advancement made by the church in holiness will be her increase in strength and influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 79, 1905, 13)
Lt 81, 1905
Faulkhead, N. D. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in MRmnt 124. Dear Brother Faulkhead,—
We received the money, and thank you for sending it; for we needed it. For several years I have been carrying a heavy debt caused by borrowing money to advance the work in different places. I have brought out large and small books, but I am still heavily in debt. After the burning of the Review and Herald office, I purchased the plates of Patriarchs and Prophets and several other of my books in the German, Danish, and Finnish languages, because I desired to bring out a new edition. I hope that in the future my books may be given a wide circulation in this country and that sometime I may be free from debt.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 1)
I have recently added to my indebtedness by borrowing two thousand dollars from the bank to help in the purchase of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium property. I could not endure the thought that the opportunity to purchase this property for so low a price should not be improved, and Sister Gotzian and I clasped hands over the table in a resolution that we would purchase it and set the sanitarium in operation.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 2)
This we have done, with the help of some others, and now the building is filled with patients. A good flow of soft, pure water has been secured by digging a well on the lower part of the land. This means much in a country where water is so scarce.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 3)
I should be very much pleased to visit Australia; but this I can not do; for my work is here. I have much to do in writing. Last year I went to Washington and was away from home nearly a year. This put us so much behind with our work that I shall never make so long a trip again without a positive “Thou shalt” from the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 4)
My work is very much behind, and I hardly think that I shall attend the coming General Conference; for when I am away from home, my workers cannot labor to much advantage. W. C. White will go, but will return as soon as possible to help me.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 5)
The Lord is my helper, and if He spares my life a few years longer, I can bring out books that will be a great help to our people. Then, should my life close, the printed matter will remain and do its work.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 6)
We are to live in this world a life that will give us a right to enter in through the gates into the city of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 7)
I would be very much pleased to see you and talk with you. I wish to say to our brethren in Australia, Give Brother Robert Hare encouragement to go right into the cities and labor for those who have never heard the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 81, 1905, 8)
Lt 83, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 26, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 322-325. Dear Brother Ballenger,—
I received your letter on Friday, and we feel deep sympathy with you in your emergency. I wish that Sister Hall could spend some time with you, but she is under engagement to leave us in two or three weeks to stay with her relatives for a while.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 1)
I have been trying to think of some one who could go to your assistance. But we do not know exactly what you want. Sister Hall has been telling me of a friend of hers, a Miss Webber, who worked with her for a time in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Miss Webber has had a long experience in sanitarium work and has diplomas from two schools at least. She is thorough in all that she does and is as firm as a rock to duty and principle. I think she would answer your purpose. She would come to California if we asked her to.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 2)
But even though we should decide to send for Miss Webber, I suppose it would be necessary to get some one to fill the place till she could get here. If necessary I could spare my matron Mrs. Nelson, who is an excellent cook and caretaker and who has taken part of the nurses’ course in Battle Creek.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 3)
I have asked Mrs. Ings to consider the matter and see if there is any one at the sanitarium here who could fill the bill. I could barely mention the matter to her, as it was Sabbath, and I had only a few minutes in which to talk with her before going to the chapel to speak. I asked her to report to me after the Sabbath, and I shall doubtless hear from her soon.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 4)
Please let me know whether you have any one in mind who could fill the vacancy. Of course, you will stand by, and your wife might be able to help until we can make other arrangements. Perhaps Sister Howard could come in for a while until a suitable matron could be found.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 5)
I can think of no one more competent than Miss Webber. I know her to be a faithful woman, one who will show a care for things indoors and out-of-doors. Sister Hall has just received a letter from her, saying that she will be coming to California in about two months.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 6)
Brother Ballenger, I am very desirous that the buildings and land that we designed to purchase shall not be allowed to pass into other hands. I think we ought to obtain this property, even if four thousand dollars are asked for it. If we had only purchased it before the rain came, what a good thing it would have been. We must ask the Lord so to arrange matters that we can obtain this property. We shall need every foot of the land.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 7)
I hope, Brother Ballenger, that when you see a suitable place in Redlands, which could be used as a sanitarium, offered for sale at a reasonable price, you will let us know about it. We shall need a sanitarium in Redlands. Unless we start an enterprise of this kind, others will. I understand that the property owners are afraid that consumptives will come in, and thus the reputation of the place be spoiled.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 8)
But of course, we should make it clear that we were not going to establish a consumptives’ home.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 9)
I merely mention this matter so that you and Brother Burden may keep it in view. We shall not take any steps to establish a sanitarium in Redlands until we can be assured that we are doing the right thing. Brother Burden and you can visit the place from time to time and see what openings there are. And in all that you do, be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 10)
Our sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching such people as live in Redlands and bringing the truth before them. We must educate, educate, educate pleasantly and intelligently. We must preach the truth, pray the truth, and live the truth, bringing it with its gracious, health-giving influences within the reach of those who know it not. As the sick are brought into touch with the Life-giver, their faculties of mind and body will be renewed. But in order for this to be, they must practice self-denial and be temperate in all things. Thus only can they be saved from physical and spiritual death and restored to health.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 11)
When the human machinery moves in harmony with the life-giving arrangements of God, as brought to light through the gospel, disease is overcome and health springs forth speedily. When human beings work in union with the Lifegiver, who offered up His life for them, happy thoughts fill the mind. Body and mind and soul are sanctified. Human beings learn of the great Teacher, and all upon which they look ennobles and enriches the thoughts. The affections are drawn out in gladness and thankfulness to the Creator. The life of the man who is renewed in the image of Christ is as a light shining in darkness.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 12)
Adam listened to the specious sophistry of Satan and received it as truth. He had originally the wonderful gift of a sinless nature. But he listened to the falsehoods of the one who fell from his first estate. Satan exercised his hypnotism upon him, and Adam, listening to him, sinned and thus opened the door through which the enemy could ever after gain access to human beings. Adam and Eve lost the spiritual life that would have been theirs by continual endowment.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 13)
Christ came to this world bearing a message freighted with redemption. To all who receive Him as a personal Saviour, He gives power to become the sons of God. “The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:14, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 14)
All who become the sons of God are possessed of His nature. They are the objects of His love and special affection. They dwell in Christ as Christ dwells in God. Knowing the power of His grace, they are commissioned and qualified to bear the message of salvation to a sinful world, to make known His grace and truth. As they consecrate themselves wholly to God, the grace they impart will be continually renewed in increased measure. Converted to the truth, imbued with the Holy Spirit, they are under the transforming influence of divine grace. The life of self-indulgence they once lived has been changed to a life of service. They become sons of God, spiritual children, adopted into the Lord’s family.
(20LtMs, Lt 83, 1905, 15)
Lt 85, 1905
Gotzian, J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 26, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PM 358-359. Dear Sister Gotzian,—
I am wondering why we do not hear from you. You and I were united in the purchase of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, and I think we should have a mutual understanding regarding its work. Please write and tell me whatever you think may be of interest. Brother Ballenger has written me some letters, but you will be able to tell me some things regarding the inside working of the institution that he has not mentioned. Women generally enter more deeply into detail in their letters than do men.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 1)
I would be pleased could I visit you in San Diego at this season of the year, but my time is fully employed in the preparation of Ministry of Healing and some matter pertaining to the Southern field that is to be published in the next volume of the Testimonies. I hope that when these books come out, some of the burden I now feel can be laid aside, because of the knowledge that the light that God has given me is placed where the people can receive it. O if the truths that are taught in the Ministry of Healing shall be effective, a genuine religious interest will be manifested in the sick and suffering in our sanitariums. Though my life may be ended, these books will live and teach the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 2)
The times in which we live call for reformatory action. We hope and pray that those who believe the truth may have a genuine religious experience. Let every one carry into life and speech and action such pleasantness as will melt away prejudice and win souls to Christ. In the sanitarium where you are, let Christ be revealed as the One altogether lovely and the chiefest among ten thousand.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 3)
I am praying that if it is in harmony with the will of God, He will yet place in our hands the property we desired at first to obtain. Unless the price is placed so high that we cannot reach it, we should have the extra land and the buildings that we expected to purchase. We will pray that if it is for His name’s glory, the Lord will open the way for us to obtain this property. And we must also act in faith, if we desire the Lord to break down the impediments. Those who carry their burdens to the Lord and exercise a working faith will find relief in every perplexity.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 4)
W. C. White is now in Mountain View to look after the publication of some of the books we have been preparing. Miss Peck also left us this morning for Mountain View.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 5)
Last Friday Willie’s little girl Gracie fell from a wagon and broke her arm. It is rather a bad break, but Dr. Bush, who is attending to it, thinks that with care it will heal nicely.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 6)
I did not sleep very well last night and therefore am not in a condition to write much this morning.
(20LtMs, Lt 85, 1905, 7)
Lt 87, 1905
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 25, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 17; BTS 03/1915. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have just finished my dinner. This morning, for the first time in several weeks, I spoke to the church at the sanitarium. Of late, I have not thought it advisable for me to undertake to speak, fearing that the exertion might unfit me for the necessary work in closing up the book Ministry of Healing and the collection of material in regard to the Southern field. I hope that the Ministry of Healing and the next volume of the Testimonies may soon be in circulation.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 1)
My work now is to publish plainly the light that the Lord has given me during the past years. In my diary are thousands of pages of matter, some of which is personal testimony to individuals, but which may, if necessity demands, have to be made public. I have received word that Elder Tenney and others have taken some of the statements in my writings and are using them in such a way as to make it appear that I have advocated theories they wish to advocate—theories I have never acknowledged. Such a use of the testimonies is condemned. Dr. Kellogg was reproved for endeavoring to make it appear that the erroneous theories taught in Living Temple were to be sustained by my writings.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 2)
If isolated sentences, separated from their true setting, are taken from my writings and used to substantiate erroneous positions, I must meet this effort by publishing some things that I would prefer to withhold. I am weary of trying to withstand the attempts that are being made to do violence to the truth that should be proclaimed at this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 3)
If my words are taken by some to sustain error, I shall not be led into controversy, but I shall continue to set before the people the truth as God designs them to understand it. I shall endeavor to make my words so plain that they cannot be misinterpreted. The truth of God will be vindicated and effect the purpose that God designed it should. The mind can only be freed from error when every thread is cut that binds it to the fallacy of the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 4)
A great reformation is needed among the people of God. Many sapless and unfruitful branches are to be removed from the parent vine. Everything will be shaken that can be shaken, that that which cannot be shaken may remain.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 5)
The enemy has worked upon the minds of some and has led them to do violence to our past experience by mingling with the truth erroneous and false theories. He has led ministers and teachers to weave into their doctrines some pleasing figures of his own invention. Every deviation from the truth as we have advocated it in the past is a departure from truth that has been witnessed by the Holy Spirit and upon which God has placed His seal.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 6)
Truth must stand in its own order, linked only with truth. Unbelief disturbs the balance of the system of truth and tends to destroy the whole. The mind that cherishes sentiments that tend to destroy the foundation of the faith that has made us what we are becomes confused and cannot discern between truth and error.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 7)
The truths that have been substantiated by the manifest working of God are to stand fast. Let no one presume to move a pin or a foundation stone from the structure. Those who attempt to undermine the pillars of our faith are among those of whom the Bible says that “in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.]
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 8)
One step from the path in which God has ordained us to walk places us where we are subject to the temptations of Satan. This is represented in the case of Adam and Eve. Outside of God’s way, we may be led to believe a lie. But angels of God will commune with those who obey His laws. Let mind and heart be united in following in the light that God has given. Keep soul and body pure and clean and holy. When we do those things that God has commanded in His Word, angels of God will act as our teachers. Our happiness is dependent upon our living a righteous life.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 9)
Let not the mind be occupied with sophistry, with strained applications or misinterpretations of the Word. Such action of the mind leads into false paths. And, once started in such a path, it is often the case that an individual, thinking that a confession of his sin will lower his dignity, goes on and on in a similar course. And the further he goes the more easily will he be beguiled by Satan, until it becomes for him forever too late for repentance and forsaking of sin, because he would not consent to heed the words of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 10)
We are subject to certain laws, even as the plants are subject to law. Every tree will bear its appointed fruit. Disobedience to the laws that govern our being result in sickness and suffering and death.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 11)
The soul is also subject to laws, and a disregard of these laws, by the wresting and misinterpretation of Scripture, will result in the sickness and death of the soul. Those following in a path of error lose from the heart the genuine peace of Christ and become like the troubled sea, casting up mire and dirt.
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 12)
Spiritual life is the result of the action of the soul in obedience to the Word and in harmony with the laws of God. Let the soul be regulated by the law, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind.”“This do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:27, 28.]
(20LtMs, Lt 87, 1905, 13)
Lt 88, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 25, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder W. C. White,—
It is evening after the Sabbath, and I will write you a few lines, and Sister Peck will take the same to you as she leaves in the morning. I spoke to quite a full congregation in the chapel. All gave the best of attention. I think it was right for me to speak. We received this letter, which I send to you, in yesterday’s mail.
(20LtMs, Lt 88, 1905, 1)
I have been trying to get Lucinda to consent to go according to request, but she says it costs money to go there and only remain a few weeks—about forty dollars to go and return. Sister Nelson would go for a month or two until a girl could be obtained, but it is a most expensive route. I spoke to Sister Ings. She spoke favorably of seeing if one could not be spared from [the] sanitarium, but it being on the Sabbath she would have to wait until after the Sabbath before introducing the matter. I shall try to find out tonight.
(20LtMs, Lt 88, 1905, 2)
May and the boys are here just making a call. They say Grace is getting along nicely.
(20LtMs, Lt 88, 1905, 3)
I present the matter. Sister Nelson could go for a few weeks, but will it pay to have this done? Lucinda speaks of Sister Webber. Says she is wanting to come to California. She thinks she would look after everything and see that there was no extravagance and would work for a reasonable sum. What think you? You know Emma Webber, graduate of several schools. She has an excellent education. She is wanting to come to California. I think it would be well. She would be an experienced hand. Please think of this matter and say what shall be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 88, 1905, 4)
Lt 89, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PH094 16; 8MR 17. Dear Brother Ballenger,—
I have just had an interview with Sister Taphouse about a Miss Williams, who, it is thought, would make an excellent matron for the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Mrs. Taphouse says that Miss Williams received the truth through Bible readings given by her husband, and she gives her the highest recommendations. Miss Williams is now in Nebraska, where she has been nursing. She has been earning twenty dollars a week, but she is a Christian woman and she would not ask the sanitarium to pay her this. Mrs. Taphouse says that just now Miss Williams is free, and I told her to write to her and see if she would be willing to come. We must make an effort to secure her; for, from what I hear of her, she seems to be thoroughly competent. She is well fitted to receive the patients. We need a matron who will make a favorable impression on those who come to the institution, and one who can help them spiritually.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 1)
I am in favor of securing the services of Miss Williams, if this can be done. Please let me know what you think of it. I think we would be doing the right thing in engaging one so competent. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium is just beginning its work, and at this time it needs the best kind of help. I think that Miss Williams is the one we should have as matron. We need first-class helpers, and I am in favor of her coming.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 2)
Please let us know if there is any opening for Mabel White in the sanitarium. She has been nursing in Reno, but I think that the work is too heavy for her to do continuously. I should be glad to have her connected with the sanitarium in San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 3)
W. C. White is still at Mountain View. He may not return till the beginning of next week. He will wish to see Brother Palmer, I am sure. I understand that Brother and Sister Palmer are to leave Paradise Valley today, Wednesday.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 4)
I am very busy reading the proofs of Ministry of Healing and the matter that is to go into the next Testimony regarding the work for the colored people of the Southern states.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 5)
I am glad that you are of good courage in the Lord. You cannot think how thankful I am that there are two sanitariums in running order in Southern California. I hope that great good will be accomplished by these institutions. I was glad to read what you wrote about some belonging to the higher classes being at the San Diego sanitarium. This is a class that we need to reach. Time is short, and the Lord would have the truth proclaimed in the highways and the byways. Angels of God will go before those who lift up the standard and wisely proclaim the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 6)
In closing, I would ask you not to forget that sometime a sanitarium will be needed in Redlands. When you have opportunity, examine the field cautiously, and tell us what you find there. We must not allow others to get in ahead of us and shut us off. Now is the time to make discreet inquiries.
(20LtMs, Lt 89, 1905, 7)
Lt 91, 1905
Williams, Jennie “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Williams,—
We are in great need of a matron at the San Diego sanitarium. I have talked with Sister Taphouse about the matter, and she encourages me to write to you. Will you tell me whether you can come. Brother Palmer’s family leaves there today, and we need such help as you can give us. Please write us in reference to this matter, or come without writing. I hope that the matter can be settled as soon as possible. May the Lord impress your heart in this matter, so that you will come to our help in San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 91, 1905, 1)
I dare not wait to hear from W. C. White before writing to you, but I know that he will be much relieved if you can come as soon as possible. Let us hear from you, but we would rather see you.
(20LtMs, Lt 91, 1905, 2)
Lt 93, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 5, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CW 135. Dear Son Edson,—
I will write you a few lines today, Sunday, trusting that we may receive a letter from you soon.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 1)
I have carefully examined the matter that has been selected for publication regarding the work in the Southern field with which for many years you have been connected. I am much pleased with the matter and believe its publication will do much good. We shall push forward the work on this book as rapidly as possible, but I fear we shall not be able to complete it before the General Conference shall convene.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 2)
I am not sure that I shall attend the General Conference. It is a question whether I ought to go where there is a liability of strife and contention. It all seems so inconsistent with our profession, so ill-timed, in the very midst of the great scenes preceding the close of this earth’s history.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 3)
Scene after scene has passed before me of what is about to take place, as recorded in the eighteenth chapter of Revelation. My heart is burdened as I contemplate these things. Last night I was unable to sleep until after one o’clock, and I awoke at half-past three. I then arose and finished reading the matter that had been left for my examination. I have some things pertaining to the early experience in your work, but I am too weary today to look them over carefully.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 4)
I hope that you will reach your home safely. I read in yesterday’s paper of an accident that happened to a train crowded with people who were going to attend the inauguration of President Roosevelt. These calamities will continue till the end.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 5)
I have been reading the Review this morning. It is full of precious matter. This paper should be in every family of our people, not only in America but in every country. It is our church paper for the world. I shall endeavor to obtain subscribers for it in America and Australia. I do not disparage the Signs of the Times. Both the Review and Signs should be widely circulated. And I hope the subscription list of the Watchman may be greatly increased. I hope you will endeavor to obtain subscriptions for the Watchman and for the Review, for these papers contain important matter for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 6)
W. C. White has been at Mountain View for a week. He came home Friday afternoon and after a few days at home will make another trip to Mountain View.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 7)
I thank the Lord for His mercy and goodness in sparing my life. May He care for you also. I shall be glad when I hear of your safe arrival at home.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 8)
I hope the Lord will open the hearts of the people to be liberal in their gifts and offerings for the destitute fields in the South. We hope you will have good health, and that the Lord will make your testimony a blessing to the people. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 9)
Your Mother.
(20LtMs, Lt 93, 1905, 10)
Lt 94, 1905
Gotzian, J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 79. See Lt 113, 1905. Dear Sister Gotzian,—
I was glad a few days ago to receive a letter from you. We lost much time on our book work last summer, and I have been very busy for some time reading over the proofs and preparing the matter for Ministry of Healing. This has been very trying to my brain, and I have been obliged to be somewhat moderate in my letter writing. But I desire to keep up a correspondence with you. We are united together, with others, in bearing a responsibility, and we should communicate with each other frequently.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 1)
There is an important work to be done in the place where you are. If we seek the Lord earnestly, He will teach us what to say and what to do as His agents to win souls to Christ. If we will only cultivate the kindness and tenderness and sympathy of Christ, He will make us a blessing. It has been my great desire to do all I possibly can for the sanitarium at Paradise Valley, that from it the very best influence may go out and may result in the salvation of souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 2)
We must take up the work of the Lord disinterestedly. We must all be careful not to cast blame upon those who are trying to do the Lord’s work, but rather seek to encourage them in what is commendable. Our work is to win souls. For this purpose we—you and I—have united and pledged our interests before God. But we must deal lovingly and kindly with all. We must not get in a habit to blame or chide, for this tries people and does not help them.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 3)
If it should be my privilege to visit the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, I desire that we may be united in the strong bonds of Christian union in seeking to bless all with whom we associate. We cannot set ourselves as a criterion to which others must conform. We will reveal a tenderness of heart and a whole-souled enthusiasm in promoting the happiness of all with whom we are connected. We have a duty to do in eliminating self from our plans and in feeling a personal responsibility to act as Christ would act in circumstances similar to those with which we are surrounded. Then we will impress the minds of others in such a way that God will be glorified.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 4)
As followers of Christ we should seek to make the most favorable impression upon the minds of all we have connection with, of the religion we profess, and to inspire noble thoughts. Some will be affected by our influence through time and through eternity.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 5)
Those who are connected with our sanitariums must be educators. By pleasant words and kindly deeds they are to make the gospel attractive. If we would teach others, we ourselves must daily learn lessons from Christ. There are some who do not comprehend the sacredness of the work of God. Those of the least ability, the most thoughtless and even the indolent youth, especially demand our prayerful consideration. We need special wisdom to know how to help those who seem inconsiderate and thoughtless. Said David, “Thy gentleness hath made me great.” [Psalm 18:35.]
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 6)
In the work of applying ourselves to help others, we may gain most precious victories. We must devote ourselves with untiring zeal, with earnest fidelity, with self-denial, and with patience to the work of encouraging those who need to develop. Kind, encouraging words will do wonders. There are many who, if a constant, cheerful effort is put forth in their behalf, without faultfinding or continual chiding, will show themselves susceptible of improvement. The less we criticize others, the greater will be our influence over them for reformation. Let Christlike kindness be enjoined upon every soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 7)
There is a science in dealing with those who have special weakness in character. Those who are least objectionable, who are least in need of help, are likely to receive most of our attention. But there are others who may, by persevering effort in their behalf, be helped to become useful in the Lord’s work. We must exercise wise discretion in dealing with those who seem to be ignorant and out of the way. We want broad views, that we may do the true medical missionary work, that we may exercise tact in dealing with minds. Bear in mind that they will respond to a patient, tender, loving interest. This work ranks equal in importance with the work of the gospel minister.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 8)
We are to co-operate with the Lord Jesus in restoring the inefficient and the erring to intelligence and sacred purity. We are called by God to manifest an untiring, patient interest in the salvation of those who need divine polishing.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 9)
Too many frequent, positive admonitions will do more harm than good. Let us pray and work with self-sacrificing zeal. God will not withhold wisdom from those who seek for it. He gives grace to one, that he in turn may impart it to some other needy soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 10)
Last night I seemed to be speaking these words before a company of teachers and students. My soul is stirred by the instruction given me. The mind is to act intelligently, not to follow inclination, but to bring all the actions into harmony with the divine law. We may be opposed by those who would have their sins vindicated. But teach the Word of the Lord, and leave selfish authority out of all discipline.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 11)
The life and the teachings of Christ are intensely practical. They are fitted to deal with the actual duties of life. They enjoin patience in the performance of all necessary duties, whether agreeable or disagreeable. “Whatsoever ye do in word or in deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 12)
This is the sanctification that is needed in every institution that shall be established for the healing of the souls and bodies of those who are suffering from the malady of sin. All the requirements of God’s law are to make the character complete in Christ, He who knew no sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 13)
In the Christian graces, Bible truth is to be exemplified before a sinful world.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 14)
“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 15)
Such is the sanctification of the soul, through the operation of the Holy Spirit of God. A new nature is implanted. The human is made a partaker of the divine, having escaped the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they, by seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 94, 1905, 16)
Lt 95, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 14, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 10MR 44-48. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I did hope to have time and strength to write to you fully in this mail; but I can write but little; for I have a tired brain. Many letters come to me, and I try to respond, but there is for me none of that feeling of safety in writing that there once was; for sometimes a wrong interpretation is placed on my writings, and it is becoming a very serious matter to write in full confidence even to those who for years have known my views. I do not wish you to think that any of this applies to you. I have been free to write to you, and I am glad that you have written freely to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 1)
The time has come when whatever I may write in private letters to some of our brethren will do little good; for those who have not held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will be liable to interpret my communications in a false way. To have ministers and physicians, who have long known the truth, using my writings in a way that gives the impression that these writings uphold the very sentiments that are condemned by the testimonies I have received from God places a very heavy burden on my soul. These men place such an interpretation on extracts which they take from my writings, that the reproofs given by God are made of no effect. The Lord God of heaven declares: If they repent, I will pardon their transgressions; but if they do not repent, I will call them to account for that which they have misinterpreted in order to serve theories that are not true. By their course, souls have been led astray; and when I cease My forbearance, because they will not repent, I will punish them for all the evil they have done by mingling false sentiments with the true. They have departed from the faith themselves and have led others astray.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 2)
This manner of working is making my burden heavier than God ever designed it to be. This painful experience makes my heart ache. I am instructed to say [to] those who endeavor to tear down the foundation that has made us Seventh-day Adventists: We are God’s commandment-keeping people. For the past fifty years every phase of heresy has been brought to bear upon us, to becloud our minds regarding the teaching of the Word—especially concerning the ministration of Christ in the heavenly sanctuary and the message of heaven for these last days, as given by the angels of the fourteenth chapter of Revelation. Messages of every order and kind have been urged upon Seventh-day Adventists to take the place of the truth which, point by point, has been sought out by prayerful study and testified to by the miracle-working power of the Lord. But the waymarks which have made us what we are are to be preserved, and they will be preserved, as God has signified through His Word and the testimonies of His Spirit. He calls upon us to hold firmly, with the grip of faith, to the fundamental principles that are based upon unquestionable authority.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 3)
God has placed in our hands a banner on which is inscribed the words, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Verse 12.] “Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ,” He declares. [Revelation 12:17.] At all times and in all places we are to hold the banner firmly aloft. God’s denominated people are to take a firm stand under the banner of truth. The truths that we have been proclaiming for more than half a century have been contested again and again. Again and again the facts of faith have been disputed, but every time the Lord has established the truth by the working of His Holy Spirit. Those who have arisen to question and overthrow the principles of present truth have been sternly rebuked.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 4)
“Unto the angel of the church at Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks: I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 5)
Among the many things which those to whom this message applies are truth, there are theories that are so objectionable that they endanger the faith and spoil the experience of many.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 6)
“Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Verse 5.] They are not to give heed to seducing spirits. They are not to remove one pin from the foundation of truth that the Lord has built up from point to point by the ministration of the Holy Spirit. If one point is yielded, there is no surety that other points will not be discarded; and point by point, the structure of truth will be assailed and discarded.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 7)
“Nevertheless, I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love.” [Verse 4.] This represents a moral fall. There can be no abatement of this love without a moral fall. God calls for unity among His people in these last days, but there cannot be unity without firm adherence to right principles.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 8)
“And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Revelation 3:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 9)
With some there is an outward show, a form of godliness, but there is no real power; and against them is pronounced the sentence, “Thou art weighed in the balances, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] They are deficient, yet, in false confidence, they are deceiving themselves and misleading others. Yielding to Satan’s sophistry, they stand on a false track, and by their representations endeavor to tear down truths that God has made fast, never to be moved. By their course, the inexperienced are led to wonder whether these special truths are not, after all, errors that ought to be shunned. When brought into strait places, they will give up the Sabbath and its powerful endorsement, and the more they are opposed in their apostasy, the more self-sufficient and self-deceived they become. They have lifted up their souls unto vanity, and God says, “Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 10)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments, and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 11)
Those addressed in the message to the church in Sardis have heard and received the principles of truth. We are to be true to the evidences that God has given us in the representation of heavenly things. We are to hold fast the things that we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. The right path is plainly outlined before us. Those who misinterpret the precious things God has given me for His people; those who take the sentiments by which God so beautifully shows the difference between the earthly and the heavenly, removing these sentiments from the position in which God has placed them, and making them testify to seducing errors, are removing landmarks. They cherish sentiments which they should resolutely have discarded. In an unmistakable, decided manner the reproof of God has come to them, forbidding them to spoil the people of God, forbidding them to teach sophistry for truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 12)
Dangerous things have been written and dangerous things have been said, which God declares that our youth should not hear. I am bidden to say in the name of the Lord, “Beware of the leaven of philosophy and false science that has been introduced among the medical missionary workers at Battle Creek. Beware of the spiritualistic leaven that has already been placed in the meal, to leaven many minds. By the introduction of this leaven, the messages sent by God to His people are made of no effect. The leaven works until the whole mass is leavened.”
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 13)
The messages that the Lord has been giving me for the past half century have never, never sanctioned the cherishing of these erroneous sentiments. And yet the assertion of some is that Sister White teaches these very things. I say in the name of the Lord that the truth has been misinterpreted and misapplied.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 14)
I am filled with sorrow because statements made under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, and designed by God to be a great blessing to His people, to guard them against the seducing sentiments of Satan, are woven in with spiritualistic views and are thus made to testify to falsehoods of Satan’s own creating. How can I say to our people, Harmonize with peace, and say, Unify. God gives me the message, Beware of the leaven of those who have been destroying the faith of Seventh-day Adventists. There are those to whom I fear to write personally. God says, Beware of the leaven of those who have stepped off the platform of truth. Those who use my writings, given me by God, to build themselves up in sophistry and deceptive theories, steal that which was given to establish souls in the sanctification of the truth, and use it to testify to theories against which I am bidden to warn our people. Beware of the leaven that some who have lost their connection with God will introduce, declaring their theories to be in harmony with that which Sister White has written.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 15)
Have I not a knowledge of how to present these things without spoiling the faith of our people? I shall write just as God bids me write. What I have written, I have written. Every word is truth. I am to give to the people of God the warnings given me. But I am not to send these warnings in private letters to those who claim to be vindicating the truth, while in reality they are leading in a false track.
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 16)
“Unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God: I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing, and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 14-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 95, 1905, 17)
Lt 97, 1905
Workers in the Glendale Sanitarium “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 14, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 326-328. To the Workers in the Glendale Sanitarium,—
We are glad that, notwithstanding some delay, the property at Glendale has been secured for a sanitarium. Years ago the Lord gave me instruction that there should be a sanitarium near the city of Los Angeles. Instruction was also given that we should find properties for sale on which there would be buildings suitable for sanitarium purposes, and that we might secure such properties at a very low cost. The location of the Glendale Sanitarium meets the representation given me of a place God has reserved for us. The electric cars running close by the institution make access to it very convenient.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 1)
Let all connected with this sanitarium keep in mind the purpose for which this property has been secured. The institution is to act a special part in bringing souls to Christ, leading them to love God and keep His commandments. Unless the workers have a living connection with God, unless there is seen in the institution a spirit of kindness and compassion, which will recommend Bible truth and win souls to Christ, the establishment of the sanitarium will have been in vain. Spiritual as well as physical healing is to be brought to those who come for healing.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 2)
Brother and Sister Burden, I am glad that you have a part in the work of the Glendale Sanitarium. May the Lord increase your wisdom and courage and faith. I am glad that Dr. Simpson and her husband can unite with you. You and Dr. Abbott and the other workers may do a precious work in letting the light of present truth shine forth in clear rays. Remember that you are doing a work for time and for eternity. You should have an ever-increasing faith in the promises of God’s Word. It is your privilege to seek wisdom and help from God. Come to the Saviour in humility, confessing your sins and asking for strength and grace.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 3)
The Holy Spirit enlightens the mind of the one who depends on the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour and indites a prayer of confession and repentance that is acceptable to the Lord. “We know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us, with groanings that cannot be uttered.”“He that searcheth the heart knoweth what is the mind of the Spirit, because He maketh intercession for the saints according to the will of God.” [Romans 8:26, 27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 4)
Let no man boast that he does not confess the sins that the Lord has pointed out to him. If he makes no confession, he receives not forgiveness and pardon from God. He must go forth in sorrow, to work in his own strength. The enemy finds him in this position, a subject to be deceived.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 5)
There are many, many of this class. May the Lord open their eyes, that they may see the danger of their self-sufficiency. A superficial work is always a snare to every professed Christian. Satan finds easy access to the heart of the one who is careless and slack in his experience and beguiles him with seducing theories that will destroy his faith in God. “He that cometh to God must believe that He is, (as He has declared Himself in His personality) and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:6.]
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 6)
In every sanitarium there must be kept before all in the institution the principles of true service. From the institution is to go forth light and knowledge. All connected with it are to act their part intelligently, as representatives of the truth for this time. It is that they may be trained to do true missionary work that young people are brought to our sanitariums.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 7)
If you will co-operate with God, He will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your rearward. Heavenly angels will break forth into singing as souls receive the great gift of God through Jesus Christ. You may assure the sick and afflicted that Christ is the great healer. They may believe on Him and trust in His Word; for it will never fail.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 8)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice: for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.” [Isaiah 56:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 9)
What a representation is here given! “My salvation is near to come”—that great salvation wrought out for each soul through Jesus Christ, the salvation for which the prophets have inquired and searched diligently. Our Lord is soon to come to us in mercy and compassion and love. We must go forth to receive Him as a welcome guest.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 10)
The Lord Jesus calls upon every one to become interestedly engaged in the work of becoming a channel of light through which the grace of Christ may flow. Jesus has said, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] In the great salvation wrought through Jesus Christ, the unbelieving world is to be helped through the work of believers. In the work you do in the sanitarium, many may become convinced that you are indeed the children of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 11)
“Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 12)
“For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater; so shall My word be that goeth forth out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.” [Isaiah 55:6-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 13)
All the promises of God’s Word are made on gospel terms. If we on our part will fulfil the condition, if we will seek the Lord while He may be found, we may claim the promise:
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 14)
“For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign, that shall not be cut off.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 15)
Let this message be sounded to all people, Seek the Lord while He may be found. Seek Him against whom you have been in rebellion. Let us make every effort to check the seducing sentiments that would come into our ranks. Let every soul be wide awake to close every avenue of the soul to the sophistry of Satan, as revealed in heaven and in Eden. Let us be armed with that vigilance that shall resist his enchantments.
(20LtMs, Lt 97, 1905, 16)
Lt 99, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 6, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PM 31. Elder W. C. White,—
I have just received a letter from Elder Ballenger, written from Paradise Valley. I think a similar one came to you and is being forwarded in this mail.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 1)
I have been thinking in regard to the purchase of the land of which Brother Ballenger writes, on which are a packing house, two dwelling houses, and a barn, all of which can now be secured for three thousand five hundred dollars. Do you not think it best to secure this property. It seems so to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 2)
Unless we take immediate steps to secure this property, the price may be raised. Brother Burden writes from Glendale that the sanitarium there is crowded to its utmost capacity, and they have been obliged to put off some applicants because they had not sufficient room for their accommodation. He says that had we waited until now before purchasing the Glendale Sanitarium, it could not be secured for less than twenty thousand dollars, as the recent rains have so raised the price of land.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 3)
Did I send you a copy of the letter I received from Brother Ballenger a few days ago? I cannot find it. Brother Ballenger has written no particulars regarding the work at Paradise Valley for some time.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 4)
For a few days I have been having some trouble with my hip. Last night I slept but little, but slept a little before dinner today. I hope Sister Hall will remain with us for a time.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 5)
I do not think it will be my duty to go to the General Conference. The long distance to travel is not the greatest consideration, but there will be the difficulty of securing proper conveniences, and there will be many perplexities to be met that will tax my mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 6)
I have had presentations regarding the deceptions that Satan is bringing in at this time. I have been instructed that we should make prominent the testimony of some of the old workers who are now dead. Let them continue to speak through their articles as found in the early numbers of our papers. These articles should now be reprinted, that there may be a living voice from the Lord’s witnesses. The history of the early experiences in the message will be a power to withstand the masterly ingenuity of Satan’s deceptions. This instruction has been repeated recently. I must present before the people the testimonies of Bible truth and repeat the decided messages given years ago. I desire that my sermons given at camp-meetings and in churches may live and do their appointed work.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 7)
There will be constant warfare with seducing spirits that will bring in theories to counteract the truth of God. All who turn from the warnings that God sends them will be linked up with these seducing agencies. Every soul must be wide awake. The science of the Lord Jesus Christ will teach us to awake. The science of the Lord Jesus Christ will teach us to abhor all dishonesty and prevarication and every form of iniquity.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 8)
“Verily, verily I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” [John 3:3.] “Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin.” [1 John 3:9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 9)
I must get this copied now so it may go in this mail.
(20LtMs, Lt 99, 1905, 10)
Lt 101, 1905
Packham, James “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. James Packham Dear Brother,—
I have a message from the Lord to you. He has blessed you with health and strength, and He would have you place yourself where you can impart to others the light and knowledge He has given you. You have intelligence, and you should, by communicating to others what you have learned, improve your mind. You place too small an estimate upon your own capabilities, and you will never overcome this tendency until you realize that you are amenable to the Lord God of heaven, and that it is your duty to put your talents to use for the Master.
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 1)
Your mental and physical powers are God’s entrusted gifts, and by burying these talents you are withholding from Him that which is His own. Will you not now seek to give back to God in loving service what He has given you of physical, mental, and moral capabilities?
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 2)
It is not for me to say precisely what you should do, but I urge you to overcome the disposition to isolate yourself from us all, as though you were not fit for our society. This we know God does not approve. We are to have companionship one with another. You should meet with the people of God when they assemble to worship. On this point He speaks decidedly: “Forsake not the assembling of yourselves together, as the manner of some is; and so much the more as ye see the day approaching.” [Hebrews 10:25.]
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 3)
My brother, time is very short, and through your backwardness you have lost much. I desire now to see you put your whole heart and mind and soul into the work of God. All around us, in the hills and valleys near St. Helena, are those who are perishing because they know not the Bible truths so essential for this time. You could visit some of these settlements, distribute reading matter, and teach the people from the Scriptures. There are some whom you could reach better than could a regular minister of the gospel. I entreat of you to do something to help needy, perishing souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 4)
“At that time shall Michael stand up, the great Prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to same and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 5)
The Lord calls you now to make a decided move that you may stand in your lot and place. We have no time to lose. There are troublous times ahead for the world, but God’s people will be protected, though some of them may lose their lives for the truth’s sake.
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 6)
You are now building for time and for eternity. May the Lord bless and guide you.
(20LtMs, Lt 101, 1905, 7)
Lt 102, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 4, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Children Edson and Emma,—
I thank the Lord that it is as well with me as it is at the present time. For more than a week Willie has been in Mountain View, and he will likely remain there for still another week. He is looking after the interests of the book Ministry of Healing, which is now going through the press and which is nearly completed. Many think that this will be a grand book. If it accomplishes the object for which it was prepared, I shall be very grateful to my heavenly Father.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 1)
Yesterday was a trying day for me. I suffered from a severe pain in my heart and thought I was going to die. I looked to my Saviour and had no fear of death, but the intense pain passed away, and I have done all I could to preserve my health.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 2)
Our family has been very much broken up of late. Sister Nelson has left us for the purpose of completing the nurses’ course and engaging in medical missionary work. She has worked nobly and has been a great help to me. A few days ago Sister Hall was called away to visit her sister who was quite ill. Many changes have seemed to come in our family at the same time. Sara’s eyes have troubled her so that she has been advised to take treatment from a specialist in San Francisco and has now been in the city for a week. A Miss Carlson from Sweden has now come to help us. When she came here there was no one to help her become acquainted with her work, but Sister Hall returned soon after and is now here.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 3)
I am receiving many urgent invitations to visit various places. I am urged to attend a meeting in Mountain View, when the Pacific Press buildings are to be dedicated. I have been invited to attend a meeting at Fernando of the Southern California Conference. But until the book Ministry of Healing and the book regarding the work in the Southern field are out, I shall not feel free to travel much. If I were to go anywhere it would be to the General Conference. But such a long journey as this might be more than I can undertake.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 4)
I think of you often and wish that I might see you. If I do attend the General Conference, I may be able to make you a visit. But the matter of my going is not yet decided. I dare not say, Nay, nor do I dare to say, Yea. My prayer is that the Lord will teach His servant what to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 5)
In the night seasons I have received decided instruction for you, Edson. In our conversation, you were presenting some plans. I was bidden to advise you not to increase your responsibilities. You are not to take to yourself extra burdens. Your nervous system needs rest and quiet. Christ has a work for you to do in opening the Scriptures to those who will be interested. You must not take upon yourself burdens that will disqualify the soul for devotional exercises in searching the Scriptures and in prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 6)
You need to rest in God. He would have your mind calm and free from everything that would prevent the richest Christian experience. You have so burdened your mind by commercial matters that you have been held back from the work God would have you do in presenting the Bible truths to the people. You need rather to unload than to gather new responsibilities. Some things that seem to you to be advantageous or necessary are but a snare to lead you into deeper worry and perplexity.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 7)
All that we have has been entrusted to us by God for wise investment. In the service of the Master we are to invest our means and our physical and mental powers. We must seek to increase the talents given us of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 8)
The Lord Jesus has entrusted His goods to you, and to others, that with them you may accomplish results which will be as far reaching as eternity. Our Lord’s entrusted goods are sacred and are to be kept unmingled with worldly merchandise. Few, even among church members, realize their accountability to God as His servants. The leaven of worldliness permeates the mind, and spiritual discernment is lost. Cleanse the soul temple from the buyers and the sellers.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 9)
To do the Master’s bidding, and to promote His work, is to be the one aim and purpose of our lives. Then there will be an upward growth, and the Holy Spirit will work upon the heart to transform the character. We shall not bear the reproach of doing nothing; for the mind will not be stagnant. A generous spirit will be revealed in kindness and in tender regard for others. Self will be hid with Christ in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 10)
By beholding the character of Christ, we shall become changed into His likeness.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 11)
Let us forsake self and accept Jesus Christ as the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Faith in Him is the only valuable science. He is the living representative of perfect obedience to the eternal Word. He took human flesh into vital union with divinity. He passed over the same ground where Adam fell. He bore the test upon which our first parents failed. He was tempted in all points like as we are. Had He failed on one point, Satan would have been victorious.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 12)
In the night seasons my mind often goes over the grand work of infinite sacrifice manifested in the humiliation and death of Christ. The Creator of man, He who upon Mount Sinai proclaimed the eternal law, in His dying agony vindicated His right to pardon transgression and sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 13)
As He hung upon the cross His murderers and they that passed by reviled Him. “Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save Thyself.”“If Thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross.”“Likewise the chief priests, mocking Him with the scribes and Pharisees, said, He saved others; Himself He cannot save.” [Matthew 27:40-42.]
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 14)
O how His mother and His disciples hoped that He would manifest His mighty power and silence His revilers by coming down from the shameful cross! They were pained by the unfeeling taunts of the spiritually ignorant revilers. “Let Him come down from the cross, and we will believe on Him.”“He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God.” [Verses 42, 43.] Christ prayed to His Father, “Father forgive them; for they know not what they do. And they parted His raiment and cast lots. And the people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided Him, saying, He saved others; let Him save Himself, if He be the Christ, the chosen of God. And the soldiers also mocked Him, offering Him vinegar to drink and saying, If Thou be the king of the Jews save Thyself.” [Luke 23:34-37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 15)
“And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on Him, saying, If Thou be the Christ, save Thyself and us. But the other answering rebuked him saying, Dost thou not fear God, seeing thou art in the same condemnation? And we indeed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man hath done nothing amiss. And he said unto Jesus, Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom.” [Verses 39-42.]
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 16)
The faith of the dying thief grasped the truth of a sin-pardoning Saviour. And Jesus showed Himself able to save to the uttermost all who should receive Him. Jesus said unto him, “Verily I say unto thee today, Shalt thou be with Me in Paradise.” [Verse 43.] Jesus did not say, “I shall be in My kingdom today, and thou shalt be with Me.” After His resurrection He said to Mary, “I have not yet ascended unto My Father.” [John 20:17.] Even in the agonies of death, in His humiliation and apparent defeat, He asserted His right and His power to forgive sins.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 17)
I present these matters to you, that if you suffer for the truth’s sake, you may know that affliction in itself is not an evidence of guilt. Christ, the Prince of Peace, endured the great humiliation that it is possible for a human being to suffer. He gave Himself as a substitute to be punished in place of the sinner.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 18)
O that all who profess to be Christian would walk humbly with God. They are not to deny that they have erred, but they are to acknowledge their sins, and repent and be converted. He who is too proud to acknowledge his mistakes will not be accepted of God, no matter what his position. All who will now confess and forsake their sins, and trust wholly in the merits of Jesus, will be proclaimed worthy of salvation, before the world and before the holy angels.
(20LtMs, Lt 102, 1905, 19)
Lt 103, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 9, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 108; 7MR 139. Dear Brother Ballenger,—
I have just read your letter. I shall be able to answer only a few questions today, but will write fully when I have more time.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 1)
I think you will have to secure a bookkeeper. Too many burdens are being placed on you.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 2)
I cannot but be pleased with the improvements made in the bathrooms. But are not the permanent bathrooms to be put up outside the main building, as was talked of when we were together at San Diego?
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 3)
That which you have done to clear away the rubbish from the east porch is a good step taken in the work of reform.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 4)
In your last letter you spoke of the land. I think that it should be secured. I fear that if we delay, the price will be raised. I think we shall need the houses on the land, and the barn also, but we dare not involve ourselves. In a former letter, you said, I think, that the property with the packing house was for sale for $3,500. The matter must be carefully considered, and if it is thought best, the property must be secured.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 5)
I was more than pleased with what you said regarding the spiritual work that you have been able to do in the institution. In my judgment, this is the most important phase of our sanitarium work. It is the work that the Lord has shown me should be done. May God help you, is the prayer that we offer at the family altar. I am sure that such cases as that of the young man you mentioned may by the blessing of God be helped. The Lord will help us in His own way if we come to Him in faith, nothing doubting. I regret that the business matters of the institution keep you so fully employed that you cannot give the time you desire to the evangelistic part of the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 6)
May the Lord give His grace and His healing power to the lady you speak of—the postmistress of Coronado. We have a very powerful Medical Missionary who understands the intricacies of every case. He can heal the afflicted ones, both soul and body.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 7)
Last night I was in the night season talking to a company such as you bring to my mind in speaking of your seasons of family worship. I was repeating the promise given in the seventh chapter of Matthew, “Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 8)
“Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him? Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets.” [Verses 9-12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 9)
Christ came to teach us, not only what we ought to know and believe, but also what we ought to do in our relations with God and with our fellow men. The golden rule of equity demands that we do unto others as we would they should do unto us. We are to keep their eternal interests in view, saying to ourselves, They are the purchase of the Saviour’s blood, bought with a price. In all our dealing with our fellow men, whether they be believers or unbelievers, we are to treat them as Christ would treat them were He in our place. If it is for our present and eternal good to obey the law of God, it will be for their present and eternal good also to do this. Our highest aim is to be to them medical missionary workers after Christ’s order.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 10)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Verses 13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 11)
All who enter through the pearly gates into the city of God must have set forth Christ in all their dealings. It is this that constitutes them the messengers of Christ, His witnesses. They are to bear a plain, decided testimony against all evil practices, pointing them to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world. He gives to all who receive Him, power to become the sons of God. Regeneration is the only path by which we can reach the holy city. It is narrow and the gate by which we enter is strait, but along it we are to lead men and women and children, teaching them that in order to be saved, they must have a new heart and a new spirit. The old hereditary traits of character are to be overcome. The natural desires of the soul must be changed. All deception, all falsifying, all evil speaking must be put away. The new life, which makes men and women Christlike, is to be lived. We are, as it were, to swim against the current of evil.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 12)
The way to heaven is narrow, hedged in by the divine law of Jehovah. Those who follow this way must constantly deny self. They must obey the teachings of Christ. “The words that I speak unto you,” He said to His apostles, “They are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:63.] Temptation will sometimes be strong. Let us not trust in man, but in Jesus Christ, who died that He might win us to righteousness. When He commands, do not stand and consult your own convenience. “Enter in at the strait gate.” [Matthew 7:13.] Life and death, good and evil, are set before every soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 13)
Now comes a warning. “Beware of false prophets”—those who pretend to be Christians—“which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit.” Why? Because the root, the heart, is purified and cleansed. “Neither can a corrupt tree,” be it ever so productive, “bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.” [Verses 15-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 14)
I am as gratified as you are to hear of so many patients attending your meetings. I was glad to read what you wrote about the senator from Minnesota. My brother, win souls to Christ. This is the science of salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 15)
I think with you that there ought to be a change in the presidency of the Southern California Conference. I fear that Brother Santee is not the best qualified to fill the place. But Brother Burden will have to remain where he is at present. It is not best to unsettle the minds of those who are filling important positions. Let every step taken first be carefully considered.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 16)
In regard to the school work, I have been instructed that the plan of charging students nothing for tuition, depending on the second tithe to support the school, will always leave a school in a condition of financial embarrassment. When I first heard of this movement, I thought I would let it be worked out. But I tell you now that the light given me is that other plans will have to be made than the plan of supporting schools from the second tithe. Students should be charged a reasonable price for their tuition. There will be an abundance of places to use the second tithe in doing earnest missionary work in new places.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 17)
In your letter you speak of having an addition of guests in the sanitarium. You may need to put up tents. The barn will have to be converted into a house. Consult over this matter. The barn should not stand there as a barn, for it is too near the building.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 18)
I can but thank God that you are getting along so well. Be of good courage in the Lord. Let us increase in faith and in love for God. The Lord Jesus will be with every one who will walk with Him. We hope and pray that souls will be converted at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, and that the power of the Holy Spirit shall be seen among your company of workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 19)
I am sending your letter to W. C. White with a copy of my answer.
(20LtMs, Lt 103, 1905, 20)
Lt 104, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 4, 1905 Previously unpublished. My Son Willie White,—
I had a letter to send to you yesterday, but it was overlooked. Mabel was not here for two days [as she was] washing and ironing her clothes, for she received a letter to be ready to come at any time. Mabel wrote that she would come Thursday and if they needed her before she would come any day if they would signify it. Mabel is having her dresses and necessary wardrobe prepared. Lucinda has done the getting of meals with the little help of the girls at times. I have received a letter of a few lines with invitation to come to Los Angeles on our way to Washington and attend the coming meeting. But I shall write him that our preparation of writing will keep us here close by at work until W. C. White shall leave for the conference. I am sure we could not possibly leave here to attend the meeting in the school interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 1)
I have had some strength given me recently and I am thankful. Had a severe time of it today, with pain about the heart, but it yielded to treatment. I do not think I shall attend conference, but I may if I feel I must. But up to that period when we—or rather you—should start for Washington, I think there will be full work on the books to prepare them. Your wife has just been in. She says she has not heard from you. May and the children are in good health. Grace no longer wears the splints. The children have been playing in our yard today.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 2)
I have not received letters of any consequence. I have no inclination to go to the school council meeting in Los Angeles. I hope you will keep well.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 3)
Dores, Clarence, Stanley, Maggie Hare, and Sister Graham worked Sunday until half-past twelve o’clock to get off the matter your letter suggested. They came to the breakfast late, but they got the matter off. It is getting dark. Please tell us how you are getting along.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 4)
To break up now and go to Mountain View would be a great loss of time to me, and I have not the least disposition to go either to Mountain View or to Los Angeles.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 5)
Well, it is getting dark. I shall not have this copied. I thought I might go, and the letter I had written yesterday goes out tonight; but since writing it I have decided it would not be best for me to go to Mountain View.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 6)
P.S. I am of good courage, putting my entire trust in the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 104, 1905, 7)
Lt 105, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 10, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear Son,—
Last night I learned from your wife that Brother Russell has disconnected from the food factory. May says that he is a bookkeeper and handy at almost any kind of work. I don’t like to think of Brother Ballenger being confined to bookkeeping. It is not natural to him, and he could serve the cause better in evangelistic work. Would it not be best to arrange for Brother Russell to take charge of the books at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. It seems to me that this would be wisdom. I think that such a man is needed there and that he would exert a good influence. Will you take the responsibility of advising in this matter. We need at Paradise Valley the best help we can possibly obtain; and if Brother Russell’s services can be secured, should not this be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 1)
Sister Peck told me of a woman in San Francisco who, Brother Fulton thinks, would come in to do the cooking for my family. But this woman has a husband, from whom she has separated. She has two boys; and I see no light in her connecting with me. I fear that were we to make such a move, we would be taking on perplexities that would be hard to deal with. I think that in time we shall find the proper one.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 2)
By reading Brother Ballenger’s letter, you will see that he thinks there should be a change in the presidency of the Southern California Conference. He proposes that Brother Burden be chosen as president. But I fear that this would not be the best thing to do. The peculiar elements connected with the Glendale Sanitarium make it essential for the manager of that institution to be a man of excellent ability. I will not urge anything; but I see no light in taking Brother Burden from the position that he is now filling.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 3)
Yesterday I wrote twenty-three pages of letter paper. I slept better last night than I have for some time.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 4)
I feel that I must caution you in regard to your eyes. You need rest, and you ought to take it before going to Washington; for I fear that while there you will be heavily taxed. I want your brain nerve power to be preserved.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 5)
I am glad that I closed up my writing on Washington matters yesterday; for today I am not able to do much.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 6)
Later. An hour or two ago I lay down; for I could not keep my eyes open, and I could scarcely hold my head up. I slept for an hour or more.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 7)
I must not forget to speak to you in regard to the land joining our sanitarium property in Paradise Valley. I hear that the dwelling house, packing house, and barn have been offered for $3,500. I wish they could be secured for this; but if $500 more is asked, would it not be well to pay it in order to secure the property. Talk with Brother Palmer in regard to this.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 8)
May the Lord clearly manifest Himself to His people, and may He direct us in all matters, is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 9)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 105, 1905, 10)
Lt 106, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 10, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I am so much pleased with your good letter, that all is moving in harmony, that my heart gives thanks to our heavenly Father. If these two sanitariums will draw in even cords, then the work will move much more pleasantly and after the order of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 1)
In a letter received from Brother Ballenger, he speaks as though it would not be wisdom to keep Brother Santee as president of the conference. But while I cannot see that he is qualified to fill the bill in such an important position, who present themselves as preferable? The suggestion has been made that you shall take the place. Now while I greatly desire that there should be a different element in the character of the managing force in the South, as president of the conference, still the most difficult problem would be presented: Who shall be the manager of the sanitarium at Glendale? Everything possible needs to be done to carry on in that sanitarium a more thorough change than has been possible prior to the settlement in Glendale.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 2)
Yourself and wife can do much to mold things in proper order. May the Lord help you all to maintain the credit of conformity, the highest pattern—which means Christ formed within, the hope of glory. To be meek is to be like the saints in light. God’s glory is to be kept before the eyes, and the appreciation of Bible truth will make us followers of God, as dear children. This adjusting of the Glendale Sanitarium seemed to be a difficult matter, but the Lord will help everyone who will work in right lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 3)
But I must stop here. I think there is help for the sanitarium in Paradise Valley. Brother Russell is a bookkeeper and a man that will make himself useful wherever he is. Now he does not wish to connect with the food factory; and if he can be secured for Paradise Valley and give Brother Ballenger more freedom in other lines to labor as an evangelist, it would be more as God would have it; and Brother Russell is to grow in capabilities and become a more responsible man, bearing the burdens in different lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 4)
I wish you to consider these things I mention and may the Lord bless you and Brother and Sister Simpson to do a good work each in their several order. Brother and Sister Burden, Brother and Sister Simpson—all to draw in even cords.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 5)
I can write no more. In much love to all dear friends.
(20LtMs, Lt 106, 1905, 6)
Lt 107, 1905
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 9, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 85. My dear brethren and sisters,—
I make this appeal to you: Send in your gifts and offerings to the work in Washington, that the buildings needed there may be erected. For many years, because of a lack of clear, spiritual eyesight, this work has been neglected, but it is now to be earnestly carried forward.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 1)
The work that has been done in the school buildings at Takoma Park is in the order of God. A sanitarium is to be established and a meetinghouse erected. Besides this, a building is to be erected in which the publishing work may be carried on. The completion of these important enterprises is to be our burden now.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 2)
I know that doors are opening everywhere for the entrance of truth. In the providence of God the way has been prepared for our people to occupy buildings in the best positions in Washington, that many may have the opportunity of hearing the reasons of our faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 3)
I am instructed to say that the office of publication was not moved from Battle Creek any too soon. Washington and the other cities of the South are to hear the message of warning. I am also instructed to say that outward display is not to be allowed to absorb the means that should be used in bearing the message of salvation to a needy, sinful world. From town to town, from city to city, from country to country the warning is to be proclaimed, not with outward display, but in the power of the Spirit, by men of faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 4)
In the erection of the buildings in Washington, there is to be no extravagant outlay of means. And let all who take up the work in our large cities be careful in this respect. In no place should there be any needless expenditure of money. It is not by outward display that men and women are to learn what is comprehended by present truth. Our workers are to practice strict economy. God forbids all extravagance. Every dollar at our command is to be expended with economy. No great display is to be made. God’s money is to be used to carry forward in His own way the work that He has declared must be done in our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 5)
What every worker needs is a thoroughly converted mind and heart. Let each one look to God for His Holy Spirit and walk before Him in all humility of mind. Those who are working for God are not to trust in men or make flesh their arm; they are to look to Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith, for aid and guidance.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 6)
My heart has been heavily burdened as representations have been given me of the lack of wisdom that has been shown in the use of means. Night after night I have been in great distress as I have seen the contrast between the work of our Master and the efforts of those who desire to make a display. Christ could have called to His side the armies of heaven and marched through the streets of Jerusalem as the King of kings and Lord of lords. But He did not do this. No pomp or display marked His work.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 7)
“Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests,” He said, “but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:58.]
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 8)
How little good is done compared with that which might be done were the Lord’s money expended in a way that would honor Him! Night after night I am awakened out of sleep with the burden upon me, and I am bidden not to withhold the message of the Lord’s disapproval. God will not pass over a wasteful expenditure of His means. He is today testing men and women, to see who are fit to give the last message of warning to our world. Who will take up his work with humility and unselfishness, refusing to disregard the claims that God has upon every human being.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 9)
Many are in danger, through worldliness and selfishness, of losing eternal life. The watchmen are to awake and watch for souls as they that must give an account. Money is called for, that new fields may be entered with the truth. From unworked places in this country and in far-off fields comes the call for workers. But the treasury is not supplied with sufficient means to send the workers who are waiting to go. The officers of the General Conference can not but feel deeply distressed when they see that they cannot comply with the urgent appeals for men and means. The fields are all ripe for the harvest, and God’s people are to bring every dollar that they can spare to His treasury. When this is done, the workers in needy fields will not call in vain for help.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 10)
God has a controversy with the people of this generation, because they have been unfaithful in service. They have robbed Him by appropriating to selfish uses that which He has reserved for the proclamation of the gospel. They declare that God has deserted them. But He says, “I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed. Even from the days of your fathers ye are gone away from Mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto Me, and I will return unto you, saith the Lord of hosts. But ye said, Wherein shall we return?” [Malachi 3:6, 7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 11)
“Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed Thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed Me, even this whole nation. Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse.” Do not bring upon yourselves the curse of robbing God of the means He has lent you in trust. “Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it.” [Verses 8-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 12)
The Lord has made us His stewards. He has placed His means in our hands for faithful distribution. He asks us to render to Him His own. He has reserved the tithe as His sacred portion, to be used in sending the gospel to all parts of the world. My brethren and sisters, confess and forsake your selfishness, and bring to the Lord your gifts and offerings. Bring Him also the tithe that you have withheld. Come confessing your neglect. Prove the Lord, as He has invited you to. “I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed; for ye shall be a delightsome land.” [Verses 11, 12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 13)
Church officers should faithfully set before the members the importance of paying tithe. They should set an example in accordance with the instruction given in the Word of God. If there are those who are weak in the faith, they are to labor earnestly for them, making the Bible the great instructor. What we should pray for now is men who know what is truth and who will be as firm as a rock to principle. We need men who know what they believe and who will hold fast to the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 14)
We are intensely desirous that the Washington fund shall be closed as quickly as possible. I pray that the Lord God of Israel will furnish the means necessary for the accomplishment of the work in this important place. This means is in the hands of His stewards, and I pray that He will make them willing to give liberally.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 15)
I know, my dear brethren and sisters, that you are often called upon to give; but what else can we do. We must call upon you, in order that the gospel message may be sent all over the world. Will you not now send in your gifts and offerings, that the Washington fund may be closed and the necessary buildings erected. Thus you will be doing the very work that the Lord has pointed out should be done. Delay not in this important matter. Send in your gifts as soon as possible, that the work to be done in Washington may be accomplished and the standard of truth planted in other places.
(20LtMs, Lt 107, 1905, 16)
Lt 107b, 1905
Brn. in the Ministry and Med. Miss. Work Refiled as Lt 317a, 1905.
Lt 109, 1905
Walling, Addie; Walling, May “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 11, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 254-258. Dear children Addie and May:—
I have just finished reading over the proofs of Ministry of Healing. We hope that this book will be out before General Conference. I will send you a copy as soon as I receive some from the Press. W. C. White is now at Mountain View, helping on Ministry. When he is not there, other things are allowed to come in, and the work on my book goes very slowly.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 1)
Ella White is still at Reno, Nevada. Her school closes this week. One of the public schools there wants her to teach in its primary division for a few weeks. I think that she will. Mabel is now at Paradise Valley, San Diego. She left here last Thursday, and on her way to San Diego, she called at Mountain View and spent a few hours with her father. At Los Angeles, she spent a little time at the Glendale Sanitarium. I expect to receive a letter from her soon, saying that she reached San Diego safely.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 2)
The sanitarium at Glendale is well filled with patients. The managers think that they will have to put up a building near the sanitarium, so as to provide more accommodations for patients. Many more are desirous of coming to the sanitarium, but there is no room for them. Those in charge of the sanitarium are perplexed to know how to take care of the patients already there. Brother J. A. Burden is manager of the institution. Sister Burden is the bookkeeper. Dr. Abbie Winegar-Simpson is lady physician. She has charge of the training class. Nora Lacey is head nurse, and she assists in the class work.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 3)
A few days ago I received a letter from Brother Burden, saying that all is moving forward harmoniously and that more room is needed.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 4)
Brother Burden writes that since rain has fallen in such abundance in Los Angeles County, the property for which they paid twelve thousand five hundred dollars could not be purchased for twenty thousand. Property has gone up one third higher than it was before the rain came. We are so glad that our brethren were able to purchase the Glendale Sanitarium for so low a price. It is an imposing building and is situated in a very pleasant location.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 5)
The Paradise Valley Sanitarium is full of patients also, and those in charge will be obliged to provide more room for the accommodation of those who are coming in. Yesterday I had a letter from Brother E. S. Ballenger, the manager of the institution, in which he says that all the rooms in the building are filled, and that there are eight more persons who desire to come for treatment. As yet, no advertising at all has been done, and yet the patients continue to come. I meant to have had Brother Ballenger’s letter copied, so that I might send it to you; but it was sent on to Willie.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 6)
Brother Ballenger is holding Bible studies and prayer meetings in the sanitarium, and he writes that the patients are showing much interest in these meetings. The day that he wrote the letter, twenty of the patients attended the morning service. At this service there is singing and then reading and prayer. Brother Ballenger said that all but one of the patients bowed in prayer. A deep impressing is being made by these meetings, and we hope that souls will be converted.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 7)
The Paradise Valley Sanitarium cost the original owners twenty-five thousand dollars. Almost all the rooms are furnished with a marble washstand. Water is laid on all over the house. The rooms are beautifully arranged and are very airy. There are broad verandahs round two sides of the house. The building stands on a high rise of ground, and the lawns and gardens were once very beautiful. Many of the ornamental trees died during the long drought, but this year a good supply of rain has fallen, and all the lawns are green again.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 8)
We purchased this building, with twenty acres of land, for five thousand dollars. Since then eight acres of land have been bought for eight hundred dollars. There is a piece of property adjoining, consisting of ten acres of orange orchard, a packing house, a dwelling house, and a large barn. This property was offered for three thousand five hundred dollars, and we may buy it if it can still be secured for this price. In order to do this, I should have to borrow money, but I do not think that the property ought to be allowed to pass into the hands of worldlings.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 9)
I thank the Lord for these two sanitariums in Southern California, and I am sure that their influence for good can be made far reaching. San Diego is becoming more and more popular as a health resort. We went to considerable expense in digging a well on the sanitarium land. The diggers went down ninety feet and found an abundant supply of soft, pure water. This water is pumped into a large tank placed on the highest elevation of the property and from there carried all over the grounds. I was at the sanitarium when the well was being dug, and we were all intensely interested in the progress made by the diggers. One morning Brother Palmer came to my room to tell me that the water was coming into the well in a stream as big as his arm. The next morning he told me that there was fifteen feet of water in the well. So we knew that success was ours.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 10)
Soon after this the rain began to fall, after a drought of five years, and it fell in abundance, refreshing the dry, thirsty country. We are indeed grateful to our heavenly Father for this great blessing.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 11)
I wish that you could leave New York and make me a visit. We could find employment for you where you could be a decided help in the work and cause of God. I think the time has come when we should be where we could see each other now and then.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 12)
A few weeks ago I lost my housekeeper Mrs. Nelson, who had been with me for nearly four years. She was faithful and true in her work and a real caretaker. I shall never find a housekeeper who will suit me better. But she desired to finish the nurses’ course, which she began in Battle Creek four years ago. Then, too, her husband, for whom she has been separated for six years, wishes to come back to her. Had I urged it, Mrs. Nelson might have stayed with me; but I could not have done this. It would not have been right. It would have been selfish for me to say, I cannot part with you.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 13)
Well, children, this is just a little of my recent experience. I may not attend the General Conference. I have a large amount of work to do in selecting from the Signs and the Review articles written by my husband and myself many years ago, to be reprinted in book form, that our experiences in the third angel’s message may be kept fresh in the minds of our people.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 14)
April 11. I wrote the forgoing pages yesterday. This morning I found a letter from Willie under my door, saying that he will leave Mountain View on Wednesday for Los Angeles, to attend important conference meetings at Fernando. After this, he will visit San Diego. There are important questions to be decided in regard to providing greater facilities for the accommodation of patients. This is most important medical missionary work to be done in our sanitariums. May the Lord help us and teach us and enable us to be a blessing to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 15)
Elder Corliss will attend the meeting at Fernando. I think that he is improving in health. He can still do excellent work in evangelistic lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 16)
I must now close this letter. But I want you to consider whether you would not be glad to engage in some line of work in direct connection with the cause of God. Do you not desire to aid in proclaiming the truth that all need to understand?
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 17)
May the Lord bless you both and keep you and make you a blessing to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 18)
With much love.
(20LtMs, Lt 109, 1905, 19)
Lt 111, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 35, 399. Dear Son W. C. White,—
This morning I have received and read your short letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 1)
Yesterday I sent you copy of a letter I received from Brother Ballenger and would be pleased to have you return it after you have read it. When I answered this letter, I did not know that you were going so soon to Los Angeles and San Diego, or I would not have written to Brother Ballenger so fully and freely.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 2)
I do not feel a burden to attend the meeting at Mountain View. I should enjoy being present, but I feel that my work here demands my presence at this time, and a trip to Mountain View might unfit me for writing that I ought to do. From now on I mean to do less writing and obtain more exercise and more of out-of-door life. Certainly no place I have ever seen equals the beauty of the scenery around here. The weather is excellent and has been all of this month.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 3)
The sister who came to work in the house does not take to cooking and is not satisfied. She wishes to leave the last of this month, so we will have no one to do the work that Sister Nelson did. As far as cooking is concerned, Sister Carlson is inexperienced. But Sister Hall has come in to help us out. Sister Hall and Sister Carlson have been putting my hats in good condition and have been doing what sewing I need to have done. So as far as clothes are concerned, I will be prepared to go to the General Conference if I desire.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 4)
I have not decided to attend the General Conference, but I do not regard it as impossible. I should prefer to remain at home if my brain will allow me to get my writings in proper shape. But if I have to bear the burden of the perplexities here at home, and must write constantly to the brethren assembled, I feel that I would prefer to be on the field of battle rather than where it takes two weeks to write and receive a reply. I only desire to do the will of my heavenly Father. If it is according to His will, I am willing to go.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 5)
But it is a problem what to do with the matters here at home. Maggie and the rest of my working force are here, and to leave for the conference would mean a breaking up of our work for several weeks. It seems that it would be a loss of much time. When I think of this, it seems impossible for me to go.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 6)
Brother Burden writes that the sanitarium at Glendale is crowded and that they must do something to accommodate those who apply for admission. Cannot tents be erected to accommodate some of the helpers or those who would be willing to live in tents? I hope some way may be devised, so applicants will not be refused because of lack of room.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 7)
It seems to me that the land adjoining our property at Paradise Valley should be secured. I have sometimes thought of visiting San Diego if the Lord wills, and if so, I would like to stay in the house on the property yet unpurchased. I would like to try the climate once more. But I must now close.
(20LtMs, Lt 111, 1905, 8)
Lt 113, 1905
Gotzian, J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in MM 208-209. + See earlier draft as Lt 94, 1905. Dear Sister Gotzian,—
I was glad to receive a letter from you a few days ago. Through my absence last summer, we lost much time on our book work, and for some time I have been very busy preparing matter for and reading the proofs of Ministry of Healing. This work has taxed my brain heavily, and I have been compelled to be somewhat moderate in my letter writing. However, I desire to keep up correspondence with you. We are united, with others, in bearing responsibilities, and we should communicate with each other frequently.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 1)
There is an important work to be done in the place where you are. If we seek the Lord earnestly, He will teach us, as His agents, what to say and what to do to win souls to Christ. He will bless us in seeking to cultivate the kindness and tenderness and sympathy of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 2)
We must take up the work of the Lord disinterestedly. It has been my desire to do all I possibly can for the sanitarium at Paradise Valley, that from it the very best influence may go forth, resulting in the salvation of many souls. Our work is to win souls to Christ. It is for this purpose that we have united our interests in a determination to carry forward God’s work in San Diego. But we must deal lovingly and kindly with all. To blame or to chide tries people and does not help them. We must be careful not to cast blame upon those who are trying to do the Lord’s work, but rather seek to encourage them, commending them whenever possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 3)
If it should be my privilege to visit the Paradise Valley Sanitarium once more, I desire that we may be united in seeking to bless all with whom we associate. We are not to set ourselves up as a criterion to which others must conform. We should reveal a tenderness of heart and a whole-souled enthusiasm in promoting the happiness of all with whom we are connected. We have a duty to perform in eliminating self from our plans and in feeling a personal responsibility to act as Christ would act in circumstances similar to those with which we are surrounded. Then we shall impress the minds of others in such a way that God will be glorified.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 4)
Those who are connected with our sanitariums are to be educators. By pleasant words and kindly deeds they are to make the gospel attractive. As followers of Christ, they should seek to make the most favorable impression of the religion they profess and to inspire noble thoughts. Some will be affected by their influence for time and for eternity.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 5)
In the work of helping others, we may gain most precious victories. We should devote ourselves with untiring zeal, with earnest fidelity, with self-denial, and with patience to the work of helping those who need to develop. Kind, encouraging words will do wonders. There are many who, if a constant, cheerful effort is put forth in their behalf, without faultfinding or chiding, will show themselves susceptible of improvement. The less we criticize others, the greater will be our influence over them for good. To many, frequent, positive admonitions will do more harm than good. Let Christlike kindness be enjoined upon all.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 6)
There is a science in dealing with those who seem especially weak. If we would teach others, we ourselves must first learn of Christ. We need broad views, that we may do true medical missionary work and show tact in dealing with minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 7)
Those who are really the least in need of help are likely to receive the most of our attention. But we need to show special wisdom in dealing with those who seem inconsiderate and thoughtless. Some do not comprehend the sacredness of the work of God. Those of the least ability, the thoughtless, and even the indolent especially demand careful, prayerful consideration. We must exercise tact in dealing with those who seem to be ignorant and out of the way. By persevering effort in their behalf, we must help them to become useful in the Lord’s work. They will respond readily to a patient, tender, loving interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 8)
We are to co-operate with the Lord Jesus in restoring the inefficient and the erring to intelligence and purity. This work ranks equally in importance with the work of the gospel ministry. We are called upon by God to manifest an untiring, patient interest in the salvation of those who need divine polishing.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 9)
These words I seemed to be speaking before a company of teachers and students. My soul was stirred by the instruction given. God will not withhold wisdom from those who seek for it.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 10)
The mind is to act intelligently, not to follow inclination, but to bring all the actions into harmony with the divine law. We may be opposed by those who desire to vindicate their sins; but we are to teach the Word of the Lord, leaving all selfish authority out of our discipline.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 11)
The life and the teachings of Christ are intensely practical. They deal with the actual duties of life. They enjoin patience in the performance of all necessary duties, whether they be agreeable or disagreeable. “Whatsoever ye do in word or in deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 12)
This is the sanctification that is needed in every institution that is established for the healing of the souls and bodies of those who are suffering from the malady of sin. Bible truth is to be exemplified before a sinful world. By obedience to the requirements of God’s law, our characters are to be made complete in Him who knew no sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 13)
“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name; which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man but of God. And the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 14)
Such is the sanctification of the soul, through the operation of the Holy Spirit. A new nature is implanted. The human being is made a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 15)
“Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 113, 1905, 16)
Lt 115, 1905
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 12, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 231-234. + Dear Brother Burden,—
I hear that plans are being laid for Elder W. W. Simpson to leave Southern California to labor elsewhere. If Elder Simpson feels it his duty to go, I have nothing to say against it. But I had hoped to see him extend his work from Los Angeles to Redlands and Riverside. The condition of Brother Simpson’s health is such that great care must be exercised in regard to the location of his field of labor. He should have suitable help, that he may be relieved from the burden of speaking so frequently. Would it not be well if Elder Corliss and Elder Simpson could labor together?
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 1)
Redlands and Riverside have been presented to me as places that should be worked. These two places should not longer be neglected. I hope soon to see an earnest effort put forth in their behalf. Will you please consider the advisability of establishing a sanitarium in the vicinity of these towns, with treatment rooms in each place to act as feeders to the institution?
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 2)
We cannot afford to allow these places to go unwarned. Instead of Elder Simpson’s going somewhere else to [work], would it not be better to let a determined effort be put forth to make a success of the work in these places? There are other cities in Southern California in which a work similar to that carried on by Elder Simpson in Los Angeles should be conducted. The Lord would have His ministers working zealously for those who have never heard the truth. But Elder Simpson should have some one connected with him to help him in the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 3)
Our people in the churches of Southern California need to arouse to do a work that is necessary within their own borders. Let them awake to prayer and labor. They need more spiritual vitality. They need to be converted, that they may labor for souls. Wherever there is spiritual life, there will be an imparting as well as a receiving of light and blessing. The nourishment from God’s Word will be received, and earnest work will be done. The act of imparting keeps open the channel for receiving. This truth our Saviour ever sought to keep before the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 4)
I have a message to bear to the church members in Southern California. “Arouse, and avail yourselves of the opportunities open to you. While Christ pleads in your behalf, plead for yourselves, that you may be purified from every unrighteous thought, every unholy action. Make an entire surrender to God of body, soul, and spirit. Be determined to do all in your power to learn the true science of soul-saving. While the light of God’s day of mercy still shines, gather up every divine ray.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 5)
“Are you prepared to sell all, that you may purchase the field that contains the treasure? Said the apostle Paul, ‘I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord, ... that I may win Christ, and be found in Him.’ [Philippians 3:8, 9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 6)
“Give up the self-righteousness that you have been cherishing. If the Lord permits you to behold such work as has been done in Los Angeles, seek, with all humility, to act your part. Not in your own strength, but in the strength of Christ, you are to ascend the ladder heavenward, round by round. Make diligent, thorough work in humbling yourselves, that the old habits and practices and all evil speaking may be put away. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Die to self; live to God.”
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 7)
Brother Burden, say to the church that the Lord will manifest Himself to all who seek Him with humble hearts. The end of all things is at hand. Let your eyes be fixed upon Christ. As the called and chosen of God, we must represent truth in its purity. Our lives are to be such that the world will take knowledge of us that we have been with Christ, and that truth may seem to them more desirable than error.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 8)
If rightly conducted, our sanitariums may exert a refining, ennobling influence and lead many souls to Christ. The religious principles maintained in these institutions will demonstrate that there is relief for the soul, weary and sick with sin. Many are weak and sick because of disease of the soul. Let Christ be held up before them as the great Healer who invites them to come to Him and find rest. Tell them that the heart of Christ is drawn out in compassion and love for His blood-bought heritage. He will heal the troubled heart that looks to Him in faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 9)
To the poor, sin-sick soul repeat the Saviour’s invitation: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] There is true joy in learning of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 10)
Tell the suffering ones of a compassionate Saviour. He is the only Physician who can heal both body and soul. He has given His life for the world, that men should not perish, but have everlasting life. He looks with compassion upon those who regard their case as hopeless.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 11)
While the soul is filled with fear and terror, the mind cannot see the tender compassion of Christ. Our sanitariums are to be an agency for bringing peace and rest to the troubled minds. If you can inspire the despondent with hopeful, saving faith, contentment and cheerfulness will take the place of discouragement and unrest. Wonderful changes can then be wrought in their physical condition. Christ will restore both body and soul, and, realizing His compassion and love, they will rest in Him. He is the bright and morning star, shining amid the moral darkness of this sinful, corrupt world. He is the light of the world, and all who give their hearts to Him will find peace, rest, and joy.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 12)
The world is filled with sickness. Sin is increasing, especially in the large cities. Death is taking away large numbers. But the great Medical Missionary invites men to come to Him. “Come unto Me,” He says, “and I will give you rest.” [Verse 28.] “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 13)
Our part is, by believing His Word, to find rest in Christ Jesus. His words are spirit and life. In believing them there is rest and peace. “Knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Verse 7.] Our prayers will reach the ear of Christ, and He will open unto us the rich treasures of His grace. Through prayer we are brought into communion with the high and holy One who inhabiteth eternity. He opens the door to every one who will knock.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 14)
As I think of how the skilful Physician longs to heal every sin-sick soul, I feel so anxious that those who are drawn to our sanitariums may there find what they need for the cure of their physical and spiritual maladies.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 15)
“Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] This invitation will be accepted by those who are burdened for souls. They will become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 16)
The law of God is to be obeyed. Obedience is the life of the soul. It brings health and peace and assurance. Seek the Lord in every necessity, and know that you have a friend in Jesus, one who loves you with an everlasting love. He will be as an anchor to the soul, both sure and steadfast. When men and women come just as they are, He cleanses them from their sins, and they become His sons and daughters.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 17)
P.S. Since writing this letter, I have learned that Brother Simpson is wanted to be present in Portland, Oregon, at the World’s Fair. If God calls him there, I have no objection to offer. May the Lord guide His servant is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 115, 1905, 18)
Lt 116, 1905
Kellogg, J. H. NP April 22, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 346-351. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg,—
We have come to a time when church members grieve the Lord by searching into scientific problems that make void the past experience of the people of God. And because they cannot have the influence they desire to have over minds, to sway them in the same channel, which they suppose is an evidence of higher education, they become dissatisfied. They suppose that with their superficial minds they can comprehend God and His working, when they cannot comprehend the past facts of faith. It is to such that the instruction is given that is contained in the first three chapters of Revelation. Let our churches read and study this instruction, lest they follow a course that God condemns.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 1)
I have great burden of soul for you, Dr. Kellogg. If I could see you in the road that leads onward and upward, I should be more than thankful. Were you a child, I would say that you had been spoiled through flattery, vain conceit, and self-exaltation. That which makes your case so sorrowful, so hopeless, is that you are not a man of truth. You frame for the occasion any sentiments that may come into your mind. You twist words; you misinterpret; you make assurances that are false. You have cultivated this deceptive influence until you have become an unreliable man. With what grief and sadness the Lord has looked upon you!
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 2)
When a man reaches the place where he will resort to any subterfuge to accomplish his own will, and to appear to be just and righteous, his condition is grave indeed. O that you would repent and turn to the Lord before it is forever too late. When you obey the truth that works by love and purifies the soul, then you will have fallen on the Rock and been broken.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 3)
Men who are ignorant of the byways you have entered, the crooked paths you have made, are in danger of following your lead. I have been compelled to bear my testimony to the church, “Enter not into that path, to follow a course of action that will leaven your faith with evil, spoil your confidence in Bible truth, and lead you to build castles that will fill you with self-confidence and separate you from God.”
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 4)
There are occasions when God calls upon His people to take a firm stand on His side. If one man should bear rule and another man should bear rule, there would be collision. What shall be done? Each may claim as much authority as the other. The Lord has His messengers to whom He has given a special message. These messages point out God’s way. There must be men who take a firm stand for God and for conscience. The course of action some will pursue will be no rule for those who take the Lord as their counselor. The man who fears God, who believes and practices the Word of God with high, unbending integrity of character, will make straight paths for his feet, that the lame be not turned out of the way.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 5)
A great crisis is upon us, and all who stand under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel, girding themselves for the battle, will be led and taught of God. The world, with all its selfish projects, its burden of leaven of dishonesty and craftiness, its boasting and its desire for the supremacy, its neglect of the things of God, is not to receive our attention or our confidence. Upon all who have received light in regard to the truth for this time is laid the obligation of proclaiming the warning message. The labors of our ministers are not to be confined to the churches who have received the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 6)
“Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] Under His generalship, we are safe under all circumstances.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 7)
I have a word for you from the Lord. Take your stand for the right, and cease to suppose that you are safe where you are now standing. You need to undergo a transformation that will give you an experience which is the opposite of the experience that you now have.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 8)
Clearly and decidedly I am to bear my testimony to the people, and I am to trace this testimony on paper, that should I fall asleep in Jesus, the witness to the truth might still be borne. It is a matter of vital importance for you to become obedient to the light God has given you and to show yourself a pattern of religious decision. We are placed where we have not the semblance of an excuse for walking in the broad path that leads to death. In the world is seen the condition of things that Christ said would come upon those who do not receive the truth in the love of Christ. All who honor Christ and adorn the religion of the cross will be honored by God. But the Lord will not honor you as you now stand. Those who suppose that you are worthy to be honored will give you credit that does not belong to you. You know this; I need not tell you. When you accept the obligations laid upon you as one worthy of the position you occupy, you will show an altogether different character. You have a standard to maintain that you have not maintained for years. When you come into harmony with the Lord Jesus Christ, our churches will hear from your lips a testimony of Christian strength, Christian courage, the very root and groundwork of a thoroughly Christian life. You will be steadfast in the faith. You will not see in false science the charms you now see. You will see the danger of your erroneous sentiments becoming woven into the characters of men who do not view things in a correct light.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 9)
If every physician in our ranks would separate from your influence, they would sound the keynote of Christian medical education; for the angels of God would give them life and courage in the [Lord], and power to stand against your persuasive influence. It is the privilege of every man who is converted to the truth to show moral independence, to stand firm for the truth and for righteousness. When propositions are laid before a believer to engage in business that would lead him to deviate from the principles of the law given for the guidance of every man’s life, it is his privilege and duty to make a firm, decided refusal. The strongest representations that may be made should not lead him to engage in any enterprise that would pollute his conscience. He is to hearken to the Holy Spirit, who would lead him to say to the tempter, “So did not I, because of the fear of God.” [Nehemiah 5:15.] I tell you, a great crisis is upon us, and those men who have united with you and sustained you have not said, “So did not I, because of the fear of God.”
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 10)
In our work, we need men of moral independence, uncontaminated and unshackled, so that when a principle of religion or duty is at stake, they will stand firm in defense of the truth. We need men who will not hold their peace when they see evils coming in and wrongs being done. We need men who will refuse to give consent by silence to unjust actions.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 11)
Nehemiah is an example of the standard that must be maintained at any expense. Neither danger nor difficulty would shake his adherence to the just, holy, righteous principles of truth. The honor that must be maintained in the work to be done for this time requires staunch determination. Men are needed who will say, “The hand of God is good upon me; I will arise and build.” [See Nehemiah 2:18, 20.] There are today too many pliables. Beware of the inclination to follow your own impulses. Adam, hiding himself from God, encompassed himself in obstructing darkness.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 12)
My brother, unless you change square about, calling sin, sin, and deception by its right name, you will continue to deny God, and the hindrance to rightdoing will become stronger and stronger. Yield no longer to the deceptive power of sin. Let your scientific researches be turned into a wholesome channel. Do not pretend to have fellowship with God, while you are an alien from Him. Fellowship it is impossible for you to have while you yourself make it impossible to recognize what God is and what you are. The Lord is too pure to behold iniquity. So long have you refused light that I do not know that it is in your power to see yourself as you are.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 13)
And your associates, bewildered by your scientific problems and your presentation of good works, mingled with false statements, need to study the message given to John as recorded in the third chapter of Revelation.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 14)
“Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh, I will make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out; and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God; and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 15)
“And to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God, I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich, and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, [and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear;] and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 16)
“Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father upon His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 11-22.]
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 17)
I have a message for those who have sustained Dr. Kellogg in his deceptive science. Those who have received and voiced his words have greatly hindered the work of God. To these I am instructed to say, Take your stand upon the platform of eternal truth that God has laid. Christ has pronounced a distinct blessing upon those who day by day accept and follow His teaching. His beatitudes are for those who receive the Word into good and honest hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 18)
God calls upon His people to unify, that the harmony among those who love Him and keep His law may convince those in the world that He sent His Son to save sinners. Christ calls upon those who love God and keep His commandments to unify on the truths that have called us out from the world as God’s denominated people. God is love, and all who are truly practicing the truth will bear the precious fruit of love. Today Christ is standing at the right hand of God. He will teach every earnest seeker the true science, which is Christ within, the hope of glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 19)
The testimony borne by the apostles confirms the teaching of the Old and New Testaments. The testimonies that they have borne come down the ages to our time, that we might have fellowship with the men who bore these testimonies. Before Christ left His disciples, He declared that the Holy Spirit would bring all things to their remembrance. “I will pray the Father,” He said, “and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever, even the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him; but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.... Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me; because I live, ye shall live also.” [John 14:16, 17, 19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 20)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; and if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [1 John 1:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 21)
Let your efforts be put forth to become acquainted with the science of pure, undefiled religion. Come into line; come into line. No man who dishonors God is worthy of praise or honor. These words the angels stood repeating with deepest power.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 22)
“I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their words; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:15-23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 23)
If these words were believed and practiced, a powerful influence would go forth from the Lord’s commandment-keeping people.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 24)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovest Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee, but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it, that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 25)
There is a great work to be done in a short time. The Lord will take men from the plow, even as He took Elisha, and will give them a part in the closing work. John the evangelist was called from his fishing boat and made a fisher of men. It is he who says, “And truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [1 John 1:3.] Can we lay hold of this greatest of all science? Is our fellowship with the Father and with Christ?
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 26)
The Lord will not much longer allow Dr. Kellogg to pursue the course of deception that he has pursued for years. He will take his case in hand. He has borne long with him, but the medical missionary work, so long controlled by him, shall not always bear the marks of his defection. God would have made Dr. Kellogg a man after His own mind, but Dr. Kellogg refused to place himself under God’s control. His crooked ways and deceptive works are a great dishonor to the truth. I have seen that Satan’s power over him has not been broken. Those who choose to sustain the man who so greatly dishonors God, and stood directly in the way of His work, will themselves become so deceived that their work will not be accepted by God.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 27)
I have felt reluctant to say these things, but I know that the Lord would not have souls endangered any longer by Dr. Kellogg. Tares have been sown in the minds of God’s people, and as a result of this, some have given up the truth. Some have become infidels; the misrepresentations that Dr. Kellogg has made of the work that God has given me to do has made them infidels.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 28)
If the crisis must come, let it come while I am alive. There are those who have been diligently gathering together what appear to them to be contradictions in the testimonies given me. But God stands at the helm. Let Satan be rebuked. Dr. Kellogg has followed strange devisings to keep from acknowledging his course as wrong. He has not yet fallen on the Rock and been broken. Unless he does this, the Rock will fall upon him and grind him, with all his pretensions, to powder. I dare not sustain him in his course. I would not have the crookedness of his ways brought before the world, if it can possibly be avoided; but unless he renounces his companionship with Satan, and links up with Christ, the break must come.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 29)
I have tried to keep silent, but as I have seen him exercising his subtle influence over the men who do not seem to realize that he is wrong, who do not understand the work that Satan is carrying on through him, I am constrained to speak. These men are binding up with Satan’s sophistry, fastening their leader and themselves in Satan’s snare, to practice the works of the enemy. God demanded of them truth in showing Dr. Kellogg his peril, but those whom we believed would receive the warnings given them have rejected them and have given him encouragement in an erratic course of action. I am now to say to our brethren, Cut loose, cut loose. Take your stand decidedly if you would save your souls; take your position for truth and righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 116, 1905, 30)
Lt 117, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 14, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 35. + My dear son Willie,—
I have just read your letter and the enclosures. After reading your letter, I nearly decided to awaken the family and go to Mountain View by the morning train. But I was admonished otherwise by a pain in my hip. I dare not be presumptuous, so I have entirely given up all idea of attending the meeting at Mountain View. I shall remain at home and keep as quiet as possible; for I dare not venture the trip to Mountain View with the many changes.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 1)
For some time I have had considerable trouble with my hip. I have not said much about it to the family, but it has been very painful and has kept me awake several nights. I have not even dared to ride much in the carriage. By frequently changing my position, from a chair to the lounge or to the bed, I have managed to keep up, but I do not think it wise to lave my home at this time. I feel very reluctant to leave a place where I have conveniences to relieve my infirmities.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 2)
For three nights I have slept well, and I feel rested this morning. The Lord is my Helper and my strong Defense. I will put my trust in Him and will not worry. I will be encouraged by the promise, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] I have not lost my courage in the Lord. If the pain will only keep away from my heart, I can bear it and be cheerful in the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 3)
This world is not our abiding place, but I feel very grateful for the comforts of a good home. I consider the country here to be one of the most beautiful I have ever seen. I am thankful that the Lord Jesus knows all our necessities. He will provide for us, if we will look to Him in faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 4)
If I can only continue to sleep well, my head will remain clear, and I will be able to do a great deal of writing. I will leave my case in the hands of my heavenly Father. If it is His will for me to go to Washington to the General Conference, I will say, Amen. But I do not yet see it to be my duty.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 5)
If the property adjoining the sanitarium at Paradise Valley is purchased, I may be able to spend some time in the house that will be included in the sale, and which we will have to furnish.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 6)
We have not yet found a woman to act as matron of our home. Miss Carlson is an excellent seamstress, but she does not like house work and wishes to leave by the end of the month. I believe that the Lord will provide me with the help I need.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 7)
I hope you will be very careful in regard to your health. You have a family dependent upon you, and you must not weary brain and muscle so that you are unfitted to do your duty to your wife and children.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 8)
We are coming into troublous times, but let not one of the people of God, by his individual course of action, create a time of trouble beforehand. We are to follow on to know the Lord. We can not put our trust in any human being, but we will trust in the Lord God of Israel. We have an individual case pending in the courts of heaven, and we cannot afford to make mistakes that will lead others into a wrong course of action. An earnest desire to be humble and to walk circumspectly before the Lord is our only safety.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 9)
O that we may heed the words spoken to Abraham. The Lord appeared unto him when he was ninety[-nine] years old, and said, “I am the almighty God. Walk before Me, and be thou perfect.” [Genesis 17:1.] So long as life shall last, it should be our endeavor to perfect a character after the divine similitude.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 10)
I feel greatly troubled because we have heard nothing from Mabel since she left Mountain View, except a post card to her mother, written on the train and posted in Los Angeles. I do not understand why we do not hear from her. If you know anything about her whereabouts, please let us know. I hope nothing serious has happened.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 11)
This forenoon I have been to town with Dores and Mrs. Crisler and was unable to finish this letter in time to get it into the noon mail. I have written several pages of matter and will send you copies when it is written out.
(20LtMs, Lt 117, 1905, 12)
Lt 119, 1905
Members of the Nashville Church “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 14, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 113; 4MR 26-28. + To the members of the Nashville church Dear brethren and sisters,—
I ask you, What are you doing as individuals to benefit the colored people? Are you engaged in personal missionary work? As a church, what are you doing to provide a suitable sanitarium for the colored race?
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 1)
In the night season, I received counsel from One who never errs. I heard some who spoke in favor of purchasing the dark, unhealthful place now used as a sanitarium, putting in some improvements, and continuing the work in the same place. Decided instruction was given:
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 2)
“You are not to carry out the plans you contemplate. The present situation of the colored sanitarium is very objectionable. Let some place be secured where there is plenty of sunlight and where there is land to raise fruit and vegetables. Let the sanitarium be moved to a suitable location and so equipped that the better class of colored people may be accommodated and may be favorably impressed.”
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 3)
For some time I have considered that the place which J. E. White left is the proper place for the establishment of a colored sanitarium. I hope that our brethren will see the necessity of making this move; for it is sensible, merciful, and consistent. The present showing of neglect of the colored people must be changed.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 4)
The fact that some one of our brethren is located on or near the property is not a sufficient excuse for not securing it for a colored sanitarium. For any one to urge merely a personal consideration against such a move is a sign of selfishness and shows a disregard of the Lord’s plans. Far better would it be to repay what such a one had invested than to permit the enterprise to be blocked by such an excuse.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 5)
Will our brethren and sisters in Nashville consider that they are being tested and tried? Some who have neglected to do the work that should have been done long ago are, in heaven, accounted as unfaithful stewards. A more decided interest should be manifested in the work of helping the colored people.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 6)
If in the future we are to do nothing more for the colored people than we have done in the past, let us lay aside all pretense that we have entered Nashville for the purpose of helping them. If the interest we have taken in helping those who are laboring in the South is to have no better results, we had better turn our attention to the opening of the work in new fields, until the converting power of God comes upon the church in Nashville and barriers are removed. The Lord is not pleased with the present showing. Let there now be a reformation, and the Lord will work with those who are willing to co-operate with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 7)
The men whom God has called to act a part in the work in the Southern field need closely to examine themselves in the light of God’s Word. From the example of Christ they need to learn to manifest kindness and tender sympathy for those who are afflicted, or who are laboring in hard and trying places. Those who are connected with the work of God should be ministers of healing. They should strive to overcome all selfishness. It is time that men who are placed in the position of leaders in the work of God learn that they themselves are to receive their orders from the highest source. They are not to be a law unto themselves, acting as their own impulse may lead them. It would be far better if no one were to take hold of the Lord’s work unless he is willing to be taught of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 8)
I am instructed to say, “Clear the King’s highway. The Lord Jesus will go before His people. Satan will intrude himself in every place possible. God forbid that men who feel themselves to be self-sufficient should come in with their devisings and place barriers in the way of the Lord’s work. Clear the way.”
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 9)
“Behold,” Christ said, “I send you forth as lambs among wolves.” [Luke 10:3.] But you are not to assume the character of wolves, to hurt and to destroy. Do not, by a determination to carry out your own mind and spirit, create dissensions among yourselves. The disposition to make self supreme has been for years a barrier, preventing the work of God from being carried forward solidly in the South. If all our brethren had acted under the direction of Christ, in self-denial and self-sacrifice, the work in the South would be greatly advanced today. Thousands would have been converted to God, and men of ability would have been raised up who could have acted an important part in accomplishing the Lord’s purpose.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 10)
How long shall this counter-working continue? There are those whom God holds accountable for the present showing of neglect. Will those who have not a sense of what God requires of them stand out of the way, and let the Lord lead and guide those who will take up the work and carry it intelligently?
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 11)
Let those connected with the publishing house crucify self and receive the Spirit of Jesus Christ. The work of our institutions is in vain unless there are connected with them workers who are converted, and who will receive the sanctification of the Spirit of God, to subdue and cleanse away the haughtiness of self.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 12)
Let us serve God with pure, unalloyed motives, working with an eye single to His glory. The language of our heart should be, “I have set the Lord ever before me.” [Psalm 16:8.] If this principle regulates our actions, our faith will increase, and we will make the Lord Jesus our Pattern in all things.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 13)
Lessons From the Sending Out of the Seventy
The workers in the cause of God may learn valuable lessons from the instruction Jesus gave to the seventy disciples and from their experiences. These disciples were sent to the cities and villages whither Jesus Himself was to follow, to awaken an interest in the work of Jesus, that the people might be prepared to receive the grand truths that He would impart to them.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 14)
“After these things the Lord appointed other seventy also, and sent them two and two before His face into every city and place, whither He Himself would come. Therefore said He unto them, The harvest truly is great, but the laborers are few: pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He would send forth laborers into His harvest. Go your ways: behold, I send you forth as lambs among wolves.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 15)
“Carry neither purse nor scrip, nor shoes; and salute no man by the way. And into whatsoever house ye enter, first say, Peace be to this house. And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest upon it: if not, it shall turn to you again. And in the same house remain, eating and drinking such things as they give: for the laborer is worthy of his hire. Go not from house to house. And into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive you, eat such things as are set before you: and heal the sick that are therein, and say to them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you.” [Luke 10:1-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 16)
This was to be the burden of their message. They were not to lose sight of this message nor to enter into controversy over matters that were unessential or that would close the door to the important truths Jesus had bid them teach. They were to teach from the Old Testament, explaining the prophecies of the mission and work of Christ, and presenting truths that would soften the hearts of the people, that they might be prepared to receive Christ when He should follow.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 17)
“But into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive you not, go your ways out into the streets of the same, and say, Even the very dust of your city, which cleaveth on us, we do wipe off against you: notwithstanding be ye sure of this, that the kingdom of God is come nigh unto you.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 18)
The messengers of God have a high calling. If, after giving positive evidence of their mission, in preaching the gospel and in healing the sick, their message is not received, they are to go to new fields where they will be received gladly. Those who reject the message of God and His messengers will be called to account.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 19)
“Woe unto thee Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, shall be thrust down to hell.” [Verses 13-15.] The cities of Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum had received great opportunity through the ministry of Christ and His disciples; and having rejected the truth, their condemnation was greater than that of those who had not received so great light.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 20)
The disciples who were sent forth received their authority from Christ. Jesus said to them, “He that heareth you heareth Me; and he that despiseth you despiseth Me; and he that despiseth Me despiseth Him that sent Me.” [Verse 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 21)
The instruction given to the seventy was similar to the instruction given to the twelve disciples who had been sent forth previously. The seventy had not, like the twelve, been constantly with Jesus, yet they had often heard His lessons of instruction. They were sent forth under His direction, to work as He Himself was working. Wherever they went, they were to sound the message, “The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you. All may be admitted into His kingdom who will receive His message and His Messenger. This is the day of your visitation.” They were to present the truth of God in such a manner that the people might be led to lay hold upon the blessings placed within their reach.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 22)
These disciples constituted at that time the church of Christ, all entrusted with a message from Him to the world, all living and active in His service. They passed through varied experiences, going through trial and meeting opposition. Yet they were blessed in their work.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 23)
“And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through Thy name.” [Verse 17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 24)
To Christ they gave all the glory for their success. His name is the power of God unto salvation to every one who will humble himself and become meek and lowly in heart.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 25)
“And He said unto them, I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven. Behold, I give unto you power to tread on serpents, and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy: and nothing shall by any means hurt you. Notwithstanding in this rejoice not, that the spirits are subject unto you; but rather rejoice, because your names are written in heaven.” [Verses 18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 26)
The Saviour had followed the disciples in their work. He rejoiced at the success that attended their efforts put forth in faith. The disciples did not complain of the hardship, fatigue, or opposition they had encountered. They rejoiced as they reported to their Master, “Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through Thy name.” [Verse 17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 27)
Jesus assured them that He had beheld their success. “I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven,” He said. [Verse 18.] Satan was once an angel of light in the heavenly courts. He was entrusted with an important position. But he coveted more power and sought to be even as God. As a result of his unholy apostasy, he and his followers were cast out of heaven and became angels of darkness. As Satan was cast out of heaven, so also he will be dispossessed of his dominion in the hearts and minds of those who will glorify God.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 28)
Through the preaching of the gospel, Satan and his angels are cast out from the minds of men. Through faith in the Word preached, men are enabled to gain the victory, and the devil loses his hold upon them. So he will eventually lose his power over all who continue to believe. His kingdom totters and falls before the presentation of sanctified truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 29)
Let every one be on guard against selfishness and seeking to grasp advantages that are not his right. The Lord gives to every man his work; but if a man seeks to exalt himself, the Lord will humble him. He must not consider himself self-sufficient and think that his special work is to humble others. Let the work be carried forward by those whose hearts are renewed and purified from all selfishness.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 30)
“And He turned Him unto His disciples, and said privately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things which ye see: for I tell you that many prophets and kings have desired to see these things which ye see, and have not seen them: and to hear these things which ye hear, and have not heard them.” [Verses 23, 24.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 31)
I have been instructed that men will be raised up to do the work of God, men who are not self-established, but who are humble, willing to learn of Christ, rather than from erring man. The Lord will remove those who are placing their own unconverted selves directly in the way to hinder the work of God from advancing in purity and holy principles.
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 32)
“If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed.” [James 1:5, 6.]
(20LtMs, Lt 119, 1905, 33)
Lt 121, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 15, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 88. + Dear son Edson,—
I have slept but little the past night. You have been represented to me as laying out many plans. You had written out on paper some things you desired to carry out.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 1)
One who guards your interests stood by your side, and said, “You are not to carry out your present purposes. These plans will prove a snare to you and will hinder you in the work you should do with pen and voice. You are inclined to make unnecessary burdens for yourself. No sooner is your mind relieved from one perplexity than you plan to engage in some other enterprise.”
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 2)
The heavenly Messenger continued: “Bind about your plans. You need now to gather your thoughts, not to launch out into new perplexities. Take time to prepare yourself to do a work with pen and with voice in the ministry of the Word.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 3)
“You should withdraw from all contention. Let the peace of God dwell in you richly, representing in heart, mind, and soul the work of grace upon the human character. Cultivate the principles of peace. There must be less friction and more harmonious action with your brethren. You gather on your soul burdens that you should not carry. Serve the Lord by whole-souled consecration. If you allow your character to be defective, these defects will lead others to question your religious standing. Free yourself from everything that brings in perplexities and grievous trials.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 4)
“The words of Paul to Timothy are appropriate for every church member: ‘Take heed to thyself, and to the doctrine’—to thyself first, and then to the doctrine. [1 Timothy 4:16.] The ministry is a sacred office. Let the inner lamp of the soul be kept trimmed, that it may ever reflect the precious light from heaven. Then you may discern the voice of God, as you read His Word and as you pray in meekness and humility of mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 5)
“Take time to pray, and then believe that God hears you. ‘If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God.’ [James 1:5.] Do not give utterance to complaints against any. Keep your mouth closed as with a bridle against all accusations, lest there be implanted in other minds thoughts that will work injury to their brethren.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 6)
“God wants you to stand upon an elevated platform. Draw not a thread of selfishness into the fabric of your character. Pray earnestly that your heart may be refined and purified from all dross and filled with the knowledge of God in all wisdom and spiritual understanding. ‘That ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness.’” [Colossians 1:10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 7)
Your countenance lighted up, as you replied, “I will not grieve the Holy Spirit of God with my imperfections of character. I will not offend God with my lips. I consecrate myself unto my Lord who has redeemed me by the sacrifice of His own life.”
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 8)
These words were spoken, “You must always set before you the highest standard of duty, acting in the fear and love of God. Give no place to Satan’s temptations.”
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 9)
The time has come when things must be called by their right names. The truth is to triumph gloriously, and those who have long been halting between two opinions must take their stand decidedly for or against the law of God. Some will take up with theories that misinterpret the Word of God and undermine the foundation of the truth that has been firmly established, point by point, and sealed by the power of the Holy Spirit. The old truths are to be revived, in order that the false theories that have been brought in by the enemy may be intelligently met. There can be no unity between truth and error. We can unite with those who have been led into deception only when they are converted.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 10)
There is a God, and I am commissioned to say that His truth must be vindicated, that the evil, seductive theories that are coming in may be uprooted. Many minds have been taken captive because for years they have placed confidence in some one who has prepared a dish of scientific fables to suit their appetite.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 11)
We may well be alarmed at the crisis that is upon us. God’s law has been transgressed, and the result is seen in the misrule and lawlessness that floods the world. Human lives are regarded as of little value. The spirit of disaffection is running riot.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 12)
The inhabitants of the Noachic world were destroyed because, after being granted a period of one hundred and twenty years in which to choose between the evil and the good, they deliberately chose to follow their own wicked ways. Because they did not avail themselves of the opportunity God gave them to repent and turn to Him, they were destroyed by the flood.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 13)
Once again, before the great destruction of the world by fire, there is granted a period of test and trial. Men are given opportunity to show whether or not they will be loyal to God. Satan is seeking to lead men in positions of trust to seek the regeneration of the world by plans of their own devising. These men desire to be reformers, but they fail because they do not work in Christ’s lines. Can they reform others, when they cannot reform themselves?
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 14)
Men are today being tested to see if they will obey the law of God. In the beginning Satan promised Eve that if she would only follow his suggestion, she would be greatly increased in knowledge. And today he leads men to look for great blessings to come as a result of following their own unsanctified plans. Many choose to believe the words of a fallen angel rather than the words of God. Man’s only hope is in repentance and conversion.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 15)
The word of God came to Isaiah: “Lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] As God’s witnesses, we have a message to bear to all the world. The Lord has many children who have never heard the truth for this time. God’s servants must give them the final warning.
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 16)
Soon the Lord will demonstrate to the universe of heaven the utter inability of men to reform the world, while they themselves are living in transgression of the law of God. He is about to set aside the transgressors of His law, as He would cast away a despised and polluted vessel. The years of man’s probation are soon to close. The great men of earth, the kings, the princes, and the statesmen will soon perish. Wickedness will come to an end. The little moment of time still remaining is most precious to those who, while making a profession of Christianity, have disregarded the laws of God. Will they now turn to Him, before it is too late?
(20LtMs, Lt 121, 1905, 17)
Lt 123, 1905
Lane, S. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 16, 1905 Portions of this manuscript are published in TDG 115. Elder S. H. Lane,—
Sister Peck, my bookkeeper, has just brought me a note for five hundred dollars to sign. This is the note that you sent in your letter, which I received today. I thank you for obtaining this money for me. For two or three years I have been using a thousand dollars belonging to Sister McEnterfer. The time has come when she needs this money, and I desire to borrow a thousand dollars in order to return her loan. If you can secure the one thousand on the two notes, please do so; and if not, please secure for me the three hundred.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 1)
For several years I have been rather closely pressed for means. Before leaving Australia, I invested all the money I could spare in the work there. How glad I am that I did this; for now the cause of God in Australia is established on a firm basis, and the work is rapidly being made self-supporting. I do not begrudge one dollar that I have invested in the cause of God, even though I am obliged to pay a thousand dollars a year interest. It would be a relief to me not to have to pay out so much money for interest. But I have nothing to worry about, save that there will not be manifested in souls unsaved all the interest that should be manifested in them.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 2)
I am not surprised at the conversion of the persons mentioned in your letter; for I am instructed to look for the conversion of a large number from the highways and from the byways. Unexpected talent will be developed in those in the common walks of life. If men and women can only have the message of truth brought to them, many who hear will receive it. Those of every rank of life, high and low, rich and poor, will accept the truth for this time. Some who are regarded as uneducated will be called to the service of the Master, even as the humble, unlearned fishermen were called by the Saviour. Men will be called from the plow, as was Elisha, and will be moved to take up the work that God has appointed them. They will begin to labor in simplicity and quietness, reading and explaining the Scriptures to others. Their simple efforts will be successful.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 3)
House-to-house work will be done by men and women who will realize that they can labor for the Lord because He has put His Spirit upon them. As they go forth in humble faith, Christ will impart to them grace that they will impart to others. The Lord will give them the same love for perishing souls that He gave to the disciples of old.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 4)
In the future, human beings through whom angels can work will accept the truth. In the past, heavenly messengers have worked in co-operation with human agencies, giving them a force of language and power of influence that has furnished persuasive argument which has reached the citadel of the soul. The labors of apparently illiterate, unlearned men often have a wonderful influence for good. Men are spending precious time in the study of books, when, if they would give themselves to the Lord, and go forth to humble, earnest service, a holy influence would come upon them, and they would be enabled to speak words that would be like apples of gold in pictures of silver to unbelieving, hungry souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 5)
What think you, Elder Lane, of thousands converted in a day, after the Holy Spirit had come upon the apostles? After the day of Pentecost, the disciples went everywhere, preaching the simple, yet powerful truths that Christ had commanded them to preach.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 6)
“Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,” said the Saviour. “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 7)
None who catch the divine rays from the Sun of righteousness will lack for fitting words. It will not be oratory, as the world counts oratory, but heavenly eloquence. They will speak words that will go direct to minds, awakening conviction and causing their hearers to ask, What is truth? We are to depend upon the great, invisible Master-teacher for appropriate words. In the days of the apostles, men spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. In this our day, men supposed to be illiterate will speak words dictated by the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 8)
Let men with the love of Jesus in their hearts go forth to give the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Such workers we may encourage, saying, I am sure that you will exert an influence for good in this grand and holy work, if you will take heed to yourselves, realizing that you are subjects of saving grace, brought into sacred family relationship with God, through Jesus Christ, and commissioned to work for the saving of souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 9)
I fear that I shall not be understood, but I know what I am writing about. “I live, yet not I; but Christ liveth in me,” is to be our watchword. [Galatians 2:20.] Christ is our adviser. We are not to trust in men or make flesh our arm. Day by day we are to unlearn the lessons that we have learned in the world, and come into blessed relationship with Christ. The true child of God has no ambition but to be His consecrated messenger, found worthy to escape the things that will come to pass and to stand before the Son of man, not having his own righteousness, but the righteousness of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 10)
“Then shall the righteous man stand in great boldness before the face of such as have afflicted him, and made no account of his labor. When they see it, they shall fear and be troubled, and shall be amazed at the strangeness of his salvation, which is so far beyond their expectation. And they, repenting and groaning from anguish of spirit, shall say within themselves, This is he whom we held in derision, making of him a proverb of reproach. We fools counted his life madness and his end to be without honor. Now he is numbered among the children of God, and his lot among the saints.”
(20LtMs, Lt 123, 1905, 11)
Lt 125, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in GH 04/1905. + My dear children Edson and Emma,—
I have letters written to you, but I fear they will not be copied in time to be sent to you today, so I will send you a few lines, with some copies of things that I have written.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 1)
I am in better health than I have been for several weeks, and I am thinking that it may be my duty to attend the General Conference. I will do this, if I am given light that it is my duty. I greatly hope that the work in Washington is moving forward in straight lines, and that means will come in speedily so that the buildings can be completed.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 2)
Over and over again I am instructed that there must be no hindrance in this work.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 3)
Please write to me, telling me what you are doing and how you are getting on. I have a word from the Lord for my son Edson. You are not to load yourself down with responsibilities. For a long time you have been in the midst of perplexities, and you must now compel yourself to give your brain rest. Place all your burdens upon the great Burden-bearer. Heed the invitation: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Do not, I beseech of you, gather responsibilities to yourself. I am instructed, as the Lord’s messenger, to tell you to make God your trust and to leave your perplexities in His hands. He will bring to pass His will. Now is your time to find rest of soul. Let not your dependence be in man, but in God. You must every moment make Him your trust. You, and all the Lord’s people, have a work to do. We are to build the old waste places and raise up the foundations of many generations. The great issue regarding the law of God will soon be upon us. We are to work as those who are called and chosen of God. Our influence is to be united with that of the great Physician in repairing the breach and restoring paths to dwell in. We are to make a determined stand for the truth. Read the whole of the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 4)
No one is to be idle now. O that those who have allowed continual differences to arise could see the loss they have thus sustained. Let us work on the plan given in the fifty-eighth of Isaiah. The instruction of this chapter shows what we are to do in co-operation with the great Master-worker. My son, do what you can to relieve the situation of the colored people of the South, and especially the situation of the colored people in Nashville. “Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness? to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?” [Verses 6, 7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 5)
This message is given me to give to others everywhere. God abhors selfishness. Let every one of us abhor it. Let us deal justly and mercifully with every line of the work of God. Those who change the issue, as had so often been done, to shun the doing of the work laid out in this scripture, will lose a most precious blessing. The Word of the Lord is sufficient. God calls us to action. Let us all take hold unitedly, with the will to do what God has said must be done. Success will attend those who co-operate with God all the time, not just once in a while, when it is for their advantage to do so. We are to regard it as a sacred privilege to work out the purposes of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 6)
“Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and He shall say, Here I am.” [Verses 8, 9.] What does this mean, but that obstructions will be placed in the way to hinder the advancement of the work which has been kept before the Lord’s people for many years?
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 7)
Are the souls for whom Christ has given His life cared for as they should be? Are those whom He has entrusted with means moving consistently in relieving the oppressed? Are not the cries and complaints of the poor and needy entering the ears of the Lord God of hosts because His stewards are remiss in the work that they should do as His helping hand? Is not this evil in every church? “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice as a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Verse 1.] Let the present order of things be changed.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 8)
“If thou take away from the midst of thee the yoke, the putting forth of the finger, and speaking vanity; and if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noonday.” [Verses 9, 10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 9)
God will not permit selfish adoration of some, while others, striving with all their capabilities, are left unhelped and are deprived of the blessings that more favored ones have.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 10)
I call upon all to arouse to their responsibilities. The Lord Jesus has said, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] He takes observation and writes in His book the deeds of His children here below. He sees when His faithful ones are put in the hardest places and are permitted to do their God-given work under great disadvantages. He says, “Will I not judge for these things.” [Jeremiah 5:9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 11)
“And the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones; and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not.” [Isaiah 58:11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 12)
These rich promises are to be fulfilled. The Lord will co-operate with men in all their works of reform. But their salvation depends on their cutting loose from the scientific falsehoods of Satan.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 13)
“And they that be of thee shall build the old waste places; thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in.” [Verse 12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 14)
The Christian world has been drawn into a fallacy and has been led to trample on the law of Jehovah. The message of the immutability of this law is to be proclaimed by all medical missionaries and by all ministers of the gospel. The foundation of many generations is the law of God, and in clear, decided tones the message is to be given that the breach which has been made in the law of God is to be repaired.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 15)
“If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words; then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” [Verses 13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 16)
The command concerning the observance of the seventh-day Sabbath is still binding upon all the inhabitants of this earth. God has set apart this day as a sign between Him and His people of their loyalty. God’s commandments never change; they are as enduring as eternity. The Lord has His messengers whom He bids to proclaim His law as changeless in its character. Those who obey this law will bear the seal of the living God. There is no sanctity in the first day of the week. The seventh day was set apart as a memorial of the work of creation. Every one is to look to God, the Creator of the heavens and the earth, for light and guidance, and Him alone are they to honor.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 17)
“Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Verse 1.] The messenger must deal faithfully with the great deception. He must convince the people of their sins. They are called the people of God, the house of Jacob. They bear honorable title, but because of the high privileges bestowed on them they have become self-exalted. They are not to be flattered. Their defects of character, their failure to honor God by self-denial and self-sacrifice, according to Christ’s example, must be plainly revealed to them.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 18)
Said Christ, “My meat is to do the will of Him that sent Me, and to finish His work.” [John 4:34.] “I seek not Mine own glory, but the glory of Him that sent Me.” [See John 8:50.] The people of God are to be aroused to a sense of their deficiencies and of the work that they must do. They are to break every yoke and make their prayers practical. “Lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] For the eternal interest of the people of God, their sins and their defects of character must be plainly pointed out. So long have they exalted themselves as supreme in wisdom that they are self-deceived. They have not on the robe of Christ’s righteousness; but it is not yet too late for them to repent and confess their sins and be converted and bring mercy, justice, and judgment into their lives. If they would receive the message and do the merciful acts of Christ, they would live a new life in Him, putting away all boasting, all falsifying, all evil speaking, and humbling their hearts before God, according to the instruction given by Christ in the Old and the New Testaments, remembering that in life and character they must be representatives of Christ. They would honor their Redeemer by daily living the new life—a life hid with Christ in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 19)
Practical Christianity means not working for God now and then, but continuously. It means being laborers together with God. A neglect to reveal this practical righteousness in our lives is a denial of the faith and of the power of God and makes of but little effect His principles of godliness. Such negligent Christians become faultfinders, at discord with their brethren and pronouncing judgment against many good works. They are spiritual paralytics.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 20)
Those who thus refuse to exercise for Christ the capabilities and powers of the soul are lukewarm Christians, neither cold nor hot, and they are nauseating to Christ. He cannot endure their unsanctified traits of character. Their lives bear the evidence: I do not care to confess my sins. The confession may never be made until it is made in awful agony, when it is too late for wrongs to be righted.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 21)
Those who allow themselves to be deceived by the enemy are held accountable by God for failing in a faithful discharge of duty. These unfaithful stewards have aided in strengthening the deception that God designed should be broken. The testimony to be borne is, “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Verse 1.] There are those who are self-deceived, yet, for fear of hurting their feelings, their brethren permit them to go on, though feeling that their course is not in harmony with the will of the Lord. These deceived ones commit sins that they will not acknowledge to be sins. They may appear to be reformed in some things, but they are not doing thorough work in confession and repentance. Those who might have saved them, but did not, become in their turn like them. Sentiments of a misleading character are presented. Sins are committed that are not acknowledged as sins.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 22)
God said to Isaiah, “Show My people their transgression.” [Verse 1.] Let their sins appear as they are, whether or not they confess them, that the message of reproof sent them may be vindicated, and that God’s faithfulness in warning them and condemning their wrong course of action may be shown. Evidence is to be given to the evil worker that the Lord knows the course followed by those who refuse to repent and be converted, that others may shun a similar course of affronting God and setting a wrong example. Those who make no difference between those who serve God with the whole heart and those whom He has reproved become a snare and lose their power of discernment.
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 23)
There are plain, decided testimonies to be borne under the power of the Holy Spirit to men who will not see and acknowledge their sins. Such ones are a snare to others, setting them an example that leads them to do likewise. And when the word of the Lord comes to His messengers, as it came to Isaiah, then wrong must be called wrong, and the right must be presented as it is presented in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. The reproof is to be given with the earnestness and faithfulness represented in the words, “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Verse 1.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 24)
“Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God; they ask of Me the ordinance of justice; they take delight in approaching to God.” [Verse 2.] The Lord sends His message to lay bare the deceptions of these ones, lest others, and among them those entrusted with large responsibilities, shall become unworthy of their trust. The reprover, the messenger of God, must speak with earnestness, as to ears that are deaf, because those addressed do not want to be convinced. They want to stand as wise men, who make no mistakes. But they are under the power of the enemy and bring in sentiments that are dishonoring to God. “Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and Thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge? behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure and exact all your labors. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness; ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day unto the Lord?
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 25)
“Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh? ...
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 26)
“If thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noonday; and the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones; and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not.” [Verses 3-7, 10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 125, 1905, 27)
Lt 127, 1905
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 26, 1905 Previously unpublished. Similar to Lt 130, 1905. Dear brethren and sisters,—
I am greatly burdened because means come in so slowly toward the making up of the one-hundred-thousand-dollar fund, which is needed for the completion of the buildings that the Lord has said should be erected in Takoma Park. These institutions should be put in working order as soon as possible. We have no time to lose.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 1)
I address all our church members. Not merely to a few has the Lord entrusted talents, but to all, and from each one, according to his several ability, He expects returns. The rapidly increasing wickedness in the world testifies plainly that the end of all things is at hand. Every believer should now use his talents in the accomplishment of the work that must be done before the coming of the Lord. We are to labor diligently, earnestly, unselfishly, looking to the Lord for success, and counting no sacrifice too great to make for His sake.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 2)
My brethren and sisters, take hold without delay to supply the means needed for the completion of the work in Washington. If you will open your hearts to the influence of the Holy Spirit, this work can soon be accomplished. Let your piety and liberality now be concentrated on this one object—the accomplishment of the work that must be done in Washington. Put your hearts into the effort, that soon the word may go forth that the needed means has been supplied, and that the work may go forward with joyful dispatch.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 3)
The Lord has entrusted you with means to be used in this very emergency. The work being carried on at the capital of our nation concerns us all. Every believer has a part to act in helping to carry out the purposes of God for the establishment of His truth in this place. More than twenty years ago institutions should have been established in Washington. It is with deep regret that we think of the work that has been neglected. It must be neglected no longer. The erection of the necessary buildings must be carried forward without delay. Let not your zeal lessen till this work is accomplished. The training school must be fully equipped, that those who come may receive a thorough training as medical missionaries and teachers.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 4)
Unmistakable evidences point to the nearness of the end. The warning is to be given in certain tones. The way must be prepared for the coming of the Prince of Peace in the clouds of heaven. There is much to be done in the cities that have not yet heard the truth for this time. Lift up the standard. Proclaim the last message of mercy to a fallen world. We are not to establish institutions to rival in size and splendor the institutions of the world; but in the name of the Lord, with the untiring perseverance and unflagging zeal that Christ brought into his labor, we are to carry forward the work of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 5)
Notwithstanding the continual opposition of His own nation, Christ carried forward His work until they crucified Him. He commissioned His disciples to carry forward the work He had begun. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 6)
This is our work. As a people we greatly need to humble our hearts before God, pleading His forgiveness for our neglect to fulfil this commission. We have made large centers in a few places, leaving unworked many important cities. Let us now take up the work entrusted to us and proclaim the message that is to arouse men and women to a sense of their danger. If every Seventh-day Adventist had done the work laid upon him, the number of believers would now be much larger than it is. In all the cities of America, there would be those who had been led to heed the message to obey the law of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 7)
In some places the message regarding the observance of the Sabbath has been set forth with clearness and power, while other places have been left without warning. Will not those who know the truth awake to the responsibilities resting upon them? My brethren, you cannot afford to bury yourselves in worldly enterprises or interests. You cannot afford to neglect the commission given you by the Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 127, 1905, 8)
Lt 128, 1905
Hare, G. A. Washington, D. C. June 8, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in MM 34, 192-193. + Dr. G. A. Hare
Fresno, California Dear Brother,—
I have an intense desire that you shall make a complete success of your work of managing the sanitarium which you have labored so hard to establish. You would be greatly helped if your wife would connect with you as a physician and supply your lack, while a trustworthy woman was taking care of your children. But this is a matter that must be adjusted by yourselves. We must all act intelligently. You need to be more systematic. Bring system and order into the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 1)
Your wife and children need your co-operation; each is to help the other. Your children need wise, tender, even discipline and training. Educate the elder to take some responsibility in the care of the younger members of the family. The whole universe is subject to law. Every tree and plant that grows is subject to law. If by imperfect treatment they are twisted and marred, they themselves testify to the abuse. So it is with our natural life. The laws of God for our being must be obeyed. If there is a diverging from these laws, given to preserve the human family from sin and injury, we reveal in our characters and persons the marks of our transgression.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 2)
It is for our health and peace to obey the laws of God; for every infringement upon the laws of health, for every indulgence, we must pay the penalty in suffering. Habits must not be allowed to sway us in ways contrary to the Lord’s ways. Our being is placed under the law of God, that we may escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. The Lord calls us to come to the light He has given us. He has instructed us how to act in order to have health and capabilities to work in lines of obedience to Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 3)
Father and mother, guard your dear children. Do for them the work that God has given you to do, giving them line upon line, line upon line, precept upon precept, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. The Lord will certainly bless and strengthen you in this work.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 4)
Some matters have been opened before me that I am grieved at heart to speak of. There have been defects in the management at the sanitarium. The patients have felt that they were not treated as they should be. Appointments have been made which have not been filled. Such failures as these will greatly militate against the influence of a physician. The patients will not be often thus disappointed without feeling bitterness of soul and mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 5)
My dear brother, you are not aware how much is at stake in this new sanitarium in the city of Washington. The leading physician must give character to the work. If he would retain the confidence of the patients, he must be prompt in keeping his appointments. The sick pay for their treatment in order that they may recover health; but if they are disappointed again and again, the reputation of the sanitarium will be imperiled. This evil must be corrected; the attention that has been promised must be given to the patients or the physician breaks his word. If the leading physician cannot possibly meet the appointment, he should have his associate physician meet it for him, explaining to the patient the cause of his absence.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 6)
Unless the physicians in our sanitariums are men of thorough habits, unless they attend promptly to their duties, their work will become a reproach, and the Lord’s appointed agencies will lose their influence. By a course of negligence to duty, the physician humiliates the great Physician, of whom he should be a representative. Strict hours should be kept with all patients, high or low. No careless neglect should be allowed in any of the nurses. Ever be true to your word, prompt in meeting your appointments; for this means much to the sick.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 7)
There is another serious matter to be considered. Among Christian physicians there should ever be a striving for the maintenance of the highest order of true refinement and delicacy, a preservation of those barriers of reserve that should exist between men and women. The light given me of the Lord regarding this matter is that as far as possible lady physicians should have the care of lady patients and gentleman physicians the care of gentleman patients. Every physician should respect the delicacy of the patients. Delicate treatments should not be given by male physicians to women in our institutions. Never should a lady patient be alone with a gentleman physician, either for special examination or for treatment. Let physicians be faithful in preserving delicacy and modesty under all circumstances. In the giving of all those treatments be guarded; for great scandal may be created and the physician lose his reputation by the circulation of falsehoods that have a seeming foundation. Satan is a very busy agent in all such matters.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 8)
The report that went out concerning you surely was a false one; but it is high time that greater care be exercised. “Abstain from all appearance of evil.” [1 Thessalonians 5:22.] The publication of such falsehood as went forth concerning this matter will bring no credit to the ones who gave publicity to it; but our physicians must work in such a manner that those who wish to make up such reports will be given no opportunity.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 9)
Those who would spread evil reports are not the ones to do credit to our institutions. I am charged to urge upon every physician to guard his reputation. If nurses are employed who by their talk would injure the reputation of the physician, he should make such laws for the sanitarium workers as will keep his name untainted by the strife of tongues; and he should see that these laws are strictly obeyed.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 10)
The utmost care should be observed never to take a lady patient into the physician’s room unless a lady physician can be present or the wife of the practitioner. This matter must be adjusted, that we give no place to the devil to spoil the reputation of one who is innocent. The practicing physician is to be wide awake to preserve his influence from one taint of suspicion, or undeserved reproach may fall on him, and through him upon the institution. The physician should guard continually every action that will affect the standing of the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 11)
My brother, the Lord would have you stand in moral dignity as a physician. Heed the cautions given. There has been a neglect of religious services in the sanitarium home and of the work of educating the family in the sanitarium line upon line and precept upon precept.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 12)
Organization and discipline and order are essential. Surface work will never do. There must be a purification of the very springs of the life practice, a cutting away of everything that will taint and defile the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 13)
The Lord wants you to be cheerful and to have cheerful words for the sick. Let the Sun of righteousness shine forth in your features. Be very decided in your religious service. Make the Lord Jesus your confidant. Make your aim a high one, and let your attainments be higher and higher still in the knowledge of your Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. You must improve decidedly, if you would fill properly your position as physician. No haphazard work must be allowed. Set your standard high. Respect yourself, but counsel with your associate physician. In some matters you need to consult much with other minds and take their advice; if you would do this, you would be greatly helped.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 14)
The illness of your wife has been a great discouragement to you. Let not your mind become confused because of this. If she will bring herself, heart and soul and mind, to health reform, she will not die in the process, but live. This dear soul must not be molded and fashioned by the customs of the world. She needs to be reconverted, to put her faith and trust in God, and to stand out as a child of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 15)
Ever bear in mind that the physician is dealing with the souls of men and women who are God’s property, bought with a price. Keep before them a perfect example. Teach them what it means to be sons and daughters of God. Set before them the great and eternal reward. Exalt your position as a true, God-fearing physician, a pattern of good judgment. You can win the crown of life. Keep the prize continually before you. Feed the flock of God with pure provender, thoroughly winnowed. Labor to build up souls in the most holy faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 128, 1905, 16)
Lt 129, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 28, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I have been waiting anxiously for a letter from you, my son. There have been so many accidents on the road lately, and the trains have been so long delayed that I have been somewhat troubled on your account. I know that you have been sick in body and worried in mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 1)
I am glad that you had so much success in raising means to place the colored sanitarium in Nashville on a more favorable position. I think the property in North Nashville will be a most appropriate place for this institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 2)
The work at Huntsville is another burden of intense interest. I hope the orphanage will soon be established there. There ought to be a primary school at Huntsville, and a school for older children, where they can be thoroughly educated and disciplined and given instruction in Bible subjects and in practical lines of work. Let them be taught the meaning of the words, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 3)
I have strong assurance that the right thing is being done at Huntsville. Let all connected with this school be interested in its success. Let the farm be diligently worked. Let lessons be given in various lines that can be applied to the character building. “We are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 4)
No man, whatever his capabilities and powers, has a right to depart from the Lord’s way. However high the position he may occupy, he is but an instrument in the Lord’s hands, to be used in His work. He is not the author of his faith. He is not to follow his own devising in his character building.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 5)
Medical missionaries and Bible teachers are not the authors or finishers of our faith. Do not spoil the men who are chosen to do a certain work. These teachers are not to be deified as if they were gods. “All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] Men are not to be ruined by being upheld in a wrong course and placed where God should be.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 6)
We have the truth, and the word given us is, “Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Revelation 3:3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 7)
“According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise master-builder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon.” [1 Corinthians 3:10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 8)
It is not safe to rely upon men who would bring in sophistries as the authorized Word of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 9)
“Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is. If any man’s work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward. If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved, yet so as by fire.” [Verses 11-15.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 10)
We need now to heed the warning, “Let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon.” [Verse 10.] Instruction is to be given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. The same faithful work needed in the cultivation of the land is needed in soul-culture. Let us not be slow to learn the lessons that God would teach us. Let us take heed how we build. Let us remember that we are forming characters for eternity. Let us be very careful of our spirit, our words, our acts. Every stroke of work is to bear the divine signature.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 11)
I am charged to say to every minister, and to every one who is being educated as a medical missionary, Do not let any man, whatever his position, indoctrinate you with spiritualistic theories. Such theories militate directly against the principles given us by God. The truth that God has given us in His holy Word is our only safeguard. Only by steadfast adherence to this truth shall we be able to stand in the trials that we shall meet in the future.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 12)
It is upon the Rock of Ages that we are to build. We are to place our dependence on no living being. In these days of peril, we are to take Christ as our teacher. The truths that He taught we are to teach, without any mixture of false science. The precious words of Christ are not to be mingled with Satan’s leaven. We know not where these erroneous theories may lead us if they are accepted. Theories represented by hay, wood, and stubble lead poor souls astray. The truth for this time is to stand forth in its purity, without any mixture of the corrupting theories of the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 13)
The day of trial is already upon us. Who will abide the test? The material represented by wood, hay, and stubble, which has been brought to the foundation, will be utterly consumed. And those who have turned to fables instead of purifying their hearts by obedience to the truth will also be consumed.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 14)
I have a word to speak to our workers. Be true to God and to your Redeemer. Head the warning given by the Saviour. “Take heed that no man deceive you,” He said; “for many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many. And ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars; see that ye be not troubled; for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows. Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you; and ye shall be hated of all nations for My name’s sake. And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another. And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many. And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold. But he that shall endure to the end, the same shall be saved. And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come.” [Matthew 24:4-14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 15)
I have been called off to attend to an important matter and can not write more this evening. I will try to send you another letter tomorrow. I beg of you to take time to rest. Do not gather more burdens upon your soul. I am warned that it is thus that you make your mistakes.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 16)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 129, 1905, 17)
Lt 130, 1905
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 30, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in IR 04/26/1905. Similar to Lt 127, 1905. Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I am greatly burdened because the money needed for the completion of our school and sanitarium at Takoma Park comes in so slowly. The Lord has said that these institutions should be put in working order as soon as possible. We have no time to lose.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 1)
I address our church members. Not merely to a few, but to all, has the Lord entrusted talents; and from each one, according to his several ability, He expects returns. The rapidly increasing wickedness in the world testifies plainly that the end of all things is at hand. Every believer should now use his talents in the accomplishment of the work that must be done before the coming of the Lord. We are to labor diligently, earnestly, and unselfishly, looking to the Lord for success and counting no sacrifice too great to make for His sake.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 2)
My brethren and sisters, take hold without delay to supply the means needed for the completion of the work at Washington. If you will open your hearts to the influence of the Holy Spirit, this work can soon be accomplished. Let your piety and liberality be shown just now in the accomplishment of the work that must be done in Washington and in the sending forth of missionaries to all parts of the world. Put your hearts into the effort, that soon the words may go forth that the needed means has been supplied, and that the work may go forward with joyful dispatch.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 3)
The Lord has entrusted you with means to be used in this very emergency. The work being carried on at the capital of our nation concerns us all. Every believer has a part to act in helping to carry out the purposes of God for the establishment of His truth in this place. More than twenty years ago institutions should have been established in Washington. It is with deep regret that we think of how the work has been neglected. It must be neglected no longer. The erection of the necessary buildings must be carried forward without delay. Let not your zeal lessen till this work is accomplished. The training school must be fully equipped, that those who come may receive a thorough training as evangelists, medical missionaries, and teachers.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 4)
Unmistakable evidences point to the nearness of the end. The warning is to be given in clear, certain tones. The way must be prepared for the coming of the Prince of Peace in the clouds of heaven. There is much to be done in the cities that have not yet heard the truth for this time. Lift up the standard. Proclaim the last message of mercy to a fallen world. We are not to establish institutions to rival the size and splendor the institutions of the world; but in the name of the Lord, with the untiring perseverance and unflagging zeal that Christ brought into His labors, we are to carry forward the work of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 5)
Notwithstanding the continual opposition of His own nation, Christ carried forward His work until they crucified Him. He commissioned His disciples to press on in the work He had begun. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 6)
These words outline our work. As a people we greatly need to humble our hearts before God, pleading forgiveness for our neglect to fulfil the gospel commission. We have made large centers in a few places, leaving unworked many important cities. Let us now take up the work entrusted to us and proclaim with power the message that is to arouse men and women to a sense of their danger. If every Seventh-day Adventist had done the work laid upon him, the number of believers would now be much larger than it is. In all the cities of America, there would be those who had been led to heed the message to obey the law of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 7)
In some places the message regarding the observance of the Sabbath has been set forth with clearness and power, while other places have been left without warning. Will not those who know the truth awake to the responsibilities resting upon them? They cannot afford to bury themselves in worldly enterprises or interests. They cannot afford to neglect the commission given them by the Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 8)
My brethren, read carefully the communications that accompany this letter. Study diligently what has recently appeared in the Review on this subject. Present this matter with clearness to the people in our churches and from house to house. Gather the people together as families, and pray with them; and, with hearts made tender by the Holy Spirit, show them the importance of leaving nothing undone that can be done at this important time. Let us be determined that the Washington fund shall be closed during the General Conference.
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 9)
Paul wrote of the churches in Macedonia: “In a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded unto the riches of their liberality. For to their power I bear record, yea, and beyond their power they were willing of themselves; praying us with much entreaty that we would receive the gift.” [2 Corinthians 8:2-4.] Shall not this be the testimony borne of our people at this important time?
(20LtMs, Lt 130, 1905, 10)
Lt 131, 1905
McEnterfer, Sara “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 2, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 230-231. Dear Sara,—
I am feeling quite well this morning. Yesterday I was strengthened to speak for one hour at the Sanitarium. I spoke from the third chapter of Malachi, and the Lord gave me freedom. The chapel was well filled, and all listened attentively. Dores took down my talk, and it will be written out as soon as he can get time. I spoke of the needs of the work in Washington and of the importance of our now doing our best to advance the work there, that unbelievers may see that having begun the work, we are able to finish it. I also mentioned the calls that are constantly coming in from foreign fields for men and means with which to carry on the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 1)
After I had finished, Elder Taylor spoke a few words. He said that after such a discourse, it would be but appropriate to respond by taking up a collection for the work in Washington. I did not stay till the close of the meeting, but I heard afterward that a contribution of one hundred and ninety dollars was taken up. We have decided that it shall be made up to two hundred dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 2)
A week ago Elder Irwin spoke at the sanitarium on the needs of the mission work in the Malay Islands, where Elder Munson is working. He did not ask for a contribution, but twenty-five dollars was raised for him.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 3)
We all feel greatly cheered and encouraged by the result of yesterday’s meeting. I am none the worse for speaking, but really feel stronger.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 4)
Mabel comes over every day and gets the dinner for us, while Sister Carlson is doing some sewing for her. I am glad that things could be arranged in this way. I think that Mabel’s wardrobe will be in a very good condition.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 5)
We are all hoping and praying that the treatment which you are taking for your eyes will prove successful. You need not feel that you must come home till you are fully ready. But we shall be very glad to see you when you can come. It seems strange and unnatural without you. We believe that the Lord God of Israel will help you. We depend upon Him to save to the uttermost; for He is our Redeemer. I hope that your eyes will be improving all the time you are away. I know that you have suffered much, and if you are permanently relieved, we shall be so thankful and will give thanks to the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 6)
We are all of good courage. I shall ride out today; for it is a beautiful day.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 7)
With love.
(20LtMs, Lt 131, 1905, 8)
Lt 133, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 30, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 134; 5Bio 400. + My dear son Edson,—
I have been sick for about two weeks with a second attack of influenza. I have been unable to use my brain, and I could not read the manuscripts I so much desired to read. I have been obliged to keep as quiet as possible. This morning is the first one that I have not coughed a great deal. I have forced myself to eat, but there has been no taste in the food. I feel weak; nevertheless, if the Lord will, I shall join the party leaving Wednesday morning for the General Conference.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 1)
Willie has been away from home almost all the time during the past month. I have felt that it would have been a great blessing for him to be at home, so that I might talk with him on important matters, which concern our future work; but just at present, the condition of my head will not permit me to talk on these subjects. I spend considerable time knitting, but my mind would be relieved could I write. This I cannot do; for my head aches whenever I try to think.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 2)
The day before yesterday I received the sad news that your large barn had burned and that your horses and carriages had burned with it. This will be a heavy loss, and we are sincerely sorry; but in the end it may prove a blessing in disguise. God’s Word tells us to faint not when we are chastened; “for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son in whom He delighteth.” [Hebrews 12:6.] The flesh passeth away, and his glory departeth, but the Word of the Lord abideth forever. Go straight forward. Steadfastly endure the chastening of the Lord. Walk humbly before God, glorifying His name. We must lift and carry the cross, if we ever become able to wear the crown. Follow Christ more closely, and let His meekness be revealed in you, as it should be because you are following the One who gave His life for you.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 3)
Our time to be witnesses for Christ is short. Be quick to discern and correct every mistake that you make. In trial reveal your faith, laying hold of the Infinite. Keep your soul free from murmuring. Look beyond the present. Never despond; never murmur. “Ye are My witnesses,” saith the One who in your behalf gave Himself up to a death of shame. [Isaiah 43:10.] Now, just now, is your time to show your fellowship with Christ. We must show Christian fortitude, refusing to murmur or complain. Stormy times are before us; but our strength and hope are in God. His grace is sufficient.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 4)
It is not enough merely to acknowledge Christ. We must follow where He leads the way. His grace is sufficient. He suffered for us, and He has left us an example, that we should follow where He has led the way. The present is our time of proving. The experience necessary in order to gain the crown of life will bring us far greater crucifixion of self than we have hitherto thought possible. What is the message that the apostle Paul bears to every one who names the name of Christ?—“Wherefore, seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. For consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds.” [Hebrews 12:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 5)
Christ was the Lord of heaven and earth, yet for our sake He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. He was made in the likeness of God, yet He humbled Himself and took upon Him the form of a servant, that He might save us. He gave His life for our redemption. Will we accept the sacrifice? The only begotten Son of God was numbered with the transgressors, that human beings might not perish, but have everlasting life. Life eternal will be their inheritance if they will consent to humble their proud hearts and become partakers of His suffering. He patiently endured shame and mockery and derision that He might save every sinful human being who would lay hold of Him by living faith. While He hung on the cross, giving His life for our redemption, His murderers mocked Him, saying, “He saved others; Himself He cannot save. If He be the Christ, let Him come down from the cross, and we will believe Him.” [Matthew 27:42.] He could have come down from the cross; He could have refused thus to die; but He was suffering that the world through Him might be redeemed from Satan’s claim and authority. Through His death all who believe in Him may have eternal life.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 6)
“He is despised and rejected of men, a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief; and we hid as it were our faces from Him; He was despised, and we esteemed Him not. Surely He hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows; yet we did esteem Him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:3-5.] All this He did that those who follow Him, denying self and taking up the cross, might have a seat with Him in the kingdom of heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 7)
If we are dead with Christ, we shall also live with Him. If we suffer for His sake, we shall also rejoice with Him in His kingdom. But if in our profession of godliness we deny Him, refusing to share in His humiliation, He also will deny us when His glory shall be revealed and given to every soul who has exemplified His life and character. Oh, we do not enjoy the strength provided for every Christian, because we refuse to be Christlike. We refuse to follow our divine Example in all things. We are not willing to count it all joy to suffer for His sake. Christ endured the contradiction of sinners against Himself. Remember what Jesus endured to save us, “lest ye be wearied, and faint in your minds. Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. And ye have forgotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him; for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not? But if ye be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards and not sons.” [Hebrews 12:3-8.] The Lord does not allow those who are His children to go on frowardly in their own errors, following misconceived opinions. He would have them understand that correction is needful for the salvation of their souls. Let us submit to be chastening of the Lord, and learn the lessons that He would have us learn, becoming meek and lowly under the influence of His correction.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 8)
The salvation of human beings means much more than many realize. It means that we are to choose God’s way rather than our own. The Lord cannot save men while they refuse to humble themselves under the reproofs and warnings that He sends, strenuously asserting their own will, and following their own course of action, making it appear that they are in no need of correction.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 9)
“If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not?” [Verse 7.] “He that findeth his life shall lose it; and he that loseth his life for My sake shall find it.” [Matthew 10:39.] “To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God.”“He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed with white raiment, and I will not blot out his name from the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Revelation 2:7; 3:5.] “He whom I love will I rebuke and chasten, and in him will I delight, even as a father in his son; yea, they shall go forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father, and shall inherit all things.”
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 10)
I have many pages more in mind, but I am called to breakfast. I dare not attend family worship; for in my present condition, it would not be advisable.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 11)
I hope to meet you soon at the General Conference in Washington.
(20LtMs, Lt 133, 1905, 12)
Lt 135, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Sanitarium,” Washington, D. C. May 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 503; PM 394; 5Bio 401. + Dear Children Edson and Emma,—
I send you from Washington the assurance that the protecting care of our heavenly Father was over us on our long journey. I want you to know of the goodness and love of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 1)
I stood the trip remarkably well and was stronger when I left the cars at Washington than when I got on board at San Francisco. Every morning and evening I washed myself all over with cold water, and I know that this was a blessing to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 2)
During the first part of the trip, the train moved very gently and quietly. It was a pleasure to be on something that moved, and yet did not annoy me in moving. I rested more during the journey than it would have been possible for me to rest in my own home; for, had I remained at home, I fear that I would have been troubled by a constant regret that I had not exercised faith by starting out on the journey.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 3)
We travelled under the escort of Mr. Phillips, a very pleasant and obliging young man, who did all in his power to make us comfortable. He seemed to watch for opportunities to suggest something for my comfort and convenience.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 4)
All the way along through Texas and Louisiana the ground was brilliantly carpeted with wild flowers; and at every stop the train made, some of the men would get out to gather flowers for those inside.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 5)
On Sabbath we had a song service. Brother Lawrence, who is a musician, led the singing. All the passengers in the car seemed to enjoy the service greatly, many of them joining in the singing. On Sunday we had another song service, after which Elder Corliss gave a short talk, taking as his text the words, “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God.” [1 John 3:1.] The passengers listened attentively and seemed to enjoy what was said.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 6)
On Monday we had more singing, and we all seemed to be drawing closer together. I dared not address the people, fearing that I would strain my vocal organs. I knew that I would have to speak often during the General Conference, and that I must be guarded and get all the rest I could beforehand. There was a larger number of passengers on the car than when we came East last year, but during the whole trip nothing occurred to mar the harmony.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 7)
During the trip I gave away several of my books, and those to whom I gave them were very much pleased. I gave a copy of Christ’s Object Lessons to Mr. Phillips, and he seemed to appreciate the gift very highly.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 8)
On reaching Welsh, La., we were met by about thirty of our people. I spite of the fact that the train stopped there only a few minutes, several of the sisters pressed into the car bringing me three boxes of beautiful flowers. I shook hands with the few who managed to get in, but how I did wish that the train would stop longer, so that I could have spoken to all who came.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 9)
At Atlanta, Brother R. M. Kilgore and several others met us. They were expecting us to spend the day with them, but as matters turned out, we were unable to do this. It was very pleasant indeed to meet these friends along the way, and we were sorry that we could not stop longer at each place.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 10)
We reached Washington at ten o’clock Tuesday morning. There was no one there to meet us; for our people had not been notified of our coming, so we went over to the Branch Sanitarium. Here we were given a hearty welcome. This sanitarium is a beautiful place in a very fine location. The building is rented furnished throughout, and the house and its appointments are just what is needed in a place like Washington. It is in the city, within easy access, and yet there is plenty of space on all sides. In front of the building, across the street, is a fine park, in which the patients can walk or sit, enjoying the precious sunshine.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 11)
I have a very nice room, and Willie and May occupy one opening out of it. May accompanied me this time, in place of Sara, who for some weeks has been suffering from an affliction of the right eye. At one time she feared that she would lose the sight of this eye. But she placed the case in the hands of the great Physician, and with grieved, sorrowing hearts we prayed most earnestly for healing. As we prayed, we had the assurance that the Spirit of the great Healer was among us.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 12)
In order to make it possible for May to leave the children and come with me, Ella White and Dores Robinson, who had been engaged for some time, were united in marriage a day or two before we left home. They will care for the children during May’s absence. The solemn ceremony was performed on Monday evening in the sanitarium chapel. I felt very thankful that by this marriage, which we feel fully authorized to say bears the approval of God, the way was opened for May to accompany me. She can with full confidence leave the children in the care of Dores and Ella; for they are faithful and competent. I thank the Lord for this.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 13)
God can work wonders in preparing the way before us. I can but say, Praise the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me bless His holy name, for the love and care that He has shown in opening the way for me to come to this conference. I have nothing but words of encouragement to write regarding my journey across the continent. I had opportunity to give away some of my books and to speak to some of my fellow passengers regarding the love and goodness of God. Those with whom I talked seemed eager for opportunities to hear more. There was one young man on our car with whom I became deeply interested. I made a strong effort to persuade him to give up the use of tobacco, and I have every encouragement to think that my effort was not in vain. I held myself in readiness to speak a word in season and out of season, here a little and there a little. I can but feel that the Lord is in my coming to Washington at this time. I have a message to bear. God helping me, I will stand firm for the right, presenting truth unmixed with the falsities that have been stealthily creeping in. Those who are on the Lord’s side will refuse to be drawn astray by false science, which makes a jingle of the true Word of prophecy. May the Lord give me much of His grace, that in every word and act I may reveal the light of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 135, 1905, 14)
Lt 137, 1905
Irwin, Sister [G. A.] Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 18, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 199. Dear Sister Irwin,—
It is thought best for your husband to remain with Brother [Farnsworth] and help Brother Daniells with his work. There is a large and important work to be accomplished, and your husband and Brother and Sister Farnsworth should at this crisis remain in America. It is necessary to have strong men here at this time. I understand that Elder Daniells has been chosen as president of the General Conference, and Elder Irwin, vice-president. This arrangement seems to be satisfactory to all.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 1)
There is much work to be done in the large cities of America—work that ought to have been done long ago. These cities must be worked. Our young men and women, instead of collecting at Battle Creek for a long term of years, ought to be working in these cities.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 2)
Elder Haskell and his wife have done a good work in establishing Bible training schools in New York and in Nashville. They gather round them a small company of young men and women and give them a practical training in holding Bible readings and selling our papers. This work should be done in many other cities. The young people who go out to work in these cities should be under the care of experienced leaders. There should be a place to which they can return when their day’s work is done, where they can have seasons of prayer together and relate their experiences. It was in this way that the fishermen who left their nets at the call of Christ were trained.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 3)
The gathering together of a large company of people in Battle Creek is not God’s plan, but one of human invention.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 4)
The Lord has a precious, sacred work of soul-saving to be done in the world, and it is to be done now. This work is to be carried forward on a higher plane of individual responsibility than ever before.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 5)
The plan that I have suggested regarding the work in our cities is a plan that has been carried out with success. Let the workers be provided with a good home, and let them be under the charge of consecrated leaders. They can then receive family training and discipline, and both men and women can compose the family of workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 6)
I am pleased with the idea of Brother Irwin and yourself spending some time in America. I am indeed grateful for the help that you have been able to render to the sanitarium work. We hope that suitable help can be provided to take your place; for your help and influence will be just as much needed in connection with your husband’s work in America as it has been in Australia.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 7)
Elder Daniells has had a hard and trying place for many months, and besides, it is of no use to place the burden of the work of the presidency on one man. The light given me is that no less than three men should be united in this work. One man should not try to do all the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 8)
We hope, my sister, that you will not feel that we want you to rush away from your work in Australia; but we would be pleased to have you come as early as possible, that you may be united with your husband in his work. I know that it will be a hard pull for you to leave your son, but such things have to be done, and the making of the sacrifice brings great blessing. May the Lord give you wisdom and judgment.
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 9)
To your children I would say, Be of good courage in the Lord. We cannot say to you, Break away from the school, and come also. Your position cannot well be filled, and the Lord has blessed you and given you increased ability. There is a great work to be done, and in acting your individual part, you will certainly receive blessing in this life and in the future life, when the members of the Lord’s family shall be gathered together to enjoy one another’s society through an eternity of bliss. May the Lord bless you in all your labors to prepare the youth to do their appointed work, and may you at last hear the “Well done” from the lips of the Saviour. [Matthew 25:21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 137, 1905, 10)
Lt 139, 1905
Burden, J. A. Takoma Park, Maryland May 14, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 235-237. + Dear Brother Burden,—
Your letter has just been read. I had no sooner finished reading it than I said, “I will consult no one; for I have no question at all about the matter.” I advised Willie to send you a telegram without spending time to ask the advice of the brethren. Secure the property by all means, so that it can be held, and then obtain all the money you can and make sufficient payments to hold the place. This is the very property that we ought to have. Do not delay; for it is just what is needed. As soon as it is secured, a working force can begin operations in it. I think that sufficient help can be secured to carry this matter through. I want you to be sure to lose no time in securing the right to purchase the property. We will do our utmost to help you raise the money. I know that Redlands and Riverside are to be worked, and I pray that the Lord may be gracious and not allow any one else to get this property instead of us.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 1)
We had a very pleasant trip from San Francisco to Washington. Several times a song service was held in the car, and this took well. Many of the passengers outside of our party united in the singing.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 2)
I am recovering from the cold that I caught about three weeks before leaving home. On Thursday morning I spoke in the large tent, and on Sabbath morning I spoke again. The large tent was crowded, and I am told that my voice could be heard very distinctly even by those on the seats at the very back. I shall send you a copy of my talk when it is written out.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 3)
Today, Sunday, Elder Haskell spoke in the forenoon. The afternoon meeting was broken up by a thunderstorm. The rain came through the large tent, and people were obliged to hurry away to the small tents.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 4)
A good work is being done on the school and sanitarium land here. Money is coming in for the completion of the one-hundred-thousand-dollar fund. Last Friday morning, at a meeting held for this purpose, about six thousand dollars was handed in by the delegates for the Washington work. A great many conferences had not at that time reported fully, and at the end of this week, there will be several thousand dollars more to hand in.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 5)
We hope that this meeting will be the means of accomplishing much good. If the Lord sees that we are in earnest in seeking Him, He will be found of us. Oh, it would be sad indeed to get above the simplicity of the work. When we are humble enough to receive wisdom, the Lord will certainly teach us His way. I have such a hungering and thirsting after God! I must have a strong faith, and I must bear a decided testimony, which will not be weakened. Bible truth will prevail, and oh, how my heart longs to see our church members obtaining a deep experience, which will stand the test that is before us.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 6)
Let us seek the Lord while He may be found and call upon Him while He is near. “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 7)
Let us make straight paths for our feet. The Lord will not leave those who love Him and keep His commandments to be spoiled by the enemy. A short work will the Lord do upon the earth, and He will stir His people mightily. A great work is to be done. Let us read and study the fifty-fifth and fifty-sixth chapters of Isaiah; for they contain wonderful encouragement, and the Lord wants us to bring all the uplifting possible to His people.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 8)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 9)
“Neither let the son of the stranger that hath joined himself to the Lord speak saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant: Even to them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters: I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 10)
“Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer; their burnt offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called an house of prayer for all people. The Lord God, which gathereth the outcasts of Israel saith, Yet will I gather others to him, beside those that are gathered unto him.” [Isaiah 56:1-8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 11)
Here is the word of the Lord. Open up every place possible. We are to labor in faith, taking hold of a power that is pledged to do large things for us. We are to reach out in faith in Los Angeles and in Redlands and Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 12)
[The copy of this letter printed in the Medical Evangelistic Library, No. 4, p. 20, includes an additional paragraph, which is also found in handwritten form as copied below.]
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 13)
If we do not succeed in getting the place we hope to have, then we shall have to search for another; for a sanitarium should be started at once. But I believe the Lord means that we shall have that place and that money can be obtained to purchase it. Let not this opportunity slip, for just such a place has been put before me that would be greatly to our advantage to obtain. May the Lord impress His people with the work long neglected in the South [Southern California]. W. C. White sent the telegram yesterday afternoon with a decided affirmative to purchase the place. There was a small building in Pennsylvania offered for twenty thousand, I think, and just the land where the building stands they want more land. It must be purchased at large cost.
(20LtMs, Lt 139, 1905, 14)
Lt 141, 1905
Butler, G. I. NP 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 190. Elder G. I. Butler My dear Brother,—
The Lord would have us as believers combine our strength. He would have us individually take to the Saviour’s words and wear His yoke. “Come unto Me,” Christ says, “and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] If we pray and watch unto prayer, we shall see the workings of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 1)
Turn now unto Christ, ye prisoners of hope. Unify, unify. It is Satan who seeks to divide. Christ works to unify.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 2)
Elder Butler, if we can blend together as believers, and draw in even cords, we shall see the salvation of God. Let us talk more of the Lord Jesus and become imbued with His Spirit. He must be formed within us, the hope of glory. His power alone can cleanse us from sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 3)
Christ is our sufficiency. Those who indeed receive Him as a personal Saviour will reveal honesty and integrity in all their dealings. There will be no robbery, no underhand dealing. We are to be rooted and built up in Christ, that we may not be carried away by the science of the great deceiver. Already some are departing from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. There are those who boast that they have been studying science for years. But what has this science done for them? Just what it did for Satan in the heavenly courts.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 4)
The businessman in the commercial world will get money at any cost to piety, to religion, in order to pay his debts. The inquiry may be made, What else could he do? He could keep within his income, and then he would have no debts to harass him.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 5)
Our spiritual needs must be supplied with spiritual food. Many of those who profess to be followers of Christ are acting a lie. Receiving Him in truth means bringing the entire being into submission to His will. His grace will regenerate, sanctify, cleanse, and refine us. Then we shall shine as lights in the world, guiding others to Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 6)
Press together. Let every difference be adjusted. Press together, press together. Let us make a healthy growth in grace. Do not stop to brood over troubles, but place yourself in close connection with God. The Lord will draw near to all who draw near to Him. We are to be rooted and built up in Christ. Let us look and live. May God help us, is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 141, 1905, 7)
Lt 143, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Takoma Park, Maryland May 23, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PC 234. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I feel very grateful to the Lord that He has strengthened me to speak six times at this meeting. When I left my home in St. Helena, I was suffering from a severe cold, and I thought it rather a risk to run to attempt to attend the meeting. But I decided to start with the party, thinking that I would go as far as Los Angeles, and then, if I could not go any farther, I would return to St. Helena. The Lord strengthened me, and I have been able to bear my testimony six times since the meeting began. All seem surprised that my voice is so clear and strong. I have said many things that the Lord has given me to say, and I still have more to say. I attend only those meetings in which I can bear my testimony.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 1)
I have been waiting to hear from you again regarding the place near Redlands, about which you wrote not long ago. I hope that this place can be secured, because I think that the Lord has made it possible for us to obtain it. If you have anything further to tell us, please do so. We do not want this place to be a snare to us; for I feel impressed that it will be a great blessing. I hope that you will send me a line when you have come to a decision regarding the place.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 2)
Redlands and Riverside must be worked, and they could be worked from the place about which you have written us. If Brother and Sister Haskell can possibly get away from Nashville, I should like them to spend a little time in Southern California. They ought to spend the winter in a more even climate than that of Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 3)
Our meetings are going on well, and we have every reason to be grateful to our heavenly Father. Dr. Kellogg came on the ground a few days ago. He spoke a few words in a council meeting, I think it was. Then he went to Philadelphia to attend to some business. His brother Will is still on the ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 4)
The conference is a large and interesting one. I think the meeting will close next Tuesday or Wednesday. Willie thinks that we shall be obliged to remain here a week after that. I am anxious to get home. We are in haste to get Ministry of Healing on the market so that our sanitariums can have help.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 5)
I cannot write any more today; for I am very tired, and my head will not work. I fall asleep while I am writing.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 6)
With much love to your family and the others whom we know in the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 143, 1905, 7)
Lt 145, 1905
Burden, J. A. Takoma Park, Maryland May 24, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 234-235. + Dear Brother Burden,—
We received your letter today. I wish to say that I cannot ask the conference to invest in a sanitarium at Redlands. They have enough responsibilities to carry without taking upon them other responsibilities. If you in Los Angeles will do your best, we will do our best. If you will do nothing, say so, and we will do nothing. If you will work intelligently, as we know you can, then we will do what we can. But if you do nothing, waiting for the conference, you will lose your chance. If you are going to depend on the conference’s purchasing it, I have no hope of your obtaining it.
(20LtMs, Lt 145, 1905, 1)
Can you give us definite terms of payment? Then we shall know what to tell the people. I am anxious to secure the place for a sanitarium, but if you cannot state anything definite as to the terms of payment, we are left without any certain information.
(20LtMs, Lt 145, 1905, 2)
Brother Burden, if you wait for Brother Santee to work out the plans, there will be no hope at all in the matter. I will not write more till I hear something further from you. Telegraph us at once the price of the property and the best terms of payment you can obtain.
(20LtMs, Lt 145, 1905, 3)
Lt 146, 1905
Olsen, O. A. Takoma Park, Maryland May 24, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in KC 19-20. Elder O. A. Olsen,—
I desire that all should understand matters in the right light. The messages given at the conference of 1901, and since that time, that our sanitariums should not be linked up with the Medical Missionary Association at Battle Creek, were plain enough to be understood by all our medical workers. Had our physicians, whom God has greatly honored by giving them light and encouragement, listened to the counsels and warnings then given them, they would have saved themselves and our people generally from many perplexities and temptations. The Lord designed that these men should be His physicians, light bearers to the world; but they have misappropriated the words of warning, and the enemy has been permitted to work a strange work among those who should have stood as standard-bearers of the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 1)
The book Living Temple contains specious, deceptive sentiments regarding the personality of God and of Christ. The Lord opened before me the true meaning of these sentiments, showing me that unless they were steadfastly repudiated, they would deceive the very elect. Precious truth and beautiful sentiments were woven in with false, misleading theories. Thus truth was used to substantiate the most dangerous errors. The precious representations of God are so misconstrued as to appear to uphold falsehoods originated by the great apostate. Sentiments that belong to the revealings of God are mingled with specious, deceptive theories of satanic agencies.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 2)
In the controversy over these theories it has been asserted that I believed and taught the same things that I have been instructed to condemn in the book Living Temple. This I deny. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, I say that this is not so.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 3)
Truths are being used to serve the purpose of upholding theories that I have repeatedly condemned. There are those who persist in taking the precious representations given me by God and weaving them in with sentiments that God never designed should be presented to His people. I protest against this use of my writings, and I am forced to speak to this conference, saying, Be not deceived; God is not mocked; he who misplaces and misapplies the precious things of God is sinning against heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 4)
I had hoped that these matters would be straightened out at this conference. I hoped that after the many decided warnings that have been sent to our medical workers at Battle Creek, they would take a stand for the right and remove the stumbling blocks out of the way. But another opportunity has passed by unimproved; and I can not and will not keep silent. The truth of God is imperilled. The students who have gone to Battle Creek to obtain an education in medical missionary lines are in danger of receiving specious errors. In the name of the Lord I say to our people, Let your children receive instruction in medical missionary lines from those who are true and loyal to the faith which has been delivered to the people of God under the ministration of the Holy Spirit. Amidst the perils of these last days, this truth is to shine forth as a lamp that burneth.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 5)
When Dr. Kellogg receives the messages of warning given during the last twenty years; when he is sincerely converted; when he acts as a consistent, level-headed Christian worker; when his energies are devoted to carrying forward medical missionary work in right lines; when he bears a testimony that has in it no signs of double meaning or of a misconstruction of the light God has given, then we may have confidence that he is following the light. But until then, we have no right to regard him as a safe leader in the interpretation of the Scriptures. He will confuse minds and will commingle specious scientific errors with the instruction that he gives. It is not right to allow this seductive influence to be breathed by men and women who are training to be Christian missionaries; for thus they will be deceived and led away from the truths that Christ gave to John to give to the churches.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 6)
It has been presented to me that in view of Dr. Kellogg’s course of action at the Berrien Springs meeting, we are not to treat him as a man led of the Lord who should be invited to attend our general meetings as a teacher and leader.
(20LtMs, Lt 146, 1905, 7)
Lt 147, 1905
White, Mabel Takoma Park, Maryland May 24, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 45-46. My dear child Mabel,—
I have spoken seven times since coming here. Last Sabbath the Lord gave me strength to speak to a congregation of over a thousand in the large tent. All seemed astonished to see that my voice was strong enough to reach all in the large tent and even those standing on the outside. An excellent impression was made.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 1)
Since coming here, I have written considerable that it seemed necessary I should write. My health has been quite good. I am glad that I came. All seem surprised that I can step round as spry as I do. I do not want to leave a painful impression on the minds of those who at this meeting may see me for the last time.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 2)
Our party has four rooms in the west end of the boy’s dormitory, on the first floor. On one side of the hall I have two rooms, a small sitting room and a bedroom, with a bathroom between. Whenever I wish, I can take a hot or cold bath. This I enjoy very much. Your father and mother have the front room across the hall from my sitting room, and Maggie has the room opposite my bedroom. The dormitory is an excellent building. Everything about it is strong and firm. Thorough work has been done in its construction.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 3)
Your mother is an excellent nurse, and I appreciate her very much. She neglects nothing that is necessary for my comfort. We go out riding nearly every day in a nice, easy carriage. Everything possible has been done to make me comfortable.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 4)
We are having a profitable meeting. You will no doubt see the particulars in the Review and Herald. We have had beautiful singing at the meetings, and several different kinds of musical instruments have produced the sweetest sounds. Nothing has been gotten up for display, but all the arrangements are characterized by good taste and propriety.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 5)
During the first part of the meeting there was some rain, but for days the weather has been very fine, though not hot.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 6)
I have had the privilege of meeting many old friends. They remembered me, but I could not remember all of them. I have been obliged to keep myself from visiting; for I had writing and public speaking to do, and I knew that I must save my strength for this. The people seem to listen to every word I say, and if they will work with an eye single to the glory of God, their lives will reflect the light of heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 7)
Mabel, remember that Jesus is your helper. He loves you and will be your sympathizing friend. Keep your heart in the love of God; and when you recover from the sickness, do not use your strength unadvisedly. You can keep a reserve fund of strength if you will avoid unnecessary taxation. I greatly desire you to have health of body and health of soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 8)
Jesus will be everything to every one of us if we will look constantly to Him, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord. If we think of His goodness and talk of His power, the result will be that we shall be changed into His image. His will and His way will become our will and our way. By beholding Him, and choosing Him as our all and in all, we shall become assimilated to His image. Our restless efforts will be changed to an abiding peace. We commit the keeping of our souls to God as unto a faithful Creator. We try to do as Christ would do under similar circumstances, and as we follow His way, we become meek and lowly.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 9)
I was sorry, my dear child, to learn that you had been sick. This causes me to grieve much over your case. But do not be discouraged. I pray that the blessing of the Lord may rest upon you, and that health may come to your body and to your soul, and that the transforming grace and power that Christ bestows may be given you. The image of the Saviour is to be engraved upon the heart, His character is to be revealed in spirit and word and act, and His light is to be reflected in clear rays to all around.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 10)
I love Jesus because He first loved me. When we contemplate Christ as our pattern, as well as our compassionate, loving Redeemer, we shall enjoy peace and joy in the Lord, in whom dwells all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. His light, His love, His work become to us most precious and satisfying.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 11)
We all need to keep our eyes fixed on Christ and to follow in His footsteps, doing our best, and remembering that we are thus being prepared for the mansions that He has gone to prepare for those who love Him as their best friend and counsellor. O that we all realized that true happiness is found in taking Christ as our nearest and dearest friend. He has bought us with a price, and with such a price that He expects of us full service. Looking unto Jesus, becoming conformed to His image, we are made complete in Him who is the head of all principalities and powers. We have such a love for Christ that our happiness in Him is complete.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 12)
Shall we not strive to attain to the possibilities held out before us? In this work there is no disappointment. Christ will be our helper, our assurance. Nothing can be added to the completeness that He gives. Therefore I greatly desire all to be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Christ left the royal courts and came in this world that human beings might be made complete in Him. He has made provision that those who trust in Him, following His way and heeding His instruction, shall be conformed to His likeness. Those who do this will be filled with peace and contentment and joy and sacred love.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 13)
Let us be determined to be a light to those around us, revealing Christ in character. At this time, when the close of the earth’s history is so near, we should make most earnest efforts to become worthy of a place in the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for all who love Him and believe in Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 14)
My dear child, have courage in the Lord. Pray, and believe, and trust in your Saviour, and He will be your joy and crown of rejoicing.
(20LtMs, Lt 147, 1905, 15)
Lt 149, 1905
Collins, Gilbert Takoma Park, Maryland May 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 414. Dear Brother Gilbert Collins,—
We who are upon this camp-ground have had a season of prayer for you. We earnestly desire that if it is the Lord’s will your life may be spared. I hope that when your life shall close, you will indeed be peaceful and happy. But I trust that God will grant the prayers that we have offered in the public meeting, and those that I have offered in my own room, that if it is in accordance with His holy will, He may spare your life. We pray that the great Physician may stay the course of the disease and make you well.
(20LtMs, Lt 149, 1905, 1)
It makes us very sad to part with any of those who have grown up in the truth. We want every one to be spared, if it is for the glory of God. Have faith in God, Brother Collins. Ask for yourself, in faith. We will keep your case before the Lord. I was not able to be in the tent when you were prayed for. I was lying on my bed, exhausted; but faith seemed to bring you nigh.
(20LtMs, Lt 149, 1905, 2)
I have just come in from speaking to a very large congregation. I spoke from 1 John 3:1-9. The people seemed to be surprised that I could make all on the inside and the outside of the tent hear plainly. In the congregation there were many black people, but they were well dressed, and they listened with intense interest. I tried to show our people the need of self-sacrifice. I spoke about the good that might be done by teaching children to put their pennies in the self-denial boxes sent out by the Southern Missionary Society. I urged them not to become weary in well-doing. Every penny is needed, and the plan of sending out these self-denial boxes was a plan originated by God. Those who carry out this plan will receive their reward, according to the purity of motive with which they give. The gift may be as small as the widow’s mite, but it is noticed by the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 149, 1905, 3)
This is the last Sabbath we shall spend here at this meeting, unless something unforeseen takes place. After the meetings close, we shall have to stay here for a week to attend council meetings and committee meetings.
(20LtMs, Lt 149, 1905, 4)
Since the meeting began, I have spoken nine times, and the Lord has helped me to make the discourses impressive. I depend upon Him to bless the word spoken. I still have a work to do on the grounds for certain individuals.
(20LtMs, Lt 149, 1905, 5)
Lt 151, 1905
Corliss, J. O. Takoma Park, Maryland May 27, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Elder Corliss Dear Brother,—
I am afraid that I did not speak as I should regarding your coming in as president of the California Conference. The reason why you have not been placed in such a position before is because I have urged upon our brethren the presentation given me, that it was not a wise thing to place you in such a position, that you would take too many burdens on yourself, and your brain would be overtaxed. You would be under a great strain, carrying many burdens that others could more safely carry.
(20LtMs, Lt 151, 1905, 1)
You must be taxed less in the light given me again and again. When you are perplexed and your brain is wearied, you speak words that hurt your influence. I would advise you not to accept the position of president of the conference, even though you are asked to do so, because a great many burdens that others should bear would be laid upon you. When I think of the pressure that you would be placed under in such a position of responsibility, I fear that you would not be able to endure the strain.
(20LtMs, Lt 151, 1905, 2)
The case has forced itself upon me, and I present to you the instruction given me. You can accomplish much more as a teacher of truth, a Bible expositor, than you could if standing in the position of president of a conference. Give yourself time to rest, that your wearied faculties may be restored. In presenting truth to the people, you are a success if you give yourself time to rest and are not forced to decide perplexing questions. You are very sensitive to blame or censure, and I advise you not to take position in which you would be surrounded by numerous sources of disquietude. Your spiritual efficiency as a minister of the flock of God, an expositor of the Word, will be greatly needed. I know your ability to present the truth, and I desire that you shall not be loaded down by responsibilities that would unfit you for the important work that must be done. I speak to you thus early, so that you will not think that you must heed the suggestion I made you. In the past I have warned you against taking responsibilities that press one down as a cart beneath sheaves. Above everything else, you need to be situated where you will have peace of mind, working when you choose, and not burdening yourself with perplexities that would endanger your health. Keep your mind where it will not be harassed.
(20LtMs, Lt 151, 1905, 3)
I cannot favor your being nominated as president of the California Conference. If you will follow the directions given, your life will be preserved, and you will be enabled to do a large amount of good. I am bidden to say to you, Watch unto prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 151, 1905, 4)
Lt 153, 1905
Burden, J. A. Takoma Park, Maryland May 28, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 240-241. + Dear Brother Burden,—
When you wrote to me about the advisability of purchasing the property known as Loma Linda, I did not consult with anyone, because I thought this would hinder us, and I believed that we could carry the matter forward without putting the burden on the conference. We do not desire to bring perplexity upon the conference regarding this matter. Be assured, my brother, that I never advance anything unless I have a decided impression that it should be carried out and unless I am firmly resolved to assist.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 1)
I am glad that means is in sight to make the first payment on the place; for we ought to have it. I do not know just where to look for the rest of the money needed. I have asked Brother Washburn to let me know of anyone who would be willing to lend me some money without interest. He thinks that I could get means on these terms.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 2)
We will appropriate the proceeds of the sale of a certain number of copies of Ministry of Healing toward the purchase of this property. The book will soon be on the market.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 3)
By all means secure the property, if you can; for I believe it to be the very place the Lord desires us to have. We do not desire to burden the conference. We can as a company raise the required sum, I believe. I hope that we shall see you soon, and then we can talk these matters over. We shall have to stay here for a week after the meetings close, because Willie has some committee work to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 4)
Since coming to the conference, I have spoken nine times. Up to today I had not made any call for means. At the close of my talk this afternoon, I called for a contribution for the work among the colored people of the Southern field. One hundred and twenty-eight dollars was raised. I was much pleased. When I left my tent, it looked as if I would not be able to get to my room, there were so many who wanted to speak to me. Edson was present, and he felt very grateful for the donation.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 5)
We had a large, profitable meeting on Sabbath. The tent was filled, and a number of people stood on the outside. This afternoon I spoke to a large company.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 6)
This is a beautiful place, and I am glad that the school is established here. A sanitarium must be erected, and we hope that this can be done soon. Then there is the publishing house to be built, but we hope that after both the school and the sanitarium have been completed, there will be something left for the publishing house.
(20LtMs, Lt 153, 1905, 7)
Lt 155, 1905
Burden, J. A. Takoma Park, Maryland May 31, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 239-240. + Dear Brother Burden,—
Our general meetings closed last night. We have had excellent meetings, but I cannot give you a full report, for I have gone to those meetings only at which I have spoken. I came to the conference with fear and trembling, but determined to do my best. I have spoken ten times and have done considerable writing. Night after night I have been up writing as early as two o’clock, and yet I am doing well healthwise.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 1)
On the whole, we have had beautiful weather. At the first of the meetings there was a heavy thunder storm, but since then the days have been pleasant. Last night there was a little shower, which is a great blessing; for the dust has been settled.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 2)
For the rest of the week, committee meetings will continue, and the first of next week we shall start home. On our way we shall stop to see the place that means so much to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 3)
During the meeting I did not dare to make any call for money; but last Sunday afternoon, when I had finished speaking the thought came to me that perhaps the people standing on the outside of the tent might give something for the colored work, so I made a call. A contribution was taken up, and in a very few minutes word came that one hundred and twenty-eight dollars had been given. The subduing influence of the Spirit of God rested upon the people, and a good impression was made by the meeting. As I walked from the tent to my room, many stopped me, and with tears of rejoicing shook my hand.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 4)
The conference has called forth very weighty testimonies, and I am pleased with the appreciation shown to these testimonies.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 5)
We hope to see you soon now, but in regard to the purchase of Loma Linda, I will say, Go ahead. I hope to be able to help by giving the proceeds from a certain number of copies of Ministry of Healing. I can do no more, except to borrow. I wish the place purchased. Do not neglect to tell me all I ought to know. I have been looking over your descriptive letter, and I am well satisfied that the place is one we ought to have. It is cheap at forty thousand dollars. We will not leave you, but will stand back of you and help you to raise the means. In regard to the right man to manage the institution, I am confident that we shall find some one when the right time comes.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 6)
As soon as we can be released from here, we shall return to California. I will let you know when we shall leave here, as soon as I can find out.
(20LtMs, Lt 155, 1905, 7)
Lt 157, 1905
Collins, Gilbert Takoma Park, Maryland May 31, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Gilbert Collins,—
I should be glad to hear something in regard to your case. We have remembered you in our prayers, both in the large tent and privately. I had hoped to receive ere this some word regarding how you are; for I have a deep interest in you. Please let us know how you are. We feel that the Lord is good and merciful. He does not willingly afflict or grieve the children of men.
(20LtMs, Lt 157, 1905, 1)
My brother, may the Lord give you His rich blessing. This is what you need. He will not let your light go out in darkness, but will let His light shine upon you. May He give you clear judgment and an abiding sense of His love. I will continue to present your case before Him. I ask you to rest yourself wholly in His hands.
(20LtMs, Lt 157, 1905, 2)
Lt 159, 1905
Daigneau, Sister [J. E.] New Mexico, on the way to California June 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 176. + Mrs. J. E. Daigneau My dear Sister,—
There are some things that are to be confessed to God alone. If you have wronged a brother or a sister, you have the light given you in the Word. “If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and to thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.] “If thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother.”“But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses, every word may be established. And if he neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church; but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican.” [Matthew 18:15-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 1)
“Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Verses 19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 2)
Is not this a blessed promise? Cannot you work intelligently upon the promise, seeing that you are Christ’s purchased possession? If your sin is between you and God, you need not give publicity to it, but confess it to God. Often poor, weak mortals act very unadvisedly in the matter of confessing their sins to human beings.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 3)
“Then came Peter unto Him, and said, Lord, how oft shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? till seven times? Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until seven times; but until seventy times seven.” [Verses 21, 22.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 4)
Read the whole of the eighteenth chapter of Matthew, and find in its instruction relief and courage and hope. Go forward in faith. Work right to the point. I advise you to take your case to the Lord Jesus in prayer. Believe that He hears you, and that when you confess your sins and repent, and walk humbly with God, you will find pardon. Act like one whom the Lord has corrected in order to purify and save you.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 5)
“I know thy works; behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it; for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name.”“Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” [Revelation 3:8, 10, 11.] “As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 19-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 6)
Never give up your faith and hope in God. Cling to the promises. Do not trust in your feelings, but in the naked Word of God. Believe the assurances of the Lord. Take your stand upon the plain Thus saith the Lord and rest there, feeling or no feeling. Faith is not always followed by feelings of ecstasy, but hope thou in God. Trust fully in Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 7)
“Hear the right, O Lord, attend unto my cry, give ear unto my prayer, that goeth not out of feigned lips. Let my sentence come forth from Thy presence; let Thine eyes behold the things that are equal. Thou hast proved mine heart; Thou hast visited me in the night; Thou hast tried me, and shalt find nothing; I am purposed that my mouth shall not transgress.... Hold up my goings in Thy paths, that my footsteps slip not. I have called upon Thee; for Thou wilt hear me, O God; incline Thine ear unto me, and hear my speech.” [Psalm 17:1-3, 5, 6.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 8)
My sister, trust in the Lord as a little child trusts its earthly parent. Cling to the Saviour. Let nothing separate your soul from God. “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Look for mercies; expect mercies. Look continually for blessings. See them, acknowledge them, and do not complain, do not fret. Do not cast blame upon God, but say, O Lord, I do believe, though I am a sinner and because I am a sinner. I believe in Thee with all my heart. Thou art the truth, and Thy Word I believe.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 9)
What is religion? It is the conformity of the whole being to the will of God. “If any man will come after Me,” Christ said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] You need an intelligent belief in the Word of God. This Word is our rule of action. You are not to stand long, saying, What must I do? The first question with you is, What must I believe? Right believing means right doing. Christ gave His life to make it possible for you to be a partaker of the divine nature. “It is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners.” [1 Timothy 1:15.] He is able to save to the uttermost all who come to God through Him. You must take Him at His word. Let confidence in Him fill your heart. Say, “I know in whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him, against that day.” [2 Timothy 1:12.] This is the faith that is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 10)
We are to be living stones in the building, Christ Himself being the chief corner stone. As to your merit for this position, Christ has placed Himself under obligation to answer this question. Through connection with Him, you can serve God acceptably. The stone receives the support of the foundation on which it rests. O precious, wondrous gift of God. “By whom also we have access unto that grace wherein we stand.” Sing of his mercy and tell of His power. “Being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.”“And not only so, but we glory in tribulation also, knowing that tribulation worketh patience, and patience, experience; and experience, hope; and hope maketh not ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto you.” [Romans 5:2, 1, 3-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 11)
I have written this seated in my berth on the train. If the Lord will, we shall reach Redlands at ten o’clock tomorrow morning. We shall remain there two days, then go to Los Angeles, and from there to St. Helena.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 12)
Remember that the Lord will bless all who put their trust in Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 13)
Your sister.
(20LtMs, Lt 159, 1905, 14)
Lt 161, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] San Jose, California June 25, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 250-253. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
It is just daylight, and I am seated on my couch, beginning a letter to you. Our meeting here began a day or two ago, and I think there will be a good attendance of our people. On Sabbath the brethren and sisters at Mountain View turned out well. On Sabbath morning at half-past ten, I spoke to a large number in the big tent.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 1)
I have an intense desire that this meeting shall be the very kind of a meeting that the Lord desires us to have. I hope much for the revival of the Spirit of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 2)
I have consented to remain here till the close of the camp-meeting—one week from Monday. We shall then return to our home at St. Helena.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 3)
There are many matters to be considered, and we all need the guidance of the Holy Spirit. I pray that a right impression may be made on the minds of those present at the meeting.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 4)
The school question will receive careful attention, and we hope that matters may be so adjusted that future work in educational lines will be of a more advanced and satisfactory character. The Lord can do much through the teachers and students of our schools, if they will carry the work steadily forward and upward.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 5)
I shall be pleased to hear from you at any time. I sincerely hope that the brethren in Southern California will unite in pressing forward the school work and the sanitarium work.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 6)
In regard to Sister Burden continuing to hold her place as bookkeeper, I think that if she would take the exercise that she should, the evils I have feared might be avoided. She should not confine herself too closely. She can be a real help in teaching others how to keep books. This is a line of education that is greatly needed, and in no case should it be neglected. But Sister Burden should be left entirely free to take up the work that she chooses. She can help with her experience in many ways. She can give valuable counsel in regard to many matters that will come up for discussion.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 7)
I have a great desire that you both be greatly blessed in your work in the new sanitarium. I hope that Brother Reaser will move understandingly in reference to the sanitariums already in operation and also in regard to the new sanitarium. I pray that the Lord may provide suitable people to connect with this institution, people who will be a genuine strength to the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 8)
Do not be discouraged if in any wise there is some cutting across of your plans, and if you are somewhat hindered. But I hope that we shall never again have to meet the hindrance that we have met in the past because of the way in which things have been conducted on some lines in Southern California. I have seen the hold-back principles followed, and I have seen the displeasure of the Lord because of this. If the same spirit is manifested, I shall not consent to keep silent as I have done.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 9)
It is the most awful thing a man can do to dethrone God from his heart, refusing to take the Bible as his counsellor. The man who does this debases whatever he has connection with. Christ does not abide in his heart. The law of God is to him an empty form. He may be supposed to be a Christian, but he debases whatever he touches.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 10)
The gospel of Christ has been dishonored by being handled with sin-stained hands. Professed Christians act and speak in a way that is no honor to God. What men and women need now is thorough conversion. Every part of their intelligence should go out to meet Christ, and every part of their spiritual nature should yearn for more of Him. The Father seeketh such to worship Him—those who worship Him in spirit and truth and in the beauty of holiness. Let us separate from the contaminating influences of the world and hold communion with the Saviour. Let us bring ourselves, in thought, word, and deed, into conformity with the will of Christ. The Redeemer is seeking for those whose highest aim is to serve and glorify God.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 11)
The message that the Lord has given me for the church in Los Angeles is, Through faith and diligent service you are to become one with Christ. You are to eat His flesh and drink His blood, making His words a part of the daily life. The great Teacher will accept only the purest integrity, the most distinct representation of His words and His spirit. Spiritual-mindedness must not be allowed to become a strange thing amongst us. We are to become more and more nearly conformed to Christ. The joy of the Lord, the praise of God, is to be on our lips and in our hearts. The character is to be transformed from the mist and cloud of uncertainty into the radiance of the light proceeding from heaven. The world is to be eclipsed by the contemplation of heavenly things.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 12)
I ask the believers in Los Angeles to seek for a deeper, higher experience in the things of God. The Father seeketh such to worship Him. Arise, and brace your souls for action. Take an extensive survey of the work that is to be done. Read your Bibles with an increasing determination to have a larger experience in the things of God. Stand in the light of the Sun of righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 13)
What could induce the pure, sinless Son of God to tabernacle with men in a world filled with crime and strife and wickedness. He did this that He might better reach the lost and perishing. He suffered, being tempted. Proportionate to the perfection of His holiness was the strength of the temptation. Because of the depravity so revolting to His purity, His residence in the world was a perpetual sorrow. On every hand He saw men and women destroying themselves by yielding to perverted appetite and passion.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 14)
Christ gave His life for the life of the world. He came to this earth in the likeness of man, to present before human beings an example of the character that all must form in order to be saved. He came to bring them power to overcome all the temptations of the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 15)
O that every soul might be awakened and led to become a subject of the heavenly kingdom, surrendering all to Christ. The Word of God gives us no encouragement that a sinner is pardoned in order that he may continue in sin. He is pardoned on condition that he receives Christ, confessing and repenting of his sin and becoming renewed. Many who pass under the name of Christian are not converted. Conversion means renovation. The sinner must enter into the renovating process for himself. He must come to Jesus. He must give up the wrong habits in which he has indulged. He must bring his unsubdued, unchristlike tendencies under the control of Christ, else he cannot be made a laborer together with God. Christ works, and the sinner works. The life of Christ becomes the life of the human agent. It is through the renewing power of the divine Spirit that man is fashioned into a perfect man in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 16)
By the character that he is forming, every man is deciding his future destiny. In the books of heaven is made the record. There the character is photographed. There is seen a picture of the unclothed soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 17)
The promise is given, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] It is the striving souls who receive the assistance of heaven and partake of its elements. It is by test and trial that the followers of Christ are fitted to dwell with Him in the heavenly courts.
(20LtMs, Lt 161, 1905, 18)
Lt 161a, 1905
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 5, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PH094 33. Dear Brother Burden,—
I write you a few lines. One thing I wish you to do. I wish you not to be very anxious to get this property in the hands or power of the conference to manage, but let parties manage the holding of this property. I learn that __________ has proposed to sell some of the land to help pay the standing debt. Tell me how the matter is now. Can you obtain a loan of money to raise the rest of the five thousand dollars? If not, we must stir about to see if we can not obtain the means. I have sent you the letter that I have written; please tell me what is necessary for me to do. We must be sure and have every payment made in time, and not let it go out of our hands.
(20LtMs, Lt 161a, 1905, 1)
I just thought to write you a few lines to assure you that not one foot of that land is to be sold to raise money. We will hire money at the bank rather than this shall be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 161a, 1905, 2)
Lt 163, 1905
Wilcox, F. M. San Jose, California June 29, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Wilcox,—
I have received and read your letter. I wish to assure you that things are not as Dr. Place represents them. He understands matters, as many others do, in the way that is according to his own wishes. In the interview that I had with him, my words were not what he represents them to be. I did not take back anything that I had said in the public meeting. I did not tell Dr. Place that I had made a mistake. I have some things written in regard to this matter, which I will have copied and sent to you. I would have sent it before, but have been left without a copyist, as Sister Hare was called to South Lancaster on account of the sickness of her sister.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 1)
In his talk with me, Dr. Place made most bitter complaints against Dr. Kellogg, telling what he had said and what he had done. I admitted that Dr. Kellogg had not stood in the light for a long time, and that the Lord had sent messages to that effect. Dr. Place said that you had acted very provokingly, and to this I made no response, save that the Lord would have the Boulder Sanitarium stand on higher ground and that He would have it prosper.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 2)
I am astonished that Dr. Place should make such representations of my words as are mentioned in your letter. I ought not to hold any important conversations with such men, unless a stenographer is present to take down every word that is said by me and by the one with whom I am talking.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 3)
The night after I had the conversation with Dr. Place, the facts of the case were presented before me. Before morning I wrote the matter out; for I could not sleep. I thought that while we were in Washington I would have the matter copied, but we found so much to do, and I was kept so busy, constantly writing and speaking, that it was not copied.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 4)
As soon as possible I shall have the article copied, and when it is sent out it will help to correct false impressions. My message to you is, Have no controversy with Dr. Place. It will be well to have as few words with him as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 5)
To every one connected with the Boulder Sanitarium, I would say, Draw near to God. Sit at His feet, and learn of Him. In spirit, in word, in deed, give no occasion for the enemy to take advantage of you. Stand in the strength of the mighty One, who can chase a thousand and put ten thousand to flight.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 6)
The matter is to be plainly understood that the Boulder Sanitarium is not to be traded away. Hold fast, and accomplish the work and will of God. After a time you will see through the fog and mist. Let every one at the sanitarium realize, as did Paul, that he is Christ’s property in the fullest sense of the word. The great apostle realized that he was Christ’s for service. He had consecrated every power of his being to the Lord, to be used as He saw fit.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 7)
Go, my brethren and fellow workers, and spread out before God your necessities. It was when the heavens were as brass over Paul that he trusted most fully in God and was delivered again and again from unreasonable and wicked men. Let us trust in God, saying, Though He slay me, yet will I trust him. Let self be crucified. Let the love of God shine forth in words and works. Let the gospel of Jesus Christ exert a strong, uninterrupted influence upon mind and heart. Learn to rejoice in God. Walk humbly with Him, and He will bring His purposes to pass. Stand firm to principle.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 8)
There will not always be a debt of embarrassment upon the sanitarium. Keep your souls clean and pure from every phase of sin. Let not one dishonest act be recorded in the books of heaven against you. To live without Christ is a fearful thing. You cannot afford to do it. Abiding in Christ and Christ abiding in you, you will be found unto praise and honor, because God loves the man who has crucified self and is bound up with Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 9)
Let every one learn the glad note of praise and glory and thanksgiving to God. Let the church hear from your lips a plain, straightforward testimony. Say to the church, We are living in a most solemn, serious time. Now, just now, is our opportunity to glorify God. Prepare to work intelligently, ever walking worthily before Him, exerting a true Christian influence upon those with whom you associate.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 10)
To the church in Boulder I would say, Arise, and do your whole duty. Take hold of God, and He will take hold of you and will put into your hearts and minds praise and thanksgiving. Work, work, work as for eternity. Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, and the Lord will work with you. He calls upon His people to make a better showing than has been made in the past. May God help you, is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 163, 1905, 11)
Lt 165, 1905
Radley Children San Jose, California June 29, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 2SM 265-266. Dear Children,—
I must write a few lines to you. We wish that we could step into your home and weep with you and kneel with you in prayer. Will each one of you seek the Lord and serve Him? You can be a great blessing to your mother by doing nothing that will make her heart sad. The Lord Jesus will receive you if you will give your hearts to Him. Do all that is possible to relieve your mother from every care and burden.
(20LtMs, Lt 165, 1905, 1)
The Lord has promised to be a Father to the fatherless. If you will give your hearts to Him, He will give you power to become the sons and daughters of God. If the elder children will relieve the mother by bearing as many burdens as possible, and by treating the younger children kindly, teaching them to do right and not to worry mother, the Lord will greatly bless them.
(20LtMs, Lt 165, 1905, 2)
Give your hearts to the loving Saviour, and do only those things that are pleasing in His sight. Do nothing to grieve your mother. Remember that the Lord loves you, and that each one of you can become a member of the family of God. If you are faithful here, when He shall come in the clouds of heaven, you will meet your father and will be a united family.
(20LtMs, Lt 165, 1905, 3)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 165, 1905, 4)
Lt 167, 1905
Radley, Sister San Jose, California June 29, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 2SM 264-265. My dear afflicted Sister Radley,—
I am afflicted with you in your affliction. Although I did not expect to meet your husband again in this life, yet I have been made sad to hear of his death and of the heavy responsibilities that this has left to rest upon you in the care of the family. We sympathize with you and will pray often for you and your children. Your husband sleeps in Jesus. “Write, Blessed are the dead that die in the Lord: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.]
(20LtMs, Lt 167, 1905, 1)
The Father loves all who are believers in deed and truth, as members of that body of which Christ is the head. You must now sit down under Christ’s shadow, and you will realize his peace. Think of Christ. Look to Him in faith, believing His promises. Keep your mind trustful. He will be your stay. Lean on Him, depend on Him. Do not be sorrowful above measure, but bear up; for a heavy burden rests upon you. Put your trust in One whose arm will never fail you.
(20LtMs, Lt 167, 1905, 2)
I have lost my husband, and I know by experience what your sorrow is. But looking to Jesus you will find encouragement. May you have the blessing of the Lord every day. My dear sister, may the Lord bless and sustain you.
(20LtMs, Lt 167, 1905, 3)
It is too dark to see now, so I will say good night. Be as cheerful as you can for the sake of your children.
(20LtMs, Lt 167, 1905, 4)
Lt 169, 1905
Harper, Sister San Jose, California June 29, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Harper,—
I received your letter last night and will answer it at once. I had not as yet written you a letter; for other matters hanging in the balance have kept me continually employed.
(20LtMs, Lt 169, 1905, 1)
I want to tell you that the property known as Loma Linda is now in the possession of our people. I desire that you shall have a place in this sanitarium. Brother Burden will have charge of the work there, and I shall ask him to give you a position as soon as the institution is opened. I desire you to be where it is best for you healthwise. We shall need you at Loma Linda.
(20LtMs, Lt 169, 1905, 2)
The place is a most beautiful one. When I visited it I found that nothing that has been said in its praise had been exaggerated.
(20LtMs, Lt 169, 1905, 3)
Do not yield to the efforts that will be made to hold you in Battle Creek. Come away quietly. When I know whether you will respond to my invitation, I will make arrangements regarding your ticket. Efforts will be made to keep you in Battle Creek, but I ask you not to listen to such propositions. Come to Los Angeles, and then arrangements can be made for your future work. I have your best interests in view, and I am sure that you can fill a place in the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 169, 1905, 4)
Your sister.
(20LtMs, Lt 169, 1905, 5)
Lt 171, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma San Jose, California June 29, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 189. Dear children,—
I have a letter of several pages written to you, waiting to be copied. There have been so many important matters to attend to, which could not be put off, that your letter has had to wait. Then, just as we were leaving Washington, Maggie was called to South Lancaster on account of the sickness of her sister, and many things have been delayed.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 1)
I have done much writing this week and am very weary, but I must write you a few lines. I have had better health than usual of late, else I could not endure the pressure that is brought upon me. I do not willingly neglect you, and after this, I shall try to write oftener. Yesterday morning before breakfast, I wrote seventeen pages of very important matter, and I have been at it ever since. I shall send you a copy of these things as soon as I can get them copied.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 2)
We are attending the San Jose camp-meeting. We have comfortable quarters in a good home. Brother Merrill has given us the free use of his home, and this is a great accommodation, I can assure you.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 3)
On my way from Washington, I spent ten days in Southern California, and while there we visited the Loma Linda property. We are now in possession of this property, having paid five thousand dollars on it. We are to pay five thousand more in twenty days, five thousand in September, and five thousand in January. After that we shall not need to pay anything but six per cent interest for two or three years.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 4)
I am filled with an increasing astonishment that this property, with all its advantages, has come into our hands. I have written out the particulars regarding this place and will try to have the matter copied tomorrow so that I may send it to you. There is to be a camp-meeting in Redlands in September. I am planning to attend; for Redlands is a place that we desire to work, and we wish to begin as soon as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 5)
I am intensely anxious that Ministry of Healing shall come out as soon as possible. When this book is on the market, we shall give our attention to the book for the South. This will be my first business.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 6)
I hope, my son and daughter, that you will not become discouraged, but that you will put your entire trust in the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. I am writing much on the kind of vessels we need to be in order to be fit for the Master’s use. Are we emptied of self? May the Lord give us all grace for his service. It matters not what others may say or think of us, if we do our best, with an eye single to the glory of God. Then we shall wait patiently for His commendation. It is our part to walk humbly with God. He will take charge of every one who will bring his case to Him. “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] With this promise, let us come to our best friend. “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind, and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 7)
Let us educate ourselves to take everything to the Lord in prayer. He never makes any mistakes. I have had encouragement to give to those who are needy, and I have had reproof to give to those who are ever dwelling on objectionable things. If all our church members would fill their minds with thoughts of the goodness and mercy and love of God, and express the same in loving words and kindly deeds, great blessing would come to them. Let us remember that all around us there are those who have many sorrows and are battling with discouragement who need to hear from the lips of others cheerful, encouraging words.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 8)
When so many of Christ’s followers left Him, and the Saviour asked the twelve, “Will ye also go away?” Simon Peter answered, “Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life.” [John 6:67, 68.] It filled Christ’s heart with sorrow to see anyone leaving Him, because He knew that faith in His name and in His mission is man’s only hope. This desertion of His followers was a humiliation to Him. Oh, how little human beings know of the sorrow that filled the heart of infinite love when such things took place. No one in the world ever longed more earnestly for appreciation and fellowship than did Christ. He hungered for sympathy. His heart was filled with a longing desire that human beings might appreciate the gift of God to the world and honor Him by believing His words and speaking forth His praise. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 9)
How regretful were the words, “Will ye also go away?” [John 6:67.] They touched the hearts of all the disciples but one. That one was Judas. He had a heart only for money. His highest desire was to be the greatest.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 10)
Well might the disciples say, “Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life.” [Verse 68.] Consider what Christ was. The Son of the Highest, yet a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. Have we experienced the blessing that comes from trusting Him with the whole heart and honoring Him by ever showing our love and devotion to Him? Christ is hungry for fruit—fruit that will appease His hunger of soul in our behalf. It is His desire that we bear “much fruit.” [John 15:5, 8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 11)
Let us keep our hearts open to His love. “What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.] Oh, when we can speak understandingly the words spoken by Peter, “Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life,” wonderful blessings will come to us. We need the Saviour every moment. He has all that is necessary to supply our necessities for time and for eternity. He loves us with an everlasting love. Then let us not be discouraged. God has a work for you to do, and He will give you wisdom and grace to perfect that work. He wants all that there is of you to be devoted to His service. He would not have you gather to yourself too many burdens, because He has a message for you to bear to the people. He wants you to use your pen to His name’s glory. He has not released you from the work. His hand sustains you, and He will be to you a present help in every time of need.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 12)
But, my son, do not give any one an occasion to think that you do not carry the burden of souls. You need daily to brace your soul in Christ. “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My words and believeth on Him that sent Me hath eternal life, and shall not come into condemnation, but is passed from death unto life.” [John 5:24.] Christ is to be the eternal delight of the heart of the Christian. We have abundant proof of the love of God for us, and let us be thankful.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 13)
My son, counsel with those who are connected with you, and let them share the responsibilities. I must now close this letter; for I have special testimonies to write. May the Lord help and strengthen and bless you. Do not launch out unto anything unless you have evidence that the matter is of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 171, 1905, 14)
Lt 173, 1905
White, J. E. Takoma Park, Maryland June 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson,—
I have written letters to you, but have not sent them, because I feared the effect they would have upon you. But I must tell you that you are applying time and mind and money to things that do not glorify God. The Lord has spoken to you decidedly, telling you that He should be regarded as the head of the work in Nashville. Every man and woman engaged in the work should labor with all the power of body and mind to glorify Him. You should give evidence that you are led and taught of God. Your course of action should testify that you are under His supervision. Unless you can show that you are led and taught of God, your influence will be discouraging.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 1)
To invest money as you have been investing it has an influence that is against your mother’s testimony. Your course of action is lessening an influence that the Lord would have increased. When you invest means that is not yours to invest, you tangle yourself up and weaken the confidence of the brethren in you and in my work and testimony.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 2)
The sinking of your boat and the other calamities that have come upon you should call you to your senses. These things should be regarded as the call of a voice higher than any human voice, showing you that the Lord would save you from yourself. When I heard of the misfortunes that had come to you, I said, “I am relieved. The Lord has taken hold to deal with my son.” Your correction has not come from man, but from God. Will you take heed?
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 3)
I have been pained to the heart to have you go on and on, gathering means, and investing money unadvisedly. This is discouraging your fellow workers and if continued will spoil your record as a reliable man, a man who is led and taught of God. Unless you see your danger in this matter, and change your course of action, your light will certainly go out in darkness. I entreat you, my son, to heed the admonitions of the Lord. I entreat you to change your way for God’s way.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 4)
In undertaking so many enterprises and running so many financial risks, you do not inspire your brethren with confidence in your judgment. You mix things up altogether too much and confuse the minds of those connected with you. In the place of helping Brother Palmer as you ought, you have hurt him by your example in the management of your business.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 5)
You have made a mistake by withdrawing from those who do not agree with your ideas. By undertaking too much, you have gotten into a tangle, confusing yourself and robbing the cause and work of God by investing the money and time that belongs to Him in a way that is not right. God forbids this kind of management.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 6)
The Lord has opened up before you the lines of work that you should follow. He has said that you are to preach the truth, and that you are to use the pen to produce books. He has given you influence and the ability to do this work. But are you doing it? There are books and tracts to be prepared as valuable agencies in the proclamation of the truth. You can help in this work. But you are losing time, and you are losing the confidence of your brethren. This need not be so. You can change all this if you will.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 7)
I cannot feel free to place in the field the book I am preparing on the work in the South, unless you will occupy a different position. You hedge up your own way and then charge upon others the result of your own course of action.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 8)
There is no sufficient reason why you should not have stood by the Southern Publishing Association, your being a help to it and it a help to you. Your course of action in taking your work away from the Association has produced results that are robbing you of your influence. The influence that you could retain and use for the good of that work, you are losing, and the Lord is not pleased. He will not permit His blessing to abide with you unless you take a course that is in accordance with the counsels given you.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 9)
The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ always leads in paths that are right. It is ordained of God that there should be no respect of persons, that one man should not usurp authority over another man’s mind. One man is not to be conscience for another man. Christ is the Saviour for all. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] The Holy Spirit is a gift to all. Your attitude toward others must show that you are sanctified, body, mind, and soul. It must show that the converting power of God is on your heart and disposition.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 10)
Your words are to be wise words, your actions right actions. If you would have the confidence of your brethren, you must make straight paths for your feet and wear the gospel shoes. You must tread in the steps of Christ. I have no message to lead you to be discouraged. God has not forsaken you. The message given me for you is that the Lord would have you transformed in character, in heart, in words, in spirit. Then your discourses will exert a saving influence, which will be for your own benefit, as well as for the benefit of others.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 11)
O that your eyes might be opened, that you might see all things clearly, that you might see that Edson White might change. You have invested a large amount of means in various enterprises, but what is it doing in soul-saving? God will call masters and servants to a personal account. Every soul should be a conscientious doer of the will of God. You have but little time now in which to prepare for the future life. O think of your individual obligations to God and the account that you must give to Him. The thought of these things should certainly keep you on guard every moment.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 12)
Gather to yourself fewer responsibilities, and be careful not to give anyone by your example an occasion for stumbling. “Be strong in the Lord.” [Ephesians 6:10.] Plead with God. Wrestle with Him as did Jacob, saying, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me.” [Genesis 32:26.] Put on the whole armor of God, that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the enemy. “We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.” [Ephesians 6:11-16.] Consider these words, and do all that is in your power to make peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 13)
“And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Verses 17, 18.]
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 14)
We have enemies to fight against, a banner to fight under, and certain rules of warfare to which individually we are to conform ourselves. It is essential that a soldier have courage. This he can gain, not by having his own will and way, but by following the will and way of his leader. The Christian soldier will obey the orders given by the Lord Jesus Christ. This he must do if he would gain the victory.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 15)
How can the victory be won? Be strong in the Lord. Keep on the armor. There are stern battles to fight. As we press our way toward heaven, we shall have to dispute with Satan every step of advance. Be strong therefore for service. Spiritual strength and courage are essential; for the battle is to be waged against determined foes. When Satan comes against us to destroy, we must stand against him. We need courage, in order to be able to do this.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 16)
My son, you are to counsel with your brethren about your personal business and investments. I warn you that if you follow your own mind and your own devisings, you will make very crooked paths for your feet. You may have spiritual strength and courage, and you may be an overcomer. Your tendency to make presumptuous movements in investing money will be hard to overcome, but it is time to make a decided change, that you destroy not yourself.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 17)
Be strong in the Lord. His strength must become your strength; for of yourself you are very weak. All our sufficiency is of God. In His strength go forward. This message was given to me for you, Humble yourself. Do not seek to humble your brethren, but humble yourself.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 18)
I wish I could make the impression on you that these words made on my mind and heart when I heard them addressed to you. One thing I beg of you to consider. It is your duty to counsel with your brethren and to heed their advice. Blend with your brethren. Seek their counsel, and when they give it, do not cast it away, as if they were your enemies. Humble your heart before God, else you will not know His will.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 19)
Be determined to be in unity with your brethren. This duty God has placed upon you. Make their hearts glad by following their counsel, and make yourself strong through the influence that this will give you. I hope and pray that you will take heed to the cautions that I send you.
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 20)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:19-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 173, 1905, 21)
Lt 175, 1905
Fitzgerald, W. J. Atlanta, Georgia June 8, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder W. J. Fitzgerald
1809 Wallace Street
Philadelphia Dear Brother Fitzgerald,—
I will try to write you a few lines. We are waiting in the partially finished station here at Atlanta, while the cars are switching back and forth, and I will improve the time by writing to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 1)
I wish to say to you, my brother, that we cannot encourage you to look to the General Conference to take the responsibility of paying the debts of the sanitariums that are being established. Nevertheless, I write to you, as I have written the brethren at Melrose, to go right forward, and do your best, having courage that the Lord will surely open ways before you. We do not want the General Conference to stand responsible for the sanitariums that we have felt assured we must have; but when we take up the burden of purchasing buildings, we lay the whole matter before our own people in the conference or section that is to be benefited and let them share the burden. We have done this with much success.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 2)
At this juncture, when the work in Washington and Takoma Park must be perfected and the publishing house erected, and when calls for help are coming from all parts of the world, we have no heart to urge the wants of the local fields upon our people at large. We just raise every penny possible from the friends in the locality where the institution is to be, and then we pray, and then we feel clear to borrow at low interest from our brethren who have money to lend; and I have worked in this way in Australia and since coming to this country. Let us do everything possible to secure means within our own borders.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 3)
When Ministry of Healing is ready for circulation, let every one be prepared to do his part in selling it, and thus lessen the debts on our sanitariums. The gift of the manuscript means much to me. While I feel glad to make this gift for the relief of our sanitariums, I want every member of the church to act his part in the work of its circulation. Will you do it? Let each one do his best. Will our people in Pennsylvania rally to the work? Will others in like circumstances gird up the loins of their minds and do their utmost in this good work?
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 4)
Take hold, brethren and sisters, and pray and work and believe. Talk hope and courage and faith. Let not one word of discouragement or of mournful unbelief be expressed. Stand up manfully as one all through the ranks, and move forward by faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 5)
To you in Philadelphia I would say, Have faith. Secure what means you must have to carry on the work acceptably. Manage the work wisely, that it may prosper. The Lord would have us watch and pray and go forward.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 6)
If Dr. Kellogg is called to perform special surgical operations, pay him, and take his receipt. Do not allow him to perform the operations unless he will allow you to settle with him for his labor and will give you a receipt in full. I know what I am saying. Please do not be unmindful of my words.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 7)
In the place of mourning because you have secured facilities to do the work that you desire to do, praise God that you have these advantages. Be of good courage, and watch unto prayer. We will all do our best to help one another. Do not fret, and never talk disbelievingly.
(20LtMs, Lt 175, 1905, 8)
Lt 177, 1905
Bourdeau, Patience On the cars near Atlanta, Georgia June 8, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in DG 98-99. Dr. Patience Bourdeau
Grand Rapids, Michigan Dear Sister Patience,—
I have been having a long talk with my son W. C. White as to how we can best conduct the sanitarium at Washington, D.C. I told him that I had a conversation with your father in reference to your connecting with our sanitarium there. There is need of a lady physician’s connecting with the institution at once. The experience that we have had during the past few days has decided us to secure a capable lady physician who can care for the women patients and be matron of the home, that the patients may receive prompt attention and that the helpers may be given the right kind of instruction, such as you can give. The young ladies connected with the institution should be taught to act their part intelligently.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 1)
I have much written upon the subject of gentlemen physicians giving the delicate treatments to lady patients. The light given me is that the influence exerted by this is not good, and that grave and serious consequences result from this generally established custom. I have been giving instruction on the point of lady patients’ coming under the examination of gentlemen physicians.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 2)
I shall advise that you be called to Washington as soon as possible, for this is a most important time for our work there. We need you as soon as some one can be secured to take your place.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 3)
After I reach home, I will write you again and send you copies of things I have already written.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 4)
An expensive building has been rented in Iowa Circle, Washington. It is a beautiful location for a sanitarium and has been fitted up for the giving of treatment, but it needs a house physician and a manager. We need you. We believe that you can help us in Washington. You can give the nurses the instruction that they need and can also give lectures in the parlor to the patients. Will you receive this invitation as prompted by the Lord; for I have an assurance that you can do the work essential. Brother Hare is an excellent physician, but not a manager. We need some one who can plan and manage. You can help us out of our difficulty. Washington is a most important place, and a right representation of our work must be given by the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 5)
I shall be in St. Helena, California, next week. Write to me there, and please write also to Elder Daniells, Takoma Park, Washington, D.C.
(20LtMs, Lt 177, 1905, 6)
Lt 179, 1905
White, J. E. On S. P. train, returning from Washington to California June 9, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson,—
I wish to make a decided appeal to you. In connecting with Brother Bollman, be sure to respect his judgment. Do not follow the leadings of your own mind. You are certainly in danger of gathering to yourself responsibilities that will lead you into great perplexity. You overload yourself with burdens; and when you discern that you are overloaded, you blame others for not helping you. Whereas, if you had been willing to be advised by your brethren, you would not have become so overburdened.
(20LtMs, Lt 179, 1905, 1)
I am instructed to warn you that you are in danger of presuming too much on your mental and physical strength. May the Lord help you to heed the advice I give. Keep your soul in the love of God by refusing to contract debts.
(20LtMs, Lt 179, 1905, 2)
How earnest, how untiring were Christ’s efforts for the salvation of men. He allowed nothing to turn Him from the work of soul-saving. Are we following in His steps? He has set us an example. We are to carry out His plans.
(20LtMs, Lt 179, 1905, 3)
You are often sick in spirit, and you need to feel the healing touch of Him who, having no communion with sin, took upon Him the sins of every human being, that sinners, coming to Him, might be saved. I entreat you, for Christ’s sake, to draw near to God and to take periods of rest. Then you will not be so worried that you cannot sleep. Unload, and lay your burdens at the feet of Jesus. Your debts are piling up mountain high, and we have no means with which to lift them. Worldly business distracts your mind and leads you to fix your thoughts upon unimportant matters. Let your business be closely identified with your religion. Keep your principles pure and holy. Do nothing that will injure your reputation as a reliable, trustworthy man.
(20LtMs, Lt 179, 1905, 4)
Is Christ divided? We are to be united under one head. Our brethren are the purchase of the blood of Christ, and our hearts and theirs are to be knit together in love. Do not grieve the heart of infinite love by showing coldness toward your brethren. As believers we are to maintain an individuality of our own, but we are to be united under one head, our individual sympathies animated and controlled by Christ. What a power of influence we would exert if we all pressed together, working in love and unity. Explain if you can why believers cherish so much coldness, why they allow trifling matters to produce alienation. Christ died to save us. He loved us all. Let us act our part in preserving the unity that He prayed should exist in the church.
(20LtMs, Lt 179, 1905, 5)
Lt 179a, 1905
White, J. E. On the train from Washington to Los Angeles June 11, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson,—
It has been presented to me that your business enterprises consume a large amount of means, and that you have been gathering money from any and every place from which you can get it, thus largely increasing your heavy burden of debt. This will bring you to confusion and shame. Think, my son, of what it means for you to invest as you do large sums of money that is not yours—borrowed money. In this you are certainly bringing heavy burdens upon yourself, upon me, and upon your brother.
(20LtMs, Lt 179a, 1905, 1)
Representations of this matter have been made to me by One who cannot err. I entreat you, my son, to preserve your honor, if you lose all else. Stop your investments right where you are, and do not employ men to do work for you when you have no money with which to pay them. Consider what kind of a record you are making. Investigate your plans and motives closely. This is your solemn duty.
(20LtMs, Lt 179a, 1905, 2)
Have you not been over this ground again and again, until it has become a difficult matter to maintain your reputation for wisdom and integrity? Why will you not heed the oft-repeated counsel of your mother? Why do you pay so little heed to the advice of your brethren? I am instructed to counsel you to choose Brother Bollman, Brother Amadon, Brother Butler, and Brother Haskell, whom we believe to be servants of God, and open to them fully your financial situation, and then unite with them in studying the counsel that the Lord has given you in the past regarding your work, and unite in laying plans for the future. I know that it will have to come to this. Let no time be lost. Let not things pass on, your being your own counsellor, and entering into temptations planned by the enemy to spoil your record as an intelligent, honest businessman. I have been passing through keen anguish of soul on your account. My son, you must not let one unrighteous action rest upon your soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 179a, 1905, 3)
Your withdrawal from the Southern Publishing Association was not wise. It was not just. It involved much. In the night season we were in a counsel meeting. Matters were being investigated, and it was shown that your movement in separating from the publishing house was unwise. A large outlay of means on your part was required in order for you to prepare to carry on an independent business. And you had not the means to carry out such a movement. I cannot keep silent and see you continue to become involved.
(20LtMs, Lt 179a, 1905, 4)
Lt 179b, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear Son,—
I have a message for you. It was been presented to me that the sinking of your boat and the other misfortunes that came upon you were a lesson sent from the Lord. And many other matters have also been laid open before me with great clearness.
(20LtMs, Lt 179b, 1905, 1)
You moved unwisely in taking your work from the Southern Publishing house. There was a great deal involved in this action. Causes lead to effects. You should have considered the effect that such a step would have upon the Association and upon yourself. You should have seen that it was your privilege and duty to blend your interests with the interests of the Nashville office; not as the one who was to be always favored, but as one who was to help and be helped; not as one who was to have the deciding voice, but as one who was to unite his talents with the talents of others for the building up of a united work.
(20LtMs, Lt 179b, 1905, 2)
You have been launching out in the investment of means and are becoming more and more involved. In much of your work, you are doing the very things that you should not do. This is becoming a great burden to those who are associated with you and a great burden to the brethren whose means you are using to do the many things that your mind devises to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 179b, 1905, 3)
I was in a board meeting, in which finances were being accurately sized up. I saw that the safety of our work in the South depends on our brethren who are bearing responsibilities, working in earnest union, counselling together and assisting one another. I have written a short letter to Elder Butler, saying that one man’s voice and one man’s talent should not be allowed to rule in the work of the Southern Publishing Association. The same principle holds true in the work of the Southern Missionary Society. Faithful brain and heart work is to be done by a united company.
(20LtMs, Lt 179b, 1905, 4)
Lt 179c, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 21, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear son Edson,—
I write to you at this time because I am greatly burdened. I want to call your attention to the counsels that the Lord has given you regarding the use which He would have you make of the talents that He has given you—talents of time, experience, and influence. There is a good work that you can do if you will give your talents to improvement. Time is short. We all need to use every jot of our ability in proclaiming the message of truth. Why, O why, should not every power of every one who claims to be a child of God be used in His service? Walk humbly, circumspectly before Him. The work is to go forward in Nashville and in many other places in the South.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 1)
I must also call your attention to the money that you have invested in your various supposed necessities. This is not as God would have it. You are pursuing a course that causes me great trouble of mind. When your barn burned, consuming your horses and carriages, I said, “Amen and amen. The Lord is working with Edson. He has taken his case in hand. I do not feel so great an anxiety as I have felt in the past.” I was relieved. I said, “If he will not heed the counsel God has given, what can I, even though I am his mother, do?” I saw you walking away from the counsel of your brethren and bringing great anxiety upon them by following your own devisings.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 2)
While you go forward unadvisedly, gathering responsibilities for the sake of helping the work, you are in fact retarding the work and making yourself the subject of criticism. You need the sanctifying, balancing influence of the Holy Spirit of God. If you would change your attitude and take counsel, as you always ought to, with men of judgment and experience, and then heed their counsel, it would be for your present interest and eternal good. I want you to realize that you are not walking wisely. You are giving occasion for others to speak of you as wearing the stamp of unreliable ability. You have talent. This God has entrusted to you, and it is to be used to His name’s glory. The many severe lessons and the plain cautions given you in the past, warning you not to gather responsibilities to yourself, ought to have saved you from your present experience.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 3)
I would that you could see how others are tempted on your account. How are you going to settle the thousands of dollars against you? With the large debts that you have, how can you go on investing money? Please stop and consider; for your course of action is affecting my work. I cannot see any possibility of saving you from the natural results of your course. It hurts me to have to write to you thus, but I cannot but tell you that your present financial embarrassment is the natural result of your moving without wise counsel and solid judgment. Can you be surprised if your brethren dread to share the responsibility of your movements?
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 4)
I scarcely know what to say to you that will give you the help I earnestly desire you to receive. The light that is given me is that you must now move very guardedly. Do not get out of patience because there are those who feel a great anxiety on your account. Seek for counsel, and listen to it, as you have never listened to it before.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 5)
You have expressed your high appreciation of Brother Bollman’s talents, and I have felt very thankful to the Lord that you have so wise a counsellor. George Amadon has linked his interest with you, and his influence has been a great blessing to you. But I see you in trouble, and this trouble your own course has brought about.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 6)
You cannot hope to evade, by vague generalities, the authoritative claims that must be made on you. There is only one way out—an honest avowal of your true situation in response to inquiry.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 7)
Edson, stop launching out in manufacturing enterprises. Stop laying plans that call for more money than your income will supply. Stop, for Christ’s sake, stop. Your influence is a sacred trust, and it is to be carefully guarded as a gift from the Lord. What more can I say to you than I have already said? I ask you now to stop, and retrace your steps. Let me see that you appreciate the words of counsel sent you again and again in the past.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 8)
Let us now sound the clear, ringing note of the third angel’s message. This is the time to work for God. This is the time to honor and glorify His name.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 9)
“Lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way, but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord, looking diligently, lest any man fail of the grace of God, lest any root of bitterness, springing up trouble you and thereby many be defiled.”“Lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright. For ye know how that afterward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was rejected; for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears.” [Hebrews 12:12-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 10)
The apostle James, writing by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, tells us that “every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. Of His own will begat He us, with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of firstfruits of His creatures. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath.” [James 1:17-19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 11)
My son, be careful of your health. Recently I have been writing a special testimony to our sanitarium physicians regarding the diet question, entreating them to be true and sound and solid upon health reform. Some, even among our physicians, plead that they must eat meat; for other food does not agree with them. But what kind of a testimony can such physicians bear to the patients that come to them? How can they conduct health-reform, medical missionary sanitariums?
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 12)
All this is a great burden on my soul. The truth must go deeper and still deeper than it has yet gone, refining, purifying, and sanctifying the whole man. The truth is to be proclaimed with power. To all connected with the work in and near Nashville, I would say, Be careful how you move. God’s angels are ascending and descending the ladder, bearing communications from God to His people. Read and practice the first chapter of Second Peter. There is now to be earnest heart searching on the part of all the workers in the Southern field.
(20LtMs, Lt 179c, 1905, 13)
Lt 180, 1905
White, J. E. Refiled as Lt 179a, 1905.
Lt 181, 1905
Butler, G. I. Glendale, California June 22, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Butler,—
We are seeking to bring up the work in this field to a higher standard by presenting the necessity of every man learning of Jesus Christ, the great Teacher. We need to pray much and to urge upon the people that God has given to every man his work. It is sad to think that many who profess to be Christians are not Christlike. Light is closely associated with life. If we have not light from the Sun of righteousness, we cannot have life. If we know not the truth of the Word, how can we live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God?
(20LtMs, Lt 181, 1905, 1)
The prayer of Christ is, “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” At this stage of our history we need to put stress upon this statement. This prayer was offered in our behalf, as well as for the disciples who were then with Christ. “Neither pray I for these alone,” He said, “but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [John 17:17-20.] Many should be engaged in opening the Scriptures to unbelievers, who are to be educated by the words spoken by those who believe the truth. This is a work the importance of which seems to be but feebly understood. There are many who should be consecrated to the Lord through the sanctification of the truth. We are not doing one-hundredth part of what we should be doing as believers in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 181, 1905, 2)
The Word of God is to be proclaimed in every place. Men and women are to be made holy through a knowledge of this Word. Christ is the light of the world, shining amidst the moral darkness. He came to bring to men the principles of heaven. But those to whom He came would not receive His words. In the place of feeling that they were highly favored in being chosen to receive the light so mercifully and graciously given, they comprehended and received it not.
(20LtMs, Lt 181, 1905, 3)
“There was a man sent from God whose name was John.” This John did not claim to be the Light. “He was not the Light, but was sent to bear witness of the Light.” [John 1:6, 8.] He was not to take Christ’s place, but was to point all men to the Light. No human being can take the position of Christ, but all can give the message, “Behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world.” [Verse 29.] This is the work of every minister of the gospel. He is not to attach the sympathies of the people to himself. In all the work that he does in the Master’s service, he is to lift the people’s sympathies above himself to Christ. The crucified One is to be presented before the people in His true office, and they are to be told that from Him alone can they gain the strength that will enable them to overcome evil.
(20LtMs, Lt 181, 1905, 4)
Lt 183, 1905
Butler, G. I. Glendale, California June 23, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 253-257. Dear Brother Butler,—
Since leaving Washington, I have had much writing and speaking to do. I have spoken twice to the Los Angeles church. The Lord gave me a message for the people before leaving San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 1)
On our way to Los Angeles, we stopped off at Loma Linda and visited the property that we have purchased for sanitarium work. We were taken through the different buildings. There is one large main building, which was built for sanitarium work and is well adapted for that purpose. Some changes will have to be made regarding bath and treatment facilities, but otherwise, everything is in readiness for us to begin work at once.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 2)
Until this recent visit, I had never before seen such a place with my natural eyes, but four years ago such a place was presented before me as one of those that would come into our possession if we moved wisely. It is a wonderful place in which to begin our work for Redlands and Riverside. We must make decided efforts to secure helpers who will do most faithful medical missionary work. If God will bless the treatment given, and Christ will let His healing power be felt, a wonderful work will be accomplished.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 3)
We shall need the very best physicians that can be secured, men and women who are faithful and true and who will live in constant dependence upon the great Healer, men and women who will humble their hearts before God and believe His Word, men and women who will keep their eyes fixed on their leader and counsellor, the Lord Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 4)
This work must be carried on aright. In the past, decided failures have been made in the institutions established for the care of the sick because so much business has been crowded in, that the main object for which our sanitariums are established has been lost sight of. Great loss has thus been sustained. I am to urge upon our people that the proclamation of the principles of truth must be kept prominent, as the main line of work for which our sanitariums were instituted.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 5)
The Lord calls for a solemn dedication to Him of the sanitariums that shall be established. Our object in the establishment of these institutions is that the truth for this time may through them be proclaimed. In order that this may be done, they must be conducted on right lines. In them business interests are not to be crowded in to take the place of spiritual interests. Every day devotional exercises are to be held. The Word of God is in no case to be given a secondary place. Those who come to our sanitariums for treatment must see the Word of God, which is the bread of life, exalted above all common, earthly considerations. A strong religious influence is to be exerted. It must be plainly shown that the glory of God and the uplifting of Christ are placed before all else.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 6)
The stupidity of soul that has been evidenced in our plans must now cease to bear away the victory. “What shall it profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 7)
Many who should have stood with us in solid rank and file have given themselves up to ambitions which have led to objectionable practices, opposed to honest and righteous dealing. The service of such ones God does not accept. They are drawing into the pattern strange threads, which will spoil the figure, and the Lord cannot endorse their work. Those who become adepts in unfair dealing gain their success at altogether too high a price. Their mental powers are used to overreach and defraud, and opposite their names in the books of heaven God writes the words, Unfaithful stewards. God and eternal life become of little account to them when the greed for gain and for the mastery are in the scale. An eternity of blissful experience is exchanged for the flattery of supposed success. Transaction after transaction forbidden by God is entered into. The Voice said, Better, far better the loss of all earthly possessions than the loss of the favor of God and the eternal interests that are at stake.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 8)
The time is not far distant when the last venture will be made in giving the enemy the advantage over the soul. And the loss will be for eternity. Success in such ventures is a terrible disaster to those who take part in them. The words were spoken, Better the cross and the disappointment, better the shattered hopes and the world’s charge of foolishness, than to gain a name, to sit with princes, and to forfeit heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 9)
There is in the world today a power that palsies the spiritual energies, benumbs the sense of right, and robs man of the victory of overcoming. The benumbed soul does not recover. The spiritual paralysis continues until the end. Lies are spoken, lies are acted. Deception is practiced and dishonesty connived at. This leaves a deadly sting in the soul. The father of lies has taken possession of the citadel of the heart. The false, the deceptive has turned the whole current of the life. Business transactions have become corrupt. And this moral degradation has been chosen instead of a rich current of light from heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 10)
The time has come when men who were once chosen of God have become degenerate. The word will soon be spoken, He is joined to his idols; let him alone.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 11)
There is much more that I might say, but I will withhold it. God pity those who are deceived by men. I am instructed to say, Lift up your voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Now is the time to raise the standard aloft. I am to give the message that all advantage gained by compliance with tainted customs will leave its slimy trail. Any man whatever his profession may be, who has committed himself to an objectionable course of action, opposed to that which is pure, lovely, and of good report, will trample upon the Word of God. Would that those who have had great light would, in this the day of atonement, humble their souls and confess and forsake their sins, declaring that from henceforth by the grace of God, they will hold fast to their integrity, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan, and taking the Word of God as their rule of conduct, their standard of duty.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 12)
When men plan and scheme to get the advantage of one another in business dealing, it is because they have cast the Word of God behind them. It pains my heart even to trace these words. The Word of God does not restrict man’s diligence in business transactions that are according to righteousness. But it bears plain witness against underhand dealing. Upon this point it is clear and decided, and no one need err in understanding it. The Word of God is a light put into man’s hand. God tells him to be guided by its precepts. Thus only can he become an heir of God and a joint heir with Jesus Christ. In obeying the Word, man is acquiring immortal treasures, which will never pass away. The peace of God is worth everything to the receiver.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 13)
The talents entrusted to us by God are to be used in His service. Thus only can the highest results be obtained from their use. Man will not be deprived of the powers given him if he uses these powers to the glory of God. I am given a message to bear to the members of our churches. My brethren and sisters, Consecrate all that you have and are to God. The silver and the gold that we possess is but lent us in trust. The sin of covetousness is destroying the value of holy principles. It is leading us to act in opposition to God’s will. It is eating out the hearts of men. Let us not cherish it longer.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 14)
How disgraceful are the disclosures that are being made regarding men who have occupied high places in the world. Shall the intrigues practiced by these men be practiced by the members of the church of God? Shall we not obey the injunction, “Honor the Lord with thy substance”? [Proverbs 3:9.] My brethren and sisters, it was the favor of God that enabled you to gather together your substance. All that you have belongs to Him, and cheerfully and gladly you are to lay your means and talents upon the altar of service, that they may be used in saving perishing souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 15)
The Christian in the market place who keeps his soul unspoiled has a credit in the heavenly courts. His means will not be used to carry out the devising of the enemy, but to do good in the very lines that God has marked out. The Lord will teach us how to employ all our powers to the glory of His name. The gathering of wealth is to be used in the service of the Master. Thus used, it will bring a hundredfold in this life, and in the life to come glorious and eternal riches.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 16)
To every church member I would say, Never, never let there be any departing from the strictest integrity. Do not mock God, the Majesty of heaven, by a disregard of His Word. Never, never defraud a fellow being and then suppose that your sharpness is something to be proud of. Do not follow maxims of business that are based on false pretensions. There is in this our day a great deal of falsity. The pretender, the deceiver is increasing in numbers, and truth and integrity are violated. Lies are spoken, lies are acted and are becoming more and more common among those who do not make the Word of God their counsellor.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 17)
Never was there a time when truth and righteousness should be so highly exalted by those who are in God’s service as the present. Let us urge upon our people the necessity of laying wholly upon the foundation principles of the truth. Oh, there are so many who fail to enjoy the blessing that comes from a clear conviction of what the people of God must be. There is nothing in self upon which it is safe to rest. In the place of being confused in regard to the foundation of our faith, which has been confirmed by the power of the Holy Spirit, in the place of building flimsy foundations upon the sands of error, let us hold hast to the great principles of truth given us, refusing to be moved. Those who receive theories of Satan’s furnishing are building upon the sand. When the storm and tempest come, their building will suddenly collapse, and great will be the fall of it.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 18)
Let us thank God, Brother Butler, that there are still some living who have had an experience from the beginning in the proclamation of the great and solemn messages that have come to our world in warning. We know that the Holy Spirit’s power has confirmed the word spoken. We can say, as did John, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; ... that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [1 John 1:1, 3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 19)
From our own personal experience we can speak of the truth that has made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists. Truth felt within is most precious, but truth confirmed by the testimony of the Word and by the Holy Spirit’s power is of the highest value. We can confidently say, The truth that has come to us through the Holy Spirit’s working is not a lie. The evidences given for the last half century bear the evidence of the Spirit’s power. In the Word of God we have found the truth that substantiates our faith. We have watched the influence of the heresies that have come in, and we have seen them come to naught. God has given us sacred, holy truths. Let us hold them fast. I am instructed to say that we are now to present these truths, in plainness and simplicity, to the people of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 183, 1905, 20)
Lt 185, 1905
White, J. E. Takoma Park, Maryland June 26, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in ML 52. J. E. White My dear son,—
It is high time that you heeded the cautions and warnings that the Lord has given you in regard to borrowing money. One caution from the Lord ought to be enough, but you have borrowed money again and again, and you spend large sums in unwise investments. Thus you weaken your influence, and you also weaken the influence that the Lord would have your mother exert.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 1)
You should not permit your course of action to tear in pieces the work of other men. You should not try to build yourself up as a one-man power. This God forbids. If you do not change, you will hurt my influence and weaken my hands in the much-needed work of raising means for foreign fields and for needy missionary enterprises in the Southern states. I cannot and will not allow this to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 2)
Consider, my son, how much sorrow and how many sleepless hours you cause me, and not me only, but yourself and others. You are inclined to take everything into your own hands. You do not seek for and listen to the counsel of your brethren. By following your own counsel, you are doing more than anyone else to block the way of the book that I am preparing on the work in the South. The course that you are pursuing, while regarding yourself as superior in judgment, is contrary to the will of God. By this course you are hindering your own work and making my way exceedingly hard.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 3)
Your separation from the Southern Publishing house, and your setting up of another printing office, was not the wisest thing. You have injured the publishing house by separating from it and establishing a separate business. You may justify your course in doing this, but it is not right, neither is it just.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 4)
You can be out of the city to do much of your work, but to go as far as you have gone in separating your work from the office that you yourself were foremost in establishing in the city of Nashville is something that the Lord disapproves. Often you have condemned when you ought to have approved. You have drawn off when you ought to have exerted your influence to bring about unity. You should now labor to bring heart and mind and soul into union with your brethren. They should not be expected to do all the unifying. As a Christian you have an important part to act in the effort for unity.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 5)
When you receive upon mind and voice and character the mold of the Holy Spirit, the Lord will sustain and bless you; but when you try to make yourself a complete whole, drawing apart from your brethren, you separate from God. You should not count it a little matter to be at variance with your brethren. You should not permit yourself to cherish feelings that no man can cherish and still retain his influence as a Christian.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 6)
If you would retain your influence, you must carry your work forward in the simplicity of true godliness. If you will do this, there are several branches of work in which you can help by your judgment and counsel. But if you feel that you do not need the counsel of your brethren, you will close the door of your usefulness as a counselor to them. Sometimes you have despised the counsel of those who would have been to you a savor of life unto life. It is your duty to receive counsel from your brethren. You should appreciate their advice.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 7)
There are distinct branches of work in which you can reflect light, if you will show a right spirit. You can be an educator in several lines, and you can be a great blessing, but other minds and other voices must be blended with your mind and voice.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 8)
Study David’s experience. “I said in my haste,” he said, “all men are liars.” [Psalm 116:11.] But this was a speech calculated to do much harm. Words spoken in haste place men on the stool of repentance.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 9)
Afflictions are the portion of those who love God and keep His commandments. If your season of trouble does not lead you to love God, does not soften and subdue your heart, what will? If your affliction at the hand of God does not lead you to humble your heart before Him as a little child, what will accomplish the work? If by these troubles your heart is not quickened into self-searching under the Holy Spirit’s influence, what will bring this about?
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 10)
O my son, never, never will you improve your talents and your gifts as the Lord would have you until you lay aside the burdens which you gather to yourself, but which you need not touch. God would have you review the past and humble your heart before Him. Again and again the Lord has set before you the need of reviewing, step by step, point by point, your own experience, but you have not obeyed. If you do not decidedly change your course of action, you will do more to weaken the confidence of the church in the integrity of the testimonies than all other influences combined can do.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 11)
O how many there are far from the path of truth, doing unrighteousness, who might be saved if they would disrobe themselves of their ambition and their pride. In the judgment, how plainly, how distinctly all these mistakes will stand out. How clearly then men will see the consequences of stubbornly following their own way.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 12)
God calls upon His workers in the Southern field to unify and become a complete whole. “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me,” He says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Why do those who have the same truth and the same Christ frame cruel yokes for their necks, refusing to subject themselves to the Saviour’s yoke. When you accept one half of the messages sent you, and refuse the other part because it does not favor your plans, you are refusing to wear the yoke and bear the burden of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 13)
O Edson, my son, how is it regarding the means that you have invested in ordinary business? Do you act with the strictest integrity in all your contracts, all your negotiations, all your payments? Do you labor to keep clear of debt, as Christ would have you? What pattern are you giving to others? How is it with your tongue? Do you bring it under the rule of Christ? How is it with you on other points?
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 14)
O the forbearance—the forbearance of Christ toward us. O the greatness of our debt to Him! May God help you, that you may not show yourself fickle. Stand up in the name of the Lord, and make thorough work for eternity. The Lord has allowed disaster to come upon you that you might be led to repent.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 15)
Edson, with all your religious experience, unless you deny yourself, and lift the cross of self-sacrifice, you cannot live with Jesus in the heavenly courts. God calls for a much higher consecration than you give Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 16)
Recently, in the night visions, we seemed to be in an assembly. Some plain questions were asked those present. A hand was laid upon your shoulder, Edson, and the words were spoken, “Have you on the wedding garment?” [See Matthew 22:11, 12.] Still more earnestly the question was repeated, “Have you on the robe of Christ’s righteousness? How is it with you in your ordinary business? How is it with your temper?”
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 17)
I dare not withhold these things from you. Everyone who has any connection with the work of God is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 18)
“I therefore the prisoner of the Lord beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, in all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 19)
“There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 20)
“But unto every one of us is given grace according to the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith, When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.... And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints; for the work of the ministry; for the edifying of the body of Christ, till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ; that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the head, even Christ; from whom the whole body fitly framed together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Ephesians 4:1-8, 11-16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 21)
These words outline the work that should be done in every church. God’s people are to come into unity. Love is the law of Christ’s kingdom. The Lord calls upon every one to reach a higher standard. The lives of His people are to reveal love, meekness, longsuffering. Longsuffering bears something, yea, many things, without seeking to be avenged by word or act.
(20LtMs, Lt 185, 1905, 22)
Lt 186, 1905
White, J. E. Takoma Park, Maryland June, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My dear Son,—
I have been and still am troubled in regard to your case. In the night season I find myself engaged in earnest, pleading conversation with you, repeating the testimonies of reproof and caution that the Lord has given me for you. I am much oppressed in your behalf. You are gathering burdens to yourself that you are unable to carry, and this makes it hard for those who are connected with you to do anything to help you. You think you know best, and you will not take counsel.
(20LtMs, Lt 186, 1905, 1)
You will not look at these matters in a rational light until the converting power of God comes upon you and transforms your mind. It is right that you should take counsel of those who are associated with you in business lines. You cannot expect to continue to follow your own way, accepting no advice from others. You plan for yourself and then expect others to follow who have no confidence in your planning.
(20LtMs, Lt 186, 1905, 2)
Lt 187, 1905
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 26, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 401-402; 4MR 276. Dear Brother,—
I have read the letters recently received by W. C. White from you. I can refer to only a few of the matters mentioned in these letters.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 1)
You speak of the work which should be done in America, but which is undone. I wish to speak of these neglected fields as they are presented to me. I wish to speak, not merely in behalf of the Southern field, but in behalf of the large cities, whose neglected, unwarned condition is a condemnation to our people, who claim to be missionaries for the Master.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 2)
You bring up the far-off mission fields, great London and the neglected fields farther away. When our people come into unity, when they spend less time in dissension and discord, and more time in service for the Master, their work will be done under the ministration of heavenly angels, and the truth will go forth with power.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 3)
We stand rebuked by God because the large cities right within our sight are unworked and unwarned. A terrible charge of neglect is brought against those who have been long in the work, in this very America, and yet have not entered the large cities. What has been done in Philadelphia, in New Orleans, in St. Louis, and in other cities that I might name? We have done none too much for foreign fields, but we have done comparatively nothing for the great cities right beside our own doors.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 4)
There is the great city of New York. Much might have been done in it that has not been done. Are you surprised that I should keep these cities before the notice of our people? We have scarcely touched Greater New York with the tips of our fingers. Brother Haskell and his wife labored nobly, but who encouraged them in their work? Who cut down their wages, when every dollar that they could spare was being expended in the proclamation of the message? I am cited to these inconsistencies, and am shown how the work that Brother and Sister Haskell ran heavily, because the burden placed upon them was too heavy for them to carry.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 5)
Brother and Sister Haskell are now engaged in work in Nashville, and with pen and voice I shall present the needs of the cities of the South, in which no efforts have been put forth. And yet God calls those living in these cities our neighbors.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 6)
The very men held in Battle Creek, where the Lord has said that they should not be held, could have entered these cities; and under the guidance of wise leaders, whether ministers or laymen, a successful effort might have been carried forward.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 7)
A thorough and genuine work is to be done in the cities of the South, and the work presented to me as the most important to be done just now is the preparation of workers who can take hold intelligently to bring things up to a higher standard. We cannot spend our time in lamentations about what has not been done. Let us call upon our people to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty agencies of evil that must be met.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 8)
I am more thankful than I can express that at this time work is being done in Washington, and that the law of God in its proper bearing is being held up before the people. Many more ought to be laboring there, and their work ought to be self-supporting. I pray that the Holy Spirit will work upon hearts; for we have no time to lose.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 9)
When the Redeemer was on this earth, working for the sin-cursed cities, He sent His disciples everywhere to preach the gospel. When those who are clustered together in Battle Creek are converted, they will hear and heed the commission that Christ gave His disciples just before His ascension.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 10)
“Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 11)
“Afterward He appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and upbraided them with their hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen Him after He was risen. And He said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 12)
“So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:14-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 13)
After His resurrection He gave His disciples instruction as to the work they were to do. “He opened their understanding, that they might understand the Scriptures, and said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day; and that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem. And ye are witnesses of these things. And behold, I send the promise of My Father upon you; but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 14)
“And He led them out as far as Bethany, and He lifted up His hands, and blessed them. And it came to pass, while He blessed them, He was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped Him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy, and were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God.” [Luke 24:45-53.]
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 15)
If those in Battle Creek who have a knowledge of the truth realized how near, how very near, we are to the end of this earth’s history, they would go forth and proclaim in our cities the last message of warning. They are in need of a spiritual resurrection. Their understanding needs to be enlightened. God calls upon the believers in Battle Creek to make earnest work for repentance, to seek Him while He may be found. Why should our ministers, if they are still sound in the faith, not go forth with the message to be given to those who are in the darkness of error?
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 16)
Elder A. T. Jones, God calls upon you to go out into the cities and give the last message of warning. Look to God for your support as you go. Call the people together, and you will certainly not work in vain. Let the truth go forth as a lamp that burneth. No longer confine your efforts to one place. Let there be held, right where you are, a solemn convocation. Let there be a renunciation of self to God. Hold fast the beginning of your faith unto the end. Let not your faith waver. Go forth in faith, and work on the same plan that Elder Simpson has followed. Have your charts, and preach the gospel. “Lift up your voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sin.” [Isaiah 58:1.]
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 17)
There are those who have never heard the message of mercy and warning. In the name of the Lord I say, Delay not. Proclaim the gospel message in the cities of America. Scatter the seeds of truth throughout these cities. Take with you reliable men, who with pen and voice will act their part in proclaiming the message of present truth to the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 18)
“The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose. It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing; the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, they shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 19)
“Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees. Say to them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong; fear not; behold, your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recompense; He will come and save you. Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing; for in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert. And the parched ground shall be become a pool, and the thirsty land springs of water; in the habitation of dragons, where each lay, shall be grass with reeds and rushes. And an highway shall be there, and a way, and it shall be called, The way of holiness; the unclean shall not pass over it; but it shall be for those; the wayfaring men, though fools, shall not err therein. No lions shall be there, nor any ravenous beast shall go up thereon, it shall not be found there; but the redeemed of the Lord shall walk there; and the ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads; they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away.” [Isaiah 35:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 20)
God calls upon His people to arouse from their inaction.
(20LtMs, Lt 187, 1905, 21)
Lt 188, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CTr 198. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My Son Edson,—
I must speak to you concerning some things which have caused me trouble of mind. While at your place, I feared at times that your mind was becoming unbalanced, but hoped that if you rested you would realize a decided change. More recently some matters have been opened before me, and I was instructed to bear this message to you:
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 1)
Your inclination to engage in manufacturing enterprises is a snare to you. You devise and plan, and, no matter what your financial circumstances are, you carry out what you have planned. Your salary and other means are appropriated to carry out your ambitious purposes, and then you are compelled to hire money and are often led to invest much more means in the enterprise you are planning than in your first conception of the plan was considered necessary.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 2)
At times your movements of this character have scarcely borne the mark of a sound mind. You do not ask counsel of your associates for fear they will check your ambitious plans, but plunge deeper and deeper into debt, until the climax comes.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 3)
I was instructed in regard to this phase of your experience when you were in Battle Creek. The experience you had there resulted in the breaking up of your business, but even this did not develop in you caution and a fixed determination to manage economically. You did not learn to bind about the edges of your expenses, but you repeatedly placed your neck under a yoke of galling obligations. You did not learn to use money discreetly. The same inclination was afterward manifested in your passion for boats.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 4)
The freedom you have manifested in the laying out of money has not been pleasing to the Lord. By your speculations you are binding burdens on your own shoulders and framing a cruel yoke for your own neck. I wish that you might value more than you do the freedom that would enable you to say, “I owe no man anything.” [See Romans 13:8.] It has been your desire to do some great thing that would make you a benefactor to the cause of God, and to do this you have taxed mind and soul to the utmost; but your calculations have been perverted. Over and over again you have caused trouble and perplexity by your unreasonable enterprises. Yet you have not meant that this should be.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 5)
There is danger in your going into business independently. There is more safety for you in being associated with others, where you have to give an account of your dealings, and where your true position is understood. Neither can you safely take the position of head manager. Your inclination to spend money is strong, and this will keep you at the foot instead of at the head.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 6)
I was charged with instruction for you to have nothing to do with the food manufacturing interests; for this would have meant a great consuming of other men’s money. Your broadening plans, your purchasing of machinery would have resulted in positive failure. You did take heed to this instruction, and I thank the Lord for it.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 7)
Your disposition to trade, and your easy way of parting with money, if rightly named, would be that of “spendthrift.” You are placing yourself in a most unenviable position: for to be called upon now to settle your debts would mean bankruptcy to you. And yet, if you are not withheld from it, you would even now plan for more machinery in your office. In your desire to create more facilities, you would hire money at a high rate of interest if you could not obtain it without; but this machinery will not run itself. Call a halt where you are, or dishonesty will find a place among your ambitious schemes. Cease to spread yourself out. Economy has not been revealed in your past management of the book business, and you will not make a success of your printing establishment.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 8)
You are carrying a work that God now forbids you to carry. He would have you consider yourself reproved. Should your true financial standing be known by the bank, and your inability to meet your present obligations be understood, what would you do?
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 9)
I was shown that it was a means of injury to you that when you were preparing your office, means was placed in your hands to get the facilities you required. Had you revealed economy and an unwillingness to launch out on borrowed capital, you would have done that which was right. Your present indebtedness should never have existed. You should have waited until money came in from your business before securing the facilities you desired. You should have demonstrated a reformation of character by saying, I will wait, not expecting conveniences, until I earn the means I need. I will put up with inconvenience rather than pay large interest on hired money. You need to sign the pledge just as verily as does the drunkard who uses liquor to gratify his appetite.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 10)
The work that God has given you to do is a high and noble work, and your example is to be of a character to prove that you can be trusted. Your associates in business are to have reason for placing confidence in you that you will act with the integrity and honor of one who believes the truth for these last days. You are to be sanctified, not by profession of the truth, but by the possession of the sternest Christian principles.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 11)
Your way to eminence will not lie through speculation or by drawing your bow at a venture. Such success would imperil your soul’s healthfulness. You are to reach success by using the talents God has given you in a reasonable and sensible way, and in accordance with Bible principles, by acting with true economy and by giving to believers and unbelievers a good example. If you have not the means, tell your workers to be patient with you, that the Lord has forbidden you to accumulate debts. Tell them that you will do all that is possible to acquire what is necessary, but that you are pledged to show yourself a man of principle, a man of economy, a man of good, stern common sense, gaining credit because you do not ask credit, working diligently, systematically, and intelligently. All this I am instructed to present to you as you can bear it.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 12)
Your soul is purchased property, owned by the One who gave His life for you. You are to be deeply in earnest to keep that soul, purchased at so great a cost, free from every taint of dishonesty or prevarication of the truth. Then you will stand on vantage ground. You will have spare moments for your friendships; you will have an interest in cultivating the powers of mind and soul, and this should be your first consideration. You are to prepare that soul to enjoy a life that measures with the life of God—a life that Christ has purchased for you by the shedding of His own blood. You are to be made spotless and clean in this present life, being made partaker of the divine nature and escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust. You are to work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, remembering that it is God that worketh in you to will and to do of His good pleasure. You are to work out a spiritual character, revealing purity and truth, and putting into practice the principles of the gospel of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 13)
You are to watch yourself, your words, your works; for the world is watching you. Your business transactions and your temporal affairs are being criticized. Let your speech be always seasoned with grace. You are to show to the world your purpose to be a citizen of Paradise. Let no careless, irreverent expression come from your lips. What you say in the world will be marked with special consequence if it corresponds with what you say in the church. Your attitude, your words, your spirit are constantly making an impression upon those with whom you associate. An example of industry and frugality will discourage avarice and overreaching and the least untruthfulness in word or in action. Not a thread of dishonesty, even in secret, is to come into your plans. You are a minister of the gospel. Your associates are to know that through the grace of Christ you are what you profess to be.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 14)
Satan is offering to every soul the kingdoms of this world in return for the carrying out of his will. This was the great inducement he presented to Christ in the wilderness of temptation. And so he says to Christ’s followers, If you will follow my business methods, I will reward you with wealth. Every Christian is at some time brought to the test which will reveal his weak points of character. If the temptation is resisted, he has gained precious victories. He must choose whether he will serve Christ or become a follower of the great deceiver and a worshiper of him. In Satan’s last bold attempt to overcome Christ, the Saviour met him with the words, “Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Matthew 4:10.] Hitherto the Saviour’s response to his temptations had been in the affirmative; now He commands the tempter to depart, and Satan leaves Him, defeated where he had hoped for victory.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 15)
Satan is the arch deceiver. The results to us of accepting his temptations are worse than any loss that can be realized, yes, worse than death itself. Those who purchase success at the fearful price of submission to the will of Satan will find that they have made a hard bargain. Everything in Satan’s trade is secured at a high price. The advantages he presents are a fearful, deceptive mirage. The promised high hopes he holds out are secured at the loss of things that are good and holy and pure. Let Satan always be confounded by the words, “It is written.”“Blessed is everyone that feareth the Lord, and that walketh in His ways; for thou shalt eat the labor of thy hands; happy shalt thou be, and it shall be well with thee.” [Psalm 128:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 16)
I speak these words to all who love and fear God. He who stands prepared to do the works of righteousness will not be deceived by the allurements of the enemy. The angels of God are by his side restraining him if he will be restrained. His actions will be guided by an exalted sense of right. He will be enabled to distinguish between right and wrong, between truth, exalted truth, and error. Those who enter the kingdom of heaven will be those who have reached the highest standard of moral obligation, those who have not sought to hide the truth or to deceive, those by whom God has been exalted and His Word defended, those by whom principle has not been misapplied to vindicate the wiles of Satan. God seeks for men of incorruptible integrity to minister His Word and to engage in medical missionary work.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 17)
Edson, if Satan succeeds in keeping you in this busy round of manufacturing work, he will gain just what he desires. Do not divorce your occupation from your religion. You are gathering responsibilities to yourself that give you employment, but not of the kind that God has given you to do. Your self imposed burdens will crowd your soul into deformity, and your work will bear the condemnation of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 18)
God has an interest in every nerve and muscle of your being. Your talent of speech is a sacred talent. Let it be used always with grace. Guard your appetite, that it may be sound and helpful. Your soul is precious in the sight of God, for it is the purchase of the blood of Christ. It is to be educated and trained and disciplined, that it may be fitted to join the redeemed family in the courts of heaven. It is your privilege to be an overcomer and to hear spoken to you the words, “Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 19)
Now is your opportunity. You are to give yourself to the preaching of the Word and to preparing the books that are needed in the cause. You have lost precious opportunities of learning valuable lessons out of the Word. You have been busy here and there, but not always with the work of God’s appointment. God tells you now to surround your soul with a different atmosphere, that you may be the means of doing much good to the souls who are perishing.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 20)
You have been on the losing side financially in carrying out certain projects of your own. You have bound upon your neck a burden which hampers all your spiritual powers. There are many in the South among our own people who need the help that you can give them. They are subject to Satan’s temptations. They pick up pleasing fables and hold them as truth. I warn you to be on your guard. There are moral icebergs among professed believers, men and women who never confess their wrongs because it is out of the line of their education to do this. Such will ever exert a harmful influence. Educate the young converts to keep away from such company. Through the study of sciences that are of satanic origin, they have frozen their souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 21)
Now, my son, make your paths straight. Now is your time to make a decided reformation. Let nothing that anyone may say or do hinder you in this work. You cannot give yourself to commercial enterprises unless the Lord lays this burden upon you, and this He has not done. Bind up the inclinations that take you from the work of teaching the Word of God. Study your Bible, and teach its truths to the souls who are ready to perish. The Christianity that is spiritual and aggressive will, under the ministration of the Holy Spirit, accomplish a good work for Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 22)
There is a work of reformation to be done in the Nashville church. If the members of the Nashville church will unify, if they will humble their hearts before God, confessing their way out of darkness into the light, the Spirit of God will come upon His people. The believers at Nashville have been departing from God. Let them now stand up in their weakness and identify themselves as one with God. There is nothing in this world that I fear so much as the fact that I may not know all my duty and so fail to meet all the obligations I owe to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 23)
I speak to the members of the church: Take hold of Christ by prayer and confession of sin. Tell them if they will do this, forsaking their sins, they will see the salvation of God. Learn of Christ; receive His grace, and receive to impart. Put on the whole armor of Christ’s righteousness. God has a constant claim on our service. He says to each believing soul, “Follow Me; and I will make you fishers of men.” [Matthew 4:19.] Let us clear the King’s highway. Let us cast out all evil from the heart and make diligent work of repentance, that God may accept our service.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 24)
Help Elder Haskell; help Elder Butler, that their efforts may be a success. Your lives with all their capabilities belong to God. Consecrate yourselves to Him. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you; and when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will lift up for you a standard against the enemy. Watch unto prayer. Humble your hearts before God, and see if He will not give you such a blessing, that you will not have room enough to receive it. May the Lord work mightily, is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 188, 1905, 25)
Lt 189, 1905
Rand, H. F. San Jose, California July 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dr. H. F. Rand Dear Brother,—
I have begun several letters to you, but other business demanding immediate attention has compelled me to leave them unfinished. Finding and reading the beginning of a letter to you reminded me that I ought to complete the letter. I have felt that we all need to communicate more frequently with one another.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 1)
I wish to tell you that you are in the place where the Lord would have you. I shall not tell you all the reasons in this letter. But if you believe that the Lord has a message for me to bear to His people, let me say that I have a message to bear to you. You are in the right place, and the Lord’s will is that you shall remain where you are. Please believe what I write you. There are some things which you will hear ere long that will explain what I say. But I will say now, Let not Dr. Kellogg have one vestige of influence over you.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 2)
I have letters written to Dr. Kellogg, showing him where his movements will land him if he does not change. If a reformation does not take place in his life, he will go headlong into the pit that Satan has prepared for his feet. Remain where you are. Lean not on Dr. Kellogg, but lean hard on Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 3)
I have letters written for Dr. Place. He may try to win the helpers away from the Boulder Sanitarium. But Dr. Place is not a Christian in practice, and it would be a mistake for you to allow your women workers to come under his influence. He is not in a position religiously to be a blessing to any sanitarium or to do the work that the Lord requires His medical missionaries to do. Hold the fort at the Boulder Sanitarium. If you will stand firm for true religious principles, you will gain the esteem of the outside medical fraternity. The world respects a man who is firm to principle, and the Lord will give you favor with physicians who are not of our faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 4)
I am attending the San Jose camp-meeting, and at half-past ten this morning I spoke in the large tent to about a thousand people. They were crowded in as closely as they well could be. I had great freedom in speaking. The talk was taken down, and when it is written out, I will try to send you a copy. I spoke to the people regarding the necessity of their realizing the responsibility resting upon them to help the work of foreign missions. I presented before them their individual responsibility and told them that the Lord has given men talents to be put out to the exchangers. All that we have is the Lord’s, and we are to husband our talents carefully, that His work at home and abroad may be carried forward. A call was made for gifts for foreign mission work, and a donation of five hundred dollars was taken up.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 5)
It is a great thing to have such an influence exerted as is being exerted by this camp-meeting. Many outsiders come to the meetings. Men and women from the camp are engaged in doing house-to-house work, and they are well received. This is the kind of work that should be done in every city. San Jose is increasing rapidly in numbers, and this is the first camp-meeting that has been held here for years. A large interest seems to have been created as a result of the meetings.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 6)
I am intensely desirous that every soul among us shall now do his utmost to proclaim the last message of mercy to be given to our world. From the light that God has given me, I know that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord’s servants are to make Him their entire dependence. A worker is never to lift himself up in his own self-sufficiency. The Lord will permit all who do this to follow their own wisdom, and they will be humbled by defeat. Divine power will be imparted to every human worker who will work in all humility of mind, looking unto Jesus, trusting in and depending upon the wisdom, not of man, but of God, and doing his utmost to improve his entrusted talents. God makes His humble, trusting servants His representatives. He greatly blesses those who will not lift up their souls unto vanity, who refuse to walk in self-confidence and presumption.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 7)
God calls upon men to improve the talents lent them. We are to place ourselves on the altar of service as a living sacrifice, following the example of Him who gave His life for the life of the world. God will manifest Himself through the humble, consecrated worker, making him wise unto salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 8)
Our life is not our own. We have been bought with a price, and what a price. Every talent that we have to trade upon is the Lord’s. In spending our powers in doing His will from the heart, we improve our talents continually.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 9)
My brother, watch unto prayer, and do not listen to any proposition that Dr. Kellogg may make to you, which would call you from your post of duty. Stay where you are. Your entrusted capabilities are sacred treasures, to be improved and increased by wise use. You are to impart the grace and knowledge that comes with their improvement. This is the purpose for which your talents were lent you. Let the grace of God be decidedly manifested through you. There is just now a great need of inquiring at every step, “Is this the way of the Lord?”
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 10)
A great trial is to come to all in Battle Creek. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. Not one of the warnings that God has given is an idle tale. Dr. Kellogg has not been walking in the light for years, and the work that he has been doing is to unsettle the faith in the testimonies. He thinks that when he has done this, he can go forward in his own way, carrying with him the minds of those who have been so long deceived by his lawyer-like policy.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 11)
Cling to God, Dr. Rand, and remain where you are for the present. Pray, and watch unto prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 189, 1905, 12)
Lt 190, 1905
Brethren in Battle Creek “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1BC 1092-1093, 1099. + My brethren in Battle Creek,—
I wish to say a few words to you. It is the Lord’s will that the publishing work shall be removed from Battle Creek. The enemy is working through those who do not do the will of God to hinder the removal of this work. Those who allow Satan thus to use them show plainly on whose side they are standing.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 1)
God has never left Himself without witness on the earth. At one time Melchizedek represented the Lord Jesus Christ in person to reveal the truth of heaven and perpetuate the law of God. Jethro was singled out from the darkness of the Gentile world to reveal the principles of heaven. God has ever had appointed agencies and has ever given abundant evidences that these agencies were heaven appointed and heaven sent.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 2)
Let every man humble his soul before God. There is need, very great need, of the wisdom that God alone can impart. Those who profess to be Christians are to walk and work in humility. There are evils that must be corrected. The men who bear responsibilities are to carry themselves with all dignity. They are to be circumspect, true, faithful, kind. They are not to stand in their own strength, to work out their own plans. Thus the work of God has in the past been greatly hindered. The Lord calls upon men who act any part in His work to be first taught of Him. They are to be led by the Holy Spirit, not by their own hereditary and cultivated tendencies. They are not to watch for reports that the work of our institutions is not advancing in right lines, and then carry that report from conference, leaving the impression that the work is not being conducted properly.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 3)
July 5, 1903
We have a great and wonderful work to do. The will of God must become the will of the human agent. I speak to the members of our churches. Are you converted? Do you profess to be children of God? If so, have you turned from all your idols? “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God, because many false prophets are gone out into the world. Hereby know ye the Spirit of God; Every spirit that confesseth that Christ is come in the flesh is of God.” [1 John 4:1, 2.] The confession is revealed in the character. Words merely are not sufficient. Nothing but the light of the Word of God, shining forth from the converted soul in good works, constitutes men Christ’s disciples. “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.] Nothing but the light of heaven, reflected from the lives of Christ’s followers, can save souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 4)
The Lord has not given any man the work of an investigating agent, to place his human estimate upon the work that is carried forward. The Lord has a controversy with His people. There is to be a decided change in the men who have been acting a part in the work. The proud, ambitious spirit which has been cherished by some connected with our institutions is to be changed for the meek and lowly spirit of Christ. Let each one in responsibility read carefully the Word of God and not brace himself up to speak evil of the things that he knows not. I have a message from the Lord that the spirit which has been controlling some connected with the Review and Herald office is not under the control of the divine Teacher. There must be a complete transformation in the characters of the men who have acted a prominent part in that institution, or else they will not be acknowledged of God as men to be trusted. They will carry on the same conflict against the very work that the Lord desires to see advanced. The Lord says to His people, Look unto Me, and pray for the Holy Spirit, which is your great need. Far more humble, earnest prayer is needed.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 5)
The second chapter of Philippians was read slowly and impressively as a chapter needed in the education of all workers. This chapter should be brought before our people.
(20LtMs, Lt 190, 1905, 6)
Lt 191, 1905
Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 5, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 1MCP 41; LLM 54. + Dear Brother Haskell,—
We are much pleased with the information contained in your recent letters. In the past we have labored together under difficulties, and we will continue the same kind of work, making the best use of every advantage. I hope that you and your wife and Sister Wilson and the other members of your working force will talk, not on the negative side, but on the affirmative side of the blessings, the encouraging events, the kindnesses of others. If you look at appearances, let it be for the growth of your faith. Remember that you are laborers together with Jesus Christ, the captain of the Lord’s host. Pray in faith, depending on the power of Him who never fails those who put their trust in Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 1)
I rejoice with you, Brother Haskell, that the gold and silver are the Lord’s, and the cattle upon a thousand hills. Christ is hungry for fruit, hungry to see large congregations listening to the message of mercy to be given to a perishing world. The end of all things is at hand. The signs foretold by Christ are fast fulfilling. The nations are angry, and the time of the dead has come, that they should be judged. There are stormy times before us, but let us not utter one word of unbelief or discouragement. Let us remember that we bear a message of healing to a world filled with sinsick souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 2)
We have been making earnest calls for help for mission fields, but I know of no more needy field than the South. We shall help you all we can. You will remember the poverty that we met when starting the work in New England, in Boston, New Bedford, and other places. But the difficulties we encountered only made us unite in pushing forward the harder, and we have not forgotten what wonderful victories the Lord gave us. How many times there came upon us trials that almost overpowered us. In every place, heresies came in, and every conceivable error strove for entrance. What were our weapons? Faith and prayer. We were medical missionaries, and we realized the fulfilment of the promise, “Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] How manifest was the power of God in healing the sick! What rejoicing, what thanksgiving was heard!
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 3)
We never thought in those days that we should have institutions for healing the sick. We did not suppose that time would last long enough for us to build meetinghouses. But all over the United States we now have sanitariums, and a large corps of intelligent physicians are working earnestly to present the principles of health reform and to point souls to Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 4)
In those early days, how many seasons of fervent prayer were held! A holy, submissive, Christlike spirit was breathed upon us; for we knew that the Saviour was with us. No one was instructed to spend years in preparation for the work to be done. Practical, earnest knowledge was imparted. There was seen the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Few today are better armed and equipped for service than were the workers of that time. Christianity was seen to be the exemplification of the Holy Spirit’s working on human hearts. God’s wonderful, miracle-working power was exercised according to our faith. The manifest revealing of the grace of Christ carried a deeper conviction to souls than the logic of man could possibly have carried.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 5)
When error crowded itself in, and the science of satanic agencies proclaimed itself, as it did in many places, faith and Christlikeness proved the power of the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 6)
But I cannot take time to trace the record of all the manifestations of the Holy Spirit that attended the proclamation of the truth as we now hold it. The truth of heavenly origin is rapidly extending, and the world may say, Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. The great principles of truth brought from the Bible under the Spirit’s guidance are of no less importance now than in the beginning of our work. At that time there were wonderful manifestations of the Holy Spirit in the detection of false doctrines. The counterfeit, which urged itself upon us for recognition, was separated from the true. The prominence given to the words of Scripture was so marked that our faith became established in a plain “Thus saith the Lord.”
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 7)
In every new field that was entered, we contended earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints, the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Those of the pioneer laborers who are still living understand that the rebuke of the Holy Spirit was upon all fanatical performances. Elder James White, Elder J. N. Andrews, Elder Haskell, Elder Loughborough, and I had to meet the various phases of error that sought to come in as present truth. When these false doctrines strove for entrance, we consulted God in prayer, and He revealed Himself to us.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 8)
The great truths that we then received are in print and will speak; for they are the teaching of the Spirit of God and are immortalized. God has justified these truths, which have been traced out under the dictation of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 9)
We can see today the very same power working that worked when the message was first given to bring in seductive theories. But the truth for this time is in print, immortalized by the sanction of the Holy Spirit; and when false theories are brought in, they can be distinguished from the true.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 10)
We prize very highly the old soldiers of the cross. The messengers of God who have been in the work from the passing of the time in 1844 have seen the truth established and settled. Their experience we highly appreciate. These men are to be sustained in their work. Elder Butler and Elder Haskell have been blessed with great light and should in the southern field stand as is described in Ephesians 6:10-18.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 11)
God forbid that these aged servants of His should not be sustained in their arduous work of fitting up men and women to engage in the proclamation of the message. These self-sacrificing, self-denying workers are to be respected as chosen of God, precious and worthy. They are men who have had an experience, and they are doing a work that will not ravel out. We commend these laborers in the southern field to the care of the people of God. Wherever they may go, prepare the way before them. May the Lord give them faith and hope and courage and wisdom.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 12)
We know what it means to have such men on the ground when great perplexity is brought in by those who present misleading theories, taking a text of scripture and bringing out of it that which God has not placed in it. At such times, it is worth everything to have on the ground men who have proved the falseness of these theories and who do not enter into controversy, but present the clear, straight truths that God has vindicated.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 13)
We are glad that we have the Word of God and the testimony of the Holy Spirit brought out in pen pictures of the past and the solemn predictions of the future. These things will continue to be living realities to the people of God. The printed truths that the Lord has given us will hold us on the Rock, firm and steadfast. We shall not let go the things that were so great a help to us while the work was being established.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 14)
We are glad that God in His providence has furnished the believers in Nashville with an excellent place of worship. I ask our people in the southern field to help our brethren and sisters in Nashville to raise the money to pay for this building. And I ask our people all over this country to help also. The work in Nashville has been pushed forward amidst poverty and hardship, and I pray that God will move upon the hearts of His people everywhere to send in their gifts for this church building, and also to support the tent-effort that is now being made in Nashville. I hope that all will see and appreciate the importance of this work. Elder Haskell and his wife, Elder Butler and Sister Wilson and others are working hard to present the truth that will stand the test of ages.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 15)
Let God’s aged servants stand with the whole armor on; for God has given them the truth to vindicate. God has His messengers on earth, and angels will be their guides. They will be all taught of God. Instruction is often given by immortal messengers to men. Will this instruction be exchanged for the teaching of science falsely so called? No, No! Let us stand fast as Christ’s soldiers, ever working on the affirmative side.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 16)
The record given in the thirteenth chapter of Judges shows how God employs angels to communicate with human beings. So also does the vision of Cornelius, recorded in the tenth chapter of Acts, and the experience of Peter, recorded in the twelfth of Acts. I could cite case after case where God has sent His angels to be the powerful helpers of His chosen messengers.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 17)
God calls upon His servants to study His mind and will. Then when men come with their curiously invented theories, enter not into controversy with them, but affirm what you know. “It is written” is to be your weapon. There are men who will try to spin out their fine threads of false theories. Thank God that there are those also who have been taught of Him and who know what is truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 18)
Let the Lord’s name be magnified. Do not give up. Do not allow specious errors to come in to tear down the pillars of truth through specious sophistry. Let those who have been taught of God hold up the standard higher and still higher. Let them stand as men enlightened by wisdom from on high. We need men who are born again. Such men will be humble, willing to be taught of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 191, 1905, 19)
Lt 192, 1905
Harris, Stonewall Jackson San Jose, California July 6, 1905 Previously unpublished. Stonewall Jackson Harris Dear Brother,—
I have received and read your very interesting recital of your experience in embracing the truth. This is indeed a manifestation of the wonderful working power of God. I am thankful that you have come to the light of this precious truth. Be assured that the same precious Saviour who has led you hitherto will continue to lead you step by step if you commit the keeping of your soul to Him and seek His counsel at every step.
(20LtMs, Lt 192, 1905, 1)
I am not in my work led to do the things that you ask of me. I rest my whole self in God’s keeping. These commercial enterprises are trying tests. You know not which shall prosper, this or that. If the Lord pleases to give me any light for you, you shall have it; but I cannot solicit the Lord for instruction that is not in His order or will to bestow. When the Lord sees best to give me instruction for you, I shall praise His name for it.
(20LtMs, Lt 192, 1905, 2)
You need to bear in mind, my brother, that Lucifer fell and was expelled from heaven because of his ambitious plans. It was ambition that led him to desire to be like God.
(20LtMs, Lt 192, 1905, 3)
Lt 193, 1905
Reaser, G. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 7, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 406, 689-690. Elder Reaser Dear Brother,—
Your letter was received in the noon mail today. In regard to the matter mentioned in your letter, as to whether it is right for Elder Simpson to leave Los Angeles and labor for a time in a northern city, I will say, We must sometimes leave such questions very largely to the man himself. There is too much displacing of the men who are doing a good work, the very work that the Lord has said should be done. Sometimes when a man is having success in his efforts and the interest continues good, the question of moving him to another field ought not to come to him at all, because it only confuses him. If the Lord is mightily stirring the people of Los Angeles through the tent-meetings, let nothing interrupt the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 1)
Let the Los Angeles church have special seasons of prayer daily for the work that is being done. The blessing of the Lord will come to the church members who thus participate in the work, gathering in small groups daily to pray for its success. Thus the believers will obtain grace for themselves, and the work of the Lord will be advanced.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 2)
This is the way that we used to do. We prayed for our own souls and for those who were carrying on the work. The Lord Jesus declares that where two or three are gathered together in His name, He is in the midst of them to bless them. [Matthew 18:20.] Let there be less talking and more sincere, earnest prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 3)
I fear that the effort that is being made to proclaim the truth in Los Angeles will not be appreciated. Let every man come up to the help of the Lord against the mighty foe. Where a special effort is made, as has been revealed by the evangelistic work done in Los Angeles, let every member of the church draw near to God. Let all search their own hearts with the light that shines from the Word. If sin is discovered, let it be confessed and repented of. Let every helper be in good working order. The Lord will hear and answer prayer. Let not the church members think that efforts should be put forth for them by the one who is impressed to labor for those who have been neglected, those in whose behalf special efforts have not heretofore been put forth.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 4)
When such an effort is made as has been made in Los Angeles, let the members of the church clear the King’s highway and help with their means in the work being done. Let them show that they are in perfect harmony. Let them be on hand at the meetings, armed and equipped for service, ready to talk with any one who may be interested. Let them pray and work for the lost sheep.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 5)
Let the second chapter of Second Timothy be impressed on the heart and brought into the practical life. Let not this season pass and leave the church uninfluenced by the truth that has been proclaimed. There is danger of the church being in a self-satisfied, indifferent, backslidden condition during this time of special blessing, when the Word of God is being presented. Awake, awake, my brethren, awake, and do not let angels see that you feel but little obligation to act your part in sustaining the work that is being done. Be wide awake. Pray while going about your daily duties. Draw strength from Christ, and let your hearts be filled with the deepest gratitude, that the Lord is working. Be laborers together with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 6)
“Continue thou in the things which thou hast heard, and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hast learned them; and that from a child thou hast known the holy scriptures, which are able to make thee wise unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. All scripture is given by inspiration of God and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.”“I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom, Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 3:14-17; 4:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 7)
Let no one try to draw Brother Simpson away from the place where there is a deep interest and an extraordinary opening to present the truth. This is Los Angeles’ opportunity. If the members of the church will come humbly before God, putting all that is wrong out of their hearts, and consulting Him at every step, He will manifest Himself to them and will give them courage in Him. We must be ready to use our God-given capabilities in the work of the Lord. We must be ready to speak words in season and out of season, not hard, unkind words, but words that will help and bless.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 8)
There will be work for Brother Simpson to do in Redlands. But let him now complete the work undertaken in Los Angeles. The Lord will lead and guide His servant and strengthen him for his important work. Let all hold up his hands and draw bright beams from the heavenly sanctuary.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 9)
There is important work to do in Redlands and in Riverside. The churches in these places are to be added to. Let the work advance. Calls will be made for the workers to go to other places; but if in the middle of an interest the work should be broken up and the workers sent elsewhere, time would be lost in making beginnings without bringing anything to completion. We are soul-hungry to see the work advancing as it should. Christ is our Alpha and our Omega. Only in His strength can we gain success.
(20LtMs, Lt 193, 1905, 10)
Lt 195, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 9, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CD 312, 323. + Dear Brother Ballenger,—
I fear that sufficient fruit canned in glass will not be provided for use in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. All fruit put up for use in the institution should be canned in glass. Let no fruit canned in tin be used; for there is danger in this. Many cases of sickness occur from the use of food canned in tin. Families occasionally learn to their sorrow that the contents of tin cans have brought death to several of their number who have eaten of fruit put up in this way.
(20LtMs, Lt 195, 1905, 1)
Provision should be made for obtaining a supply of dried sweet corn. Pumpkins can be dried and used to advantage during the winter in making pies. Apple sauce, put up in glass, is wholesome and palatable. Pears and cherries, if they can be obtained, make very nice sauce for winter use.
(20LtMs, Lt 195, 1905, 2)
In San Diego you are a little to one side of the large fruit centers, but you can make arrangements with those living near these centers to supply you with what is needed.
(20LtMs, Lt 195, 1905, 3)
I present these matters to you, knowing that they will not then be neglected. Please do what you can to see that provision is made for obtaining a sufficient supply of canned fruit for the use of the sanitarium. Do not let the season pass without seeing that this is done. Sick people need a liberal supply of fruit. A word to the wise is sufficient. Let a special interest be taken in obtaining a supply of fruit for winter use. Get the fruit wherever you can obtain it most cheaply.
(20LtMs, Lt 195, 1905, 4)
While I think of it, I will tell you that I believe you ought to plant some loganberries at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. We have sold this season one hundred dollars’ worth. You now have plenty of water, and this would enable you to raise loganberries successfully.
(20LtMs, Lt 195, 1905, 5)
Lt 197, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 10, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 107-108. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
On my way from San Jose to St. Helena, I met Dr. Stewart from the Battle Creek Sanitarium and had some conversation with him. He is one of Dr. Kellogg’s lieutenants, and I hope that you will not be deceived by any flattering statements that may be made. I know that Dr. Kellogg is doing a work which is misleading. I am writing now to put you on guard. Dr. Kellogg is sending men all around to encourage those whom they visit to take sides. Do not give the least credence to their words or plans.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 1)
We know not what tactics Satan will adopt in his efforts to gain the control. I have confidence that you will hold the fort at Loma Linda. The Lord will work for us if we will carry the work forward without binding it up with the work at Battle Creek.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 2)
I wish I could see you and talk with you. Let nothing draw you to Battle Creek. It is presented to me that every effort is being made to draw to Battle Creek our young people and those who should be engaged in missionary work elsewhere. Men must be placed in charge of the educational branches of our work who are sound in the faith and as firm as a rock to principle.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 3)
I want you to keep me posted about the money coming in with which to make the payments on the Loma Linda property. I am writing to different ones, asking them to help us at this time, and I think that we shall obtain means to make every payment. Please write to me often, and tell me what you are doing and what the prospect is for obtaining means.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 4)
We have been passing through some very hot weather. Yesterday I succumbed for a little while, but carefulness set me right again.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 5)
W. C. White has been at Mountain View most of the time since we parted from you, working on Ministry of Healing. He will return to St. Helena tonight or tomorrow morning.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 6)
If the Lord will, I shall attend the camp-meeting in Southern California. I am anxious that this meeting should be held in the best place. Would it not be well to have the principal camp-meeting at Redlands, securing the best help for the work there, and then hold a smaller meeting at San Diego? What is your mind regarding this? You are on the ground, and I put great confidence in your judgment. To me, it seems as if we ought to make Redlands the center for the coming meeting.
(20LtMs, Lt 197, 1905, 7)
Lt 199, 1905
Brethren in Nashville “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in RC 203. My brethren in Nashville,—
I have words to speak to you. The Lord pardons all who repent of their sins. It is from those who do not repent, those who bolster themselves up in self-confidence, that He turns away. Never will He refuse to listen to the voice of tears and repentance. Never will He turn His face away from the humble soul who comes to Him in repentance and sorrow.
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 1)
I am sincerely sorry that you pleased the enemy by failing to resist temptation. Thus you dishonored the Saviour and grieved His heart of infinite love.
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 2)
“Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? This that is glorious in His apparel, travelling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art Thou red in Thine apparel, and Thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people there was none with Me: for I will tread them in Mine anger, and trample them in My fury; and their blood shall be sprinkled upon My garments, and I will stain all My raiment.” [Isaiah 63:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 3)
The church member who believes the Word of God will never look indifferently upon a soul that humbles himself and confesses his sin. Let the repenting one be taken back with rejoicing. Christ came to the world to forgive every one who says, “I repent. I am sorry for my sin.” When a brother says, “God has forgiven me. Will you forgive?” clasp his hand, and say, “As I hope to be forgiven, I forgive.”
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 4)
“After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil; for Thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen. For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you; but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.” [Matthew 6:9-15.]
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 5)
When the enemy is seeking in every way to destroy, shall church members unite with him to discourage a man who is repentant, and is asking for forgiveness? God has not placed any man as judge. “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again.... Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:1, 2, 13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 6)
“And as Jesus passed forth from thence, He saw a man, named Matthew, sitting at the receipt of customs; and He saith unto him, Follow Me. And he arose, and followed Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 7)
“And it came to pass, as Jesus sat at meat in the house, behold, many publicans and sinners came and sat down with Him and His disciples. And when the Pharisees saw it, they said unto His disciples, Why eateth your Master with publicans and sinners? But when Jesus heard that, He said unto them, They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick. But go ye and learn what that meaneth, I will have mercy, and not sacrifice; for I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:9-13.] Will you let this lesson sink deep into your hearts?
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 8)
“And when Jesus departed thence, two blind men followed Him, crying and saying, Thou son of David, have mercy on us. And when He came into the house, the blind men came to Him, and Jesus saith unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said unto Him, Yea, Lord. Then touched He their eyes, saying, According to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes were opened; and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, See that no man know it. But they, when they were departed, spread abroad His fame in all that country. As they went out, behold, they brought to Him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake; and the multitudes marvelled, saying, It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 9)
“And Jesus went about all the cities and villages teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people. But when He saw the multitude, He was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then saith He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few; Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into His harvest.” [Verses 27-38.]
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 10)
“And when He had called unto Him His twelve disciples, He gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.... These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not; but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:1, 5-8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 199, 1905, 11)
Lt 200, 1905
Evans, I. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 19, 1905 Previously unpublished. I. H. Evans, Treasurer Dear Brother,—
During the last few days I have written many things regarding the work in Washington and in Nashville, which will be copied and sent to you soon. Tonight I have time only to write you a few lines, asking you to be prepared to send to Brother Burden at Los Angeles four or five thousand dollars if we telegraph for it, to help to make a large payment which is due on the Loma Linda Sanitarium the 26th of July.
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 1)
We may be able to find the money here. We shall not send to you unless it is needed, but if we do send, we shall expect you to send it promptly, and I will be responsible for its return.
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 2)
Our brethren have made their arrangements for the money necessary for this payment in July and the payment in August, but the enemy does not want us to have this place; and he is working upon minds in a peculiar way to keep the money out of our hands. Through the hasty action of the managers of one of our enterprises, a dilatory employee was discharged. This offended him and his friends, so that about nine thousand dollars which was promised us is now withheld by them. Other disappointments and surprises have led our brethren into a difficult place where they may need your help.
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 3)
If we can obtain this money elsewhere we shall do so. There is plenty of money in California to carry forward these enterprises, but persons having large means have been offended, some at one thing, some at another, and some are confused because of changes in our plan of management. These difficulties can be overcome, and we can secure the necessary means for our work. But just now we may need your assistance with a loan for two or three months, until our Los Angeles camp-meeting gives us an opportunity to lay before all the people of Southern California the importance of these enterprises and the advantages of our present plan of organization.
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 4)
In view of what I have been enabled to do to assist you in raising the Washington fund, I ask you to be prepared to respond to my call for the amount we shall need up to five thousand dollars without delay or question.
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 5)
Yours for the work
(20LtMs, Lt 200, 1905, 6)
Lt 201, 1905
Officers of the Southern Missionary Society “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 17, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 269-270.
The Morning Star
To the officers of the Southern Missionary Society Dear Brethren,—
The steamer Morning Star has been a blessing in its past experience. This was the light given me when I was in Vicksburg. From a letter to Edson, dated September 9, 1902, I extract the following:
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 1)
“In answer to your question as to whether it would be well to fit up your steamer Morning Star to be used for the conveyance of missionary workers to places that otherwise they could not reach, I will say that I have been shown how, when you first went to the southern field, you used this boat as your home and as a place on which to receive those interested in the truth. The novelty of the idea excited curiosity, and many came to see and hear. I know that, through the agency of this boat, places have been reached where till then the light of truth had never shone—places represented to me as ‘the hedges.’ [Luke 14:23.] The Morning Star has been instrumental in sowing the seeds of truth in many hearts, and there are those who have first seen the light of truth while on this boat. On it angel feet have trodden.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 2)
“Yet I would have you consider the dangers as well as the advantages of this line of work. The greatest caution will need to be exercised by all who enter the southern field. They must not trust to unchristian feelings or prejudices. The truth is to be proclaimed. Christ is to be uplifted as the Saviour of mankind. Unless men of extreme caution are chosen as leaders and burden-bearers, men who trust in the Lord, knowing that they will be kept by His power, the efforts of the workers will be in vain. The brethren are to consider these things and then move forward in faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 3)
“One thing I urge upon you: the necessity of counseling with your brethren. There are those who will feel that anything you may have to do with boats is a snare; but, my son, if there is a class of people in out-of-the-way places who can be reached only by means of boats, talk the matter over with your brethren. Pray earnestly in regard to it, and the Spirit of God will point out the way. I see no reason why a boat should not be utilized in bringing to those in darkness the light of Him who is ‘the bright and morning Star.’ [Revelation 22:16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 4)
“As a people we have so often been reproved for doing so little, that we should not hinder with discouragement any reasonable effort to extend the influence of the truth. Be careful that the enterprise you speak of does not cripple other lines of work. Follow the convictions of the Spirit of God in harmony with your brethren. Watch unto prayer, and then commit the keeping of your soul to God as unto a faithful Creator. He will keep that which is committed to His trust. Look to Jesus. The enemy will seek to spoil your life, but trust in the Lord. Draw nigh to Him, and He will draw nigh to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 5)
“The Lord God of heaven is constantly at work for us. His angels minister to all who will receive their guardianship. Human impulse will try to make us believe that it is God who is guiding us, when we are following our own way. But if we watch carefully, and counsel with our brethren, we shall understand; for the promise is, ‘The meek will He guide in judgment; and the meek will He teach His way.’ [Psalm 25:9.] We must never allow human ideas and natural inclinations to gain the supremacy.”
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 6)
From the many remarkable and interesting experiences that Edson and his associates have had on The Morning Star and because of the part it has acted in an important and blessed work, Edson has regarded it as different from an ordinary piece of property, and so have I.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 7)
I have hoped that the way would open for it to be used again in a similar work. This I have expressed to Edson several times. But never have I received instruction regarding it that would lead me to putting it into the work contrary to the judgment of those who know the field and who can see whether the use of the steamer would be a real help or, on account of the expense of maintenance, would become a burden.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 8)
Many enterprises which promise good results have to wait when means is scarce. At such times we must choose those lines of work where small expenditures will accomplish much.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 9)
And there are many enterprises which the Lord will open the way for, and especially bless, when the laborers counsel together and are of one heart and one mind, which cannot be thus blessed when there is not that unity.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 10)
When in the work in the South there is such a shortage of means on every hand, and when money is so much needed to advance the work in many important lines in Nashville, I could not urge the use of the steamer, if it will cost more than other plans of effective labor.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 11)
I am confident that Edson believes that a good work can be done in places along the river with the steamer. But he is not able to carry this work alone; and if those upon whom rests the burden of the work in that field do not see light in using the steamer, he should not try to force the matter upon them.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 12)
If the steamer is to be a consumer and not a producer, if it is to be a constant bill of expense, it would better be sold.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 13)
I spoke advisedly when I said that the Lord had made the Morning Star a means of bringing souls to the knowledge of the truth. From the light given me when I was at Vicksburg, I considered that the boat had been preserved of God to do a similar work in the future. I expected that the boat would do a similar work in other places, under the care of judicious workers. But it has done no such work for years. When it sank, I said, This is a lesson for our instruction.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 14)
Edson is correct in saying that I encouraged him to think that the steamer might do a work similar to that which it had done in the past, in reaching with the truth people who could not otherwise be reached. I did really expect, not from any definite instruction given me, but from what I had seen of the work of the steamer in the past, that the Lord would still use it. I had respect for the boat; for I have traced the providence of God in the work done on it in the past. I knew that there were many places where the same work might be done. This presentation was given me when I was at Vicksburg. But time has passed, and no such work has been done, and the boat has proved to be only a bill of expense. Considering these conditions, it may be best to set it aside. This is a matter that the brethren must decide in council.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 15)
Edson should not allow the steamer to continue to absorb his means, while he is by this forced to borrow money from those who dislike to refuse him. It would be much better for him to use his time and means and energy in getting out much-needed books and thus be freeing himself from debt.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 16)
My brethren, counsel together. Study and pray, and work for unity, and the Lord will give you light.
(20LtMs, Lt 201, 1905, 17)
Lt 203, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 18, 1905 Part of formerly Undated Ms 150. Portions of this letter are published in MM 324-325; LLM 52-54; 9MR 369. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have just read again your letter of April 25, 1905, and will try to write something in reply. I shall not be able to write a long letter; for the mail goes at noon today.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 1)
I wish to say that I do not see any objections to securing the buildings mentioned. The light given me is that buildings suitable for our work will be offered to us at a price far below their cost, making it possible for us to secure them. This has been the case in our experience in establishing sanitarium work in Southern California, and it will be the case in other countries. Advantage should be taken of these opportunities to establish and extend gospel medical missionary work; for time is short, and we must sow the seeds of health reform principles.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 2)
When an opportunity presents itself to purchase at a low price buildings in which our work may be carried on, let us take advantage of these opportunities. Had this been done by the leaders of the medical work in Battle Creek, there would now be many, many plants in our cities in America, cities that have not yet been enlightened by the truth upon health reform. Therefore forbid not those who desire to extend medical missionary work in some other part of Australia. Adelaide is a long way from Sydney. A sanitarium there would not interfere with the work of Wahroonga Sanitarium. There should be sanitariums near all our large cities. Advantage should be taken of the opportunities to purchase buildings in favorable locations, that the standard of truth may be planted in many places.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 3)
I have been instructed that we are not to delay to do the work that needs to be done in health reform lines. Through this work we are to reach souls in the highways and the byways. I have been given special light that in our sanitariums many souls will receive and obey present truth. In these institutions men and women are to be taught how to care for their own bodies, and at the same time how to become sound in the faith. They are to be taught what is meant by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. Said Christ, “The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:63.]
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 4)
Our sanitariums are to be schools in which instruction shall be given in medical missionary lines. They are to bring to sinsick souls the leaves of the tree of life, which will restore to them peace and hope and faith in Christ Jesus. Forbid not those who have a desire to extend this work. Let the light shine forth. All worthy health productions will create an interest in health reform. Forbid them not. The Lord would have all opportunities to extend the work taken advantage of.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 5)
There should be a sanitarium near Melbourne, if there were those to manage such an institution who could carry it forward solidly. Brother Semmens has had an experience in medical missionary work, and he can carry the work forward in Adelaide, if he seeks counsel of God. There certainly should be a sanitarium near Adelaide. I shall encourage this; for it is God’s plan. By means of such an institution, hundreds would become enlightened in regard to present truth. We need to give all the publicity we possibly can to the work God desires to have done. The seeds of truth are to be sown beside all waters. Let the Lord’s work go forward. Let the medical missionary and the education work go forward. I am sure that this is our great lack—earnest, devoted, intelligent, capable workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 6)
In every large city there should be a representation of true medical missionary work. The principles of genuine health reform are to be brought out in clear lines in our health publications and in lectures delivered to the patients in our sanitariums. In every city there are men and women who would go to a sanitarium were it near at hand, who would not be able to go to one a long way off. There are many who will be convicted and converted who now appear indifferent. I look at this matter in a very decided light.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 7)
Let many now ask, “Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?” [Acts 9:6.] It is the Lord’s purpose that His method of healing without drugs shall be brought into prominence in every large city through our medical institutions. God invests with holy dignity those who go forth in His power to heal the sick. Let the light shine forth farther and still farther, in every place to which it is possible to obtain entrance. Satan will make the work as difficult as possible, but divine power will attend all true-hearted workers. Guided by our heavenly Father’s hand, let us go forward, improving every opportunity to extend the work of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 8)
We shall have to labor under difficulties; but because of this, let not our zeal flag. The Bible does not acknowledge a believer who is idle, however high his profession may be. There will be employment in heaven. The redeemed state is not one of idle repose. There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God, but it is a rest found in loving service. Some among the redeemed will have laid hold of Christ in the last hours of life, and in heaven instruction will be given to these, who, when they died, did not understand perfectly the plan of salvation. Christ will lead the redeemed one beside the river of life and will open to them that which while on this earth they could not understand.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 9)
“He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 10)
“In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; ... and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” [Revelation 22:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 11)
Thank God, thank God! Let us improve every opportunity to reach poor, suffering, sinsick souls with the message of salvation. Let the precious light of truth be shed abroad.
(20LtMs, Lt 203, 1905, 12)
Lt 205, 1905
Evans, I. H.; Washburn, J. S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 19, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 377-381. Elders I. H. Evans and J. S. Washburn Dear Brethren,—
I am very grateful to God that the one-hundred-thousand-dollar fund has been made up and that we have had the privilege of seeing the substantial and appropriate school buildings that have been erected at Takoma Park.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 1)
Near the close of the General Conference, in the night season, many matters relating to the work in Washington and in Nashville were opened before me. We seemed to be in a council meeting. Elder Haskell, Elder Butler, and several others were talking together. Elder Haskell was telling of the opportunity that had come to them to purchase in Nashville a good church building in an excellent location. He said that five thousand dollars was asked for this church building and that the people in Nashville and the surrounding vicinity could not raise the money.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 2)
The question was asked, “Has the full amount of the Washington Fund been raised?” The answer was, “Yes, it has, and several thousand dollars overflow has come in.” A prayer and praise service was held. After the meeting a piece of paper was placed in the hands of Elder Haskell. Unfolding it, he read, “This is to signify that we deem it to be the wise and Christian part to act toward our brethren in Nashville to place the first five thousand dollars surplus that has come into Washington in the hands of these faithful servants of God, that they may secure the house of worship in Nashville, which they greatly need. We deem that it is but loving our neighbor as ourselves to make this transfer of means to a place where at this time there is so great a necessity.”
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 3)
After seeing this representation, I awoke, and I fully expected that the matter would take place as it had been represented to me. When Elder Haskell was telling me of the perplexity that they were in to carry forward the southern work, I said, “Have faith in God. You will carry from this meeting the five thousand dollars needed for the purchase of the church.”
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 4)
I wrote a few lines to Elder Daniells, suggesting that this be done; but Willie did not see that the matter could be carried through thus, because Elder Daniells and others were at that time very much discouraged in regard to the condition of things in Battle Creek. So I told him that he need not deliver the note.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 5)
But I could not rest. I was disturbed and could not find peace of mind. I was instructed that I had a message to bear to our leading brethren: to Elder Daniells, Elder Prescott, Elder Washburn, and Elder Evans. I was instructed that I must present before them the self-denying labors of Elders Haskell and Butler, and say, “Beware what impress you leave upon the minds of these tried servants of God, whose influence is of the highest value. They have known the truth from the earliest period of our work and have sacrificed for the truth’s sake.”
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 6)
Moreover, I was instructed that I must call attention to the history of our first work among the people, when these aged pioneers were men of earnest, enduring action. These men have their work to do, an important work. Even in their age their testimony and their endeavors bear witness that the wheels of providence are not constructed to stand still or to move backward. In their labor is their happiness. It is not work that wears men out, but sadness, anxiety, and worry. If Elder Haskell and Elder Butler break down, it will be because of the heavy perplexity that has come upon them in trying, without sufficient means or helpers, to accomplish the urgent work before them in the southern field.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 7)
The great Medical Missionary, who has purchased men with the price of His own blood, knows what it is to work under discouragement and perplexity. He has carried many burdens, and His untiring labors made Him very weary.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 8)
Christ was the mighty healer. Of Him we read, “And Jesus went about all Galilee, preaching in their synagogues, and teaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.” [Matthew 4:23.] His method of labor is our example of the way in which we are to work. Our missionary efforts are not to be confined to a few centers. In all the world we are to preach the gospel of the kingdom.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 9)
Elder Butler and Elder Haskell are to be given the assistance and the advantages that will make their efforts successful. They are to be sustained in their labors. The Lord would have those of His people, who are willing to give of their means for the advancement of His work, now turn their attention to the work in the South, and especially just now to Nashville. Twenty times as much could have been accomplished in the South as has been accomplished had the sanitarium work been built up and had the necessary schools been established.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 10)
The Lord’s tried servants in Nashville are becoming worn out and disappointed. Few realize the value of these staunch, old soldiers. Sometimes they are not given the credit due them. These pioneers in the work are to bear the message given by John:
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 11)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father and was manifested unto us); that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us, and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 12)
“This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [1 John 1:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 13)
These matters are fresh in my mind; for they have been revived and repeated since last Sabbath evening. In this letter I can give only a jot of the history of the self-denial and sacrifice with which the work was carried forward in the beginning, and how earnestly the laborers worked to meet emergencies. Elder Haskell has labored unselfishly and untiringly to raise money for the General Conference and for the Review and Herald and other institutions. His persevering, self-sacrificing zeal carried him long distances through the heat of summer and the cold of winter. On one occasion he drove a long distance in the winter in Minnesota. I think it was then that he froze his hands, causing himself great suffering, but he got the money that was needed. Though weary and worn, he had no thought of laying down the armor, but fought his way through every difficulty.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 14)
I want our brethren to read the first four verses of the first chapter of First Thessalonians, and to enter into the spirit of the writer: “We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers; remembering without ceasing your work of faith, and labor of love, and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ, in the sight of God our Father; knowing, brethren beloved, your election of God.”
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 15)
Of Elder Haskell and Elder Butler, God says, I will guide them. I will put My grace in their hearts. Because they have not been turned away from the truth to give heed to seducing spirits, but have stood firm, declaring the message given them, they are to be highly esteemed. They will not exchange the faith that they have boldly and fervently proclaimed for another doctrine, which is not true.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 16)
I am glad that these men are still able to do solid, substantial work. They must have greater encouragement in point of financial assistance in their work in the southern field. Their efforts have brought many souls into the truth, and they must not be left to wear out their souls in discouragement. The southern field is a very hard, needy field and must have assistance. Chosen men should be appointed to receive the funds that will now be called for in behalf of the enterprises that must now come to the front in this most needy field.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 17)
Over and over again the light has been given that a special work is to be done also in Huntsville. Men who are rooted and grounded in the truth in all its bearings are to be placed in charge of that work. A beginning has been made on an orphanage for colored children, but this work stands unfinished. On the beautiful farm of over three hundred acres, God purposes that an efficient missionary training school shall be conducted, which will develop many workers for the colored people.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 18)
A small sanitarium should also be established in connection with the Huntsville school. The sanitarium building should not be of a shoddy character, neither should it be narrow and contracted. It should be build substantially, and there should be in it room for the physician and nurses to carry on the work of healing the sick and giving patients and students an education in regard to the right principles of living.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 19)
I now make a call that means shall be sent direct to Nashville, that the fruit of the gospel in good works may appear. The work there is to be supervised by men who understand what needs to be done and who have learned how to economize.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 20)
The work in the South must now receive attention. It has stood in an unfinished condition long enough. I now expect that the necessities of this work will be seen and understood, and that our people everywhere will be encouraged to send donations great and small to Nashville. The workers there have waited patiently until the Washington Fund should be made up. This fund has been made up, and help should now be given to Nashville to carry forward the work that must be accomplished.
(20LtMs, Lt 205, 1905, 21)
Lt 207, 1905
General Conference Committee “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 20, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 381-382. To the General Conference Committee Dear Brethren,—
During the time that I was in Washington the Lord was working upon my mind in the night season. Light was given me while I was there that the first five thousand dollars of the overflow above the one hundred thousand dollars sent in for the work in Washington was due to the southern field, and that it ought to be appropriated to the present, urgent needs of the work in Nashville. More than that amount, which would otherwise have gone to Nashville, has gone to Washington, because of our appeals to give the Washington work our first attention.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 1)
I know that one thousand dollars was loaned to the brethren in Nashville to make the first payment on the church building. But I am instructed that the Lord would have been pleased had five thousand dollars been offered them instead of one thousand. The workers in Nashville need encouragement that they have never received. The way in which the work there has been treated by some has made wounds that should now be healed. The Lord will not vindicate one vestige of selfishness. He calls upon men to act under His supervision.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 2)
The work in Washington is important and essential, and great efforts have been made to call the attention of our people to that field. But now the Lord would have us consider the work in the South. These matters have been presented to me in such a way that I see my duty clearly. In the name of the Lord, I, as His messenger, call upon the leaders of the people in His cause to do the works of righteousness. The souls of the people in Nashville are just as precious in God’s sight as the souls of the people in Washington. The light of truth is to shine forth as brightly from Nashville as from Washington. The necessity at Nashville at the present time is far greater than it is at Washington.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 3)
Right is right. Justice must be shown to the southern field. God sees a selfishness working for the mastery that must be overcome. Five thousand dollars should be appropriated to the work in Nashville. This question was asked, “Is it not just as essential that the work in Nashville shall make a proper showing, as the work in Washington?” I must be faithful to my work as God’s messenger; therefore I bear the message, Make up a fund of five thousand dollars, and send it to the brethren in Nashville. God is a God of love and equity.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 4)
If we expect the Lord to work with us and for us as His people, if we expect Him to reveal His light and power to us in these last days, we must work in accordance with the mind and will, the mercy and compassion, of the Lord God of Israel, who so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. The Lord calls upon those at the head of His work to send the first of the overflow that has come in on the Washington Fund to the work in Nashville; for the work there, which is as essential as the work in Washington, is in need of assistance. The Lord’s servants who are laboring there should receive encouragement.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 5)
I am bidden to say that selfishness and any form of injustice must not find a place in our work. Let our brethren repent before the Lord for any selfishness that has come in toward the work in the southern states. This matter has been presented to me three times, and I was instructed that five thousand dollars ought to have been placed in Elder Haskell’s hands before he left the conference ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 6)
“All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] When the lawyer came to Christ with the question, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” the Saviour laid upon the inquirer the burden of answering. “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” He asked. “And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 7)
The lawyer, willing to justify his neglect, said to Jesus, “And who is my neighbor?” [Verse 29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 8)
In answer Christ told the incident of the man passing from Jerusalem to Jericho, who was attacked by robbers and left by the wayside wounded and in a dying condition. A priest and a Levite passed by that way, but both, unwilling to help the sufferer, “passed by on the other side.” [Verses 30-32.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 9)
A Samaritan, coming that way, saw him; and going to him, put him on his own beast, and took him to an inn, and took care of him. On taking his departure, “he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said to him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.” [Verses 33-35.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 10)
“Which now of these three,” said Christ, “thinkest thou was neighbor to him that fell among thieves?” The voices of others united with the lawyer in answering, “He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 36, 37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 11)
Over and over again I am bidden to urge upon your attention the necessities of the work in Nashville. The Lord has specified what should be done there. A grand work has been started, and it should by all means be sustained. It must not be hindered by neglect, but is to go forward in straight, clear lines. Brother Butler, Brother Haskell, and his wife are laboring hard and earnestly and are wrestling with many difficulties, and they must be given assistance. Souls in Nashville are as precious as souls in Washington. The conditions in Nashville make the work of the laborer doubly hard. If those in other parts of the field who have been highly favored by God do not awake to the true situation, the Lord will visit them for their indifference.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 12)
Brethren Sutherland and Magan have been trying to advance in their school work, but while the means were flowing into Washington, they were exhorted to patience. They have made as much headway as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 13)
Recently a beautiful sanitarium site of thirty-five acres was chosen not far from Nashville. On this site a sanitarium building must be put up soon. For a long time Dr. Hayward and his co-workers have been struggling on in the face of many difficulties. They must now be helped.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 14)
I give this instruction to you as God has given it to me as His appointed messenger. Last Sabbath night I did not sleep at all through the entire night. So heavily were matters pressed upon my mind that I could only cry unto God, praying Him to set this matter in its true light before the men bearing responsibilities in Washington.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 15)
The Lord calls for a conversion to take place in the hearts of the leading men who are connected with His work in every line, that the Spirit of Christ may come in and that no selfishness, envy, or jealousy may be seen. The real Christian is described by Paul as one who is zealous of good works. The great apostle gives the charge:
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 16)
“Put them in mind to be subject to principalities and powers, to obey magistrates, to be ready to every good work, to speak evil of no man, to be no brawlers, but gentle, showing all meekness unto all men, for we ourselves were sometimes foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving divers lusts and pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful and hating one another. But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared, not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to His mercy He saved us, but the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost, which He shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Saviour, that being justified through His grace, we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 17)
“This is a faithful saying, and these things I will that thou affirm constantly, that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable unto men, but avoid foolish questions, and genealogies, and contentions, and strivings about the law; for they are unprofitable and vain.” [Titus 3:1-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 18)
I hope that Brother Baird will continue his connection with the work. He needs to open his heart to encourage the young men with whom he works. He should not expect that they will show the perfection of full-grown men. He must not speak unadvised words. He is to take the young men and give them kind, faithful instruction and training. I pray that the holy oil of the two olive branches may be poured upon his heart and received by his mind, that he may do acceptable work for God. May it be seen that Jesus is abiding in his heart and life. Then he can be a wise counsellor and a correct adviser. He is to represent Christ in all that he says and does, remembering that those with whom he is brought in connection are the Saviour’s blood-bought heritage. He is to remember that it will mean much to those with whom he associates whether or not he reveals the meekness of Christ in words and demeanor. Let the oil of grace smooth his words and the tones of his voice. Then the education that he gives the young men will be a power for good.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 19)
All who are connected with the work in Washington are ever to give a true representation of Jesus Christ. Through them His kindness, His sympathy, His goodness is to be revealed. The Lord does not desire us to give sharp, abrupt rebukes, even if mistakes are made. These mistakes can be cured without sharp rebuke. The Lord desires all that is done on the land and on the buildings to be done in His way. Let not wrong impressions be made on the minds of the workers. “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much; and he that is unjust in the least is unjust also in much. If therefore ye have not been faithful in the unrighteous mammon, who will commit to your trust the true riches? And if ye have not been faithful in that which is another man’s, who shall give you that which is your own?” [Luke 16:10-12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 20)
“No man can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one and love the other; or else he will hold to the one and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. And the Pharisees also, who were covetous, heard all these things, and they derided Him. And He said unto them, Ye are they which justify yourselves before men; but God knoweth your hearts; for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomination in the sight of God. The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached; and every man presseth into it. And it is easier for heaven and earth to pass than for one tittle of the law to fail.” [Verses 13-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 21)
O that we all may bear these things in mind and remember that the instruction given by Christ is for every one to read and believe and obey.
(20LtMs, Lt 207, 1905, 22)
Lt 208, 1905
Hare, Brother and Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 20, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 210. Dear Brother and Sister G. A. Hare,—
I left Washington so hastily that I hardly realized that I was really in the car and on my way home. During my journey I wrote many pages. My mind was clear and my trust in God firm.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 1)
It has been clearly opened before me that Sister Hare need not be an invalid. The idea that she should have a meat diet is a mistake. She should follow the advice given to the one whose appetite craves intoxicating liquor and discard flesh meat entirely. Her food should be as free as possible from butter. She should control the desire for objectionable articles of diet. After giving up these things, her appetite may fail for a time, but she will not die. After a little while she will learn that she can live on a diet free from a particle of flesh meat.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 2)
If she keeps on cherishing the delusion that she must have flesh meat, it will certainly cost her her life.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 3)
My sister, it will be worth a trial to find out in regard to this matter. I have been through the experience, and I know what it means. In many respects you need cleansing, purifying, sanctifying. Seek the Lord with heart and mind and soul. Climb the ladder of progress. You need to live on altogether different lines from those on which you have been living. You need to take a firm stand in favor of the principles of health reform. As you are now, you are unfitting yourself by your own course of action for the work God has given you. Your life will be a failure unless you make a decided change. You should share your husband’s burdens. You can do this nobly if you will place yourself in right relation to the principles of health reform. While you continue to cherish your present habits, there is no chance of your recovery to health.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 4)
You are creating a condition of things in your system that will spoil your usefulness. Unless you change, you will fall a victim to your unsanctified imagination.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 5)
Do not let your inclinations control you. Discard from your diet flesh meat and every other unwholesome article. Sign a pledge that you will entirely discard the use of flesh meat.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 6)
The quality of your blood is determined by the food. Let flesh meat alone; for it is injuring your health, exerting a damaging influence upon the life current. Pledge yourselves to a six-months’ trial. You need the nourishment that may be obtained from plain, simple food.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 7)
I have had an experience in these things, and it is in view of the light given me by God that I say, Let flesh meat alone. Its use gives unnatural speed of action to the heart, which often takes the form of palpitation. When I used flesh meat, I had frequent fainting fits, and it became more and more difficult to revive me. When light was given me regarding this, I at once stopped using flesh meat. I had never enjoyed bread as an article of diet, but I was resolved to follow the instruction given. I discarded butter and lived chiefly on bread and fruit. I did not relish my food, but I did not go back; for the light given me was that animal food is a cause of disease.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 8)
The laws of health are to be obeyed. It is important that the digestive organs shall not be overtaxed. There are many who keep the stomach continually at work. It has not opportunity to recruit its strength, and the result must be digestive disorders.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 9)
There should be no eating between meals; and at least five hours should be allowed to elapse between the meals. Indigestion is the result of food taken into the stomach before the digestive organs have had time to dispose of the foregoing meal.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 10)
In regard to these things, you are off the track, and you have to suffer the consequence of your violation of nature’s laws.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 11)
Three meals are sufficient, and two meals are better than three. For the past thirty years I have eaten only two meals a day. The dullness from which people suffer is often caused by overeating and by eating at irregular periods. Dyspepsia brings despondency, and one suffering from this disease, though he may profess to be a Christian, acts in an unchristlike manner.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 12)
Some claim that the inclination to eat is sufficient guide. But one may get into the habit of eating several times a day, yet this would not be best. Such a habit would produce disease, because the digestive organs would be overtaxed.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 13)
Practice health reform, and refuse to be turned aside from the right path. Do not faint away, but make your will power bring your appetite into subjection to a true purpose. You need not die; you can live. Have faith in God, brace up. If you could be on a farm, and live much out of doors, it would be good for you.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 14)
Sister Hare, I address you as a Christian, asking you to discard the use of flesh meat, not by degrees, but at once, with faith in God and a firm, determined purpose to do right.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 15)
How can you teach your patients to discard meat when you use it yourselves?
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 16)
God gave Adam charge of the garden of Eden, to dress it and to keep it; and of the trees and herbs bearing seed, He said, “They shall be for meat.” [Genesis 1:29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 17)
Afterward the eating of flesh meat was permitted as one of the consequences of the fall. Before the flood, no provision was made for the use of animal food.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 18)
I write this for your benefit. If you use flesh meat, how can you, as physicians, warn your patients against its injurious effects?
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 19)
Sister Hare, when you use flesh meat as an article of diet, you run the risk of indulging appetite at the expense of brain, nerve, and muscle.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 20)
Show yourself a temperate woman and intelligent on the subject of health reform. Try going without flesh meat for six months, and see if a change for the better does not take place. I ask you to do this at once. Let your imagination be sanctified. Let your mind and conscience be awakened, your whole being aroused.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 21)
Guard yourself against giving yourself too much sympathy. Be heroic. Be determined to overcome perverted appetite. You must both be sanctified, body, soul, and spirit, and then you can do a good work. Do not let appetite become your master. If there is anyone who ought to reason from cause to effect, it is the physician.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 22)
Take hold of this matter religiously. I have done it and can recommend the experiment to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 23)
When human beings bring their physical powers into obedience to right principles, the Lord will do His part in their behalf; but He will not work a miracle to save you from the consequence of indulging perverted appetite.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 24)
Treat yourself as one whom Christ has bought with His own blood. I write the words that were spoken to you by One who has authority. Your life is to be an example of right doing to the members of your family and to those with whom you associate from day to day in your work.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 25)
The Lord calls upon you and your husband to communicate the truth. Your future well-being depends upon the course you follow. Sow the seeds of truth beside all waters. Advance in a knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. You both need to be converted. Please read the first chapter of Second Peter. Remember that in order to gain the victory over evil, you must live on the plan of addition. Take a square, decided stand for the right. Watch unto prayer. Read every verse. I am instructed to call the attention of you both to this chapter. Brother and Sister Hare, neither of you has a correct religious experience, and the Lord has given me a message for you both. You need a genuine Christian experience. When the converting power of God comes upon you, you will both have much greater assurance and far more happiness. You need this experience in your home life. You need it in your work of training your children. Hold up the requirements of the Bible before your conscience, and seek the Lord for strength with which to obey them. Do not rest till you have obtained the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Unify in your service to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 26)
Your eternal welfare depends on the course you pursue. Seek the Lord for His purifying grace.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 27)
This life is to be a fitting up for the future immortal life, the life that measures with the life of God. If we secure this life, we must on this earth lay hold of eternal realities.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 28)
The mighty power of God alone can enable you to overcome. I am bidden to call upon you to awake to your duty. If in this life you neglect to perfect a Christian character, you will lose life eternal. Set your minds on the conversion that you both need, and labor earnestly for the conversion of your children.
(20LtMs, Lt 208, 1905, 29)
Lt 209, 1905
Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 21, 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell My dear Brother,—
I am working with all my power for you in Nashville. But so many letters have come to us of late that we have not been able to get time to answer them all. The day before yesterday I wrote twenty-five pages. Besides this, I have had many perplexing questions to give advice upon.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 1)
I am sending you copies of several letters written to Edson. He himself has not yet had these letters. I wish you to find out how his matters stand and to do all you can to help him. The Lord has a special work for Edson to do, if he will not overload himself with burdens and responsibilities.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 2)
I cannot venture to go to Nashville now, else I would certainly go. But I wish you to investigate Edson’s case and do what you can to help him. But please keep the contents of these letters to yourself. Edson, I fear, is hurting himself. But I do not wish to give publicity to this matter, for others to get hold of it, and use it against Edson to destroy his future usefulness. Edson has spoken very freely to me in reference to the favorable change wrought in Brother Bollman, and he has great confidence in Brother Amadon. Please read these letters over to Brother Amadon first, and decide how the matter should be treated. I shall pray the Lord to guide you and to lead you to handle this matter in the way that will accomplish the most good. You understand the perils that will come to the work if Edson should say or do anything which would hurt himself and tend to weaken confidence in the testimonies of reproof and encouragement that God has given me for His people. I have spoken plainly and decidedly to Edson. I am very anxious that he shall not attempt to justify himself in a course of action that God does not approve. My message to him has been, Counsel with your brethren. A failure to heed this counsel has been the rock over which he has stumbled. His calculations regarding expenditures and their results are not always sound, and they lead him astray.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 3)
All this is a great burden to me. One night I did not sleep at all, and yet the next day, rising at one o’clock, I wrote twenty-five pages. I am cut to the heart when I think that my son gives occasion for disbelief in the testimonies that God has given me for his people, causing the confidence of some to be shaken. There are many who suppose that I sustain Edson in errors which harm the work and cause of God, whereas I have sent him reproof after reproof. How long I shall bear up under this burden, I do not know.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 4)
I have felt fearful that Edson’s poring over his perplexities, disappointments, and troubles would unfit him for service. Unless he makes a decided change, his propensity to enlarge his work and to borrow money will at last prove the rock on which his vessel will be shipwrecked. The Lord has given him talent, but he is making that talent of little use to honor and glorify God. The Lord will not be with him unless he consecrates himself to God, body, soul, and spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 5)
Just what you can do, I know not; but this I will suggest. First, read these communications to Brother Amadon, and pray and counsel together. Then you two read them to Edson, and help him to see that there is hope for him in a decided change of policy. Then, as soon as it can be arranged with his consent, lay the matter before Brethren Butler and Bollman.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 6)
I have feared that if I sent these testimonies to him direct, he would not be so apt to understand them, as if I were to send them through some one like yourself. You know how this is sometimes. I feel that his future usefulness, as well as his present good, hangs in the balance.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 7)
I now trust all these letters with you. I am confident that the Lord will adjust all difficulties. But there is one thing that should be understood: My testimony is that Edson should not be engaged in manufacturing business. So long as he is, he will not prosper. He is too free in the use of money. He does not always use it in the way that accomplishes the most good. It makes me sick at heart to be always cautioning him against this. It cuts into my soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 8)
A few words more. We are working diligently to prepare appeals for our papers in behalf of the work in Nashville and other places in the South. These appeals would have been prepared before, but many letters have come demanding an immediate answer; and I could not carry the whole load at once. But the articles in behalf of your work will be sent in time. Be of good courage. The Lord understands.
(20LtMs, Lt 209, 1905, 9)
Lt 211, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 22, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson,—
I have written you some things sorrowfully. I dare not confide these things to you alone, but have sent them to Elder Haskell to be read to you. There are many who suppose that I sustain you in things that are not right. It would be doing an injustice to them and to you for me to keep back the warnings that I have received for you; therefore, though I feel more sad at heart than I can tell you, I dare not withhold these things from you.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 1)
You have proposed that a colored training school be started on your property at North Nashville and that Elder Rogers be placed in charge of it. I beseech you not to enter into any more plans that require means. I beg of you to stop where you are before another dollar is invested.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 2)
“Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize. So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air, but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection, lest that by any means when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” [1 Corinthians 9:24-27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 3)
I am constantly holding up the necessity of every man doing his best as a Christian, training himself to realize the growth, the expansion, the nobility of character which it is possible for us to have.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 4)
Men are to be laborers together with Christ, but unless they strive most earnestly, unless they constantly behold Christ, they are in danger of not holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. You have a work to do, but if you continue to load yourself down with perplexities, you will become unable to give the trumpet a certain sound. The Lord is looking upon us to see what we have made of ourselves, to see whether He can enrich us with His grace.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 5)
In all that we do, we are to sustain a Christlike relation to one another. We are to blend together, using every spiritual force for the carrying out of wise plans in earnest action. The gifts of God are to be used for the saving of souls. Our relations to one another are not to be governed by human standards, but by divine love, the love expressed in the gift of God to our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 6)
My son, I desire you to show your appreciation of the truth that is to be proclaimed at this time. But when you load yourself down with responsibilities that overtax your brain, you are using up vital force without adding anything to the advancement of the cause of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 7)
In regard to Brother Rogers, he has made mistakes. He has been accused of that of which he is not guilty; but at the same time, he has shown too much commonness in his association with the girl students at the Huntsville school. A man in the position that Brother Rogers occupied cannot be too careful of his words and acts. He should not allow the least familiarity to be seen in his relations to the students, such as placing his hand on the arm or shoulder of a girl student. He should not allow the least approach to familiarity in the school or out of the school, or in association with white students or colored students.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 8)
In the past not all of our teachers have been clear and true and firm in this respect. They have not stood in a proper position. They need to see things in an altogether different light regarding the relations of teachers and students.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 9)
The one standing at the head of a school should in no case give the impression that commonness and familiarity are allowable. His lips and his hands are to express nothing that any one can take advantage of. Let men keep their place, and let the girl students, be they black or white, keep their place. Never should any liberties in word or act be taken by a teacher.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 10)
We are to be guided by true theology and common sense. Our souls are to be surrounded by an atmosphere elevated, refined, and sanctified. Men and women are to watch and are to be continually on guard, allowing no word or act that would cause their good to be evil spoken of. He who professes to be a follower of Christ is to give no occasion for remarks. He is to be constantly on guard, watching himself, keeping himself in thought, word, and deed, pure, holy, and undefiled. His influence upon others is to be uplifting. His life is to reflect the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 11)
Temptations will come, but if we watch against the enemy and maintain the balance of self-control and purity, the seducing spirits will not be able to obtain one jot of influence over us.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 12)
In the future you will see good reasons for the warnings given in regard to seducing spirits. You will see the good reasons for the warnings given in regard to evil spirits. You will see the force of the lessons given by our Saviour in the fifth chapter of Matthew, which closes with the words, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father in heaven is perfect.” [Verse 48.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 13)
The Lord’s covenant is with His saints. Every one is to discern his weak points of character and guard against them with the rigor and severity so unflinchingly proclaimed by Jesus Christ, the pattern man. Those who have been buried with Christ in baptism and raised out of the water in the likeness of His resurrection have pledged themselves to live in newness of life. And God has pledged Himself that the power and grace of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit will ever await their call and will come to their aid when they are tempted to pursue a course that would deny Christ. These powers are pledged to give to human beings the power and wisdom necessary to enable them to stand as victors over all Satan’s beguiling.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 14)
God has made a covenant with His saints, that when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 15)
“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 16)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body, and be ye thankful. Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 12-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 17)
“Mortify therefore your members which are upon earth: fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, and covetousness, which is idolatry, for which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience; in the which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived in them. But now ye also put off all these, anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communications out of your mouth. Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds, and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him; where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision, barbarian, Scythian, bond, nor free; but Christ is all and in all.” [Verses 5-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 18)
The words are straight, plain, unvarnished. No one need walk into the trap that Satan has placed for the feet of the unwary. Let those who desire to be like Christ pray in faith and watch unto prayer and then, believing, sing their songs of praise and thanksgiving.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 19)
The Lord Jesus sees His professed believers associated together in church capacity; but they have not all the truth. They are not obedient to all the commandments. In many cases, there are those who are backsliders. If these had followed on to know the Lord, they would have discerned the intensity of the love that God has for every soul. “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on Him might not perish, but have everlasting life.”“For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned, but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men love darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every man that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds shall be reproved, but he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.” [John 3:16-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 20)
What a work is before us. We cannot see the end from the beginning. We must follow on to know the Lord, step by step. He is leading us, and He will give us increased light.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 21)
There are those who need to make a decided change in their lives. They have not been following the way of truth and righteousness. Their interest in God’s work has abated, and their devotion gone, because they have not walked in the counsel of God, but in many respects have followed in the tread of the world. They have not kept their thoughts pure, clean, and holy. They are not surrounded with that fragrant, spiritual influence that would mark them as those who love God and keep His commandments.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 22)
They may recover themselves from the snare of the enemy, if they will realize that they are transgressing the law of God, and will show repentance toward God and Jesus Christ. When their spiritual perceptions are revived, they will see that they have not honored God as His law requires them to. God says to them, Your perceptions need the refinement of divine grace, that they may be cleansed from every stain of impurity in thought, word, and deed.
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 23)
“Take with you words, and turn to the Lord. Say unto Him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously. So will we render the calves of our lips.... I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely; for Mine anger is turned away from him. I will be as the dew upon Israel. He shall grow as the lily, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon. His branches shall spread, and his beauty shall be as an olive tree. They that dwell under his shadow shall revive as the corn, and grow as the vine. The scent thereof shall be as the wine of Lebanon. Ephraim shall say, What have I to do any more with idols? I have heard him and observed him, I am like a great fir tree: from Me is thy fruit found. Who is wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he shall know them? For the ways of the Lord are right, and the just shall walk in them, but the transgressors shall fall therein.” [Hosea 14:2, 4-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 211, 1905, 24)
Lt 213, 1905
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 22, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #18 15-16. Dear Brother Butler,—
Be not discouraged. Have faith in God. Speak the words of truth. Read the thirty-fifth chapter of Isaiah. This is the Word of promise. Read also the fortieth chapter.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 1)
“The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made straight, and the rough places plain: and the glory of God shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 2)
“The voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall I cry? All flesh is grass, and all the goodliness thereof is as the flower of the field: The grass withereth, the flower fadeth, because the spirit of the Lord bloweth upon it: surely the people is grass. The grass withereth, the flower fadeth; but the word of our God shall stand forever.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 3)
“O Zion that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the nigh mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord God will come with strong hand, and His arm shall rule for Him: behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd; He shall gather the lambs with His arm, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young.” [Isaiah 40:3-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 4)
The whole chapter is the confirmation of the sure mercies and grace and glory of our God. The Lord desires us to gain precious victories. Our message is to be a message of faith and hope and assurance. Let faith take possession of your heart. Talk faith and hope and courage.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 5)
A work is to be done in the city of Nashville, and the Lord would have the workers cleanse their souls from all iniquity and put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness. If they will humble themselves before God, His salvation will be revealed. Draw nigh to God, and trust in Him. Wash you, make you clean. Let every worker be converted to the way of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 6)
My brother, I want you to believe. I want you to stand in faith. May the Lord increase your faith and fill your heart with courage.
(20LtMs, Lt 213, 1905, 7)
Lt 215, 1905
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 24, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #18 16. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have been reading the Word of God—unweakened by any of the explanations of man. So many weaken the real truth by many words. If they would but let Christ speak, and apply His words to their hearts, so much more blessing they would receive.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 1)
A dying saint once cried out, “Speak to me the words of God. Give me some of the bare Word.” Reading the bare Word brings wisdom from God Himself. The Spirit of Christ is enfolded in the Word. To the receptive understanding, it unfolds the mind and will of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 2)
Let us receive the precious words of God just as they read. Let us not cover them up with human suppositions. The Word is ours to comprehend. Let us have faith in God. The Lord will surely manifest Himself to you and to all who labor with you. We are Christ’s real disciples, and we have His promise. We must have also the conviction that the Lord Jesus is working with us. Hold fast to the promise. Angels of God have been waiting for years for the workers in Nashville to clear the King’s highway. I call upon all to consecrate themselves wholly to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 3)
You must not expect to carry forward the work in Nashville without meeting difficulties. If we could clear these difficulties away, we would do so. Let every worker lay hold of the Word of promise. We are far away from you, but we will pray the Lord to meet with you and strengthen and bless you.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 4)
“And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 5)
Here is your commission. As obedient servants, you are to work in close connection with Christ Jesus of Nazareth. May the Lord grant that the people who sit in darkness in the city of Nashville shall see great light, and that to those who are in the region and shadow of death, light may spring up.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 6)
In simple, trusting faith believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. Take right hold of a power which you cannot create, but which is for you. Let the workers be filled with a spirit of cheerfulness and thanksgiving and rejoicing. Let every one make a personal consecration of himself or herself to God’s service. Let them surrender their hearts to the working of the Holy Spirit, placing themselves in right relation to God. It is time that we believed that all heaven is interested in the work before us. Christ came to this world to give Himself a sacrifice for the saving of sinners. Then believe, believe that He will be with all who give themselves unreservedly to this work.
(20LtMs, Lt 215, 1905, 7)
Lt 217, 1905
Place, O. G. Takoma Park, Maryland May 30, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dr. O. G. Place Dear Brother,—
I was aroused this morning to write to you, lest there should be a misunderstanding in regard to my words. I am told that you think that during the interview I had with you, after I had borne my testimony to the people regarding the proposed sale of the Colorado Sanitarium, I took back what I said before the people. My brother, I must tell you that this is not correct. I had a message from the Lord to bear to you and to the people in regard to your establishing a medical institution so near to the one already established in Boulder by our people, and I have not taken back one word of this message. I cannot say otherwise than that this was a wrong thing for you to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 1)
In the past I have been shown more than once in reference to things taking place in Boulder. You were represented to me as carrying things in your own way and for your own advantage. Again and again you have drawn to your institution patients who originally intended to go to the Colorado Sanitarium. This matter was plainly presented to me. Your plans were carried out to the detriment of the institution established by our people. It is natural for the human mind to work in this way. Without the controlling influence of Christ upon the heart, this state of things would naturally exist.
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 2)
It is a long time since the character you have manifested has been acceptable to God. The words were spoken, “Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of heaven.” [John 3:3.] Your only hope is to humble your heart and be renewed in the spirit of your mind. You may have all knowledge, and you may understand all mysteries; but if you have not a change of heart, you will never be an overcomer. Evidence of ability is one thing; strict justice in action is another. The requirement of the commandment is plain: “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.] But when you established a medical institution so close to one already built up at great cost to our people, you showed that you neither love God with all your heart, nor your neighbor as yourself.
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 3)
Pride is a very strong trait in your character and creates in you a determined purpose to exalt self at the expense of your neighbors. The message I have for you is, “Repent and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out.” [Acts 3:19.] The law is holy, and the commandment holy and just and good. Who can stand before it? “When the Son of man cometh, shall He find faith on the earth?” [Luke 18:8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 4)
Following Christ means self-sacrifice at every step. I greatly desire that you shall place yourself in the hands of God, to do His bidding. Christ has given His life for you. You must now do His bidding or stand in opposition to Him. “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] “So shall he be My disciple.” [See John 15:8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 5)
*****
“And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law? How readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:25-27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 6)
“Thou hast answered right,” Jesus said; “this do, and thou shalt live.” [Verse 28.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 7)
Willing to justify himself, the lawyer asked, “And who is my neighbor?” [Verse 29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 8)
In answer Christ related an incident, the memory of which was fresh in the minds of His hearers. “A certain man,” He said, “went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead.” As he lay thus, a priest came that way; he saw the man lying wounded and bruised, and weltering in his own blood; but he left him without rendering any assistance. He “passed by on the other side.” Then a Levite appeared. Curious to know what had happened, he stopped and looked at the sufferer. He was convicted of what he ought to do, but it was not an agreeable duty. He wished that he had not come that way, so that he would not have seen the wounded man. He persuaded himself that the case was no concern of his, and he too “passed by on the other side.” [Verses 30-32.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 9)
But a Samaritan, traveling the same road, saw the sufferer, and he did the work that the others had refused to do. With gentleness and kindness he ministered to the wounded man, and setting him on his own beast, “brought him to the inn and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host; and said unto him, Take care of him, and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.” [Verses 33-35.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 10)
“Which now of these three,” said Christ, “thinkest thou was neighbor unto him that fell among thieves?” More than one voice united with the lawyer’s in responding, “He that showed mercy on him.”“Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verses 36, 37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 217, 1905, 11)
Lt 219, 1905
Place, O. G. On train, returning home from the General Conference June 11, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dr. O. G. Place Dear Brother,—
There is only one power that can make us steadfast and keep us so. The man in whose heart the truth of God is not rooted cannot stand firm against temptation. In some respects, your character is very weak. Read and diligently study the book Christ’s Object Lessons. In this book there are lessons that you should study line upon line, precept upon precept. The life of Christ was like a shoreless sea, exerting a never-ending influence, which bound Him to God and to the whole human family. Through Christ, God has invested men with an influence that makes it impossible for them to live to themselves. We are connected with our fellow men as different parts of our great whole. We are under mutual obligations to one another. No one can be independent of his fellows.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 1)
I am instructed to say to you and to our brethren in Colorado that it will not be for the glory of God for you to purchase the Colorado Sanitarium. If you should offer double the price that you have for this institution, your offer should not be accepted. Under the circumstances, an offer of fifty thousand dollars would to some be a strong temptation, and they would be inclined to sell the sanitarium and thus lighten the burden of indebtedness. But God sees not as man sees. Our people would be acting like men with their eyes put out should they consent to sell the Colorado Sanitarium to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 2)
I write plainly; for you are not serving the Lord our God. Your way is not God’s way. Minds that are quickened by the Holy Spirit will discern the value of the instruction of God. They will regard His words as a precious treasure.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 3)
Human theories and speculations will never lead to heaven. True knowledge must be obtained in order that heresies may be prevented from coming into the church. Men who are mixed up, as you are, will not lead others into the narrow path. Just as long as you are unconverted, you will be among the number of whom Christ speaks as being lukewarm, neither cold nor hot. I bear you a straight testimony, because you do not understand yourself. I want you to be saved. You are far from being a perfect man and far from the kingdom of heaven. “Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.] I want you to walk in the path that leads through the strait gate into the city of God. I want you to come out of the world and be separate. When you follow where Christ leads the way, you will lead others in safe paths.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 4)
The Word of God possesses a hallowed power. When you are ruled and guided by that Word, your influence will change decidedly, because sound doctrine will control you. Your life will produce practical godliness, because the grace of Christ will abide in your heart. Until this is your experience, you cannot be depended on to conduct any institution in the right way. When you see yourself as you are, you will depart from evil, and then you can with safety be connected with any of our institutions; for you will be under God’s control. The form of sound words is to be prized above gold or silver. Sound words will lead to right actions. The night after we had our conversation at Takoma Park, I was instructed to say, Be not deceived. The attitude of Dr. Place has not been what he stated it to be.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 5)
I must write to you plainly. It would not be right to place the Boulder Sanitarium under your charge. It would not be right to give you the impression that you have not hindered the work of God, because you have. The Lord calls upon you to return to Him. You have worked wide of the mark of mercy, judgment, and the love of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 6)
I am charged to tell you the truth. You did an unwise thing in establishing a medical institution so close to the Colorado Sanitarium. In this you were not obeying the command to love God supremely and your neighbor as yourself. God says to you, Ye know neither the Scriptures nor the power of God. The work that you have been doing is not the work that God requires you to do. Do not deceive yourself. For the sake of your own soul, apply the truth to yourself. Obey its searching maxims. Only by obedience to the truth can you become a wise counsellor. By practicing the truth, you place yourself under its escort. This will give you a steady purpose and will make you sound in faith and safe in action. The mind of God must become your mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 7)
Christ is the truth. His words are to be obeyed. They have a deeper significance than that which appears on the surface. We are to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. The Pharisees and Sadducees got themselves into inextricable tangles by departing from a plain thus saith the Lord. We are not to follow human devisings. We are to honor God by doing His will. The suppositions and devisings of men are unsafe and unreliable. God says, “Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils.” [Isaiah 2:22.] It is a dangerous thing to place in positions of trust in our institutions men who do not make God their counsellor.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 8)
Have I not said enough? If you will heed this counsel, you will become a truly changed man. The Lord desires you to be genuinely converted. Not until you are can you know the fulfilment of the words, “Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.” [John 14:13.] Never, never give up until you know where you are standing religiously. You need to begin a work that will rid you of selfishness and make you a witness for God.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 9)
“I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me.” [Revelation 3:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 10)
I have been commissioned to give you this message. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, I ask you to repent, and turn to the Lord with all your heart. Comply with the conditions that Christ has laid down.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 11)
I have written plainly. I would not flatter you; for this would ruin your soul. I dare not withhold these things from you. Will you not place yourself where Christ can work with you? Then He can use you as His missionary. There is a great work to be done, and God will use you if you will be converted. Do not brood over the wrongs that others have done you. What about the wrongs that you have done others? I entreat you to make thorough work for repentance. Make everything straight, and become Christ’s medical missionary.
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 12)
My heart yearns over you. I long to see you standing as the helping hand of God, ready to do His will. Clear the King’s highway, and then God can use you to His glory I know that you will lose heaven if you continue to follow the course that you are now following. I entreat you to read Christ’s Object Lessons. A careful study of this book would help you greatly. Christ collected the riches of the universe and presented them in the most attractive light, that men might turn from the earthly to the heavenly. All who receive Him He presents to the Father as His own, bought with the price of His humiliation; for with His stripes we are healed. “They shall be as the stones of a crown, lifted up as an ensign for the nations.” [Zechariah 9:16.] “They shall be Mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels.” [Malachi 3:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 219, 1905, 13)
Lt 221, 1905
Place, O. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 12, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dr. O. G. Place Dear Brother,—
I meant to have seen you and talked with you again before you left Takoma Park, but it will be as well to write, because then I shall have a copy of what I send you.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 1)
In His work as a healer, Christ was thronged day after day. He accomplished a great work in the cities to which He went. We have not Christ with us now as a visible leader, but He is with us by the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 2)
I have a most earnest desire that you shall be led to understand that your movement in establishing a medical institution so near the Colorado Sanitarium was neither consistent nor righteous, but an offense to God. You have not made God your trust. You have need to be converted. Unless your heart is changed by the Holy Spirit’s power, I could not sanction your standing in the responsible position of a physician in one of our sanitariums. You are not serving the Lord with singleness of heart, and the counsel of God is not with you. For a long time you have not made the Lord your counsellor. You have not moved forward ignorantly, but as a man who has taken himself into his own hands, to do as he pleased.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 3)
I do not sustain Dr. Kellogg or any one else in unjust accusations. To criticize and condemn has become a science with many.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 4)
I wish, my brother, to treat you as one of the Lord’s sons, who believes in Him; but this I cannot do, because you are not obedient to the requirements of God. If you do not seek the Lord with all your heart, then you are among the number who are worked by another spirit. You are not in harmony with God, and to increase your influence would not be in accordance with the will of God. If you refuse to walk in the light as Christ is in the light, the Holy Spirit will not co-operate with you, and you will gradually become an atheist. You will work according to your own impulses. Unless you submit yourself, heart and mind and soul and strength, to God’s will, and trust in Him with full faith, you cannot possibly give perishing souls leaves from the tree of life. You are following your own leadership; and while you continue to do this, you will become more and more unskilled in the knowledge of how to lead souls to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 5)
Upon our people has been laid the responsibility of setting in operation and maintaining sanitariums that will bear the highest stamp of excellence. They are to be managed by men who acknowledge God as the supreme wisdom. The physicians in our institutions should be men who are sound in the faith, led by supreme wisdom, able to bring to sin-sick souls the healing balm of the Word of God. They should be able to co-operate with Christ, carrying forward the work that He left for them to do, breaking the power of evil over souls and, as one with Christ, bringing health to soul and body.
(20LtMs, Lt 221, 1905, 6)
Lt 223, 1905
Burden, J. A. Takoma Park, Maryland June 2, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 167; MM 87; PC 237-239; 3MR 343. + Dear Brother Burden,—
I am much encouraged by the letters that I have received from you regarding Loma Linda. From your description of the place, I believe it meets the representation which I have seen of what we should seek for as sanitarium locations. Such a place was presented to me a few miles from an important city. The city has recently been built up.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 1)
I have tried to place before our people there presentations given me regarding sanitariums in the country, and I have urged upon them the necessity of establishing our sanitariums outside of the cities. I have had repeatedly presented to me the advantage of securing locations some miles out of the cities. Those who follow the counsel of God in providing places where the sick and suffering can receive proper treatment will be guided to the right places for the establishment of their work.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 2)
Let our sanitariums be located where there is an abundance of land. I can see the advantage of such a place as Loma Linda. The Lord worked to help us to secure this property. The work of this institution is to be carried forward on pure, elevated lines. It can be conducted in such a way that the truth will be presented as the rock upon which to build.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 3)
In order that our institutions shall teach right lessons, there must be connected with them men of such simplicity that they are willing to learn of the great Teacher. “To you it is given,” Christ said, to the people who keep My commandments and do those things that I have presented in My Word, “to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven.” [Luke 8:10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 4)
We are to proclaim the truth to the world, for thus the great Medical Missionary has commanded us. What ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the house top; for there is nothing hid that shall not be made known. The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and keep His commandments. [See Matthew 10:26, 27; Psalm 25:14.] “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 5)
The church of Christ is dependent on Him for her very existence. Only through Him can it gain continued life and strength. The members are to live constantly in the most intimate, vital relationship with the Saviour. They are to follow in His steps of self-denial and sacrifice. They are to go forth into the highways and byways of life to win souls to Him, using every possible means to make the truth appear in its true character before the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 6)
The truth is to be presented in various ways. Some in the higher walks of life will grasp it as it is presented in figures and parables. As men labor to unfold the truth with clearness, that conviction may come to their hearers, the Lord is present as He promised to be. As they go forth on their mission, teaching all things whatsoever Christ has commanded, the promise will be fulfilled, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Those who are honest in heart will see the importance of the truth for this time and will take their place in the ranks of those who are keeping and teaching the commandments.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 7)
All that can be done to make clear the mystery of godliness is to be done. The earthly has its place in illustrating the heavenly. All nature is a lesson book, a teacher to every one who will learn.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 8)
In His wonderful sermon on the mount, Christ used the lilies of the field in their natural loveliness to illustrate a great truth. His language is adapted to the opening intellect of child-life. The great Teacher brought His hearers in contact with nature, that they might listen to the voice which speaks in all created things; and as their hearts became tender and their minds receptive, He helped them to interpret the spiritual teaching of the scenes upon which their eyes rested. The parables, by means of which He loved to teach lessons of truth, show how open His spirit was to the influences of nature, and how He delighted to gather spiritual teaching from the surroundings of daily life.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 9)
The birds of the air, the lilies of the field, the sower and the seed, the shepherd and the sheep—with these Christ illustrated immortal truth. He drew illustrations from the facts of life, facts of experience familiar to the hearers—the hid treasure, the pearl, the fishing net, the lost coin, the prodigal son, the houses on the rock and on the sand. In His lessons there was something to interest every mind, to appeal to every heart. Thus the daily task, instead of being a mere round of toil, bereft of higher thoughts, was brightened and uplifted by constant reminders of the spiritual and the unseen. The Lord Jesus would have the true philosophy of nature’s great lesson book opened before the mind. Parents, take time to teach your children to distinguish between the genuine and the artificial. Christ points us to the lily of the field, telling us to learn from it a lesson of simplicity and trust in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 10)
A departure from the Lord’s plans of simplicity to the artificial plans of the world has destroyed in many minds the harmony that God has said should exist. They are to be led back from the artificial to genuine Bible religion.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 11)
We need workers who will gain breadth of mind by studying the book God has opened before us of His created works. Angels co-operate with those who proclaim the truths represented by the things of nature. These things are not God, but they are specimens of God’s handiwork.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 12)
The Lord has a work to be done that has not yet been carried forward as He designs it to be. “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a people that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God.” [Isaiah 58:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 13)
The Lord would have every means put in operation to arouse the people and bring them to their senses. To you it is given, He declares, to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven. He desires to show us things that will awaken the understanding of the people. I will open My mouth in parables, he says; I will utter things that have been kept secret from the foundation of the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 14)
God calls upon us to arouse to our responsibilities. He calls upon His people to awake from their slumbers and make use of every advantage possible for gaining the attention of those who know not the truth. But caution is to be exercised, that in the proclamation of the message, expense shall not be incurred that would embarrass the cause at a time when it should be going steadily forward. But I have no reproof for Elder Simpson. He has not worked too fast or too decidedly.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 15)
Our medical workers are to do all in their power to cure disease of the body and also disease of the mind. They are to watch and pray and work, bringing spiritual as well as physical advantages to those for whom they labor. The physician in one of our sanitariums who is a true servant of God has an intensely interesting work to do for every suffering human being with whom he is brought in contact. He is to lose no opportunity to point souls to Christ, the great Healer of body and mind. Every physician should be a skilful worker in Christ’s lines. There is to be no lessening of the interest in spiritual things, else the power to fix the mind upon the great Physician will be diverted. While the needs of the body are to be strictly attended to, while all efforts are to be made to break the power of disease, the physician is never to forget that there is a soul to be labored for.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 16)
God would draw minds from the conviction of logic to a conviction deeper, higher, purer, and more glorious, a conviction unperverted by human logic. Human logic has often nearly quenched the light which God would have shine forth in clear rays to convince minds that the God of nature is worthy of all praise and all glory, because He is the Creator of all things.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 17)
Christ illustrated character building by a house built on a rock, against which storm and tempest were powerless, and the house built on the sand, which was swept away. We are living in perilous times. Amidst the changing scenes, with heresy and false doctrines coming in that will test the faith of all, the house built on the solid rock cannot be shaken. But when storm and tempest come, the house built on the sand will fall, and great will be the fall of it.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 18)
Let us take heed then how we build. Let no one build unwisely. The Word of God is our only foundation. Every semblance of error will come upon us. Some of these errors will be very specious and attractive, but if received, they would remove the pillars of the foundation that Christ has established and set up a structure of man’s building. There are those who seeing, see not, and hearing, hear not, and under Satan’s guidance they prepare false foundations for human minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 19)
Christ’s lessons should be studied by every one. The truth is solid, substantial. This truth is to be presented to all; for Satan will come in with his pleasing sentiments, which make nothingness of God’s Word and turn aside minds from the truth to fables.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 20)
“Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Christ said, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God. Nicodemus saith unto Him, How can a man be born again when he is old? ... Jesus answered, Verily I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.... Marvel not that I said unto thee, ye must be born again. The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.” [John 3:3-5, 7, 8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 21)
I have been instructed that just such experiences will come in our work. There will be those who are awakened and convicted, and yet held by influences as was Nicodemus. Christ did not enter into controversy with Nicodemus, so our workers today would manifest wisdom in not going away from the great questions involved. Christ presented to Nicodemus new light which brought him in contact with all light, instead of leaving him where doubt would be strengthened. He desired Nicodemus to carry away some practical points, showing that it was not learning that he needed, nor controversy, but the truth and a new heart. Until a man’s heart is changed, his reasoning upon points of difference in regard to Christ’s message will produce no saving results, but will strengthen the spirit of resistance.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 22)
The way in which Christ dealt with Nicodemus teaches a lesson that God’s workers today are to study and practice. When men desire to enter into controversy, we are to keep to the affirmative. In the efforts that are now being made in Los Angeles and in the efforts that will be made in other places in the future, let not the advocate of truth allow himself to be led away by his opponents into controversy on false theories.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 23)
Nicodemus answered and said unto Him, How can these things be? Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Israel, and knoweth not these things? Verily, verily I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye receive not our witness. If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I tell you of heavenly things? And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but He that came down from heaven, even the Son of man, which is in heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 24)
“And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness even so must the Son of man be lifted up; ... that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned; but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For everyone that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.” [Verses 14, 16-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 223, 1905, 25)
Lt 225, 1905
Butler, G. I.; White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 24, 1905 Previously unpublished. From Lt 211, 1905. To Elders G. I. Butler and J. E. White,—
In all that we do, we are to sustain a Christlike relation to one another. We are to blend together, using every spiritual force for the carrying out of wise plans in earnest action. The gifts of God are to be used for the saving of souls. Our relations to one another are not to be governed by human standards, but by divine love, the love expressed in the gift of Christ to our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 1)
In regard to Brother Rogers, he has made mistakes; and he has been accused of that of which he is not guilty. He has shown too much commonness in his association with the girl students at the Huntsville school. A man in the position that Brother Rogers occupied cannot be too careful of his words and acts. He should not allow the least familiarity to be seen in his relations with the students, such as placing his hand on the arm or shoulder of a girl student. He should not allow the least approach to familiarity, in the school or out of the school, or in association with white students or colored students.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 2)
In the past, not all of our teachers have been clear and true and firm in this respect. Some have not stood in a proper position. They need to see things in an altogether different light regarding the relations of teachers and students.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 3)
The one standing at the head of a school should in no case give the impression that commonness and familiarity are allowable. His lips and his hands are to express nothing that any one can take advantage of. Let men keep their place, and let the girl students, be they white or black, keep their place. Never, never should any liberties in word or act by taken by a teacher.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 4)
We are to be guided by true theology and common sense. Our souls are to be surrounded by an atmosphere elevated, refined, and sanctified. Men and women are to watch and are to be continually on guard, allowing no word or act that would cause their good to be evil spoken of. He who professes to be a follower of Christ is to give no occasion for remarks. He is to be constantly on guard, watching himself, keeping himself in thought, word, and deed, pure, holy, and undefiled. His influence upon others is to be uplifting. His life is to reflect the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 5)
Temptations will come, but if we watch against the enemy, and maintain the balance of self-control and purity, the seducing spirits will not be able to obtain one jot of influence over us.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 6)
In the future you will see good reasons for the warnings given in regard to evil spirits. You will see the force of the lessons given by our Saviour in the fifth chapter of Matthew, which closes with the words, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Verse 48.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 7)
The Lord’s covenant is with His saints. Every one is to discern his weak points of character and guard against them with the rigor and severity so unflinchingly proclaimed by Jesus Christ, the pattern man. Those who have been buried with Christ in baptism and raised out of the water in the likeness of His resurrection have pledged themselves to live in newness of life. And God has pledged Himself that the power and grace of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit will ever await their call and will come to their aid when they are tempted to pursue a course that would deny Christ. These powers are pledged to give to human beings the power and wisdom necessary to enable them to stand as victors over all Satan’s beguiling.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 8)
God has made a covenant with His saints that when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against him.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 9)
“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 10)
“Mortify therefore your members which are upon earth; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, and covetousness, which is idolatry, for which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience; in the which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived in them. But now ye also put off all these, anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth. Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds, and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him; where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free; but Christ is all and in all.” [Verses 5-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 11)
“Put on therefore as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering, forbearing one another and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body, and be ye thankful. Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 12-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 12)
The words are straight, plain, and unvarnished. No one need walk into the trap that Satan has placed for the feet of the unwary. Let those who desire to be like Christ pray in faith and watch unto prayer, and then, believing, sing their songs of praise and thanksgiving.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 13)
The Lord Jesus sees His professed believers associated together in church capacity, but not all of them have the truth. Not all of them are obedient to the commandments. In many cases there are those who are backsliders. If these had followed on to know the Lord, they would have discerned the intensity of the love that God has for every soul. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”“God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned, but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every man that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds shall be reproved, but he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.” [John 3:16-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 14)
What a work is before us. We cannot see the end from the beginning. We must follow on to know the Lord, step by step. He is leading us, and He will give us increased light.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 15)
There are those who need to make a decided change in their lives. They have not been following the way of truth and righteousness. Their interest in God’s work has abated and their devotion gone, because they have not walked in the counsel of God, but in many respects have followed in the tread of the world. They have not kept their thoughts pure, clean, and holy. They are not surrounded with that fragrant spiritual influence that would mark them as those who love God and keep His commandments.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 16)
They may recover themselves from the snare of the enemy if they will realize that they are transgressing the law of God, and will show repentance toward God and Jesus Christ. When their spiritual perceptions are revived, they will see that they have not honored God as His law requires them to. God says to them, Your perceptions need the refinement of divine grace, that they may be cleansed from every stain of impurity in thought, word, or deed.
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 17)
“Take with you words, and turn to the Lord. Say unto Him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously. So will we render Him the calves of our lips.... I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely; for Mine anger is turned away from him. I will be as the dew upon Israel. He shall grow as the lily, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon. His branches shall spread, and his beauty shall be as an olive tree. They that dwell under his shadow shall revive as the corn, and grow as the vine. The scent thereof shall be as the wine of Lebanon. Ephraim shall say, What have I to do any more with idols? I have heard him and observed him, I am like a green fir tree; from Me is thy fruit found. Who is wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he shall know them? For the ways of the Lord are right, and the just shall walk in them, but the transgressors shall fall therein.” [Hosea 14:2, 4-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 225, 1905, 18)
Lt 226, 1905
Brethren and Sisters in the Southern Union Conference “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 25, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, 09/05/1905. To my brethren and sisters in the Southern Union Conference,—
At this time our means and our influence are called for to sustain the work that our brethren in Nashville are carrying forward. Nashville has been chosen as a center for the work in the South. The Lord has gone before the laborers in this city and has given them favor with the people. In His providence, the publishing work has been established there, and a beginning has been made in sanitarium work. For over a year, Elder Haskell and his wife, with faithful associates, have conducted a city mission and Bible training school with increasing success. And just recently, the Lord in His providence has given our brethren there a commodious meetinghouse and a beautiful tract of land for sanitarium purposes. The way has also opened for carrying on tent-meetings in the city, and the beginning of a series of public meetings has brought joy to the hearts of our workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 1)
All of these advance movements require means. The Lord has signified that our brethren and sisters in the North and the South, the East and the West shall with willing liberality prepare the way before our Nashville brethren. The men of long experience who have been placed in this important center are to be given an opportunity to bring the light of present truth to the attention of thousands. But the help that God sends His servants is sent only when they faithfully and self-sacrificingly act their part in His service. We are to do our best and then lay our hearts’ desires before the great Burden-bearer, saying, “Lord, we can do no more. Grant us the help that we so much need in order to advance Thy work.” It is then that God moves upon the hearts of His servants in other places to send men and means for the advancement of His work.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 2)
In a special sense does the responsibility of supporting the Nashville work rest upon the members of our churches throughout the southern states. My dear brethren and sisters, you can do much more than you have done to help: I ask you to study diligently the appeals that are being published in the Review and Herald in behalf of the southern field and then rise nobly to the opportunity now presented of establishing the work firmly in Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 3)
While I was in Australia, the Lord instructed me to appeal to the churches in America for assistance in helping to establish the work in that field across the broad waters of the Pacific. But those appeals did not slacken the efforts of our people in Australasia. Many gave more than they were really able to give. The field was a most needy one, and the poverty of the people was great; but in their liberalities the church members excelled their brethren and sisters in America. A faithful tithe was paid, and the offerings were most liberal. The Lord blessed their efforts, and His cause prospered to the glory of His name.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 4)
The evangelistic work that is now being carried forward in Nashville is a sample of the work that must be done in many other southern centers. Nothing will stir the South like taking hold of the work in new places. The cities are to be entered. Let workers press into the unwarned cities and proclaim the truth of Christ’s soon coming. In every place the work is begun, the standard of truth is to be lifted higher and still higher. The fields in the South need faithful, persevering workers—not merely preachers, but those who can minister.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 5)
Our church members in the South need to arouse and work as never before for God, studying His Word and praying earnestly for guidance. As they do this, God will give them light. My brethren and sisters, you have a voice, you have reason, you have capabilities in a greater or less degree; and the Lord calls upon you to work for those in darkness. Visit your neighbors, and show an interest in the salvation of their souls. Arouse every spiritual energy to action. Tell those whom you visit that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord Jesus will open the door of their hearts, and will make upon their minds lasting impressions.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 6)
Keep up the work. Be laborers together with God. Go forth two and two into the harvest field. Let not church members be so busy about their own affairs that they have no time to work for the Lord. Let not our sisters spend precious hours adorning their own and their children’s clothing. How much more pleasing to God it would be if that time were spent in opening the Word of God to those in darkness.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 7)
My sisters, Christ is your pattern. He could have come to our world clothed in His royal robes, but He came in poverty and humiliation. Christians will never try to make a display in dress. “If any man will come after Me,” the Saviour said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] “So shall he be My disciple.” [See John 15:8.] Self-indulgence and conformity to the world are always at variance with the principles of the gospel of Christ. Save your pennies and your dimes, and you will have something to give to the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 8)
“Whose adorning,” Peter writes, “let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price.” [1 Peter 3:3, 4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 9)
Church members, let the light shine forth. Let your voice be heard in humble prayer, in witness against the amusements of the world, and in the proclamation of the truth for this time. Your voice, your influence, your time—all these are gifts from God to be used in winning souls to Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 10)
In your work you may find some who are sick. Do what you can to relieve them. As you minister to their physical needs, and at the same time break to them the bread of life, your efforts in their behalf will make more impression upon them than many ordinary sermons would. In your ministry for these sin-sick souls, apply the remedy found in the Bible. When opportunity offers, describe the willingness of Christ to hear the prayers offered to Him in sincerity and faith. It may be that your effort will gain a soul for Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 11)
Strive to arouse men and women from their spiritual insensibility. Tell them how you found the Lord Jesus and how blessed you have been ever since you gained an experience in His service. Tell them what blessing comes to you as you sit at the feet of Jesus and learn precious lessons from His Word. Tell them of the gladness and joy that there is in the Christian faith. Your warm, fervent words will convince them that you have found the pearl of great price. Let your cheerful, encouraging words show them that you have certainly found the higher way. This is genuine missionary work; and as it is done, many will awake as from a dream.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 12)
Our work has been outlined. Over and over again we are to repeat the words of Christ: “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] This commission is never to lose its force upon the minds of the believing people of God. Into the darkness of sin the light of truth is to shine forth, that the darkness may be expelled. Those who reflect light will receive more light to reflect. New power will be brought into the church.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 13)
God’s people are to be light-bearers to those in darkness. Let companies of Christian workers unite to help the needy and to proclaim the truth for this time. As they labor with self-sacrifice for the sake of others, denying themselves of that in which hitherto they have indulged, but have not really needed, they are God’s helping hand.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 14)
The Lord calls upon His people to arouse out of sleep. The end of all things is at hand. When those who know the truth will be laborers together with God, the fruits of righteousness will appear. By the revelation of the love of God in missionary efforts, many will be awakened to see the sinfulness of their own course of action. They will see that in the past their selfishness has disqualified them to be laborers together with God. The exhibition of the love of God as seen in unselfish ministry for others will be the means of leading many souls to believe the Word of God just as it reads.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 15)
God desires to refresh His people by the gift of the Holy Spirit, baptizing them anew in His love. There is no need for a dearth of the Holy Spirit in the church. After Christ’s ascension, the Holy Spirit came upon the waiting, praying, believing disciples with a fulness and power that reached every heart. In the future, the earth is to be lightened with the glory of God. A divine influence is to go forth to the world from those who are sanctified through the truth. The earth is to be encircled with an atmosphere of grace. The Holy Spirit is to work on human hearts, taking the things of God and showing them unto men.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 16)
Christ came to this earth, His divinity clothed with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity and divinity lay hold upon the throne of God. In our behalf He became subject to all the temptations of Satan and placed Himself in the power of those who clamored for His life and crucified Him as a malefactor. His death on the cross was an exhibition of the unselfishness of God. Infinite benevolence poured out all heaven’s treasures in this one gift, to rescue man from Satan’s power. Through the revelation of the love of God on the cross of Calvary, the real character of the work of Satan and his agencies was demonstrated. It was shown what power would have ruled the world had not God interposed in our behalf and, by the sacrifice of His only begotten Son, rescued human beings from the power of the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 17)
This great sacrifice was made to save the world. The message of salvation is not to be proclaimed in a few places only. Throughout the earth it is to be sounded forth. Those who know not the gospel are in the darkness of unbelief. They know not God. Why is the church so indolent, so selfish, so weak? Why do the members not make earnest efforts to proclaim the message of mercy, that others may know the joy of salvation through Christ?
(20LtMs, Lt 226, 1905, 18)
Lt 227, 1905
Belden, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PM 248. + Frank Belden My dear Nephew,—
I hear that you have entered into, or intend to enter into, a lawsuit against the managers of the Review and Herald. I wish to tell you that in this you are not guided by the Lord. This move is instigated by evil angels. God has never prompted you to do any such thing.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 1)
It is a fact that you and Captain Eldridge and A. R. Henry exerted an influence that warped the plans of the Review and Herald and brought oppression into the book work. Wrong principles were brought in, which resulted in your separation from the office. That which you are now prepared to charge on to the Review and Herald is largely the result of your own actions.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 2)
The scheme to pay higher wages to a few men, brought in by you and your associates, was entirely contrary to the principles that had heretofore been practiced in the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 3)
This matter has been clearly presented to me. In the assemblies, your voice was the most urgent and determined to carry out the plans for giving a few men higher wages and to pay a low wage to a large number, who worked with just as much fidelity as those claiming higher wages. You and others have violated the principles upon which our work is to be carried forward. You have followed worldly policy plans. This the Lord forbids. You have had a strong determination to follow a course of your own choosing and have made a record of nonsuccess.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 4)
If you had placed your influence under the direction of the Holy Spirit, and used it as a consecrated talent, it would have won souls to Christ. A presentation has been given me of what you could have accomplished if with humble trust in Jesus of Nazareth you had sought to do the work committed to you. If you had kept your heart in the love of the truth, the saving, sanctifying truth of God’s Word; if you had loved God with heart and mind and soul and strength; if you had co-operated with Him in a way that would have made you one with Him, you would have been greatly blessed. You would not have spent time in discussing questions over which the world was contending, but would have kept continually before you this one question, “What shall I do to inherit eternal life?” [Luke 10:25.]
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 5)
What you have needed for years is a heart truly converted. The time spent on unimportant subjects, such as the gold and silver question, was lost. Our time is the Lord’s. You have failed to realize that by spending time and energy on nonessential things, you were robbing the Lord. Your time, your means, your influence should be carefully cherished. God demands of every soul earnest love for Christ, our sin-pardoning Saviour. The actions, the words, the principles advocated are to be such as will reflect the light of truth to souls in the darkness of error. The work in which we engage is to bear the signature of heaven. Thus we reveal our vital connection and communion with Christ. You have but little time in which to prepare for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 6)
“Let not your heart be troubled,” the Saviour said to His disciples; “ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there you may be also. And whither I go, ye know, and the way ye know.” [John 14:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 7)
I entreat you to stop and consider. What do you suppose you will gain by this strange move that you are contemplating? It is the father of lies, the accuser of the brethren, who is prompting you to make this move. Those who have a living connection with Christ will never be found on Satan’s ground. O that you had devoted your past years to God!
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 8)
Of Christ it is said, “He shall not strive nor cry, nor cause His voice to be heard in the streets.” [Matthew 12:19; Isaiah 42:2.] He did not proclaim His own merits or enter into controversy or strife. His wise, gracious words and His deeds of mercy revealed a power far above the power of the priests and rulers. His Godlike character made Him the observed of all observers. He could not be hid. A wonderful power was working in the midst of the people, a power that spoke to their hearts and minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 9)
Jesus offended the Pharisees by laying out before them the hollowness of their piety and the unscripturalness of their teachings. He often withdrew from the multitude to avoid an outbreak of hostility. On one occasion He withdrew to the borders of Tyre and Sidon. There He entered into a house and would have no man know it. But He could not be hid. A mother with a sick daughter came with an urgent appeal for aid, and He heeded her request and healed her daughter. Christ was the great Medical Missionary. His whole life was a representation of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 10)
O Frank, I have desired to help you, but you would not be helped. You have turned from the testimonies God has graciously given you to bring you under the influence of His Spirit. I now have a warning for you. If you do this wicked thing that you are contemplating, it will do much to place you beyond conviction, beyond the repentance that needeth not to be repented of. Stop right where you are. Believe what I tell you regarding what your influence has wrought and its sure effect upon your life and character. Had you allowed the truth to illuminate your heart, you would have had the discernment that is necessary in order to decide between good and evil.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 11)
It is not because the virtues of truth are in you that you magnify the mistakes of others and exalt yourself. Consider what your record will be in that day when the books are opened and every man is judged according to the things written in the books. “The Father,” declares Peter, “judgeth according to every man’s work.” [1 Peter 1:17.] Hour by hour, day by day He sums up the result of our words, our deportment, our influence, measuring our welldoing or our evildoing.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 12)
In that great day when every work passes in review before God, what will your record be? O what is there in your life to bring the overcomer’s reward? O Frank, what record are you making in the heavenly courts? Life with us all should be an earnest effort to gain a worthy end. But you are today filled with conceited deception. Shall Satan succeed in the game that he is playing for your life? Before you take a step further, will you not, for your soul’s sake, consider and retrace your steps? It is not yet too late for wrongs to be righted. “O that thou hadst harkened to My commandments! Then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea.” [Isaiah 48:18.]
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 13)
My eye has just lighted on the words found in the third chapter of the first epistle of John: “My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth. And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before Him. For if our hearts condemn us not, God is greater than our hearts, and knoweth all things. And whatsoever we ask we receive of Him, because we keep His commandments, and do those things that are pleasing in His sight. And this is His commandment, That we should believe on the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as He gave us commandment. And he that keepeth His commandments dwelleth in Him, and He in him. And hereby we know that He abideth in us, by the Spirit which He hath given us.” [Verses 18-20, 22-24.]
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 14)
I charge you in the name of Christ to withdraw your suit; for you are wounding Christ by dishonoring His cause. Quite as justly could a suit be brought against you for formulating plans that lessened the power of the Review office to do the work that ought to have been done in sustaining missionaries in the field. Consider the fruit of your own doing—the carrying out of plans that spoiled the record of the institution. Your voice has done much to bring about wrong schemes. You have made many pleas for plans that in their outworking robbed the treasury of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 15)
The Judge of all the earth is taking a record of the lives of all who claim to be Christians. We are living in the great day of atonement. Now is the time when every one should confess his sins and closely examine his life history. Repent and be converted, and ask pardon of God, that your sins may be blotted out. You have, my dear nephew, a soul to save or to lose. You need an entire renovation of character. Will you not confess your sins and become a child of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 16)
O how I have longed to have an opportunity to talk with you. But had you wanted to see me, I think you would have made an effort when I was in Battle Creek. I concluded that you did not wish to see me.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 17)
I do not want you to be lost. I want to meet you and your wife and daughter in the kingdom of God. The world is fast reaching the condition that Christ warned us of. Murder, strife, theft, hatred, robbery, dishonesty are seen on every hand. I do not want my lot to be cast with the enemies of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 18)
Sanctification through the truth—sanctification of mind, heart, soul, and strength—this is our only hope. Guilt and iniquity are making this world a hell. There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. You have a work to do, and it must be done speedily. I want you to be among the redeemed, glorified ones who have on the robe of Christ’s righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 19)
I leave these words with you, praying that God will lead you to heed them.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 20)
Your aunt.
(20LtMs, Lt 227, 1905, 21)
Lt 229, 1905
Board of Managers of the Huntsville School “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 30, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PCO 109-112. + To the Board of Managers of the Huntsville School Dear Brethren,—
I have a deep interest in the Huntsville school. For three or four years I have been receiving instruction regarding it. From this school the truth must go forth to many places. The teachers must seek constantly for wisdom from on high, that they may be kept from making serious mistakes. The enemy will bring in everything possible to counterwork the very plans that God would have us carry out.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 1)
I am awakened at half-past eleven o’clock. I am bearing a heavy burden in regard to recent transactions at Huntsville. The scenes that took place in connection with the removal of Brother Rogers have again been presented to me. Some things done at that time were most strange and unchristlike.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 2)
Brother Rogers was a man who had been chosen to carry the responsibilities of the school. He was a man who had influence and who had accomplished good in the service of God. It was not his choice to go to Huntsville. He was taken from his work in Mississippi contrary to his choice, to stand at the head of the Huntsville school.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 3)
The one who had been acting as principal of the school had been retained for some time longer than he should have been, for there were sufficient reasons for his removal. His inefficiency and the necessity for a change were laid before me, but I did not consider it my duty to enter into details and give publicity to the deficiencies of the one who had been serving as principal of the school. When it was decided by the brethren that it would be best for him to be removed, he felt greatly injured. My heart ached for the man, and I did not expose the worst features of his case. I greatly pitied him, that he should stand in such an objectionable light. I wrote to him and calmly pointed out his inefficiency and unfitness to accomplish the work that must be done in Huntsville, and that should have been done long ago.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 4)
Under Elder Rogers’ administration there has been a marked reform in Huntsville in some respects. In the circumstances that recently occurred, men took action against a brother that they ought not to have taken. Unless those concerned in this matter undergo a transformation of character so complete that the Lord will accept their repentance, they should sever their connection with the Huntsville school.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 5)
This has been presented to me in the past, and tonight I am awakened again by the same presentation. The transactions that took place connected with Elder Rogers’ removal showed a lack of friendly wisdom, a lack of Bible religion. There was a departure from the Word of God. Unless faithful measures are pursued, unless there is genuine repentance, unless confessions are made regarding the wrong spirit manifested, these men cannot be trusted with the responsibilities of the school. The laws of God have been violated.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 6)
At one time the disciples came to Jesus with the question, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?” In answer Jesus called a little child unto Him, and setting him in the midst of them, said, “Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.... And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea. Woe unto the world because of offenses; for it must needs be that offenses come; but woe to that man by whom the offense cometh.” [Matthew 18:1-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 7)
A little child was the illustration chosen by Jesus to correct the false ideas held by the disciples in regard to greatness. Not outward exaltation, not high position, but spiritual excellence, spiritual purity, excellence of speech, meekness, and the carrying out of mercy, justice, and the love of God—this is what the Lord requires of every soul. Men must be truly converted. Their natural defects of disposition must be changed for the virtues of Christ’s character, else they will never enter the kingdom of heaven. They must be humble, charitable, kind, merciful; then they will be called, Blessed of the Lord. They must cherish a humble, submissive spirit, receiving, as would a little child, the lessons given by their Teacher and obeying every word proceeding from His mouth. Because of their love for Him, they are to love all who believe in Him. They are to exert a Christlike influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 8)
True happiness does not consist in the possession of wealth or position, but in the possession of a pure, clean heart, cleansed by obedience to the truth. A disposition to treat men firmly and generously is essential. To every one is given the opportunity to carry out the principles of heaven. The forgiving of injuries, not the avenging of them, is an exhibition of that wisdom which is true goodness. Christlike love for the men through whom the Lord has wrought is a manifestation of real transformation of character.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 9)
The Lord calls for true-hearted men who work with an eye single to His glory. “If thine eye be single,” the word declares, “thine whole body shall be full of light.” [Matthew 6:22.] The eye needs to be able to view things carefully, truly. A diseased eye will make a mountain out of a molehill.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 10)
Elder Rogers has made a mistake, but the Lord looks pitifully upon him. He has been accused of that of which he is not guilty. He has been grossly misjudged and treated as if he were a wolf.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 11)
In helping himself to some of the school milk, Elder Rogers did not consider himself a thief. He is a liberal man. There is little of selfishness in his nature. He was standing in a position of authority, and he supposed that he could favor himself and afterward return more than he had appropriated. In this he acted unwisely, but his well-known devotion to the interests of the school should have secured for him different treatment from that which he received.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 12)
Angels beheld the scene that took place when these men found Elder Rogers helping himself to milk and treated a brother as they would a prowling wolf. Were they without sin? Did they stand guiltless before God? No, no! The test of true religion is doing the will of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 13)
The Scriptures say, “If a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness, considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted.” [Galatians 6:1.]
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 14)
“Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” When a man has a suspicion of another, he should go to the one suspected of wrong and tell him his fault, as the scripture says, “between thee and him alone.”“If he will hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother.” [Matthew 18:15.] Never is a member of the church to be treated as a rebel until every possible means has been used to bring about an understanding. We are strictly to follow the directions that Christ has taken special pains to give to the church. Not one item is to be disregarded.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 15)
Christ compares those who hear and obey His Word to a man who builds his house upon a rock. Through their obedience to God, they abide in safety amidst the storm and tempest of temptation. The man who disregards the words which Christ has spoken is building on the sand. When the storm comes, the structure that he has reared will fall, and great will be the fall of it .
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 16)
The effect that will naturally follow the course that has been pursued in the matter of Elder Rogers’ removal has been presented to me. Had the men who are bringing charges against Elder Rogers reasoned wisely, from cause to effect, they would have discerned that the process of getting testimony from students, by questioning them, thus giving them an opportunity to discuss the character of their teacher, was a wrong way in which to work.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 17)
They should have realized that even though all their suppositions were true, it was not wise to discuss the errors of a church member and the head of a school with students, to be carried by them to the world. The object of Christ in His teachings is to preserve the sacred, holy character of His church. These brethren have done a greater injury to the cause and work of God than they can comprehend.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 18)
There were errors in the church in the days of Christ, but He taught that when a member followed an injudicious course, the knowledge of this was not to be made public property, but was to be confined to the members of the church.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 19)
The truth is in our hands, placed there by the Word of God, which is our guidebook, and which is to be closely and sacredly followed. The perfection of a Christian experience is an individual work. If errors are committed by lay members or by ministers or teachers, there is a way to correct them. We must follow the instruction given by our Saviour. We are bound to take the word of a minister of the gospel, unless we have clear evidence that what he says is not true. The Lord condemns any unfair work, such as encouraging others to tell the suspicions that the enemy many have put into their minds and acting upon such accusations. We are to guard jealously the reputation of ministers and church members. To go out of the way to surmise that a brother has sinned, because we have evidence that another man has done evil things, and to give the impression that the brother is guilty of the same things, is hunting up falsehoods to repeat as truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 20)
The word of Christ is: “Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgement ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, and considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye. Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then thou shalt see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 229, 1905, 21)
Lt 231, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CD 292-293; 2MCP 682-683; 3MR 331, 368. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have received your letters and will now answer some of the points contained in them.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 1)
Dr. Margaret Evans asked me if, under any circumstances, I would advise the drinking of chicken broth if one were sick and could not take anything else into the stomach. I said, “There are persons dying of consumption who, if they ask for chicken broth, should have it. But I would be very careful.” The example should not injure a sanitarium or make excuse for others to think their case required the same diet. I asked Dr. Margaret if she had such a case at the sanitarium. She said, “No; but I have a sister in the sanitarium at Wahroonga who is very weak. She has weak, sinking spells, but cooked chicken she can eat.” I said, “It would be best to remove her from the sanitarium.” She answered, “Her husband is in the sanitarium, filling the position of physician.”
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 2)
So it came about in this way, and later I received a letter from you, concerning the matter. I have not seen Dr. Margaret since I returned from the camp-meeting at San Jose, about a week ago.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 3)
I found Dr. Hare’s wife in Washington in the same condition that Dr. Margaret’s sister is in. They said she was unable to eat anything but meat and that her blood was turning to water. But the light given me was: her impression that she must live on meat was not correct. I was instructed that she was placing herself mentally in a position in which she should not be. If she would discard the use of meat for one year, the unfavorable position in which she now is would be changed, and there would be an opportunity for healthy action to take place in her system. She could, if she overcame her meat eating, be in a much better condition and live to glorify God.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 4)
In your letter you refer to what was said concerning the recovery of Mrs. Stuttaford’s mother at the time of her last illness. It was this way: We had a season of prayer in her behalf, and I tried to encourage faith in the sick mother. I told her that there was no power in us to do the work of healing, but that it was her privilege to say, I shall not die, but live; and that she could keep in her mind the promise, He is able to save to the uttermost all who come unto Him. I tried to talk on the faith side of the question and encourage her to believe that living or dying we are the Lord’s, and we shall live with Him in His kingdom. “For the trumpet shall sound, and all that are in their graves shall come forth”—those who have served Him, to live in His kingdom. [1 Corinthians 15:52; John 5:28, 29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 5)
Some years before this we had a season of prayer for her mother at a camp-meeting. I heard that she was on a bed of sickness and that she wished to see me. I prayed the Lord that He might rebuke the affliction that was upon her, if it could be His will. She praised the Lord and got up from her bed of sickness. At Pasadena I hoped that she might again be raised up from the bed of sickness, so I acted my part as I have related.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 6)
The light given me is that if the sister you mention would brace up and cultivate her taste for wholesome food, all these sinking spells would pass away. She has cultivated her imagination; the enemy has taken advantage of her weakness of body, and her mind is not braced to bear up against the hardships of everyday life. It is good, sanctified mind cure she needs, an increase of faith and active service for Christ. She needs also the exercise of her muscles in outside practical labor. Physical exercise will be to her one of the greatest blessings of her life. She need not be an invalid, but a wholesome-minded, healthy woman, prepared to act her part nobly and well.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 7)
All the treatment that may be given to this sister will be of little advantage unless she acts her part. She needs to strengthen muscle and nerve by physical labor. She need not be an invalid, but can do good, earnest labor. Like many others, she has a diseased imagination. But she can overcome and be a healthy woman. I have had this message to give to many, and with the best results.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 8)
Once I was called to see a young woman with whom I was well acquainted. She was sick and was running down fast. Her mother wished me to pray for her. The mother stood there weeping and saying, “Poor child; she cannot live long.” I felt her pulse. I prayed with her and then addressed her, “My sister, if you get up and dress and go to your usual work in the office, all this invalidism will pass away.”“Do you think this would pass away?” she said. “Certainly,” I said. “You have nearly smothered the life forces by invalidism.” I turned to the mother and told her that her daughter would have died of a diseased imagination if they had not been convinced of their error. She had been educating herself to invalidism. Now this is a very poor school. But I said to her, “Change this order; arise and dress.” She was obedient and is alive today.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 9)
There are some people who are too energetic. They have so much zeal that their physical strength is overtaxed. It is a mistake to overdo and wear out the strength by constant labor without taking periods of rest. If the whole machinery is used too constantly, and the necessity of resting periods and of varied exercise are overlooked, evil results will follow. The human machinery is created with all its varied nerves, muscles, and sinews to be kept in healthy action. If they are unused, they will become weak and feel the neglect. If overtaxed, they will wear out prematurely. I am now nearing the completion of my seventy-eighth year, and I am able to do much study and writing. I am sometimes up writing hours before breakfast. I did not sleep after one o’clock this morning.
(20LtMs, Lt 231, 1905, 10)
Lt 233, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 9, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 256-263. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
During the past few months I have been exceedingly busy, writing out the instruction given me as the Lord’s witness and messenger. Often I have written ten pages before others were up in the morning. I have been obliged to bear urgent messages to many persons.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 1)
Last year at this time my hand was very weary. The joints showed rheumatic tendencies. The thought that I might lose the use of my hand distressed me. I prayed over the matter, and I rejoice to say that for months I have felt no trouble at all. My hands are supple, more so than they have been for years, and I am able to do a great deal of writing.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 2)
I praise the Lord for preserving His aged servants in health and strength. There is Elder Haskell, working earnestly for the advancement of the cause in Nashville. His wife, younger than he is, and in good health, is a great help and blessing to him. They blend in their labors and are doing an important work in teaching young people how to do house-to-house work. They are most earnest workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 3)
Elder Butler also is engaged in labor in Nashville, and just now he and Elder Haskell are holding a series of tent-meetings there. Last year they could not find a place for the tent, and the evangelical work seemed to be at a standstill. At times the workers were tempted to feel discouraged; for every way of advance seemed to be closed. I tried to encourage them, but means that should have been sent to Nashville was withheld, and I felt deeply that changes must be brought about, because the Lord could not be glorified in his work being hindered.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 4)
The workers in Nashville have passed through a severe trial of their faith; but recently the Lord’s providence has been working for them in a remarkable manner. Not long ago an opportunity came to them to purchase a good meetinghouse in an excellent part of the city for five thousand dollars. This property, with the lot on which it stands, is worth twenty thousand dollars. The church belonged to the Baptists, but was too small for them, and they were anxious to sell. Our brethren accepted the offer and are to make the last payment the first of October. I tell them to have faith in God; for the money will come, and they will own the house.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 5)
The brethren in Washington lent them one thousand dollars to make the first payment; but Elder Haskell and Elder Butler have been worrying for fear that the rest of the money would not come in time. I have written as the Lord’s messenger to persons who ought to help them. I determined that these old soldiers of the cross—self-sacrificing, earnest workers as they are—should not be disappointed if I could prevent it. I have it in my mind what we can do and what I shall do rather than that they should lose the meetinghouse.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 6)
The church is of solid brick. The seats are cushioned and the floor carpeted. There is a pipe organ built into the wall, and there is also a good piano.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 7)
When I heard of this favor that the Lord had bestowed upon his old, faithful workers, I thanked Him with heart and soul. These brethren have borne the burden in the heat of the day. They carried on their shoulders the burden of raising funds for the building up of our institutions in the beginning. Together with my husband and myself they bore all the load under which they could stand. They united with us in the early stages of the work, and ever since then their one aim has been the upbuilding of the cause of God in our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 8)
My husband, the old warrior, has gone; but I am still on the field of battle. The Lord still permits me to have a part in His work, and for this I thank Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 9)
The Lord knows all the perils that surround us at this time. He knows our necessities. He knows the strength that we need in order to uphold the truth in its elevated, holy character, and He will supply all our need. We are not to be depressed by any trials that may come.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 10)
I wish to say to you that if God opens the way for the brethren in other parts of Australia to purchase property that may be used for sanitarium work, such as the place that Brother Semmens has written about, forbid them not. Utter not one word of remonstrance. There are many cities to be worked, and medical missionary work is not to be confined to a few centers.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 11)
For a long time the Battle Creek Sanitarium was the only medical institution conducted by our people. But for many years light has been given that sanitariums should be established near every large city. Sanitariums should be established near such cities as Melbourne and Adelaide. And when opportunities come to establish the work in still other places, never are we to reach out the hand and say, NO; you must not create an interest in other places; for fear that our patronage will be decreased. If sanitarium work is the means by which the way is to be opened for the proclamation of the truth, encourage and do not discourage those who are tying to advance this work.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 12)
May the Lord increase our faith and help us to see that He desires us all to become acquainted with His ministry of healing and with the mercy-seat. He desires the light of His grace to shine forth from many places. We are living in the last days. Troublous times are before us. He who understands the necessities of the situation arranges that advantages should be brought to the workers in various places, to enable them more effectually to arouse the attention of the people. He knows the needs and the necessities of the feeblest of His flock, and He sends His own message late into the highways and the byways. He loves us with an everlasting love.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 13)
There are souls in many places who have not yet heard the message. Henceforth medical missionary work is to be carried forward with an earnestness with which it has never yet been done. This work is the door through which the truth is to find entrance to the large cities, and sanitariums are to be established in many places.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 14)
Since we returned from Australia, the Lord has opened the way for the establishment of the sanitarium work in Southern California. The brethren there have found opportunity to buy several properties at a price very much below the original cost. The first of these was an opportunity to purchase the Fernando school buildings. These buildings were in every way adapted for school work, and I advised their purchase. The property consists of a large school building, a dwelling house, twelve and a half acres of land, partly set out to orange trees: and the price paid was eleven thousand dollars. I asked how this price compared with the real value of the property, and the answer was that we had obtained the property for about one third of its value.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 15)
About seven miles from San Diego our brethren found a building admirably adapted for sanitarium work. It was erected by a Mrs. Potts for sanitarium work, and when I saw it, it seemed to be that we had found about all that we could ask. Here was a well-constructed, three-story building of about fifty rooms, standing upon a pleasant rise of ground and overlooking a beautiful valley.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 16)
Besides the main building, there was a six-roomed cottage, which could be fitted up for helpers, and a good stable. About half of the twenty acres of land had once been planted out to fruit trees; but during the long drought from which the country had suffered, the trees had been allowed to die, except the ornamental trees and the shrubbery round the buildings and about seventy olive trees on the terrace.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 17)
The owners of this property had become discouraged on account of the long drought and were offering it for twelve thousand dollars. We did not feel free to purchase it at this price, and a year later it was offered to us for eight thousand. Still we did not take it, and about a year afterward, we made an offer of four thousand dollars for the mortgage, which was accepted.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 18)
After purchasing the property, we immediately set about making the necessary repairs and improvements. Patients began to come in before the building was ready for them, and ever since the helpers have been kept busy.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 19)
Not long ago a building at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles, was purchased and fitted up for sanitarium work. Originally this building was an expensive one, costing the owners about forty thousand dollars. There are seventy-five rooms, many of which are arranged in suites—a small one for a bedroom and a larger one for a sitting room. There were two bathrooms on each floor, but they were not such as would be needed in giving treatments, and new treatment rooms have been added.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 20)
The rooms in the building are pleasant, and the location of the building is very good. The place is a sightly one.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 21)
When Brother Burden first went to see the agent about purchasing this place, twenty thousand dollars was asked for it. Brother Burden then told the agent something of the purpose for which those desirous of purchasing the building wished to use it. He told him about our medical missionary work and assured him that this work was carried on without any thought of making money except for missionary purposes. The agent was much interested and was inclined in favor of the idea, and he named a sum considerably lower than the sum first mentioned. But Brother Burden told him that it would be impossible for us to pay that price, and he then said, “You can have it for twelve thousand five hundred dollars, and you may consider the remainder of the price a gift to the institution.”
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 22)
Recently we have purchased what is known as the Loma Linda property. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles and is on the main railway line from Los Angeles to New Orleans. It was owned by a corporation of one hundred and fifty people, seventy of whom were physicians. But the physicians did not agree among themselves, and the place lost money instead of making it; and it was decided to sell. It continued to be a loss financially, and the stockholders became anxious to sell. It was offered for forty thousand dollars, and for this price our brethren have purchased it, paying down five thousand dollars. They will make three other payments of five thousand each, and after that will have three years in which to pay the remainder at six per cent interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 23)
The property is a most beautiful one. There are seventy-six acres of land, twenty-three of which are set out to fruit and ornamental trees. There are twelve acres of oranges and eight acres of plums, apricots, lemons, and grapefruit. The rest of the land is garden, alfalfa, and pasture land.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 24)
There is one large building and five cottages, four of which have four rooms each and one nine rooms. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are all furnished throughout and are ready for use. There are several good carriages, five horses, four cows, and one hundred and thirty-five chickens.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 25)
There is an ample water supply, the property having two good wells.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 26)
I know that it was in the providence of God that we had an opportunity to purchase this property.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 27)
I wrote the foregoing last night, and this morning I am roused up to repeat the instruction that the Lord has given me in regard to establishing sanitariums. Again and again this matter has been presented to me, and one case especially has been urged upon my notice. At great cost a sanitarium was erected at Boulder, Colorado. It has been a very difficult matter to make this sanitarium what it should be, and yet meet all expenses. The effort to do this has meant a great deal of hard work and much careful study.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 28)
During the past four years one of our doctors established himself in the city of Boulder, just a little distance from our sanitarium, and began to build up a private sanitarium. This was not right and has been to the injury of our sanitarium, which has always had a struggle to make a success and to accomplish the work which the Lord designed it to do. The action of the one who established this private sanitarium was neither just nor righteous. Were he to continue to do as he has done in the past, constant difficulties would arise. He draws patients away from the sanitarium established in the order of God. More than this, he allows his patients to have meat, while the workers in our sanitarium have always endeavored to show their patients that they would be better off without meat.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 29)
The question is, What shall be done? Here are two institutions, one endeavoring to hold up and follow the principles of health reform and the other allowing its patients to indulge in the use of flesh meat, and because of this, drawing patients away from the first institution. The matter is to be treated in a fair, Christlike manner. When the one who has established himself so close beside the Lord’s institution is converted in heart and mind, he will see the necessity of carrying out the principles of the Word of God and will harmonize with his neighbors. If he cannot blend with them, he will go to some other place. There are many other places to which he could go.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 30)
The question has been asked, Should we sell the Boulder Sanitarium to the one who has set up a practice so close to it? I answer, No, no! The one who has offered to buy it is not keeping up the standard of health reform, and the Lord would not be pleased to have the institution sold to him. The Boulder Sanitarium is to do its appointed work. From it the truth for this time is to shine forth and the great message of warning be given.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 31)
In ancient times the remark was frequently made, “Wherever there are three physicians, there are two atheists.” But a change has come. Wherever the last message of warning is given, combined with medical missionary work and lessons on the right principles of living, wonderful results are seen. Our sanitariums are to be the means of enlightening those who come to them for treatment. The patients are to be shown how they can live upon a diet of grains, fruits, nuts, and other products of the soil. I have been instructed that lectures should be regularly given in our sanitariums on health topics. People are to be taught to discard those articles of food that weaken the health and strength of the beings for whom Christ gave His life. The injurious effects of tea and coffee are to be shown. The patients are to be taught how they can dispense with those articles of diet that injure the digestive organs.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 32)
These things are to be treated from a health standpoint. The blessings that attend a disuse of tobacco and intoxicating liquor are to be plainly pointed out. Let the patients be shown the necessity of practicing the principles of health reform, if they would regain their health. Let the sick be shown how to get well by being temperate in eating and by taking regular exercise in the open air.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 33)
It is that people may become intelligent in regard to these things that sanitariums are to be established. A great work is to be done. Those who are now ignorant are to become wise. By the work of our sanitariums, suffering is to be relieved and health restored. People are to be taught how, by carefulness in eating and drinking, they may keep well. Christ died to save men from ruin. Our sanitariums are to be his helping hand, teaching men and women how to live in such a way as to honor and glorify God. If this work is not done by our sanitariums, a great mistake is made by those conducting them.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 34)
Abstinence from flesh meat will benefit those who abstain. The diet question is a subject of living interest. Those who do not conduct sanitariums in the right way lose their opportunity to help the very ones who need to make a reform in their manner of living. Our sanitariums are established for a special purpose, to teach people that we do not live to eat, but that we eat to live.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 35)
In our sanitariums, the truth is to be cherished, not banished or hidden from sight. The light is to shine forth in clear, distinct rays. These institutions are the Lord’s facilities for the revival of pure, elevated morality. We do not establish them as a speculative business, but to help men and women to follow right habits of living. Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is no longer in our world in person. But He has not left the world in darkness. To His subjects He has given the commission, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,”“teaching them all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20.] The great questions of Bible truth are to enter into the very heart of society to reform and convert men and women, bringing them to see the great necessity of preparing for the mansions that Christ told His disciples He would prepare for those that love Him. “If I go away,” He declared, “I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 36)
Our work is to gain a knowledge of Him who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. We are to interest people in the subjects that concern the health of the body, as well as in the subjects that concern the health of the soul. Believers have a decided message to bear to prepare the way for the kingdom of God. The will of the Lord is to be done on earth. We have not one moment to spend in idle speculation. “Prepare the way of the Lord; make His paths straight” is the message that we are to proclaim. [Matthew 3:3.] Amidst all the confusion that now fills the world, a clear, decided message is to be heard.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 37)
Some will be attracted by one phase of the gospel and some by another. We are instructed by our Lord to work in such a way that all classes will be reached. The message must go to the whole world. Our sanitariums are to help to make up the number of God’s people. We are not to establish a few mammoth institutions; for thus it would be impossible to give the patients the messages that will bring health to the soul. Small sanitariums are to be established in many places.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 38)
Satan will introduce every form of error in an effort to lead souls away from the work to be accomplished in these last days. There needs to be a decided awakening, in accordance with the importance of the subjects we are presenting. The conversion of souls is now to be our one object. Every facility for the advancement of God’s cause is to be put into use, that His will may be done on earth as it is done in heaven. We cannot afford to be irreligious and indifferent now. We must take advantage of the means that the Lord has placed in our hands for the carrying forward of medical missionary work. Through this work infidels will be converted. Through the wonderful restorations taking place in our sanitariums, souls will be led to look to Christ as the great Healer of soul and body.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 39)
Let not our physicians think that they can set themselves up in private practice close beside our sanitariums. To those who have done this the Lord says, Are there not many other places in which you could have established your plant?
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 40)
The Lord speaks to all medical missionaries, saying, Go work today in My vineyard to save souls. God hears the prayers of all who seek Him in truth. He has the power that we all need. He fills the heart with love, and joy, and peace, and holiness. Character is constantly being developed. We cannot afford to spend time working at cross purposes with God.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 41)
There are physicians who because of a past connection with our sanitariums find it profitable to locate close to them; and they close their eyes to the great fields neglected and unworked in which unselfish labor would be a blessing to many. Missionary physicians can exert an uplifting, refining, sanctifying influence. Physicians who do not do this abuse their power and do a work that the Lord repudiates.
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 42)
God wants every one to stand with the whole armor on, ready for the great review. He wants us to do the work that He has given us. “In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths.” [Proverbs 3:6.] “The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him.” [Psalm 25:14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 233, 1905, 43)
Lt 235, 1905
Daniells, A. G. Takoma Park, Maryland May 31, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Elder Daniells Dear Brother,—
Before Brethren Butler and Haskell leave this meeting, will you comply with my request to place in their hands means with which to obtain the church that is now for sale in Nashville. This church is offered for five thousand dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 1)
Do not let Brother Haskell and Brother Butler return to Nashville without the assurance that the means they need shall be placed in their hands. How can these men work without anything to work with? Money has come in abundantly to meet the needs of the work in Washington. Place in the hands of Brethren Butler and Haskell at least five thousand dollars to supply the help they ought to have.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 2)
Remove just as soon as you can the impression that all the means given for the different fields should come through Washington. The work in Washington has had the benefit of our appeals, and the provision that in the future all the means intended for the different fields shall go through Washington had better be changed as decidedly as it has been made. Let there be no diverting of money from the places for which it was intended.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 3)
We have valuable men in Nashville, but what courage can they have to labor when they have nothing to do with? It will not lessen the gifts coming to Washington for you to do real justice and send to the southern field the money that I have asked for in behalf of one of the hardest fields in the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 4)
Last night I was in distress and knew not what to do. I was instructed to set the matter before you and ask you to see that other fields were given advantages.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 5)
Our work must be carried on in Nashville. Means must be sent to that field. The workers there will know how to use the money as well as the workers in Washington know how to use money. Show that you have confidence in these workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 235, 1905, 6)
Lt 237, 1905
Hall, L. M. Glendale, California September 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 26-27. + Dear Sister Hall,—
I miss you so much. I should have been so pleased could you have been with us on this trip. I needed you and should greatly have appreciated your company and your help.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 1)
I was worn out with writing when I left home, but I consented to attend the Los Angeles camp-meeting. During the meeting I spoke about seven times, and the Lord greatly strengthened me. One day I spoke to about two thousand people. They were packed into the large tent as closely as they possibly could be. I was obliged to take deep inspirations in order to send my voice out so that all in the congregation could hear. After speaking at this meeting, I was taken very ill. I think I must have been poisoned with the breaths of the people in the congregation.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 2)
W. C. White was not with me at the beginning of the meeting. He had to stay behind and attend to book work at Mountain View, and I was obliged to attend some of the business meetings. I saw that things were not going as they should be. Brother Reaser, the president of the Southern California Conference, is an excellent man, but he has not had experience in dealing with minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 3)
A motion was brought in to make all the church members present delegates to the conference. Elder Corliss was at the meeting, and he presented the matter before me. I told him that we had met that question before. He said, If you can possibly come to the business meetings, and meet this question now, it would be a great blessing to the conference during the coming year. I told him that I would. I went and sat where I could hear the motions read. I thought, Lucinda, that I was old enough to be excused from such burdens; nevertheless, when I saw that there was a likelihood of the motion’s being passed, I said, Read that motion again, if you please. It was read. Then I said, Such a motion as that was made years ago, and the matter was distinctly opened before me. It will be impossible for me to relate here all the instruction that was then given me, but I will say that the motion has never carried at any time, because it is not in harmony with the mind of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 4)
After the camp-meeting, I went to Loma Linda, the sanitarium property that has recently been purchased by the brethren in Southern California. I think that I have already written to you about this place. I am most grateful to the Lord for making it possible for us to secure it for sanitarium work. The property lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. Its name, Loma Linda—“beautiful hill”—describes the place. Of the sixty acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 5)
The main building is an imposing structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted with electricity. It is surrounded with large pepper trees and other shade trees.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 6)
The entrance steps broaden as one ascends, and from them is entered the glass parlor, a large, beautiful room, three sides of which are of glass. In this room there are ten rocking chairs, and more can be supplied if necessary. At appropriate distances there are two decorative pillars, which look something like a bowl turned upside down, and round these pillars are seats. This room opens into another large parlor, carpeted with excellent body Brussels. In this room there are three lounges, ten rockers, and some upholstered chairs.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 7)
The second parlor opens into a spacious hall, which is furnished with easy chairs. At the right of the hall, double doors open into a large dining room. Ascending a few steps, one enters an office room, and this room opens on to a beautiful grove of pepper-wood trees.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 8)
About ten rods away, on what is known as Summit Hill, there is a group of fine cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages. Prettily grouped round this large cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of these cottages is that each room has its veranda, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out on to the veranda, and the patients can sleep in the open air.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 9)
There is another building, which was known as the recreation building. In this is a billiard table, which must have cost several hundred dollars. This, of course, will be disposed of. A partition runs through this building, and we have thought that one side could be used for meetings and the other side for classrooms.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 10)
The land is well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institutions. Fifteen acres of the valley land are in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and lemons. The acres are in good-bearing orange orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives, and walks.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 11)
There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The buildings and grounds are abundantly supplied with excellent water.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 12)
This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from which we purchased it about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April; and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 13)
Oh, how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution! It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen. I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward by faithful workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 14)
The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. For sometime I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord. This is the very place we have been hoping to find.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 15)
I do wish that you could come down to Southern California and help to set this institution in running order. Faithful, experienced helpers are needed.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 16)
I shall return to St. Helena the last of this week or the first of next. I am waiting developments. A telegram has just come from Sister Peck, which says, “Wait my coming Thursday,” so we shall be held here a few days longer.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 17)
Mabel has just come up from San Diego. She looks well. I hope that she is indeed a useful worker. She stayed in San Diego during the Los Angeles camp-meeting so that Sister Williams could come up. She will have to hasten back to her work, after spending a few days with us. She seems to suit those in charge well.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 18)
Sister Hall, will you do as you said you would—stay with me. I need you and the Lord needs you. Come.
(20LtMs, Lt 237, 1905, 19)
Lt 239, 1905
Walling, Addie; Walling, May Glendale, California September 4, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 185-186. + Dear children Addie and May,—
I write to ask if you would feel free to unite with some one of our sanitariums in Southern California. I should be very much pleased if both of you would take hold with us in the work. May, we need the help of the training that you have had in sanitarium work. You could teach others how to give treatment. I am sure that your knowledge would be valuable, and I ask you to come and act some part in the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 1)
I heard from some source that Addie is married. Is this so? I hear so little from either of you that I do not know what you are doing. Ought I not to be made acquainted with your situation?
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 2)
I ask you to leave New York before the winter sets in. Come right to my home in St. Helena, and at least make us a visit. I will not urge you to take up treatment work in any institution, May, but I thought that you might act the part of a teacher.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 3)
I have a great desire to see you both and have a visit from you. At present a lady by the name of Mrs. King is keeping house for me. She is a very nice woman and an excellent Christian. I am sure that you would enjoy her society.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 4)
You could buy a ticket to Los Angeles by way of San Francisco for the same price that you could buy one direct to Los Angeles.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 5)
I feel desirous to have you both connect with some line of the work here in Southern California. Come prepared to take up work, May, either as a teacher or as a helper in some other line. If you can not do this, you can at least visit our sanitariums in Southern California. I think I have written to you about the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, which is near San Diego. Ten thousand dollars is now being expended in enlarging and improving the building, which was never supplied with suitable treatment rooms.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 6)
Miss Jennie Williams is matron in this institution. Miss Williams was for a while employed at the Dayton Cash Register Company as emergency nurse. Mabel is working with Sister Williams. Mabel’s health has greatly improved. Her help seems to be much appreciated. She receives twenty dollars a month, with room and board.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 7)
We also have a sanitarium at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles, where I am now staying for a little while. This institution is beautifully situated. It is in the country, and yet is of easy access from Los Angeles. Dr. Abbie Winegar Simpson is lady physician. Nora Lacey is head nurse and teaches some of the classes. I think she is doing good work. She enjoys her work very much.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 8)
We have recently purchased another sanitarium property, known as Loma Linda. I am most grateful to the Lord for making it possible for us to secure this property. It lies sixty miles east of Los Angeles, on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway. Its name, Loma Linda—“beautiful hill”—describes the place. Of the sixty acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 9)
The main building is an imposing structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted with electricity. It is surrounded with large pepper-wood trees and other shade trees.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 10)
The entrance steps broaden as one ascends, and from them is entered the glass parlor, a large, beautiful room, three sides of which are of glass. In this room there are ten rocking chairs, and more can be supplied if necessary. At appropriate distances there are two decorative pillars, which look something like bowls turned upside down, and round these pillars are seats. This room opens into another large parlor, carpeted with excellent body Brussels. In this room there are three lounges, ten rockers, and some upholstered chairs.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 11)
The second parlor opens into a spacious hall, which is furnished with easy chairs. At the right of the hall, double doors open into a large dining room. Ascending a few steps, one enters an office room, and this room opens on to a beautiful grove of pepper-wood trees.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 12)
About ten rods away, on what is known as Summit Hill, there is a group of fine cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages. Prettily grouped round this large cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. An interesting feature of these cottages is that each room has its veranda, with broad windows running to the floor, so that the beds can be wheeled right out on to the veranda, and the patients can sleep in the open air.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 13)
There is another building, which was known as the recreation building. In this is a billiard table, which must have cost several hundred dollars. This, of course, will be disposed of. A partition runs through this building, and we have thought that one side could be used for meetings and the other side for classrooms.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 14)
The land is well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land are in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and lemons. Ten acres are in good-bearing orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and the main building are laid out in lawns, drives, and walks.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 15)
There are horses and carriages, cows and poultry, farming implements and wagons. The buildings and grounds are abundantly supplied with water.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 16)
This property is now in our possession. It cost the company from which we purchased it about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings and ran the place for a time as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars; and for this amount our brethren have purchased it.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 17)
O how I long to see the sick and suffering coming to this institution. It is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen. I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward by faithful workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 18)
The buildings are all ready, and work must be begun in them as soon as we can secure the necessary physicians and nurses. For sometime I have been looking for just such a place as this, with good buildings, all ready for occupancy, surrounded by shade trees and orchards. When I saw Loma Linda, I said, Thank the Lord. This is the very place that I have been hoping to find.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 19)
I want you, Addie and May, to have a part in the work in this institution. There will be a place for you both, I think. Please visit me at my home in St. Helena. The weather here in Southern California is cool and agreeable, and I am sure the change would be beneficial to you both.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 20)
You could connect with the sanitarium work in Washington, D.C.; but since we purchased Loma Linda, I have had a desire for you to connect with that institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 21)
Ella May and Dores Robinson are with me. They have been married for some months. They are happy in their married life.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 22)
Mabel come up from San Diego the day before yesterday to see us. I had thought of going to San Diego, but have decided to return to St. Helena the first of next week. We should have been on our way now, but Sister Peck, who is in Fernando attending the Teachers’ Institute, telegraphed us to wait here to see us. She will be here on Thursday.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 23)
Now, dear children, think of what I have written you, and respond as soon as possible, or come yourselves without waiting to write.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 24)
In much love.
(20LtMs, Lt 239, 1905, 25)
Lt 239a, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 22, 1905 Previously unpublished. + My dear son Edson,—
I have just read your letter, which was addressed to me at National City and forwarded to me from there. Before this you will have received the letter I sent you from National City, in which I spoke favorably of the plan for the Southern Publishing Company to sell the building in which they are now carrying on work, and buy your property in North Nashville, on which they could put up a building for their own use. From what the brethren connected with the publishing house write, it appears that this is the best thing that they could do. If by so doing, they can save the large expense which they say must be incurred while carrying on the work in the present place, and moreover, get into a better locality for their families, it certainly looks favorable. I do not think there is anything in the light given me about country locations that would forbid this move. Whatever is done should be done at the earliest convenience. A country location will be a good thing for the workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 1)
I think I told you this much in my former letter, which you will have received by this time. May the Lord guide you all is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 2)
I have already considered what you say in regard to the church recently purchased and the easy access to the city from your North Nashville property. One night we were in a council meeting, and I was seeking to show that if the publishing house remains near the city, it will not seem as if we had forsaken Nashville. I said, Even if some very favorable location should be found farther off, the publishing house should not at present be at a distance from Nashville. If the board decides that it is best, I shall be pleased to see the publishing house buy your property.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 3)
I must close now, in order to get this letter into the mail. Will write again soon. I hope you will not perplex yourself, but will try to rest in peace. The Lord has not forsaken you. He will help you and bless you. Be of good courage in Him. Trust fully in Him. Draw near to God, and He will draw near to you. Look to the Lord constantly, and walk humbly with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 4)
When your business will permit, get away for a time from your old surroundings, and thus help your mind to get out of the old channels. In the night season I am sitting down with you and advising you to go out into a retired place where you can sit down and write your books.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 5)
I have just returned from Southern California. After the Los Angeles camp-meeting, I was taken sick with influenza; and during my stay at Loma Linda, I could not speak in our church at Redlands, as I had hoped to. From Loma Linda we went to San Diego, and while there I spoke several times. On Sabbath I spoke with the power of God upon me for more than an hour. God bless you.
(20LtMs, Lt 239a, 1905, 6)
Lt 240, 1905
White, W. C.; White, May Glendale, California September 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie and Daughter May White,—
This day Henry Kellogg had a visit with me. We had a good talk together. He feels as I feel in regard to Loma Linda—that the Lord is signifying to His people that it is now time to make decided efforts to open these new fields. And the Lord has removed objections by placing His helping hand to take hold of the work here in Southern California.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 1)
The work accomplished by Elder Simpson is a grand work, but unless followed up the enemy will use his evil angels to do the work he would have them to do. We have a vigilant, untiring foe to contend with; and if we move in any hesitating, slack way, then Satan will gather in his sheaves. We want the sheaves to be gathered in, and we must have brave workers. We now need men who will be prepared to make self-denying sacrifice. Let every one of us press forward. I have a work to do. I do not know as it is my duty to remain here, but I have not dared to leave.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 2)
I send you copies of writing which I have written between three and seven o’clock a.m. I thank the Lord for His strength and His grace to do this. Sister Peck is here. Dores and Ella and Mabel left here for Los Angeles this forenoon. It is now nearly half-past four o’clock. I have written sixteen pages this day and I am scribbling these lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 3)
If you could be here Sabbath, I would be pleased. Then I could weigh matters, whether it is best to go to Los Angeles. What think you? Whether I shall speak here Sabbath, that is settled. Whether I remain three weeks is to be carefully considered. Dores has been sick. Ella has been sick. It may be best for them to return home and I remain, and Sister Peck remain with me.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 4)
Brother Kellogg put in my hands a ten-dollar gold piece to get the boys a donkey, but would it not be better to add something to it and get something more after the horse size? Do just as you think best. You can get the money from the [office]. I will retain the ten in gold, for we may need it.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 5)
I am better today, and I hope to keep free from colds. I am not over this one yet, but shall speak Sabbath. Shall undertake it at any rate. So if I remain over Sabbath, I will speak. If you think best for me to go to Santa Anna, would you come down and have this matter of Loma Linda settled and opened as soon as possible? I do not urge anything, but here are four weeks before the meeting commences. I could call at several places in that time if it is thought best. I think Elder Burden would appreciate your help just now in counseling and planning. I will come straight home if I feel it not best to remain.
(20LtMs, Lt 240, 1905, 6)
Lt 241, 1905
Brethren and Sisters San Jose Camp-ground, California June 26, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #3c 20-22. Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
As we returned from the General Conference, we stopped ten days in Southern California; and between the council meetings at Los Angeles, we made a short visit to San Diego and spent four days at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 1)
I am much pleased to see this sanitarium fully furnished and in running order. I was glad to see the patients and to hear of their improvement in health. My heart rejoices as I review the way in which the providence of God worked to help us to secure this property. The building is homelike and is admirably adapted for sanitarium work; and since the opening of the institution, the patronage has been good. Even before the building was ready, patients began to come. They urged themselves in before those in charge were ready to receive them. It was impossible to refuse to admit them, and the workers have done the best that could be done under the circumstances. A most interesting class of patients has come—among them ministers, lawyers, stockmen, farmers, and state senators.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 2)
So far, the work has been carried on under difficulties. The building has been furnished completely and well, and yet without extravagance. But it has never been supplied with proper treatment rooms, and it is impossible for the workers to do satisfactory work without better facilities in this respect. Good work has been done in the small treatment rooms which were in the original building, but the nurses have had to contend against many difficulties.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 3)
Plans have been drawn up by a competent architect for a two-story addition in the form of an L, which will provide more kitchen room, a helpers’ dining room, eleven more bedrooms for patients, an operating room, physicians’ offices, and complete, roomy bathrooms. I am in harmony with the plans for this addition. The treatment rooms are practically outside of the present main building, and yet are connected with it. They are to be provided with every facility for the giving of thorough treatment.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 4)
It is estimated that about eight thousand dollars will be needed to build and equip this addition, including the treatment rooms. We have not in hand the necessary means, and we ask those who have money that they can spare to help us to put this institution in complete working order. The treatment rooms are a positive necessity to the best success of the institution. The main building is all that could be desired. It was in the providence of God that we obtained it at so low a price. Its original cost was about twenty-five thousand dollars. The grounds are well laid out and are beautified by ornamental trees. The climate is all that could be desired. There is no reason why the sick cannot be treated successfully at this institution, but the necessary facilities must be provided.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 5)
More decided efforts are to be put forth in Southern California. There is a great work to be done in this field. We have done all in our power to advance the work there; and now that this sanitarium property in San Diego Country has been purchased, we call upon our brethren and sisters to aid us in properly equipping this institution, that it may do successful work. I ask those who have been entrusted with the Lord’s money to make gifts to this sanitarium, that it may be prepared to do the work that must be done for the sick and suffering.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 6)
Brethren and sisters, I plead with you to help forward our sanitarium work. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium is in need of assistance. We have evidence that the money expended there has been used wisely and well. The strictest economy has been shown in all that has been done, and advantage has been taken of every opportunity to save means. At the beginning of our work, the manager heard of some furniture for sale by a family’s leaving the district. He went to see it and found that they could obtain some first-class furniture for the same price that they would have to pay for a cheaper grade. They gladly availed themselves of the opportunity and thus obtained very cheaply enough furniture of the very best quality to furnish five rooms.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 7)
I know that the work of this sanitarium must be carried forward. During the two visits that I have made to the institution, I have realized that the Spirit of the Lord is in the sanitarium, and that the work is being carried forward in a way that will glorify God. Those in charge of the institution are doing all in their power to make it what the Lord desires it to be. Every morning, worship is held in the parlor, and the patients are invited to attend. I have had most precious seasons of refreshing in attending these services. A portion of Scripture is read, then there is singing, and earnest prayers are offered that the great Medical Missionary will let His health-giving presence bring light and comfort and peace. I have had the privilege of speaking to those assembled at these seasons of worship, and I myself have been comforted in the effort to help and encourage others. I testify that the blessing of the Lord has come to us in rich currents of love and hope and joy. I have realized the presence of the great Healer, and I know that His power will be exercised upon the sick and suffering to bless and heal.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 8)
The business that must be done in connection with our institutions can be done in a straightforward manner. A man may not have all the education and training to enable him to do at once all the work that needs to be done; but if he cherishes in his heart the light and presence of Christ, if he is influenced by the love of the Saviour, if he does not live unto himself, but for the One who gave His life for the life of the world, he is to be trusted and respected. We are all the Lord’s workers, bought with a price, and whatever our hands find to do, we are to do with our might. Thus we shall gain increased capability, because the Lord will provide the faithful worker with the strength and courage and ability necessary for the doing of the work required.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 9)
There is a great work before us. Christ descended from the throne of His glory, laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and came to this earth in the likeness of humanity. He was born of lowly parentage, and He lived the life of a poor man. He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity. He came to set an example of self-denial and sacrifice, to show human beings the work that they should do in behalf of humanity. He descended from the throne of His glory to become one with us, to suffer the sorrows of humanity, and to die to save a rebellious race. Are we following the example that Christ has left us? He was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. He was wounded for our transgressions and bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed. How blessed it is to trust in such a Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 10)
In establishing sanitariums, we are carrying out the purpose of God. This work is the work of God. Through the means of our sanitariums, the sick and suffering in the highways and the byways of life are to learn of the healing power of Christ. Those who have received the light are to show in their lives that they are God’s medical missionaries. By being partakers of the divine nature, they are to become co-laborers with Jesus Christ in every line of work that will bring relief to suffering humanity.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 11)
In our sanitariums a pure religious influence should be paramount. Solemn impressions are to be made on the minds of those who come for treatment. The very highest interests are to be given the first attention. The accumulated light of the past, which has made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists, is to shine forth through us to the world. The light of truth is to illuminate and irradiate all our sanitariums. The helpers are to be light-bearers to the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 12)
The comfort of the grace of Christ will do much to heal and bless and soothe the mind. The prayers offered in sincerity will be the means of saving souls. The grossness of the minds of many worldly physicians is one of the reasons why we should have sanitariums that will guard souls from all commonness. Pure and undefiled religion is to bear sway in all our medical institutions. And when our physicians see that disease is mastering their patients, shall they ignore the origin of the disease? Shall they fail to point out the fact that disease is the result of sin? Is that physician honest who tries to cure physical disease, but never prescribes the divine antidote?
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 13)
Let us make sure that the physician placed at the head of a sanitarium is a converted man. The fear and love of God will lead the converted physician to make special efforts to illuminate the minds of those dead in trespasses and sins. Unless God, the great Physician, heals, there is no hope. After the physician has done all in his power to relieve suffering, let him, with tact and tenderness, his own soul illumined by the heavenly rays of sanctifying truth, point the afflicted one to the divine Healer, telling him that the gospel of Christ is his only hope.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 14)
Every physician needs a personal religion. He who guards the bodily health should have an understanding of how to promote the health of the soul. The one who stands as a physician should teach the sick that the great question that should occupy their minds is, What shall I do to be saved? When the friends of the sick are in the institution, their souls torn by the ploughshare of trial, let the physician speak to them words in season. Confessions are often made to a physician, and secrets are opened before him. Opportunities come to him which open the door for the sowing of the seeds of truth. Let our physicians seize every such opportunity. The physicians in our institutions are to be wide-awake to their responsibilities. They are to seek earnestly for that purity of word and deed, that comfort of hope, that sympathetic consolation, which is essential in their work.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 15)
My brethren and sisters, I ask you to help us in preparing the Paradise Valley Sanitarium to do the best service, the work that will tell for time and for eternity. I ask you, my dear friends, to help us in this time of need, and I believe that you will.
(20LtMs, Lt 241, 1905, 16)
Lt 241a, 1905
White, W. C. Los Angeles, California August 13, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 61-64. + Elder W. C. White,—
One important day of our meeting is ended. This first Sabbath of the gathering has been well improved. Successful meetings have been held. In the forenoon Elder Corliss spoke, his talk being followed by a revival service. Many came forward for prayer, among them being several who gave their hearts to the Lord for the first time. Acts 4:30. I stood before a large company. Elder Simpson said there were at least two thousand people present. The tent was crowded to its utmost capacity, and even then all could not find seats. It is difficult for some of the speakers to make themselves heard by so large a crowd, but the Lord gave me strength to speak so that all could hear. I spoke with great freedom for about an hour.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 1)
After coming and taking a bath, I had an interview with Elder Simpson. He has just completed his third tent effort in the city of Los Angeles. As a result of his meetings in this city, over two hundred have taken their stand for the truth. About one hundred have been baptized, who accepted the truth during the last series of meetings. Others are trying so to adjust their business that they can keep the Sabbath.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 2)
Considerable money has been expended in the tent effort in Los Angeles, but the collections in the meetings and liberal donations from the public have been sufficient to meet the expenses. One man, who has not yet taken his stand with us, gave one hundred dollars to Elder Simpson to help him continue his work. A few days ago a sister who died in San Diego left her property. Among other enterprises she remembered the Paradise Valley Sanitarium and our work in the southern states, leaving one thousand dollars to each. She also gave two hundred dollars to Elder Simpson to help him in opening up work in the city of San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 3)
Elder Simpson pleads for some one to unite with him in his work. Elder Owen has been a great help to him here, but Elder Owen is appointed to act as Bible teacher in the Fernando school, and there seems to be no one else who can help Brother Simpson in his line of work. There are devoted men who can teach the Bible in the school, but there are very few who can work as does Elder Owen in evangelistic work in the cities. Some one else should be chosen to help in the college, that Elder Owen may be free to unite with Elder Simpson in evangelistic work in the large cities.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 4)
I am sad to see so few laborers. As Jesus saw what might be accomplished by intelligent effort, He said, “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor: other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors.” [John 4:35-38.]
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 5)
We greatly need men who can both sow and reap, who can gather souls unto eternal life. I am glad to see that Elder Simpson is of good courage. O that the church members who have been long in the truth would feel such a burden for souls that, as Elder Simpson leaves Los Angeles, they might continue a work that would gather in a harvest of souls. Workers are greatly needed just now in Los Angeles. I pray for men who can continue the work with those who are interested. After working for a time in San Diego, I think Elder Simpson will be ready to go to Redlands and Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 6)
I thank the Lord most heartily for the sanitarium in Loma Linda. This is in the order of God. I greatly desire that earnest work may soon be done in Redlands and Riverside. I believe that the purchase of Loma Linda by our people will open the way for a good work to be accomplished in these cities.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 7)
Brother Simpson feels that it is not best for one or two men to continue their labors for too long a time in the same place, going over and over again the same lines in presenting the Scriptures. New talent should be brought into Los Angeles, while those who have worked here so long go to new fields.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 8)
The mornings here have been rather foggy. Friday morning it did not clear off till nearly noon. This morning there was not so much fog.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 9)
On Friday I had an interview with Sister Williams. She and Mabel could not both be spared from the sanitarium at the same time. Sitting for a long time in meeting seems to make Mabel feel tired and nervous, so Mabel insisted that Sister Williams come to the camp-meeting while she carried on the work at the sanitarium. I know that were I in Mabel’s place, I should have felt the same as she did. Sister Williams told me that she would write to Dr. Whitelock, and that if I desired, Mabel might come to Los Angeles for a few days.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 10)
Doctor Whitelock highly appreciates Mabel’s ability as a nurse, and he does not wish to see her taken from the work. She seems to know by intuition just what ought to be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 11)
Brother Ballenger came from San Diego late on Friday, but I have not seen him as yet. Nora Lacey has been in for a few minutes once or twice, and today I expect to see Elder Burden and Brother Ballenger.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 12)
I feel very thankful to my heavenly Father for the freedom I had yesterday afternoon before so large a company of people. This afternoon, I expect to speak again.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 13)
I will not write more to you; for I suppose you will soon be with us. We shall all be glad to see you. May the Lord preserve and bless you. Love to May and the children.
(20LtMs, Lt 241a, 1905, 14)
Lt 242, 1905
Brethren and Sisters Duplicate of Lt 241, 1905.
Lt 243, 1905
White, W. B. NP 1905 Previously unpublished. Elder W. B. White My dear Brother,—
I have a suggestion to make to you. Invite Elder Corliss to go with you to the meeting soon to be held in Southern California. I wish him to become acquainted with that field. Brother W. W. Simpson has desired a helper in his evangelical work, but no one has yet presented himself. Los Angeles is a large place, and now that an interest has been aroused, the city should have decided help. I know Elder Corliss to be an excellent Bible expositor. He could work in Redlands and Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 243, 1905, 1)
I should be pleased to have you invite Elder Corliss to accompany you to the Southern California meeting. He has been one of our strong men, and he can still accomplish a good work. There is much to be done in the cities of Southern California, and I have suggested Elder Corliss’s going with you to the meeting in Los Angeles in the hope that he could take part in the evangelistic work there. Such men should be regarded as valuable helpers and should be encouraged to do all they possibly can.
(20LtMs, Lt 243, 1905, 2)
Yours in haste.
(20LtMs, Lt 243, 1905, 3)
Lt 243a, 1905
Stowell, L. O. Los Angeles, California August 13, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Te 66, 255. + Dear Brother,—
I have just received and read your letter. I am glad to hear from you. We find that the time of the meeting at San Diego is uncertain, but I hope to be present.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 1)
The Lord has been very good to us, and I praise His name. Brother Dores Robinson recently married my granddaughter, and they both accompanied me to the Los Angeles meeting. We left St. Helena last Thursday afternoon. For two nights previous to this, I had been writing nearly the whole night; and having had so little sleep, I feared that I should be wearied by the changes from one train to another. But during the journey a quiet restfulness came over me, and I felt the blessing of the Lord. During the night we spent on the cars, I slept well and felt well when I reached the camp-ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 2)
There are about a hundred and fifty tents on the camp-ground here, and it looks like quite a city of tents. Two rooms, pleasantly located near the camp, were secured for me, and I am thankful for such a quiet place. Yesterday I spoke to a congregation of about two thousand people. They say I spoke loud enough so that all could hear. I never saw better attention paid anywhere. Although I spoke for an hour and a quarter, all listened earnestly.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 3)
This afternoon I spoke again to a congregation as large as that of yesterday. The Lord strengthened me, and the people seemed as deeply interested as before. I spoke from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah, and the Lord sustained me wonderfully. I dwelt upon the great work to be done in our world and the evidences that the end of the world is very near. I spoke of the missionaries in foreign countries and of the necessity to economize, that we may have means to use in sending the truth to all the world. I asked the people to think how much they were spending for that which is not bread in the indulgence of perverted appetite. In the indulgence of appetite, men render themselves liable to disease and injury and destroy their strength of character. They weaken their mental powers, and thus disqualify themselves to meet the Lord Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 4)
Many are using the Lord’s money to their own injury. I wish I might be an agent to receive the means that is being misspent and properly use it in the Lord’s work. What a revenue might flow into the Lord’s treasury if His people would deny themselves of everything that is unnecessary or injurious!
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 5)
God will not work a miracle to save men from the result of their indulgence of perverted appetite. The use of tobacco and alcohol enfeebles the intellect. Millions of dollars are spent for stimulants and narcotics. All this money rightfully belongs to God, and those who thus misappropriate His entrusted goods will some day be called to give an account of how they have used their Lord’s goods. And those who by their votes sanction the liquor traffic will be held accountable for the wickedness that is done by those who are under the influence of strong drink.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 6)
When men repent and become converted, they understand the claims of the law of God spoken from Sinai’s mount. They see the difference between the observance of God’s Sabbath and that of a human institution that God has never sanctified. They know that “the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God.” [Exodus 20:10.] One seventh of their time they recognize as God’s, and one tenth of their income they render back to Him to help in carrying forward His work in the earth.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 7)
God designs that His means shall be used to benefit suffering humanity, not to destroy. Sufficient money is wasted for useless and hurtful things to relieve all the necessities of the poor.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 8)
“Blessed is he that considereth the poor: the Lord will preserve him alive in time of trouble. The Lord will preserve him, and keep him alive: and he shall be blessed upon the earth: and Thou wilt not deliver him unto the will of his enemies. The Lord will strengthen him upon the bed of languishing: Thou wilt make all his bed in his sickness.” [Psalm 41:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 9)
“Trust in the Lord, and do good; so shalt thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed.” [Psalm 37:3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 10)
“Honor the Lord with thy substance, and with the first fruits of thine increase: so shall thy barns be filled with plenty.” [Proverbs 3:9, 10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 11)
“There is that scattereth and yet increaseth; and there is that withholdeth more than is meet, but it tendeth to poverty. The liberal soul shall be made fat: and he that watereth shall be watered also himself.” [Proverbs 11:24, 25.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 12)
“He that hath pity upon the poor lendeth unto the Lord: and that which he hath given will He pay him again.” [Proverbs 19:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 13)
“If thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noon day: and the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not.” [Isaiah 58:10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 14)
God claims as His own a portion of our income. By the tithes and offerings of God’s people, the work of proclaiming His truth to the world is to be sustained. He says:
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 15)
“Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 3:10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 16)
Our faith is often tested and tried. Sometimes our soul faints within us, but let us have faith in God. The Christian experience is not merely for our enjoyment, although we shall find true joy in the service of Christ. If we follow on to know the Lord, we shall [see] that His going forth is prepared as the morning.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 17)
We must exert a positive influence for good. We are living epistles, known and read of all men. Christ represents His people as the “salt of the earth” and as the “light of the world.” [Matthew 5:13, 14.] The work of the gospel is to be diffusive and aggressive.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 18)
Had I time I would like to write much more, but it is getting dark, and I must close.
(20LtMs, Lt 243a, 1905, 19)
Lt 244, 1905
White, W. C. Glendale, California September 8, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
Brother Ballenger came from Los Angeles to see me early this morning. He presented before me that in a council meeting several were present and talked over the matter of having camp-meeting in San Diego in three weeks. After they consulted together they decided that if it would suit my mind they would have the camp-meeting at San Diego deferred until November. Then Elder Simpson would commence his meetings in San Diego and hold them until the camp-meeting, which was the best thing to do. I agreed with him, and Brother Burden is of the same opinion. Then the Paradise Valley Sanitarium will be completed to dedicate, and Loma Linda will be settled and can have a meeting there and dedicate the buildings.
(20LtMs, Lt 244, 1905, 1)
My talk with Brother Burden was very important. He said if we could only get Doctor Holden it would be the most complete thing that could be done, and that he has had this on his mind for some time. He says he would feel that we were fitted well if we could get Brother Holden to come to Loma Linda, that he is fully abreast of Dr. Kellogg in surgery. He has just built him a nice house, and I do not know as he will consent to come. He feels deeply hurt, I understand, the way Brother Simmons has treated him; but the Lord may open the way so that he can sell his building.
(20LtMs, Lt 244, 1905, 2)
Brother Burden is of good courage, and he and his wife and I are of the same opinion—that a school will be opened in Loma Linda. And she is being urged to take the school, and Brother Holden can have a class of young men, fitting them for developed workmen. Brother Burden feels anxious this should be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 244, 1905, 3)
We shall leave here Sunday at five o’clock, take the cars just two miles from here, and not leave them till we get to Oakland. I think Sister Peck will go to Loma Linda and come on Monday or Tuesday. I shall be glad to be home again, and Henry Kellogg said he wanted to bring his wife to visit us in St. Helena. She will have time to do this, and he will take her to Loma Linda on a trip with him. I told him to come to our house and we could entertain them nicely.
(20LtMs, Lt 244, 1905, 4)
I am getting a little better and shall try to speak once in forenoon, and the Lord will sustain me, I think. Yes, I believe He will. Now I am anxious to see you all, and I thank the Lord Dores is better. I have not slept since half-past 3 o’clock. Have written 11 to 15 pages.
(20LtMs, Lt 244, 1905, 5)
Lt 245, 1905
Holden, W. B. Glendale, California September 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 196-198. Dr. W. B. Holden
Portland, Oregon Dear Brother and Sister Holden,—
I have been disappointed and sorry that you did not feel that you could unite with us in our sanitarium work. If you knew how much we need you, I think you would change your mind. I know you have the ability to act a part in the work in more than one line of work. You can do good work as a teacher and as a surgeon. I ask you to come and help us here in Southern California. Sister Sarah Peck, who has been connected with my work for several years, has been telling me a little of your experience. We are sorry that you have been so disappointed. If you will come to Southern California, I can assure you that you will receive a hearty welcome. We are in great need of a thoroughly trained man to act as surgeon and teacher. Come, and we will treat you as the son of the Prince of life, your wife as the daughter of the King, and your little one as the Lord’s child.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 1)
I will send you a booklet describing Loma Linda, the institution with which we wish you to connect. For sanitarium work, this place is in advance of any other place that I have yet seen.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 2)
Dr. Abbie Winegar-Simpson, with whom you were associated in Battle Creek, is here in the Glendale Sanitarium. I have been talking with her about our work at Loma Linda. She holds you and your wife in the highest esteem and is anxious that you should come to our help here in Southern California. We need the aid of your talents. We need the help that you can give as a physician and a teacher.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 3)
I highly esteem your wife’s mother, Sister Harris. She was one of our best and truest friends.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 4)
I think that Dr. Patience Bourdeau will come to Loma Linda to act as lady physician. I am told that she is an excellent physician.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 5)
Brother and Sister burden, my dear and faithful friends, will be connected with the institution. Brother Burden will be general manager. He is well qualified for the position. His wife will act as accountant. We hope to carry forward the work of the institution in accordance with the will of the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 6)
Dr. Holden, I write you to come and see Loma Linda. It is a grand place for sanitarium work. It is the Lord’s doing that this place has come into our possession, and we praise His holy name. We realize that we are highly favored in having been able to obtain possession of this property. We are greatly pleased with it.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 7)
Right around the Loma Linda Sanitarium there is a wide field for missionary effort. Redlands is only five miles from the institution, San Bernardino about the same distance, and Riverside a little farther away. These cities are all important places. Elder Simpson has done some work in Redlands and Riverside, and in each a neat little meetinghouse has been erected. But the Lord has a larger work to be done in these places. In the future I expect to spend a portion of my time at Loma Linda.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 8)
By placing Loma Linda in our hands, the Lord has opened the way for us to work these places. We are to regard the district in which these towns are situated as our special field of missionary work. We are anxious to become known to the people living in these places, and especially to those whom we can help in spiritual and physical lines. Through the power of Jesus Christ our Lord, we may lift them out of suffering and bring them to health of body and soul. You know what joy there is in taking the weak and suffering by the hand and raising them up. You have rejoiced in this work in the past, and there is much for you to do in the future. It will bring you lasting joy and satisfaction.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 9)
A great battle must be fought. Time is short. Let us keep step with Christ. Let us by faith clasp His hand and hold it fast. He will never repulse us.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 10)
My brother, turn your mind away from your disappointment, and believe that the Lord is leading you. Trust in the Lord God, and let Him be your helper. Use your talents in advancing the most important interests. Let it be your one desire to please God and do His will. Then you will have courage in the Lord. We must all be determined to make a success of our lifework, even though some have no appreciation of our efforts. If any man love God, the same is known of Him. Then make the Lord Jesus your trust always.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 11)
God sees our dangers and knows the weight of our burdens. He remembers that we are in need of His strength, and those who make Him their trust will be enabled to resist every temptation. We shall have enemies who will plot against us because they know not the value that God places on those whom He has chosen. But the Lord God knoweth them that are His. However misrepresented and misjudged these may be, if they walk humbly before Him, He will give them help in time of need. They may be compassed with discouragements; but He who knows what is the mind of the Spirit knows all who love Him, and He will honor them.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 12)
In the work in Southern California, we need men of earnest, determined faith and unshaken courage in the Lord. Our time to work is short, and we are to labor with unflagging zeal. I earnestly hope that you will decide to come to our assistance. Please consider this matter carefully, because we need your help. Please respond to this letter, addressing me at Sanitarium, Napa County, California.
(20LtMs, Lt 245, 1905, 13)
Lt 245a, 1905
White, May Lacey Loma Linda, California August 20, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dear daughter, May Lacey White,—
This morning, Sunday, we left the camp-meeting at Los Angeles. Yesterday I spoke in the large tent to fully two thousand people. They were crowded close to the stand, and I feel quite sure that I was poisoned by the impure air. I was deeply in earnest and took deep inspirations so that I might speak loud enough for all to hear. About ten o’clock that night I was suffering with almost unendurable pain. I did what I could to bring relief, but I suffered all night.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 1)
At three o’clock I arose and dressed. Shortly before four, I called Dores and Ella and the work of packing began. I had to leave it all to them. I have been feeling very poorly all day. Have had no appetite, and feel sick at my stomach if I try to eat anything. I had a letter written I wished to send you, but cannot look it up now.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 2)
Tomorrow morning Willie leaves for San Diego. We had a very profitable meeting at Los Angeles. We carefully explained the circumstances that led us to secure the three sanitarium properties in Southern California, and all could see that this is the work of the Lord. All are united in supporting these institutions now. Some say that Loma Linda has come to us as a gift. It comprehends so much that we can hardly take it in. We praise the Lord our God with heart and soul and voice. Our people are now determined to make every possible effort to pay off all indebtedness. The Lord has truly wrought for us.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 3)
Today I visited the cellar and saw the fruit that they have canned in abundance. There are apricots of the best order, a variety of plums, prunes, and other fruit. Brother Hansen has also put up a large amount of jelly. Some of this can be sent to the sanitarium in San Diego. Most of the fruit canning is finished, but they are putting up some peaches now.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 4)
They will soon have peaches on the property. We see many orange and citron trees. Water is abundant, and the orchard is irrigated. I wish I might be here when the oranges are ripe.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 5)
I know not how to express my thankfulness for this place. Some things need to be put in order, but inside all the rooms are well furnished. There are many ornamental as well as useful articles in the house. There have in some cases been an extravagant outlay of means. We should not have purchased such furniture because of its high price, but everything is durable.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 6)
We wish you could be here with us. I suppose W. C. White will return to St. Helena. I sometimes think I would like to make my abode here, because of the excellent climate.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 7)
As I look over the building and around the premises, I am more and more surprised that notwithstanding the enormous outlay on the property, we are able to obtain it so cheaply.
(20LtMs, Lt 245a, 1905, 8)
Lt 247, 1905
Morse, John F. Loma Linda, California August 24, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 241-244. + Dr. John F. Morse Dear Brother,—
I write to invite you to connect with our sanitarium work in Southern California.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 1)
We now have three sanitariums in this southern part of the state. Loma Linda, the one most recently purchased, is the most desirable place I have ever seen for a sanitarium. We realize that the Lord has been very gracious to us in opening the way for us to secure this plant, which was originally constructed as a sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 2)
Upon this property there has been made an investment of about a hundred and fifty thousand dollars. Several months ago our brethren spoke to me of the place as a beautiful location with grand buildings, but they supposed that it would be valued so high that we could not possibly secure it.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 3)
Until I saw Loma Linda I could not feel that I had seen a place that seemed in every respect to correspond with the representations I had seen of what a sanitarium should be. I had been instructed to say to our brethren that we should have a sanitarium situated near Redlands and Riverside. This institution is about five miles from Redlands and twelve from Riverside. But I had no idea that we would be able to purchase Loma Linda, though we had heard that the owners were very anxious to sell the property.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 4)
While I was at Takoma Park attending the General Conference, I received a letter from Brother Burden, describing the property at Loma Linda and informing me that the place was offered for sale for forty thousand dollars. There were others who desired to secure the property, but we were given an option till the brethren could communicate with us. The description given by Brother Burden answered in every respect to that of places that I had been instructed would be offered far below their original cost.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 5)
This letter from Brother Burden I received one Friday afternoon. I asked W. C. White to telegraph immediately to Brother Burden that he should by all means secure the property. Some of our brethren connected with the conference advised otherwise, fearing that the conference would be more deeply involved in debt. But I followed my telegram with a letter, saying distinctly that the place should be purchased without delay. I considered that the advantages of this location authorized me to speak positively regarding this matter. I said, “There is sufficient money in the hands of God’s people; and if we seek the Lord, He will make their hearts willing to help in this time of need.”
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 6)
After writing to Brother Burden, the uncertainty so affected me that for several nights I was unable to sleep. I lifted my heart to God in prayer. With great anxiety I waited, till at last word came that a deposit of one thousand dollars had been made and the way was open for us to secure the place. We now have possession of this valuable property. All the negotiations have been pleasant and agreeable. Brother Burden has been a man in the right place. The former owners have every confidence in him and seem pleased that we have purchased the place. We thank the Lord for this.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 7)
We have just been attending the Los Angeles camp-meeting, and before going home I am spending a few days here and expect to stop for a few days at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 8)
Owing to a weakness in my hip I was unable to go over the building when I was here last spring, but I could see something of the advantages of the place and the beauty of the seventy-six acres. There are many lovely pepper trees and other varieties of trees, the names of which I have not learned. Hundreds of happy birds sing in the branches. There is a large orchard set out to orange trees, grapefruit, plums, peaches, nectarines, lemons, pears, etc.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 9)
In the cellar I see a large quantity of jellies that have been put up. Shelf after shelf is laden with jars of rich fruit. The work of fruit canning is now going on, superintended by those who thoroughly understand the business. Some of the fruit will be sent to the sanitarium at San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 10)
The buildings here are completely furnished with nearly every essential necessary to conduct a sanitarium. Every room is furnished with a bed and elegant and substantial furniture. The mattresses and pillows are excellent. The chairs are well selected. Many of them are very expensive. The buildings are lighted with electricity. The main building has four stories. Everything is in first-class condition. There are many articles of furniture that we could not have furnished if we had been fitting up the building. We thank the Lord for His providence that has brought us to this beautiful place.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 11)
We have also a beautiful property near San Diego. We thank the Lord for such a beautiful location and such excellent buildings at so low a cost. We must put forth every effort to fulfil the purpose of God in this institution. Suitable bathrooms are needed there, and we are asking the people to help us in making the necessary additions.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 12)
We are to take advantage of every blessing within our reach. Above all things, let us seek for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ. The apostle Paul, who had received abundant revelations from God, whose judgment had been formed under the special intuition of the Holy Spirit, says: “Yea, doubtless, I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord.” [Philippians 3:8.] That knowledge we must impart to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 13)
The knowledge of Jesus Christ is obtained through correct views of our Lord. Through the work of our sanitariums the light of truth may shine forth to the world. To these institutions we may invite all classes of people, men and women of every denomination. We must have physicians who will reveal Christ in knowledge and in speech. We want well-qualified physicians who have a well-grounded hope in Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 14)
It is through the love of Christ that we receive spiritual food, that we may break the bread of life to others. His blessings, which have gladdened our hearts, are to be communicated to those who know not Christ. We must make every provision possible to lead others to become acquainted with the Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 15)
The highest and most noble work we can do in this world is to reflect the glory of God as seen in the face of Jesus Christ. Let Christ appear through those who love the truth. Let Him be seen as the Desire of all ages.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 16)
How can we prepare the way of the Lord? We will present our reasonable request that He may open the way before us, then we will walk and work and act our faith. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.] Christ is all and in all, and we need an increase of faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 17)
Brother Morse, I feel impressed to ask you to come to California and connect with the sanitarium at Loma Linda. Your talent is needed here. If you but have faith in our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, your health will improve physically and spiritually.
(20LtMs, Lt 247, 1905, 18)
Lt 248, 1905
Wessels, Andrew “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 9, 1905 Previously unpublished. + My dear brother Andrew,—
I have received and read your letter. I am so thankful to our heavenly Father that His Holy Spirit is striving with you, and that you are recognizing this divine power. I advise you to leave Africa and by this means separate from your associates. I fear that if you remain where you are, you will not have that help which would strengthen you in your new resolve. Come away in the strength of Him who paid the price of His own life for your soul’s salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 1)
The Lord told Abraham to leave his own country and his father’s home. Why?—Because He knew how strong would be the temptations that would assail him if he remained. He wanted His servant to separate from every species of idolatry, and He therefore bade him leave his own country and go to a country that He would tell him.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 2)
The Lord is calling you as He did Abraham, to leave your country and your friends. He points you away from your home and your friends, who are your worst spiritual enemies. Do not wait too long before deciding to obey His warning and so become earth-bound. Change your surroundings. Cut loose from your associates. Leave Africa as soon as you can. But in coming to this country, do not make the least connection with Battle Creek. There will be other openings for you here. You should attend school where you can have the best spiritual advantages. Come to California, and then we can plan together.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 3)
Your past associations have been leading you to just where I was shown they would lead you—to spend thrift habits and self-indulgence.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 4)
God has given the Wessels family much light. I praise Him that hope has been stirred in your heart and that you have a desire to serve Him. The light given me six or seven years ago was that John was to do all in his power to induce his brothers to leave Africa. Had he obeyed the message, what changes would have taken place! But he did not heed the word of the Lord; and by letters that I have recently received from him, I know what he realizes what he has lost.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 5)
Will you not realize that eternal life is of more value than all the gold and silver that might come into your possession? You have already spent heavily of the Lord’s money, and what have you to show for it? How much better would it have been had this money been invested in the Lord’s cause.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 6)
May the Lord lead and guide you, is my prayer. May He help you to break away from the influences that bind you.
(20LtMs, Lt 248, 1905, 7)
Lt 249, 1905
Stone, W. J. Loma Linda, California August 22, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. J. Stone Dear Brother,—
This morning I find on my table a letter from you dated August 6, addressed to W. C. White. He left here yesterday morning to make a short visit to San Diego. We are expecting him to return this afternoon or tomorrow.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 1)
I think, my brother, that the place you mention in your letter is in many respects similar to the sanitarium property at Loma Linda, which we have just secured. This is the most delightful situation for a sanitarium I have ever seen. The scenery is magnificent, and everything possible has been done to beautify the premises. Here the suffering sick may be well cared for. The possession of this property will give us an influence with the people of Redlands and Riverside. The patients who visit this sanitarium will come in contact with the truth, and many will be converted.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 2)
I have been instructed that if we would watch and act wisely, the Lord would bring within our reach suitable places already built and adapted for sanitarium work. These places will be away from the city in the rural districts where the sick may come in contact with the beauties of natural scenery. The city is not suitable for sanitarium work.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 3)
The property that you describe seems to be such a place as the Lord would have us secure. The scenery is beautiful, and there the patients can live out of doors, in the sunshine or in the shade of the beautiful trees. I would advise that you purchase this building. The rent you are paying for the institution in the city would be better used toward purchasing a property in a more suitable location.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 4)
The people of Indiana are in need of the instruction that can be given by those who should be connected with such an institution. They should learn how to regain their health without the use of drugs. Let them live in the beautiful sunshine amid trees and flowers, listening to the songs of the merry birds. God has made these to be appreciated, and their influence will greatly aid in the recovery of the sick. We are to do our best to bring them in contact with nature. Then they will be prepared to look from nature to nature’s God and to realize God’s loving care for fallen man.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 5)
Let us praise the Lord that He is making it possible for us to obtain such advantages where we can help the sick to take their minds away from themselves and delight in the beauty of God’s handiwork.
(20LtMs, Lt 249, 1905, 6)
Lt 250, 1905
Wessels, Sister [A. E.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 9, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dear Mother Wessels,—
Will you not come to America with John and Andrew? If you had done this years ago, you would now be standing on vantage ground. You have wasted the strength that you might have preserved. Will not you and John and Andrew now gather up the fragments of what is left and come to this country in faith? “What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 1)
If Peter would come also, instead of sacrificing his family by remaining in Africa, how much better it would be! What will it profit him to devote his life to business that separates his soul from God and opens the way for his children to fix their souls on the things of the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 2)
Read carefully the fourteenth chapter of John. The Saviour said to His disciples, “Let not your heart be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself, that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know.” [Verses 1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 3)
“If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him, but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me; because I live, ye shall live also. At that day ye shall know that I am in My Father, and ye in Me, and I in you. He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him.” [Verses 15-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 4)
What every member of the Wessels family needs is the converting power of God on mind and heart.
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 5)
I cannot write more now, because I have not strength. God bless you, dear Sister Wessels. He has a care for you. May He give you and your children wisdom to lay up treasure in heaven.
(20LtMs, Lt 250, 1905, 6)
Lt 251, 1905
Bourdeau, Patience Loma Linda, California August 27, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 121-122. Dr. Patience Bourdeau Dear Sister,—
We have come to this beautiful place from the Los Angeles camp-meeting, where I spoke six times in the large tent to a congregation of about two thousand. The last Sabbath of the meeting the tent was especially crowded. In order to speak so that all could hear I was obliged to take very deep inspirations, and that night I suffered with severe pain in my chest and around my heart, caused by inhaling the impure air of the crowded tent.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 1)
The Lord greatly sustained me in my work at the camp-meeting. In some of the business meetings I sat on the platform that I might know what questions would come up for consideration by the conference. I was fearful lest some ill-advised moves might be made. When a resolution was brought in to change the constitution in such a way as might lead to confusion, I arose and told them that such moves should not be made so hastily. The resolution was finally laid on the table.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 2)
Brother and Sister Burden have just come in with beaming faces to tell me that they have just attended an excellent meeting on the lawn below. Brethren from Redlands, Riverside, and other smaller churches were present. One man bore a testimony saying that he had been convicted of the truth at the recent camp-meeting. He had been a Methodist, but he is now in full sympathy with our people and wishes to join with us. He handed Brother Burden one hundred dollars to be used in purchasing this place.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 3)
I was not told beforehand that this meeting was to be held, for the brethren thought I would be unable to attend. I was not very strong, but I think that had I understood what the nature of the meeting was to be, I should have been present.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 4)
Some of the brethren have promised to give of their time in helping to do the things that need to be done to put everything in order so that the institution may soon be opened for patients. We are glad to see the means coming in to lessen the debt on this grand place. I have never before seen a sanitarium in a situation of such natural beauty.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 5)
I am sure that you and your mother would be happy here, and I hope that you may come just as soon as you can to connect with this institution. We want you present to counsel with us in getting everything in working order. I believe the questions concerning your work and wages can be adjusted satisfactorily.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 6)
I cannot write much now, but I invite you to come, and we will all give you a hearty welcome. We do not wish you to be separated from your mother. You will be happier in each other’s society. There are concrete walks leading to all the buildings, and your mother will enjoy walking around the beautiful premises. Dr. Bourdeau, your mother could not be in a better place than right here, where she can walk around, viewing the flowers and trees and the grand mountain scenery. I hope to spend considerable time here, but just how long before I will leave this time I do not know.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 7)
W. C. White was with us for two days, but he left Sunday morning in great haste for Los Angeles, Mountain View, and St. Helena.
(20LtMs, Lt 251, 1905, 8)
Lt 253, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Loma Linda, California August 29, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PC 244-247. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have just enjoyed the pleasure of reading your good letters.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 1)
I am just recovering from quite a severe illness. On Sabbath I spoke at Los Angeles in the large tent to fully two thousand people and was poisoned with the impure air. The following night I suffered with severe pains. It seemed as though my heart were in a vice. We fought the difficulty the best we knew how; and though I was sick for several days afterward, I have not since suffered as I did then. My voice was quite weak, but I am recovering now. For several days my dietary has consisted of grapefruit, eggs, and lemons.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 2)
Last Sabbath I was expected to speak at Redlands, but was unable to go. Some of our ministers were present, and I hear that they had a good meeting.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 3)
Brother H. W. Kellogg from Battle Creek spent Sabbath and Sunday with us here at Loma Linda. He was astonished that such beautiful premises and such complete equipment could be purchased at so low a price as that for which we have secured this property.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 4)
We regard this place as one especially provided for us by the Lord. Some of the brethren had spoken to me of Loma Linda as a popular health resort, conducted as a hotel, but it was not considered possible that we would be able to pay so much as it was supposed they would ask. I had supposed we would be obliged to erect buildings for sanitarium work in the vicinity of the beautiful cities of Redlands and Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 5)
Last Spring I asked Brother Burden to look carefully for any opening to secure property suitable for a sanitarium in this vicinity. While I was in Washington he wrote to me describing the beauty of Loma Linda and stated that everything connected with the place was offered to us for forty thousand dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 6)
When I read the description of the property as written by Brother Burden, I recognized it as answering fully to an ideal sanitarium property such as had been presented to me. I received the letter on Friday afternoon, and I told W. C. White to telegraph Brother Burden immediately that he should secure the place. One of our brethren sent another telegram contrary to this. Some of the men connected with the conference thought that such a large place would be like an elephant on their hands. I was so burdened that for several nights I could not sleep. I feared lest the enemy might, through unbelief, keep this property out of our hands.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 7)
In the meanwhile Brother Burden had been obliged to tell the men that we would be unable to purchase the property. But when he received from me a letter of good cheer and hope, and an assurance that this was the place for which I had long been looking to correspond with places such as the Lord had shown me would be offered to us at a small part of their original cost, Brother Burden, in fear and trembling, returned to the agent and told him we would purchase the place. Had he been an hour later, the opportunity might have been lost; for they were sending men to offer the property to other parties.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 8)
The main building contains four stories. In its entrance is a most beautiful sun parlor. There is also a large parlor carpeted with the very best body Brussels. The furniture in the house is of first-class quality—not fancy, but durable and very handsome. We could not have furnished the building as expensively as it has been furnished by others. In this main building the furniture cost twelve thousand dollars and has been in use less than two years.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 9)
The long halls are carpeted with fine Brussels carpet, and there are carpets and rugs for the various rooms throughout the building. There is a large roll of rubber carpet that can be used wherever it is thought best. The mattresses on the beds look like new ones. There are two feather pillows, sheets, blankets, quilts, and spreads for every bed. Every room contains chairs, substantial, but very comfortable.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 10)
Besides the main building, in which there are about sixty rooms that can be used by patients, there are four four-roomed cottages sitting back on higher ground. Some of these are so arranged that each room is connected with a private veranda where, in warm weather, a bed can be rolled from the room through the large windows. Besides the four cottages with four rooms each, there is a two-story cottage with nine beautiful rooms, splendidly furnished. This of itself is quite a large building.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 11)
Between the cottages and the main building is what they called the amusements building. This has been used for a bowling alley and a billiard hall. The billiard table will be sold, and with a few alterations the building may be made into a good meetinghouse.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 12)
There are seventy-six acres of land in this property. Quite a portion of it is set out in orchard. They raised oranges, lemons, grapefruit, peaches, apples, plums, pears, etc. I am having strawberries from the second crop, and they are very nice.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 13)
Five horses, three cows, about a hundred hens, and a few turkeys were purchased with the place. There were also a number of hogs, which have since been sold.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 14)
About a hundred and fifty thousand dollars has been expended in making the property what it is at present, and forty thousand dollars seems very reasonable for such a completed equipment as we find here. It would be a heavy tax if we had to pay interest on such an amount, but we believe that our brethren will raise this money, and that we shall soon be free from debt. Every dollar is to be expended with great care. Something must be done to furnish treatment rooms, but this need not incur great expense.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 15)
The city of Redlands is five miles from the institution. This city is one of the most beautiful cities in America. When President Roosevelt visited Redlands about two years ago, he expressed the thought that it was as near like heaven as any place he had ever seen. The purchase of Loma Linda will help to give us an influence with the people of this city.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 16)
The more we realize of the advantages of this location, the more certain we feel that we are in the line of duty. We shall now endeavor to secure the very best help possible to conduct the work of this institution. Some of the outside stairways need to be painted, and other work must be done before we are ready to open the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 17)
For a time we had to work against fearfulness and unbelief in the minds of some of our brethren. There are some who will always be found holding back when any advance move is to be made.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 18)
Last June a meeting was called at Los Angeles to consider the question of purchasing Loma Linda. I was very glad that Elder Irwin was present. When some expressed themselves as thinking it unwise for the conference to incur further indebtedness by such a heavy investment, Elder Irwin spoke right to the point, urging them to follow the manifest leadings of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 19)
I also bore my testimony that the Lord would bless us if we would act in faith. There are some who seem to consider it a virtue to talk unbelief and to hold back when there should be an advance. We are hoping that there may be connected with the work in Southern California men who will act in faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 20)
Only a few were present at this meeting, but they expressed themselves as favoring the purchase of the property, and they pledged eleven hundred dollars as a gift to start the enterprise.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 21)
Last Sunday afternoon quite a number of our brethren from neighboring churches met on the lawn under the trees just back of the main building, and Brother Burden says they had an excellent meeting. One man said he had gone to the camp-meeting in Los Angeles as an unbeliever, but had been convicted of the Sabbath truth. He seemed very happy and made a donation of one hundred dollars to Loma Linda. We shall now endeavor to secure the necessary means, so we shall not have to carry a heavy burden of interest on borrowed money.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 22)
Let us praise the Lord that He is making it possible for us to obtain such advantages, where we can help the sick to take their minds away from themselves and delight in the beauty of God’s handiwork.
(20LtMs, Lt 253, 1905, 23)
Lt 255, 1905
White, W. C.; White, May “Paradise Valley Sanitarium,” National City, California September 12, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear children W. C. and May White,—
We are here, in harmony with your urgent request. We arrived last night. The journey from Los Angeles was not tedious.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 1)
At the Glendale Sanitarium we met Sister Peck, also Brother and Sister Hackney. Brother and Sister Hackney desire to connect in some way with one of our institutions. She is considered an excellent nurse, and he seems willing to labor wherever he can be of most service. They went Sunday forenoon with Sister Peck to visit Loma Linda.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 2)
Sunday evening Sister Peck telephoned to us from Loma Linda, asking if we would remain a day longer in Los Angeles, in order that she might spend more time there and then accompany us to San Diego. But arrangements had already been made for the transfer of baggage and the purchase of tickets for Monday afternoon, and we could not conveniently change our plans. Sister Peck left Loma Linda Sunday morning and joined us in Los Angeles on our trip to San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 3)
I was well cared for at Glendale. Brother and Sister Simpson were both very attentive, and I had several conversations with them. I desire to keep their confidence and help them in every way possible. I believe that there is a great improvement in Brother Simpson, and I think he can do a good work in connection with Dr. Winegar-Simpson.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 4)
On Sabbath I had good freedom in speaking in the Carr Street church. The building was crowded to its utmost capacity. I was somewhat fearful over the prospect of speaking in that church again, but it was well ventilated, and I have received no harm. The strength that came to me was more than I expected. I praise the Lord for His mercy and help in time of need. He is my helper. I am glad that I have the confidence of the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 5)
I have had several important conversations with Brother and Sister Burden in reference to the work that must be done in all our sanitariums to place them upon a higher platform than they now occupy. At Glendale there is need of decided changes to bring in more of a spiritual influence and to keep prominently before the patients and workers the Bible truths for this time. If this is not done, we might better save the money invested in our institutions, and use it to advance the work in ministerial lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 6)
But we cannot act hastily. We must move steadily, in the power of the Lord Jesus that He promised to His disciples just before His ascension. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. And, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 7)
This command is for us, and we are to follow the methods of Christ in imparting the truth to others. As we receive, so we are to impart of the rich grace of Christ. In this work we have an assurance that the divine power of the Holy Spirit will impress minds. Let us believe the promise: for the Lord speaks not in vain.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 8)
I am deeply impressed that new habits are to be formed, natural tendencies are to be carefully restrained, and indulged inclination must be brought under control to the law of God. Christ is to rule in the heart by faith, through sanctification of the truth. Through the power of Christ, every soul may stand securely. He is our strength and efficiency. “Come unto Me,” He says, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.... Learn of Me: for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 9)
This morning I spoke a few words to the workers assembled in the parlor for worship. None of the patients were present.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 10)
I am sorry that there is not among the workers in this institution the harmony that there should be. I know not what I can do to change the order of things. We must watch unto prayer and seek to elevate and ennoble the thoughts and words. If we would correct wrong in others, we ourselves must walk carefully in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. The Word of God must be our only rule. I am trying to do my duty and to help them here all I possibly can.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 11)
I am told of a man who has been here for some months, who has accepted the Sabbath truth. He was formerly a railway official, but he broke down in health and came here for rest and treatment. He is seeking the Lord, has confessed all his wrongs, but cannot receive the assurance that his sins are forgiven and that he is a child of God. Sister Williams and others have tried to help him to walk by faith and not by sight, but he seems to be unable to overcome his feelings of distrust. I shall endeavor to help him, and I trust that he will yet see clearly that the Lord has forgiven his sins.
(20LtMs, Lt 255, 1905, 12)
Lt 257, 1905
Baldridge, J. W. “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 13, 1905 Previously unpublished. Mr. J. W. Baldridge Dear Friend,—
You need to live in the sunshine of Christ’s presence. In and through Christ alone can you find the relief you so much desire. He can give you rest and peace. You must walk by faith, and not by sight.
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 1)
You say that you have confessed your sins. Then believe that God has forgiven. As you surrender yourself to God, you will find the Saviour precious to your soul. Do not think of yourself. Think how mighty is the grace of God. Think of the compassion of Christ, and, whether you feel it or not, believe that He receives you.
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 2)
“Therefore being justified by faith, (not by feeling), we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of God. And not only so, but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation worketh patience; and patience, experience; and experience, hope: and hope maketh not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us. For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the ungodly. For scarcely for a righteous man will one die: yet peradventure for a good man some would even dare to die. But God commendeth His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more than being now justified by His blood, we shall be saved from wrath through Him. For if, when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by His life. And not only so, but we also joy in God through our Lord Jesus Christ by whom we have now received the atonement.” [Romans 5:1-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 3)
Your work, my brother, is to bring sound doctrine into actual contact with sound practice. Reveal your faith in the Lord Jesus Christ. The searching truths of the Word that came from heaven are given to guide men into the narrow path and through the strait gate.
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 4)
Do not allow yourself to be controlled by feeling. It is through the power of living faith that we become heirs to the promises of God. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] Men cannot receive this power by feeling. We must receive it by faith in Christ as a sin-pardoning Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 5)
You have, I understand, accepted the truth so far as you have heard it. Then rest right there. Say, “I am a child of God. I will not be controlled by feeling.” Do not grieve the heart of Christ by giving the impression that, though you have come to Him, yet you do not find rest for your soul. Lean only upon the Word of God and be obedient, and the Lord will break every band. Take the Word of God as your rule of action, and thus you will glorify His name.
(20LtMs, Lt 257, 1905, 6)
Lt 259, 1905
Hare, Brother and Sister [G. A.] “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 14, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother and Sister Hare,—
Since the camp-meeting in Los Angeles I have been suffering from an attack of influenza. Though I am now much better, I am not yet entirely free from its effects. I had heavy burdens to bear at the Los Angeles camp-meeting. On Sabbath I spoke in the large tent to about two thousand people. Inhaling the impure air of the crowded tent brought on symptoms of poisoning. I suffered severely from pleurisy and pain in my side.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 1)
Last Sabbath I spoke in the Carr Street church in Los Angeles. I feared that I would be unable to speak, but strength was given to me, and I spoke without inconvenience. I took up the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah and was more thankful than I could express that the Lord helped me.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 2)
Last Monday we came to this sanitarium. I have spoken twice to the patients, and yesterday morning I spoke to the workmen assembled in the dining room. I am thankful that the Lord impresses His Word upon the hearts of the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 3)
The work on the building here has been somewhat hindered because of a scarcity of lumber, but the workmen are kept very busy. They need the wisdom and judgment that God alone can give.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 4)
I may remain here to attend the camp-meeting at San Diego in November. This camp-meeting is to follow an effort with a tent by Elder Simpson. In Los Angeles over two hundred have been converted through the tent efforts, and the interest still continues unabated. More work must be done there later on, but for a time now Elder Simpson will work in San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 5)
Since I left Washington I have received no letters from you. A few days ago I asked Brother Robinson to write to you, requesting that you return the copy of what I wrote off so hastily just as I was leaving Takoma Park. I wish this to complete some matter that will be of great importance to you and your work.
(20LtMs, Lt 259, 1905, 6)
Lt 261, 1905
Executive Committee of the Southern California Conference “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 14, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 59-60. To the Executive Committee of the Southern California Conference Dear Brethren,—
I am instructed to say that where an effort is made to open the gospel work in a new field, there should be not less than two speakers to labor together in the ministry. When Christ sent forth His disciples on their missionary tour, He sent them out two by two. This is the Lord’s plan.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 1)
In opening up the work in San Diego, Elder Simpson should not be left to stand alone. There should be associated with him some one who is fitted to share these responsibilities. Elder Owen should be freed from other work that he may unite with Elder Simpson in presenting the truth to the people of San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 2)
That this may be accomplished, another Bible teacher must be selected for the school at Fernando. But it will be easier to find a suitable Bible teacher than to secure the services of one who has the wisdom and tact necessary to deal with an interest in the important city of San Diego. I ask you to unite in an effort to make such changes, that Elder Owen may be released from the school work to unite with Elder Simpson.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 3)
Elder Healey may consider that he is fitted to share this burden with Elder Simpson. But this would be a mistake. Elder Healey has neither the necessary physical strength, nor the tact and ingenuity that should be manifested by those who are engaged in a large public effort.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 4)
The Lord designs that His work shall be carried solidly. To enter a new field involves large expense. But the extra expense of a second man to help Brother Simpson will be an investment that will bring returns. I feel to urge this matter, because so much is at stake. I pray the Lord to impress your minds to carry out His will.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 5)
I will now leave the matter with you, but I cannot free myself from the conviction that it is God’s will that Elder Owen and Elder Simpson shall unite in the important work that is to be undertaken in San Diego. I entreat of you to secure some one else to give instruction in Bible at Fernando, that Elder Owen may be free to unite with Elder Simpson.
(20LtMs, Lt 261, 1905, 6)
Lt 263, 1905
White, J. E. “Paradise Valley Sanitarium,” National City, California September 15, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 394-395, 6Bio 26-27. + Dear Son Edson,—
I have just received your letter and am glad to hear from you. I hardly felt able to make this journey to Southern California, but our brethren assured me that they had secured good accommodation for me near the camp-ground in Los Angeles. We had the use of two rooms, well situated.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 1)
W. C. White was not present at the first part of the meeting or I might have been saved quite a burden of anxiety. In some of the business meetings, I sat on the platform, that I might have an understanding of the questions that came up for consideration by the conference. I feared lest some action might be taken that would in the future bring about confusion. It has been many years since I have felt it my duty to sit on the platform and take part in the deliberations of a business meeting.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 2)
At one meeting a resolution was introduced to change the constitution in such a way that every church member might become a delegate to the conference meetings. I advised that such a move should not be made hastily. The delegates to our conferences should be men of wisdom and capability, men whom the Lord may use to prevent rash movements. God has men of appointment, whom He has fitted to judge righteously.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 3)
We may learn a lesson from the counsel of Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses. God especially calls some to fill positions of responsibility in His service.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 4)
“And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses sat to judge the people: and the people stood by Moses from the morning until the evening. And when Moses’ father-in-law saw all that he did to the people, he said, What is this thing that thou doest to the people? Why sittest thou thyself alone, and all the people stand by thee from morning until even?
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 5)
“And Moses said unto his father-in-law, Because the people come unto me to enquire of God: when they have a matter, they come unto me; and I judge between one and another, and I do make them know the statutes of God, and His laws.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 6)
“And Moses’ father-in-law said unto him, The thing that thou doest is not good. Thou wilt surely wear away, both thou, and this people that is with thee: for this thing is too heavy for thee: thou art not able to perform it thyself alone. Hearken now unto my voice, I will give thee counsel, and God shall be with thee: Be thou for the people to God-ward, that thou mayest bring the causes unto God: and thou shalt teach them ordinances and laws, and shalt show them the way wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do. Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens: and let them judge the people at all seasons: and it shall be that every great matter they shall bring unto thee, but every small matter they shall judge: so shall it be easier for thyself, and they shall bear the burden with thee. If thou shalt do this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go to their place in peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 7)
“So Moses harkened to the voice of his father-in-law, and did all that he had said. And Moses chose able men out of all Israel, and made them heads over the people, rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. And they judged the people at all seasons: the hard causes were brought unto Moses, but every small matter they judged themselves. And Moses let his father-in-law depart: and he went his way into his own land.” [Exodus 18:13-27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 8)
I spoke six times in the large tent at the camp-meeting. The last Sabbath of the meeting the large tent was crowded with a large congregation of over two thousand. In order to make myself heard to all, it was necessary for me to take deep inspirations, and I was poisoned with the impure air. I suffered severely that night. I obtained relief from this, but ever since I have [been] suffering more or less with influenza, as I did when I visited Nashville. I have not fully recovered yet, but I am improving in health.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 9)
This morning I met with the workmen who are engaged in the construction [of] new bathrooms. The Lord has blessed and strengthened me in speaking to the helpers and patients at their morning worship. After singing and reading the precious Word, we bow before the Lord in prayer, and I give them a short address.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 10)
Yesterday morning I read the 95th Psalm. “O come, let us sing unto the Lord: let us make a joyful noise to the Rock of our salvation. Let us come before His presence with thanksgiving, and make a joyful noise unto Him with psalms. For the Lord is a great God, and a great King above all gods. In His hand are the deep places of the earth: the strength of the hills is His also. The sea is His and He made it: and His hands formed the dry land.” [Verses 1-5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 11)
I have had the question asked me, Is there anything in the Word that speaks of the attitude that should be maintained in prayer? David says:
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 12)
“O come, let us worship and bow down: let us kneel before the Lord our maker. For He is our God; and we are the sheep of His pasture, and the sheep of His hand. Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your heart as in the provocation, and as in the day of temptation in the wilderness: when your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My work. Forty years long was I grieved with this generation, and said, It is a people that do err in their heart, and they have not known My ways: unto whom I sware in My wrath that they should not enter into My rest.” [Verses 6-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 13)
I am glad to attend these morning services. My own soul is refreshed, and all seem deeply interested.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 14)
One man, with a good countenance, expressed himself as being deeply interested. He has accepted the truth as he has heard it, but it seems difficult for him to exercise faith in the forgiveness of his sins. I have written him some words of encouragement.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 15)
We arrived here from Los Angeles last Monday evening. An automobile was waiting for us to take us from the train to the sanitarium. Brother Johnson, who owns this machine, meets all the trains and brings passengers to the sanitarium. One day he took us in to San Diego, and we crossed over the bay on the ferry to Coronado. Yesterday I rode out again to visit his sister, D. Johnson. I enjoy very much riding in the automobile. I had thought of riding forty miles next week to hold meetings at Escondido, but Willie urges me to return home, and we are planning to return next Tuesday.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 16)
My mind has been much exercised in regard to our restaurant work. The multiplication of our restaurants is imparting an education in commercial business lines to many of our youth who should be more actively engaged in evangelical work. Many of the workers themselves are led away from the truth, and but few are converted by this work as it is now being conducted. We need the quickening influence of the Holy Spirit to keep the heart clean and pure, that we may engage in spiritual work for the saving of souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 17)
I have just been in to see two little girl babies, twins, born in the sanitarium a few days ago. One weighed seven pounds, the other six. The mother is doing well. The parents are young and seem very proud of their babies. The grandmother on the father’s side is over eighty years old.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 18)
Edson, if Elder Haskell, Elder Butler, Brother Ford, and the other brethren are united, as they seem to be, in the opinion that the office should be moved from Nashville, and that your property is a suitable place for the carrying forward of the publishing work, I see no reason why this should not be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 263, 1905, 19)
Lt 265, 1905
Peck, Sarah “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 15, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in DG 92-93. Dear Sister Peck,—
During our conversation this morning, I felt greatly perplexed to know what to say in reference to your work. I love you, and I want to see you in a position where you can best serve the Master.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 1)
I do not know what would be your own choice of work. Many of our people desire and urge you to enter the educational work. If you feel that this is your duty, I am willing to release you from my employ. I know of no one who is better fitted than yourself to undertake educational work. In regard to your connection with me, I cannot say very much, because you have in the past been called to so many other lines of work.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 2)
One thing I must say: If you chose to remain with me, the school work must be laid aside. If you prefer to labor in educational lines, then you must be free, so that you can give your undivided attention to that work. I leave the matter entirely with you, that you may follow your own choice. I dare not decide for you. The great necessity for your efficiency as a teacher is the only consideration that leads me to be willing to release you. So many have spoken to me of your efficiency and talent as an educator that I dare not hold you. If at any time in the future you shall choose to connect with me again, you will not have become less efficient.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 3)
I write this that you may not be left in uncertainty. Seek the Lord for yourself. If you feel impressed that you prefer to remain with me, I have abundance of work that you can do. If it seems to be the will of God for you to remain with me, we must take hold of the work in earnest and not allow others to come in and give you a double burden to bear.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 4)
Now, my sister, I feel anxious that if you take up the school work, you shall not load yourself down with too many responsibilities. Make that your work, and carry it as you did the school in St. Helena. If I should act a part in the work at Redlands and Loma Linda, we may be more or less connected in preparing students for time and for eternity.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 5)
May the Lord bless you and give you much of His Holy Spirit wherever you may labor. If it be your lot to educate students, that they may impart to others the heavenly intelligence, I shall be pleased. I have always loved and respected you, and I have not been disappointed in you. The form of sound words is to be prized above every earthly thing. God is glorified by every word that leads to right action. I respect you highly and desire you to have every advantage possible, that you may make continual progression in the service of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 6)
In love.
(20LtMs, Lt 265, 1905, 7)
Lt 267, 1905
Watson, G. F. Mountain View, California January 22, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 2MR 99-100. Elder Watson,—
My brother, I wish to say to you, Be careful how you move. You are not moving wisely. The least you have to speak about the tithe that has been appropriated to the most needy and the most discouraging field in the world, the more sensible you will be.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 1)
It has been presented to me for years that my tithe was to be appropriated by myself to aid the white and colored ministers who were neglected and did not receive sufficient properly to support their families. When my attention was called to aged ministers, white or black, it was my special duty to investigate into their necessities and supply their needs. This was to be my special work, and I have done this in a number of cases. No man should give notoriety to the fact that in special cases the tithe is used in that way.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 2)
In regard to the colored work in the South, that field has been and is still being robbed of the means that should come to the workers in that field. If there have been cases where our sisters have appropriated their tithe to the support of the ministers’ working for the colored people in the South, let every man, if he is wise, hold his peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 3)
I have myself appropriated my tithe to the most needy cases brought to my notice. I have been instructed to do this; and as the money is not withheld from the Lord’s treasury, it is not a matter that should be commented upon; for it will necessitate my making known these matters, which I do not desire to do, because it is not best.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 4)
Some cases have been kept before me for years, and I have supplied their needs from the tithe, as God has instructed me to do. And if any person shall say to me, Sister White, will you appropriate my tithe where you know it is most needed, I shall say, Yes, I will; and I have done so. I commend those sisters who have placed their tithe where it is most needed to help to do a work that is being left undone; and if this matter is given publicity, it will create a knowledge which would better be left as it is. I do not care to give publicity to this work which the Lord has appointed me to do and others to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 5)
I send this matter to you so that you shall not make a mistake. Circumstances alter cases. I would not advise that any one should make a practice of gathering up tithe money. But for years there have now and then been persons who have lost confidence in the appropriation of the tithe who have placed their tithe in my hands and said that if I did not take it they would themselves appropriate it to the families of the most needy ministers they could find. I have taken the money, given a receipt for it, and told them how it was appropriated.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 6)
I write this to you so that you shall keep cool and not become stirred up and give publicity to this matter, lest many more shall follow their example.
(20LtMs, Lt 267, 1905, 7)
Lt 269, 1905
Haskell, S. N.; Butler, G. I.; Ford, I. A. “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 15, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 401. + Elders Haskell and Butler and Brother I. A. Ford Dear Brethren,—
If suitable buildings can be found elsewhere, and the work of the Publishing Association can be operated with less expense, I would advise that you move from the building in Nashville. Such a move seems sensible and in harmony with good judgment. If it seems to you that the facilities to be found upon Edson’s property can be utilized to good advantage, I would say, Make such a move. If in the future the Lord should open any better way, you can follow His leading. My earnest desire and prayer is that the Lord may give you wisdom and knowledge and understanding. I wish to see you move in the fear of God. I see no reason why you should not put forth every effort to reduce your expenses as much as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 1)
I have recently received letters from Elder Haskell and his wife, stating that they intend to go to South Lancaster for a rest. We would invite Elder Haskell to come to Southern California. There is need here of the work which he can do. The Lord has opened the way before us in this field, but there have been few workers who are able to carry forward the work as it should be conducted. We need some of our old men of war to give us special help just now.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 2)
We need the services of Elder Haskell in connection with the work to be carried forward at Loma Linda. An important work is opened before us for the neighboring cities, Redlands, Riverside, San Bernardino, and other smaller places.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 3)
Can you not be present at the camp-meeting to be held in San Diego sometime in November? The time of the meeting is somewhat indefinite. It is to follow a tent effort by Brother Simpson. I learn that the top of the tent that Brother Simpson is using in Los Angeles must be repaired before it is ready for use here.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 4)
Brother Haskell, we need you and your wife just as soon as you can come. You can engage in work similar to that which you have been doing in Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 5)
I have been bearing my testimony regarding the use of our restaurants. The work of these restaurants has absorbed much of the talent that should be used in evangelical work. Many are held in Battle Creek who, with Bible in hand, should be entering new places, to flash the light of truth into the mist and fog of error. I see so great a work to be done that I am in danger of undertaking too much; but the Lord understands the matter, and He will teach us the very best way to reach the people. Young men and young women are to be the Lord’s light-bearers to the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 6)
My message is that the restaurants are carrying a burden that the Lord has not laid upon them. The preparations of food are so expensive that the poorer class receive but little benefit. There should be greater simplicity in the preparation of foods. The living testimony of truth should be borne, and a reformation should take place. Too much talent and capability are absorbed in a work which reveals but few results in the salvation of souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 7)
There are some here at the sanitarium who are receiving the truth. One man, who has been a railroad official, has been here for some months and has recently been baptized. He has attended my talks in the parlor and seems deeply affected, but it is difficult for him to exercise faith. I tell him to come to Christ in trust and in simplicity, and to rest, as a wearied soul, in His promises. This is all that the Lord requires of any of us. We often make a difficult work of that which should be easy. I believe that this man will yet walk in the light and that the Lord will bless him.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 8)
I see much to be done here. I have spoken three times and expect to speak again to the workmen at half-past five o’clock. I was unable to sleep after one o’clock. It is now two o’clock, and I am engaged in writing.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 9)
Willie writes that they need us in the work at home, and in a few days we shall return to St. Helena. In November, if the Lord gives me strength, I may attend the camp-meeting in San Diego, and if so, I shall hope to see Elder Haskell and his wife at that time. My only desire is to know my duty and to fulfill the will of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 269, 1905, 10)
Lt 271, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 27, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 187-189. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I cannot express the relief that your recent letter has brought to us. I thank the Lord that you are able to secure the services of Dr. Julia White. I believe she will do well. I think it well for you to ask Dr. Abbott to connect with the Loma Linda Sanitarium for the present.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 1)
While I was in Los Angeles, I spoke to you of inviting Dr. Gibbs to connect with the work in our sanitariums. What I said should not lead you to understand that he is to act as chief physician, but he can come in on trial. I hardly feel clear before God in giving him no further opportunity to be proved.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 2)
Have you learned how much Dr. Holden proposes to charge for his services? If a physician does his work skilfully, his talent should be recognized, but there is danger of our being brought into perplexity. If we introduce a new system of paying our surgeons high wages, there may be a hard problem to settle after a time. Other physicians will demand high wages, and our ministers will require consideration also.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 3)
I very much wish that Brother and Sister Haskell might be with the family at Loma Linda and inaugurate in Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino a work similar to the work they conducted in Avondale and in Nashville.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 4)
I am glad that you are taking steps to have the water supply at Loma Linda pure and good. Very much depends upon having good water. We must be sure that the representations given in the books descriptive of this place are true in every sense of the word.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 5)
Last week we had an important gathering at the sanitarium here of our health food workers. I spoke to them on Sabbath, and on Sunday I addressed them for about an hour upon the subject of our restaurant work. I told them that there must be a thorough reformation in the health food business. It is not to be regarded so much as a commercial enterprise. At present but little is seen as the result of this work to lead us to recommend the establishment of more places to be conducted as our restaurants have been in the past. But few have been converted by this work in Los Angeles and in San Francisco. Many of the workers have lost the science of soul-saving.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 6)
Please read carefully what is published in Testimonies, volume 7, regarding the health food work and the evangelical work. I feel more and more impressed that we must make diligent efforts to present the truth. I need not now write much regarding these lines of work, for the light has been in print for some time. But since these testimonies were published, circumstances have arisen that reveal the necessity for the cautions that have been given. Health reform needs a reformation before it shall stand as God designs it should. We need to practice true godliness in every undertaking. In all the restaurants in our cities, there is danger that the combination of many foods in the dishes served shall be carried too far. The stomach suffers when so many kinds of food are placed in it at one meal. Simplicity is a part of health reform. There is danger that our work shall cease to merit the name which it has borne.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 7)
If we would work for the restoration of health, it is necessary to restrain the appetite, to eat slowly, and only a limited variety at one time. This instruction needs to be repeated frequently. It is not in harmony with the principles of health reform to have so many different dishes at one meal. We must never forget that it is the religious part of the work, the work of providing food for the soul, that is more essential than anything else.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 8)
Our young men and young women should be encouraged to attend schools away from the cities, that under intelligent teachers, they may receive a training that will fit them to stand on vantage ground. How can our young people advance spiritually, while working as servants simply to prepare food for and serve worldlings. They often do unnecessary work in the preparation of foods that are not even wholesome. Shall our youth be encouraged to rest satisfied with such an education?
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 9)
The Lord does not design that His denominated people shall exhaust their strength to carry on restaurants in the manner in which they are now conducted. The many complicated combinations of food that are not wholesome tend to make of the health reform a health deform.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 10)
There is great necessity for decided reforms to be made in regard to our dealings with the workers in our sanitariums. Faithful, conscientious workers should be employed; and when they have performed a reasonable amount of work in a day, they should be relieved that they may secure needed rest.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 11)
Only a reasonable amount of labor should be required, and for this the worker should receive a reasonable wage. If helpers are not given proper periods for rest from their taxing labor, they will lose their strength and vitality. They cannot possibly do justice to the work, nor can they represent what a sanitarium employee should be. More helpers should be employed if necessary, and the work should be so arranged that when one has performed a day’s labor, he may be freed to take the rest necessary to the maintenance of his strength.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 12)
Let no man consider it his place to judge of the amount of labor a woman should perform. A competent woman should be employed as matron, and if any one does not perform her work faithfully, the matron should deal with the matter. Just wages should be paid, and every woman should be treated kindly and courteously, without reproach.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 13)
And let those who have charge of the men’s work be careful lest they be too exacting. The men should have regular hours for service; and when they have worked full time, they are not to be begrudged their periods of rest. A sanitarium is to be all that the name indicates.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 14)
Every worker should seek to educate himself to perform his work expeditiously. The matron should teach those under her charge how to make quick, careful movements. Train the young to perform the work with tact and thoroughness. Then when the hours of work are over, all will feel that the time has been faithfully spent, and the workers are rightfully entitled to a period of rest.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 15)
Educational advantages should be provided for the workers in every sanitarium. The workers should be given every possible advantage consistent with the work assigned them.
(20LtMs, Lt 271, 1905, 16)
Lt 272, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 27, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 130-131. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
We are very much pleased that you have secured the help of Miss Doctor White. It is as I hoped it would be, and I thank the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 272, 1905, 1)
I received a letter from Dr. Holden very similar to the one he wrote to you, and I have not responded to the same yet. You know what this will mean to the sanitarium. The man asks much, and as far as his requirements to have vacation are concerned, it is right for every physician to have—yourself and wife also to have—the same privilege, but I cannot see yet the true position we shall take in this matter [of] just how the arrangement should be made. I have written a letter to him, but have not sent it as yet. I will look it over carefully today.
(20LtMs, Lt 272, 1905, 2)
We have not a physician yet for St. Helena. We have no use for Dr. Sanderson and shall not give him another call. His wife is sufficient objection to his coming to St. Helena. Dr. Bush is promised to spend Sabbath and Sunday and to come to the call in an emergency. We dare not plant Dr. Sanderson and his wife on the hillside. We are afraid of the result. The Lord will send us a physician we believe, and we will watch and pray lest we enter into temptation. We see no call for Dr. Sanderson until he is a converted man.
(20LtMs, Lt 272, 1905, 3)
Sister Dr. Margaret Evans has accepted an offer to accompany a wealthy lady to Europe. We would have you call for Dr. White at once. Sister Bourdeau is married and cannot leave her present position until next year sometime, but she has written to Dr. White she had better go to Washington; but secure her if you have not done so. I am just about used up with continued writing.
(20LtMs, Lt 272, 1905, 4)
September [October?] 6
I just came across this letter unfinished. You can read it and act, I think. Dr. Holden better be secured and you prepared to work. I will send you copies of letter today if I can; if not, the first of the week. I shall not send the letter I had written to Dr. Holden. Make your terms with him for we must have some one to educate nurses for our sanitariums. Please do your best. I have written early and late without rest and now this morning am admonished that I must rest. Be sure and call Dr. White without delay. I hope you have done this, and that her capabilities may be secured. Keep up good courage in the Lord, Brother and Sister Burden.
(20LtMs, Lt 272, 1905, 5)
Lt 273, 1905
White, Mabel “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 28, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear granddaughter Mabel White,—
Several times since returning home I have begun a letter to you, but after writing a few lines have felt urged to answer some important letter that required thought and care, and my letter to you has been laid aside.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 1)
I can but feel an anxiety in reference to you. I greatly desire that you may preserve your capabilities as a true child of God. Be sure that you have an abiding trust in your Redeemer. He will be your comfort and your stay and your exceeding great reward.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 2)
I hope, my dear, that you will not feel it to be your duty to remain on your feet longer than is reasonable. You must have proper periods for rest. Be conscientious in an effort to preserve your physical, mental, and moral health, that you may not fade away like a much-washed cloth. To put in for one day’s service all the powers that God has given you may disqualify you for performing future work that is essential. There is wisdom in understanding how to treat your powers of mind and body with mercy and care, that you may always be bright and cheerful. You should economize your strength that you may be prepared to act in a time of emergency. Thus you may set a wise example to others.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 3)
We find that our vineyard this year has not produced nearly as much as usual. The grapes are small, but the wine is very rich. All our grapes are to be used in the manufacture of the unfermented wine. We have been obliged to buy grapes to fill our orders, but still we are unable to meet the demand.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 4)
Our tomatoes are good, and we have canned quite a quantity of loganberries. We have only a few apples. Our prunes have all been disposed of, except a few which we have kept for our own use. The remainder we sold for a good price. We were able to sell them fresh, so have been spared the trouble of drying them.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 5)
As yet I have heard from no one who has any fruit that they can ship to Paradise Valley. I am told that there are large vineyards in Southern California. Sister Gotzian informed me that she could procure better grapes there than any in this vicinity. I hope that you may can some of these, just as you would can strawberries. We used to can grapes, and I considered them equal to any other fruit. The canned grapes are delicious. They are strengthening and in every way suitable for the patients.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 6)
Ella May is busy canning fruit. She is preserving tomatoes, figs, peaches, and whatever fruit can now be secured.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 7)
We are sorry to write that Maggie fell and broke her arm last Tuesday evening. She had been to the sanitarium for the mail and in hurrying home fell over a pipe that had been put up to carry water to the wine shed. Her whole weight came on her left hand, and one bone was broken just above the wrist. She was taken to the sanitarium, and the arm was set by Dr. Brighouse. It has been very painful, but yesterday she said she had but little pain, and she slept pretty well last night.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 8)
The following day your father also met with an accident. In prying out some stones, he slipped and heard something snap in his ankle. It is not out of joint, but is somewhat wrenched. He walks about with two canes and looks quite like a cripple. The doctor says that it is nothing serious, but your father will be obliged to refrain for a time from prying stones and take his exercise in riding with me.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 9)
I have not been able as yet to rest much, but I am now at home, and that is a great comfort to me. I hardly think that I shall attend the meeting at San Diego; for I am working very hard for one of my age. My mind is still clear, and I often write from twelve or one o’clock in the morning. I am trying to get out many things, but do not seem to make the advancement I would be pleased to make.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 10)
I trust that the mother and the twins are doing well. May the good Lord bring both father and mother to accept Christ as their Saviour. We need continually a missionary spirit that we may win souls to Christ. I think of the two nurses who cared for the mother so constantly, and of Sister Williams who is in such great need of rest. May the Lord bless the devoted ones who for so long a time watched over this critical case. May they be revived and strengthened.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 11)
Good is the Lord, and greatly to be praised. Every day I long to see the salvation of God manifested as decidedly as on the day of Pentecost. O that there might be more earnest efforts put forth for the salvation of souls! Spiritually we seem to be half asleep when we should be making every effort possible to represent Jesus Christ in an effort to save perishing souls. I cannot do as much as I would like to do, but my heart hungers for souls. I trust that there may be an awakening in the San Diego church, that when work is begun in the city by Elder Simpson, the importance of the truth may be demonstrated to many souls. May the Lord bless those in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium is my desire and my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 12)
It is now nearly daylight, and I must close this letter. Mabel, put your whole trust in God. Those who enter the narrow path and the straight gate will find entrance to the city of our God. I desire that you may be one who shall win the crown of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 273, 1905, 13)
Lt 275, 1905
Farnsworth, E. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 5, 1905 Previously unpublished. + Elder E. W. Farnsworth Dear Brother,—
Your letter has been received and read. I would say that if you can see it to be your duty to go to Battle Creek to preach the truth and give the trumpet a certain sound, you will be sustained by the Lord. But do not depart from a plain exposition of the Word. Preach the truth that has stood the test of more than half a century. Be kind and courteous, but let the Bible truth be in your lips as a sword that cuts both ways.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 1)
The copy of the letter to Elder Haskell will speak for itself, and show plainly the foundation on which we are to stand. This invitation to Elder Haskell to come to Battle Creek is a decoy for souls, and Elder Haskell will not be the man to take such a position.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 2)
Elder Farnsworth, let the gospel message, straight and clear, be given. Whatever may be said, it will hurt somebody. But I was commissioned in the General Conference held in Battle Creek in 1901 to make my statement clear and plain, as the message from God. I was to make the Scriptures stand out clear and distinct. We are not to give long discourses, but short ones, which can be comprehended.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 3)
Take time to rest. Be sure to find yourself and your wife a place where you can rest undisturbed. Your wife is not to be overtaxed. When you feel that your work in Battle Creek is over, go elsewhere and be sure that someone takes your place.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 4)
The conference is to furnish and pay laborers for Battle Creek. One worker cannot stand the strain of the work for long at a time. The light given me is that there should be decided help given in the men who labor as ministers in Battle Creek. These men are to be as firm as a rock to principle, but they are to make no drive at others, whatever their position may be.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 5)
Brother Farnsworth, your strength will be in presenting from the Word the waymarks of truth that God has given us to establish our feet upon a sure foundation. Give the trumpet a certain sound. Christ came to John on the isle of Patmos and revealed to him truth that concerns every one who shall act a part in the closing scenes of this earth’s history. You will see imperfections, but do not let your mind be drawn away to make attacks on any one, because this would discount your efforts. Stand firmly for the truth, and the Lord will give you a sacred hold upon Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 275, 1905, 6)
Lt 277, 1905
Haskell, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 108-111 and 198-203. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I thank you for your letter, telling me about your movements and plans.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 1)
I think I have kept before you my expectation that you would spend a part of the winter in California. By unmistakable representations, the Lord has given evidence that a great work is to be done in Southern California.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 2)
Elder Simpson has been holding tent-meetings in Los Angeles, with good results. Many souls have been converted to the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 3)
We thank the Lord that we have a good sanitarium at Paradise Valley, seven miles from San Diego; a sanitarium at Glendale, eight miles from Los Angeles; and a large and beautiful place at Loma Linda, sixty-two miles east from Los Angeles, and close to Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. The Loma Linda property is one of the most beautiful sanitarium sites I have ever seen. There has been expended on the place more than one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, and it was purchased by our people for forty thousand dollars. Of the seventy-six acres of land comprised in the property, about one half forms a hill which stands one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. On this hill the buildings are situated.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 4)
Loma Linda is about five miles from Redlands, five miles from San Bernardino, four miles from Colton, and nine miles from Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 5)
Redlands and Riverside are places which the Lord has shown me should be thoroughly worked. Elder Simpson has done some evangelical work in these places, and in each of them a company of believers has been raised up and a meetinghouse built. But more work must be done there, and a work must be done in San Bernardino.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 6)
I have wished that you and your wife could come to Loma Linda and carry on a work similar to that which you have done in other places. You could make your home at the sanitarium and drive back and forth to Redlands and Riverside and other surrounding places. The roads are level and well oiled.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 7)
By the securing of Loma Linda, the Lord has opened the way for a work to be done in the neighboring cities and towns. The securing of this property at such a price as we paid for it is a miracle that should open the eyes of our understanding. If such manifest workings of God do not give us a new experience, what will? If we cannot read the evidence that the time has come to work in the surrounding cities, what could be done to arouse us to action?
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 8)
That you should receive an invitation to go to Battle Creek and give Bible lessons to the nurses and medical students is not a surprise to me. I have been instructed that an effort would be made to obtain your names as teachers to the nurses at Battle Creek, so that the mangers of the sanitariums can say to our people that Elder and Mrs. Haskell are to give a course of lessons to the Battle Creek Sanitarium nurses, and use this as a means of decoying to Battle Creek those who otherwise would heed the cautions about going there for their education.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 9)
I warn you against doing anything which would help those who are working directly contrary to the counsels of God, those who are working directly against the counsels of the Lord, to carry out any of their deceptive plans. I know you would not willingly place yourself in any such position, and I warn you because I know the men and the plans better than you do.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 10)
If you should be drawn into such a plan, it would bring much perplexity upon me, and I should have another hard battle to fight. You must take no part in healing “the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly.” [Jeremiah 6:14.] Should the word go forth that Elder and Mrs. Haskell were to take part in teaching the nurses in the Battle Creek Sanitarium, it would be my duty to send forth testimonies, that I do not wish to be called upon to bear.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 11)
Elder and Mrs. Farnsworth have been requested to spend some time in Battle Creek, laboring for the church. I encourage them to do so and shall counsel them how to labor. It will be well for Elder Haskell and Elder A. T. Jones to stand shoulder to shoulder, preaching the Word in the tabernacle for a time, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. There are in Battle Creek precious souls who need bracing up. Many will gladly hear and distinguish the note of warning. But Elder Farnsworth should not remain in Battle Creek long. I write these things to you, because it is important that they should be understood.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 12)
God would have men of talent who will not deviate from the principles of righteousness to stand in defense of the truth in the tabernacle at Battle Creek. One man should not be stationed in Battle Creek for long at a time. After he has faithfully proclaimed the truth for a time, he should leave to labor elsewhere and some one else be appointed who will give the trumpet a certain sound.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 13)
We should understand by experience word for word the message the Lord gave to Isaiah, and from this message there is to be no deviation. The Holy Spirit’s meaning will be understood. This meaning is not to be changed a hair’s breadth to harmonize with any new doctrine.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 14)
We know that in the past the truth has been demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Not one word of human devising is to be permitted to subvert minds, or to add unto or to take from the message that God has given.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 15)
There must be connected with our sanitariums in various places ample facilities for the training of workers. And great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our sanitariums. We cannot afford to accept every one who is willing to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when we connect with them inexperienced youth who do not understand what it means to do faithful service for God.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 16)
Every soul connected with our institutions is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, the workers will blindly do many things that will hinder the precious work of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 17)
“Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread. And He shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among My disciples.” [Isaiah 8:13-16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 18)
God has a denominated people, who are to wait on and trust in Him. They are to be true to the light He has given them, following closely the sacred landmarks. Their language is to be:
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 19)
“I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth His face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for Him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me, are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in mount Zion.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 20)
“And when they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep and that mutter: should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Verses 17-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 21)
The things mentioned in this scripture will be worked out before us. Some of them we see even now.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 22)
Those who have crowded into Battle Creek, and are being held there, see and hear many things that tend to weaken their faith and engender unbelief. They would gain a more practical knowledge in an effort to impart to others that which they receive of the Word of God. They should scatter out and be working in all our cities under the training of men who are sound in the faith. If those who teach these workers are true and loyal, a great work will be accomplished.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 23)
There is to be a working of our cities as they never have been worked. That which should have been done twenty, yes, more than twenty, years ago is now to be done speedily. The work will be more difficult to do now than it would have been years ago, but it will be done.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 24)
Our work is made exceedingly hard because of many false theories that have to be met and because of the dearth of efficient teachers and willing helpers.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 25)
It is not the work of the Lord that so many are gathered in Battle Creek, receiving a mold which unfits them for the work of the Lord till they are thoroughly converted.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 26)
The Lord is to do a strange work very soon. A representation has been given me that I have not yet had strength to trace upon paper. I must know when to speak and when to keep silent. When the Lord bids me speak, I cannot keep silent.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 27)
The Lord will work. Great facts will be revealed in the Word. There are rich experiences to be received from the great Medical Missionary. The knowledge of salvation through faith and a full trust in a personal God and a personal Saviour will be manifest. Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will have the proof of the things which they have learned by personal experience.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 28)
The gospel will be revealed and verified. The experience of the day of Pentecost will surely be repeated. Some will receive the Holy Spirit of truth; yes, some who are now in uncertainty. The Lord has given His Word. For years He has been sending messages of warnings, but by many they have been unheeded. Notwithstanding the repeated urgent warnings God has given, many have been turned away from their original faith and are lost in the fog of error. They have refused to follow the light that God has given to point out the true path.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 29)
Christ is the same Christ that He has ever been. He is our Redeemer. Those who have been striving to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, need to be born again, that Christ may be formed within, the hope of glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 30)
There are those who will never receive the gospel message in its fullness; they will never see the greater light and working of the Holy Spirit. There is a depth of depravity in unbelieving human nature that will never be healed, because the true light has been misinterpreted and misapplied. The Lord has given His Spirit in abundance of assurance to enable men and women to understand the fallacies and errors of Satan and to guard against them.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 31)
Some will soon turn from their deceptive errors and calculations. To those who will be born again, the Bible will become a new book. There is a higher elevation to reach. True faith is to take the place of unbelief. The living springs of the Word of God, with all their rich treasure, are to flow into the soul. The truth of the Christian religion depends upon the divine authority of the Word of God. The authority of the Word is Yea and Amen.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 32)
Jesus Christ is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Our great need is to have Him formed within, the hope of glory. He is to come into our individual experience as a personal Saviour. He is the foundation of our faith, the Rock of Ages. “Blessed is the man to whom the Lord imputeth not iniquity.” [Psalm 32:2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 33)
When Christ shall come in His glory and all the holy angels with Him, then will all men be convinced of the truth that God hath set apart him that is godly for Himself. But the words of Isaiah will come to many minds: “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] The fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah gives a wonderful presentation of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 34)
I wish you could make me a visit at my home. I should indeed be pleased to see you and talk with you. Do nothing that will lead others to make of no account the long, determined resistance which has been shown to the messages sent by the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 35)
We do not want the impression left on minds that our nurses should be educated and trained in Battle Creek. You are not to remove the impressions that I have been trying to make that our people are to be drawn away from Battle Creek.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 36)
I have light regarding the impression that your going to Battle Creek would make on our people who have had placed before them many falsehoods regarding the work and influences there. Your going to Battle Creek in answer to the call you have received would not be in harmony with the light God has given me.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 37)
If you cannot understand this, I can, and I will make every effort possible to save our people from being mixed up with the methods followed by some of the Battle Creek Sanitarium managers.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 38)
The Lord would have Dr. Morse leave Battle Creek and labor where the light of truth has not been taught, that he may break every thread of sophistry. The sophistry that there is no personal God and no personal Christ has been set forth, and still lives, to be brought forth and fastened upon human minds. I have seen satanic agencies leading and controlling the minds of those who have taught these theories. Unless the snare is broken, ruin will result as surely as to the house built upon the sand.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 39)
Great trials are right upon us, to test every soul. The end of the world is near at hand. We are not to consent to have our workers, God’s workers, tied up in Battle Creek. “Out of Battle Creek” is my message. I understand perfectly the meaning of the invitation that has been sent you. You have not a sense of what it means, but I am to tell you that God has not given you the work of teaching nurses in Battle Creek, or in any way of encouraging our youth to go there for their training.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 40)
We must soon start a nurses’ training school at Loma Linda. This place will become an important educational center, and we need the efforts of yourself and your wife to give the right mold to the work in this new educational center, and in Los Angeles, where there are many converts.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 41)
If you see your way clear to labor a portion of this winter in Southern California, I think I could be with you, and I will help you all I can to open up the work. If you will gather about you a group of workers, and do for a time in Southern California a work similar to that which you have done in New York and Nashville, praying and working and doing the will of the Lord, God will not fail to show Himself your Helper; for you will be following where He has marked out the way.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 42)
I do not propose that you divorce yourself permanently from the work in the cities of the southern states, but I ask you to come and help us start the work of training true medical missionaries in this very fruitful field, Southern California.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 43)
If we turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart, teaching in the places He indicates, all things that He has commanded, we may be assured of the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] God is able and waiting to be gracious.
(20LtMs, Lt 277, 1905, 44)
Lt 279, 1905
Santee, Clarence “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 367; 6MR 283; 7MR 139; 9MR 96-97; 6Bio 52-53. + Elder Clarence Santee Dear Brother,—
We have received your letter and are glad to hear from you. We feel a deep interest in yourself and in your wife and children.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 1)
We are glad that you are health reformers, and we trust that the Lord will preserve you from any suffering on account of the change you have made in climate. Teach your children what things they should avoid in order to preserve the health. The preservation of life and health is largely dependent upon an intelligent knowledge of what foods are best suited to our needs.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 2)
We are now wrestling with the debt on the Fernando College. If our people will take hold earnestly in the sale of Object Lessons, a great deal may be accomplished. The plans for supporting this school in the past were not wisely laid. I hope that no one will endeavor to go over the same ground again and make similar mistakes.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 3)
The Lord is gracious, of tender compassion, and of pitying love. He understands our weakness, and He will respond to our sincere prayers.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 4)
As individuals, and as churches, we often forget to walk in the humility of Christ. He was the Prince of life, the Creator of the world, yet He deigned to take upon Himself the nature of weak, erring man. Those who are imbued with the Spirit of Christ will learn from Him to be meek and lowly in heart.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 5)
No one who seeks the Lord with the whole heart will be barren or unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. I desire to uplift my Saviour before church members and before unbelievers. I desire that you and all our ministers shall bring to the foundation stone the pure Bible doctrine in living faith in Christ. But few, even among church members, understand the true simplicity of faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 6)
I have had my mind drawn recently to the subject of our Sabbath meetings. The work of the Sabbath school needs to be elevated. The leader appointed to conduct the church service should study and learn how to interest others. On this one day in the week, all who love God and are striving to keep His commandments should be given an opportunity to bear their testimony. Do not plan to have a discourse that shall occupy all the time, while those who assemble are given no opportunity to confess Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 7)
Our brethren would receive a blessing in dispensing with or deferring one meal of the day, if necessary, in order that an hour or more might be devoted to testimony meeting. We used often to make the Sabbath a day of fasting and prayer, and we were greatly blessed in our worship.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 8)
The Sabbath day should be spent to the glory of God. Let every one take time to humble his heart before God and clear away all the rubbish from the soul temple. If bitter feelings have been cherished, or there are wrongs to be confessed, let every barrier be removed. Has any one spoken evil of his brother, or placed an occasion of stumbling in his brother’s way?—Let him realize that this is a sin to be repented of.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 9)
“If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, and if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfil ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind.” [Philippians 2:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 10)
There should be a spirit of confession to God and an acknowledgment of His blessings with thanksgiving. Our worship should be so filled with praise and thanksgiving that the angels of heaven will rejoice with us.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 11)
“Wherefore laying aside all malice and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby.” [1 Peter 2:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 12)
The Word of God contains food for mind and soul. The appetite for reading the novels, or the trashy reading to be found in many of the magazines that are flooding the world, will cause a dwarfage of spiritual growth. An unhealthful appetite is created, and very feeble will be the desire for the sincere milk of the Word. We desire to encourage all to be sensible, and give up the reading of all that is unprofitable, and to become interested in the Word of God, which teaches young and old how to set an example of righteousness. Eat ye that which is good and instructive, that your souls may have a healthful growth. “As newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby: if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious.” [Verses 2, 3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 13)
Let every one closely examine his own heart. There is cause for alarm, if there is not a wholesome appetite for the Word that shows us the way of life. Let us rejoice that we have the great privilege of receiving the Word of God. Let us follow on in the path of holiness and truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 14)
“I will bless the Lord at all times: His praise shall continually be in my mouth. My soul shall make her boast in the Lord; the humble shall hear thereof, and be glad. O magnify the Lord with me, and let us exalt His name together. I sought the Lord and He heard me, and delivered me from all my fears. They looked unto Him, and were lightened; and their faces were not ashamed. This poor man cried, and the Lord heard him, and saved him out of all his troubles. The angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 15)
“O taste and see that the Lord is good: blessed is the man that trusteth in Him.” [Psalm 34:1-8.] “If so be that ye have tasted, that the Lord is gracious.” [1 Peter 2:3.] How may we taste?—By humbling our souls before God, and seeking Him with all our hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 16)
“To whom coming, as unto a living stone, disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and precious, ye also as lively stones are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 17)
With the privileges that are offered us, why are we so indifferent and so unpronounced in our faith? These are no idle tales. Let us study and practice the Word of God. Let us change our lukewarm condition to one of earnest activity.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 18)
“Wherefore also it is contained in the scriptures, Behold, I lay in Zion a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and he that believeth on Him shall not be confounded. Unto you therefore which believe He is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed the same is made the head of the corner, and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offense, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient; whereunto also they were appointed.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 19)
“But ye are a chosen generation, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light: which in time past were not a people, but which are now the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy.” [Verses 6-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 20)
Shall we not cease our faultfinding and our complaining, and draw nigh to Him who is the light of the world, that we may reflect His glory in our manner of speech and action?
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 21)
“Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversation honest among the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.” [Verses 11, 12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 22)
This is our duty, as enjoined by the great apostle Peter. These precious duties are for every soul through Jesus Christ. No one will have any excuse for coming short in the Christian life. Our duty is revealed in the Word. We are to respect those who are to minister the Word of God. Let us make their hearts glad by showing that we receive the Word into good and honest hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 23)
As we receive the Word of God, we are to obey it, and in turn we are to minister to others, teaching them to observe all things that Christ has commanded. Care should be exercised to educate the young converts. They are not to be left to themselves, to be led away by false presentations, to walk in a false way. Let the watchmen be constantly on guard, lest souls shall be beguiled by soft words and fair speech and sophistry. Teach faithfully all that Christ has commanded. Every one who receives Christ is to be trained to act some part in the great work to be accomplished in our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 24)
A wonderful harvest of souls is to be gathered into the service of the Lord Jesus Christ, standing under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Let all labor as unto the Lord. As Christ’s representatives, there is need to guard carefully every word that falls from the lips. Remember the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Every disciple is to advance in the knowledge of carrying the work of soul-saving on to a high level.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 25)
I ask, What is being accomplished in our large restaurants to teach men and women the way of the Lord? I am instructed to say that it is a mistake to gather up our young men and young women who have talent that might be utilized in evangelistic work and call them to a work of serving tables, to a work where but feeble efforts are being put forth to warn those who are perishing in their sins in ignorance of the truth and light which should be making its way into all parts of the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 26)
Our large commercial enterprises are gathering in intelligent young men and young women, and there is a dearth of laborers in the ministry and other lines of evangelistic work. Those who have a valuable talent of influence should not be confined to the work of restaurants as they are now conducted.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 27)
“Ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.] Let every one seek to find his appointed position, that he may engage in the great, all-important work of teaching the Scriptures. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 28)
The workers in our restaurants are to prepare for the future immortal life. Let them acquire the power and tact to prepare spiritual food for the souls of men and women in these large cities. Watch for souls as they that must give an account. The cities are to be warned, and these young men and young women should remember that time is precious. The world is increasing in wickedness as in the days of Noah.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 29)
Greater efforts should be put forth to educate the people in the principles of health reform. More cooking schools should be established, and some should labor from house to house, giving instruction in the art of cooking wholesome food.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 30)
Parents and their children should learn to cook more simply than is usually done. The preparation of so many varied and complex dishes so absorbs the time and attention of many that they are disqualified to teach the truth as it is in Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 31)
We must expend means in the work of soul-saving. We must send more laborers to the South. We are to sleep no longer. Let us study the promises of Christ, the “I will’s.” There is no time to lose. Let us search diligently for those who will prepare for the education in the higher school above.
(20LtMs, Lt 279, 1905, 32)
Lt 281, 1905
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in CM 127; UL 297; 2BC 1040. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
The Australian mail closes tomorrow, and I must write you a few lines this afternoon. I am always glad to receive your letters, and I hope that some time we may meet once more. I wonder if this will be.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 1)
Since I last wrote you I have had a varied experience. So many things burden my mind, that it seems almost impossible for me to sleep.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 2)
I will endeavor to have copied for you a letter that W. C. White has just brought in for me to read, regarding the sale of Great Controversy. The writer of this letter has had remarkable success in selling this book. Great Controversy should be very widely circulated. It contains the story of the past, the present, and the future. In its outline of the closing scenes of this earth’s history, it bears a powerful testimony in behalf of the truth. I am more anxious to see a wide circulation for this book than for any others I have written; for in Great Controversy the last message of warning to the world is given more distinctly than in any of my other books.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 3)
I greatly desire to see our people come into line. Let our ministers take from the Word of God the precious things that encourage, and feed them to the flock of God, as precious food of which they may partake, and grow thereby. Let not matters of minor importance be given greater prominence than the things of vital importance.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 4)
It is not in the order of God that perplexing matters of difference and contention be introduced into the church. This is not the food that is to be given to the Lord’s people. The precious words of truth are food for the hungry soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 5)
There are some who make a practice of gathering up the idle tales of gossip and bringing them before the people who have assembled to worship God. The words of some are as bitter as gall; they are ever ready to repeat and exaggerate reports that will increase bitterness and contention. If difficulties arise between church members, the parties that are involved should in all humility seek for a reconciliation, but let not the church be made a field of contention.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 6)
Our gatherings to worship God are in no case to be spoiled by the discussion of gossip; for this would leave a disagreeable impression upon the minds of those present. In the social meeting, every testimony should be such as will reflect rays of light. Relate those experiences that will help souls, but do not pour into their minds a burden of trash that some one has gathered up in the unprofitable association of neighbors.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 7)
Those who have assembled to worship God should be permitted to eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations. At such times the Lord’s people should receive the comfort and encouragement they so much need. Tempted and tried souls should be helped in every way possible. Then let not one word of reference be made to scandalous reports. Our words are ever to be words that will soothe and heal and bless. Never are we to introduce into minds the suggestions of the enemy; for these will mar the peace of the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 8)
The Lord will purify His people through belief of the truth. Those who are in communion with Christ as an abiding guest in the heart will receive wisdom to distinguish the earthly from the heavenly. The words of divine inspiration will enable them to discern between right and wrong and will guide them in righteous judgment.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 9)
Said Christ to His disciples: “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father, which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 10)
God desires us to be a help and a blessing to our neighbors. But when we enter our neighbors’ doors, let it not be to listen to gossip, but that we may sow the seeds of truth. We want that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Let those who would present any doctrine be sure that they are sustained by a plain “Thus saith the Lord;” then let it be planted in the heart through the Holy Spirit’s power.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 11)
We are to be witnesses of the Lord, to encourage, to enlighten, to make the things of God plain to minds that are beclouded. If some talebearer urges upon you some evil report of a brother or a sister, will you have the courage to say to him, “I cannot permit my mind to be filled with disagreeable reports, for this would spoil my peace of soul. I desire the Lord Jesus to dwell in my heart as an honored guest. I desire such mental food as will strengthen every good purpose of my heart. I desire to quench every evil suggestion. Let us ask the blessing of the Lord to rest upon us. He has forbidden us to speak evil of one another.”
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 12)
Let every one now repent of his mistakes and seek the Lord with all his heart. The converting power of God will come to every one who will seek the peace of Jesus Christ. His words of instruction are for all who will listen and follow Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 13)
In mercy God seeks to lead the unrighteous to repentance. The obedient will delight in the law of the Lord. He puts His laws in their minds and writes them in their hearts. Their speech will be such as is prompted by an indwelling Saviour. They have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul from all the defilement of Satan’s suggestions. Their heart yearns after God. In their conversion they love to dwell upon His mercy and goodness; for to them He is altogether lovely. They learn the language of heaven, the country of their adoption.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 14)
The promise is for us: “I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh, and will give them an heart of flesh; that they may walk in My statutes, and keep Mine ordinances, and do them: and they shall be My people, and I will be their God.” [Ezekiel 11:19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 15)
I am instructed to say that is it not because of lack of opportunity to know the will and way of God, that sinners must perish, but because of their determination to carry out their own will. They refuse to become spiritually enlightened in the Word of God. Willingly they remain ignorant of the privileges of the Christian and of his duty day by day to inquire of God. The Lord desires to give to every one a deep intelligent experience in spiritual life. But many are contented with a haphazard experience.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 16)
Zedekiah was faithfully instructed through the prophet Jeremiah how he might be preserved from the calamities that would surely come upon him if he did not change his course and serve the Lord. The calamities came, because he would not, through obedience, place himself under the protection of God. With his eyes put out, he was led in chains of captivity to Babylon.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 17)
What a sad and awful warning is this to those who harden themselves under reproof, and who will not humble themselves in repentance, that God may save them!
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 18)
I have written this, because God is in earnest with those who go directly against His expressed will. The Lord calls for faithfulness in service. He desires servants who will be diligent to help those in error. The day of the Lord is right upon us.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 19)
This work should not be done before all the church; for this would create disturbance, and some who are seeking for the truth would become confused and sad of heart. Let not one stumbling block be laid before those who are seeking to know the will of the Lord. Do not make public the supposed errors you see in those who profess to believe the truth. What you have to say, say to them alone, with hearts filled with pity and tenderness.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 20)
“Moreover, if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established.” [Matthew 18:15, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 21)
“If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.]
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 22)
The will of God is made so plain that the weakest intellect can understand it, if the heart is set to do the will of God. Those who follow on to know the Lord, will know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Step by step the Lord will unerringly lead those who put their trust in Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 23)
Brother and Sister Kress, I took my pen this morning, while others were sleeping, and have written this message to be read at a meeting tonight in the church at Berkeley. Into that church have been brought difficulties that should have been settled outside of the church, and I thought you might be interested to receive the instruction the Lord has given me for them on this question. I am enclosing with this a copy of a letter just written to Elder Haskell, in which you will be interested.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 24)
May the Lord bless and strengthen you all.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 25)
In much love.
(20LtMs, Lt 281, 1905, 26)
Lt 283, 1905
Wade, Brother; Hill, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 42-43. + Doctors Wade and Hill Dear Brethren,—
The Lord has repeatedly instructed me to say to His people that they are not to bind up with the world in business partnerships of any kind, and especially in so important a matter as the establishment of a sanitarium. Believers and unbelievers, serving two masters, cannot properly be linked together in the Lord’s work. “How can two walk together, except they be agreed?” [Amos 3:3.] God forbids His people to unite with unbelievers in the building up of His institutions.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 1)
One of the dangers to be met, if we should link up with unbelievers, is that we cannot depend upon the opinions and judgment, regarding the sacred interests of the Lord’s work, of men who, with the Bible open before them, are living in open transgression of the law of God. We cannot depend upon them, because the enemy of Christ influences their minds. They may be ever so favorable to our work now, but in the future there will come times of crisis; and then our people will be brought into a position of extreme trial, if they are bound up in any way with the worldlings. Our people may think that they can guard against these difficulties that would naturally arise in their union with worldlings, but in this they will be disappointed.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 2)
In connection with any combination with outside parties, there will be disappointment. It behooves us to move very guardedly, for thereby we shall save ourselves much burden and trouble; for the light given me is that to link up with them, and to lean upon them, is folly and disappointment.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 3)
My counsel to you is, Wait. Wait until the Lord shall manifest Himself in a more distinct and striking manner than He has done. Guard first against any union with unbelievers, and second against any union of men who are not under discipline to the great Head, the great Medical Missionary. No one should engage in the sacred work of conducting a sanitarium until self is hid with Christ in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 4)
Our health institutions are of value in the Lord’s estimation only when He is allowed to preside in their management. If His plans and devisings are regarded as inferior to plans of men, He looks upon these institutions as of no more value than the institutions established and conducted by worldlings. God cannot endorse any institution, unless it teaches the living principles of His law and brings its own actions into strict conformity to these precepts. Upon those institutions that are not maintained according to His law, He pronounces the sentence, “Unaccepted. Weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, and found wanting.” [See Daniel 5:27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 5)
The man at the head of any work in God’s cause is to be a man of intelligence, a man capable of managing large interests successfully, a man of even temper, Christlike forbearance, and perfect self-control. He only whose heart is transformed by the grace of Christ can be a proper leader.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 6)
Christ is our model of religious life. Was there selfishness in Him? He laid aside His riches in the heavenly courts, that He might restore man from sin to righteousness. The apostle Paul sums up His character in the words: He “pleased not Himself.” [Romans 15:3.] He has left us an example of humility. He has shown that it is possible to live in this world a holy and unselfish life.
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 7)
The apostle admonishes us: “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice unto God, which is your reasonable service.” [Romans 12:1.] “Ye are not your own. For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 283, 1905, 8)
Lt 285, 1905
Wade, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 2, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in ChL 63; 6Bio 40-41. + Dr. Wade Dear Brother,—
I have not written to you before, regarding the sanitarium enterprise with which you are connected; for I have received no light that would lead me to write anything contrary to that which was contained in the testimony read in Denver by Elder Irwin. But I am now prepared to speak positively. Last Thursday night the matter was presented to me more fully.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 1)
I was shown that you need to receive treatment from the great Physician of soul and body. There is hope for you if you will consent to come under His saving influence; but until you feel your need of the services of the great Physician, you will never be purified by the blood of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 2)
Physicians are placed in positions of trial and temptation. But they may stand firm to their allegiance, if they will take hold of the strength that God offers them. He says, “let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] The Lord will be the helper of every physician who will work together with Him in the effort to restore suffering humanity to health, not with drugs, but with nature’s remedies. Christ is the great Physician, the wonderful Healer. He gives success to those who work in partnership with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 3)
My brother, you need a new spiritual life. You need to strip yourself of all selfishness. You should learn to seek the glory of God and the good of your fellow men. When you are truly converted, you will understand what I am now writing to you. For the reasons that I am presenting to you, I beg of you to keep free from the burdens that would come to you in connection with a sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 4)
It has been plainly revealed to me that you possess some very objectionable traits of character which make it unadvisable for you to unite with your brethren in such an enterprise as you contemplate. Your disposition is such that you are not prepared to exert a healthful, wholesome influence in a sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 5)
Were a sanitarium established by you, circumstances would arise that would injure the experience of others who might be connected with the institution. The matter has been made plain to me, and I am authorized to say that the men who are united in the matter of erecting and controlling a sanitarium in Canon City are not qualified to do the best kind of work. Should they carry out their plans there would be disappointment and continual friction. Your lack of self-discipline forbids you to take upon yourself such responsibilities as you have contemplated. It means much more than you realize for one to assume that he is fitted for the management of a sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 6)
My brother, you need to be converted and to become as a little child. You should be fearful of following your own judgment. Should you in any way become suspicious of one who does not harmonize with you, you would make trouble. When your will and way is crossed, bitter feelings arise in your heart. You cherish a feeling of hatred toward the one whom you think has made a mistake. You forget that when a brother has made a mistake, you should “seek to restore such an one in the spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest thou also be tempted.” [Galatians 6:1.] We are out of place in cherishing bitter feelings toward any of the Lord’s purchased possession.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 7)
God desires you to be sound in the faith, day by day manifesting in your words and spirit the righteousness of Christ. You may gain a valuable experience in the cultivation of that self-control which is essential for every Christian. “Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.” [Matthew 5:5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 8)
The Lord desires all who profess to believe in Him to cultivate the heavenly graces. An unsanctified character is the greatest evil we have to meet in our work. Every soul is to be tested and tried. If self is not hid with Christ in God, human beings will do that which will hinder the work of God. I am sorry that you do not understand the weakness of your nature. But remember that where sin abounds, grace doth much more abound.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 9)
May the Lord strengthen His people and sanctify them unto Himself. My brother, there rests upon you a solemn obligation to overcome hatred. Those who have overcome their selfishness will respond to the efforts of Christ to purify their hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 285, 1905, 10)
Lt 287, 1905
Promoters of the Canon City Sanitarium “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 2, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #5 43-52; 7MR 131-132; 6Bio 41. + To the Promoters of the Canon City Sanitarium,—
Last Thursday night, September 28, light was given me that the testimonies written out and sent to Elder Irwin to be read at the camp-meeting in Denver were being made of no effect by some who are not pleased with the instruction that the Lord has given in regard to the undertaking of private sanitarium enterprises in Colorado.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 1)
I saw that in the company formed for the management of the Canon City Sanitarium enterprise, it is not alone the unbelieving elements that are objectionable. Some of those connected with this movement, who profess to believe the truth, are not qualified to carry out their ambitious purposes. It is in mercy that the Lord, who knows the end from the beginning, sends His warning to these brethren, not for their discouragement, but that they may be kept from making mistakes which would lead them away from Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 2)
God desires every man to know His will. He sees that often men are not of themselves sufficient to decide what should be done, and He sends cautions to save those who are in danger of making grave mistakes. Those only who heed His warnings will know of a certainty that they are walking in the way of the Lord. The heart and the life must be right if we would understand His purposes and walk in fellowship with the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 3)
Many are deceived in regard to their own experience. A deception in the heart will lead to the doing of strange things, which God has not directed. But whatever may be the pretensions, God reads the heart as we would read an open book. Warnings are sometimes given to prevent those whose past experience has been defective and who are prone to go contrary to the will and word of God from taking a course that would bring reproach upon His cause.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 4)
In the testimonies sent to the Denver meeting, the Spirit of God dictated a message that should prevent the carrying out of plans which would result in disappointment. If our brethren should persist in carrying out their plans regarding the proposed enterprise, they would be going contrary to the expressed will of the Lord. God does not at one time send a message of warning, and later another message, encouraging a movement against which He had previously given warning. His messages do not contradict one another. Cautions have been given that should cause our brethren to stop and consider their course. All the reasons for these cautions were not given, because this would not have been for the present and future good of those who were urging this matter.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 5)
But now I am instructed to say that those who contemplate the establishment of a large medical institution in Canon City are not guided in this movement by the Lord. They are endeavoring to establish a work which they are not competent to carry forward after the Lord’s order.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 6)
Christ is saying to His servants today, as He said to His disciples, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me.” [Luke 9:23.] But men are as slow now to learn the lesson as in Christ’s day. God has given His people warning after warning; but the customs, habits, and practices of the world have had so great power on the minds of His professed people that His warnings have been disregarded.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 7)
For more than thirty years the Lord has been giving instruction to His people regarding the establishment of sanitariums and the manner of conducting them. Our sanitariums are to be founded and conducted on Bible principles, as the Lord’s instrumentalities, and in His hand they are to be agencies for giving light to the world. Our sanitariums are to be schools in which people of all classes shall be taught the way of salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 8)
The institutions established by God’s people today are to glorify His name. They are to represent to the world the character of God, as it was revealed to Moses. In all their departments, our sanitariums should be memorials for God, His instrumentalities for sowing the seeds of truth in human hearts. This they will be if rightly conducted. But selfishness introduced into our work is a violation of the law of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 9)
God has committed to us a special work, a work that no other people can do. He has promised us the aid of His Holy Spirit. The heavenly current is flowing earthward for the accomplishment of the very work appointed us. Let not this heavenly current be turned aside by our deviations from the straightforward path marked out by Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 10)
Shall we enter into confederacy with the world because some of our brethren in their spiritual blindness are linking up with unbelievers, and because men who are known to be transgressors of God’s law are given a place as counselors in regard to the working of the institutions that were established for the express purpose of proclaiming to the world the last message of mercy? God forbid. Can we not see what is coming upon the world? Shall we allow ambitious projects to take the throne? Never, never. We are not to bind up with those who have no faith in the truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 11)
Our sanitariums are to be under the supervision of men who are controlled by the Holy Spirit, men who will carry out, not their own plans, but the plans of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 12)
Now and ever we are to stand as a distinct and peculiar people, free from all worldly policy, and unembarrassed by confederacy with those who have not wisdom to discern the claims of God, as plainly set forth in His law.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 13)
Upon us as a people rests the solemn obligation of taking a more decided stand for truth and righteousness than we have taken in the past. The line of demarcation between those who keep the commandments of God and those who do not is to be revealed with unmistakable clearness.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 14)
Will our brethren now submit their will and way to God and perform joyfully the Lord’s bidding? There is no bondage in such an experience; for God writes His precepts upon the heart and engraves His own principles on the mind and soul of every one who is converted to Him. “The love of Christ constraineth us.” [2 Corinthians 5:14.] It is wrong for men to undertake in their ambitious zeal to carry on a work that they cannot manage after the Lord’s order. Those who attempt to conduct a sanitarium should be men of God’s choosing. The combination of men purposing to establish a sanitarium at Canon City is not one of the Lord’s forming, nor are they the men qualified to carry forward the work in harmony with the principles laid down for the conducting of our sanitariums. They may be able to reap financial profit to themselves by such an enterprise, but they are not prepared to represent properly the work of God. Our brethren should see and understand that in undertaking a work of their own devising, they are out of line.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 15)
Our sanitariums should be controlled by those who are under the control of the Holy Spirit. Those whose minds are easily disturbed by passion are not to be selected to fill a position where they would exert a molding influence upon human minds; for they would misrepresent the character of the work. God would have in prominent places men who will take hold of His strength. They may labor under inconveniences, but this need not spoil their experience. Every manifestation of passion is sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 16)
If at times a man works himself up into a strong passion; if he is inclined to cherish hatred for those who do not conform to his judgment; if in his likes and dislikes he reveals the natural tendencies of the human heart, he is always in danger of making grave mistakes, which will injure the souls of others.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 17)
In the management of the Lord’s institutions, genuine godliness is required. A sanitarium under the guidance of the Holy Spirit will be an honor to God and will bring glory to His name. But the fewer sanitariums we have that are not conducted after the Lord’s pattern, the better off we shall be.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 18)
Let our brethren be careful not to incur the displeasure of God by hindering instead of helping in His work. Those whose religious experience is a counterfeit may do great harm by counterworking with their own ideas and their faulty judgment the work of the Holy Spirit. It is a great mistake to connect with our sanitariums men who are not fitted for such a position, though they may think that they are.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 19)
In all our sanitariums we need to lift the standard higher and still higher. The Lord would have every worker in His institutions firmly assured that he is united with Christ. The spirit of the workers in our sanitariums should be in perfect harmony with the witness of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 20)
I would that every soul had a sanctified intelligence. The Lord God of heaven knows who will honor Him and who will dishonor Him. When He makes known His will, those who regard lightly His testimony place themselves on the side of the enemy of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 21)
I must state plainly that the one who has led out in the proposed sanitarium enterprise has not the qualifications that would fit him to be a safe guardian of youth or to carry out in a sanitarium the principles of heavenly origin. The Lord would have for such positions solid, godly men who will not hold a grudge against a brother who refuses to exalt them. God calls for men who stand firmly on the platform of eternal truth, men who, as God’s medical missionaries, will carry a weighty influence in their words and in their life practices.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 22)
There is to be a continual dependence upon the Lord. The sick and suffering should see in our sanitarium workers a revelation of the grace of God. Those who come to our sanitariums for treatment are to be brought in touch with the great Physician of soul and body.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 23)
We need to take a higher spiritual view of the work of God. Great care should be taken in the selection of young people to connect with our sanitariums as nurses. We cannot afford to accept every one who is ready to come. Great injury is done to our medical institutions when there are connected with them those who do not understand what it means to do service to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 24)
Frivolous young people are not to be chosen to act a part in the Lord’s work. No one is to be accepted merely to favor relatives or acquaintances. Those who prepare the food should thoroughly understand how to prepare wholesome, appetizing food. And those who carry the trays are to realize the influence they should exert on those whom they serve. Those only should be selected for any branch of the work who will exert a sanctified influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 25)
To our sanitariums all classes of the sick will come, and by our physicians and nurses they are to be led to realize that they need spiritual help as well as physical restoration. They are to be given every advantage for the restoration of physical health; and they should be shown also what it means to be blessed with the light and life of Christ, what it means to be bound up with Him. They are to be led to see that the grace of Christ in the soul uplifts the whole being. And in no better way can they learn of Christ’s life than by seeing it revealed in the lives of His followers.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 26)
Jesus came to our world to give to human beings a perfect example of service. In His day, there were no sanitariums for those who needed help; but He, the greatest Medical Missionary the world has ever known, went from place to place, ministering to the afflicted and teaching the way of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 27)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto Him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatick, and those that had the palsy, and He healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan.” [Matthew 4:23-25.]
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 28)
Of the work of Christ the prophet Isaiah declared: “Behold, My Servant, who I uphold; Mine elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him; He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street (in contention). A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth; and the isles shall wait for His law.” [Isaiah 42:1-4.]
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 29)
Our Saviour did not seek to make a great display or undertake a work that called for a large outlay of money. He will not sanction self-exaltation. Those who seek to honor themselves will not be honored by Him. He desires men to place themselves where they may receive His precious grace and be sanctified through belief of the truth. Let every one empty Himself of the spirit of self-importance and receive the meekness of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 30)
“All flesh is grass, and all the goodliness thereof is as the flower of the field: the grass withereth, the flower fadeth, ... but the word of our God shall stand forever.” [Isaiah 40:6, 8.] As God Himself is true, so surely will His Word be fulfilled.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 31)
“O Zion, that bringest good tidings,
Get thee up into the high mountain;
O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings,
Lift up thy voice with strength;
Lift it up, be not afraid;
Say unto the cities of Judah,
Behold your God!
Behold, the Lord shall come with strong hand,
And His arm shall rule for Him:
Behold, His reward is with Him,
And His work before Him.”
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 32)
With the majesty of an omnipotent king, our Saviour unites the gentleness and tender care of a shepherd. His power is absolute. Only the heart of man is able to withstand His working. He can be hindered by no obstacle save the perverse, sinful hearts of those who refuse to yield to His control. The hardness of the heart of man is the only obstacle that hinders the work of grace in the soul. By a determination to carry out his own ideas, irrespective of the warnings and entreaties of God, man separates himself from the blessing that God longs to bestow.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 33)
Yet God’s purposes cannot be thwarted. In regard to the way and means or the men by whom His purposes are to be carried out, His understanding is infinite. He cannot err, nor be in perplexity. He will not alter the word that He has spoken. His goodness and truth are eternal, and He will honor those who will walk humbly with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 34)
Those who will study the life and the lessons of Christ will walk in humility before Him. O that men would feel the importance of seeking the Lord most earnestly, that they may be free from every selfish purpose. The Lord who knows the hearts of all will bless abundantly those who faithfully represent His life and character.
(20LtMs, Lt 287, 1905, 35)
Lt 289, 1905
Brethren in the Ministry “Sanitarium,” National City, California September 13, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 265. + To my Brethren in the Ministry,—
In your work you will hear and see much that will try your soul to the quick. The powers of darkness are constantly working to make the truth of God of no effect. Some who in times past have been honored of God have become ensnared by the deceptions of the enemy. They have been warned of their danger; but in refusing to hear the warnings sent them, they have become more and more deceived, until finally they are found fighting against the Lord and against His workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 1)
Those who stand upon the rock of eternal truth will sometimes meet such opposition as will call for very decided action. At such times let every word be carefully weighed, lest you injure the souls of those you desire to help. Keep your tongue as with a bridle. Remember that God has not given to you the work of judging your brethren. Live near to the Lord and seek His grace. Do not in public or in private speak words that will arouse a spirit of retaliation.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 2)
God’s messengers must vindicate the truth, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear. Present the truth in all its bearings. Proclaim and exalt the truth. From the Word of God gather all the comfort and encouragement possible, and present this to souls struggling with perplexities and difficulties. But never bring a railing accusation against those who are deceived. This would give occasion for your words to be misunderstood, and misrepresented, and exaggerated, and used in a perverted light. Thus reproach would be brought upon the Lord’s work and upon the Lord’s servants.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 3)
When Satan disputed with Christ about the body of Moses, Christ brought no railing accusation against him, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. If the Prince of Life when withstood by the arch deceiver was so careful in His words, shall not the followers of Christ be careful lest they give occasion for their good to be evil spoken of?
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 4)
In meeting the enemy in the wilderness, Christ’s response to his wicked insinuations was, “It is written.” When Satan presumed to claim the ownership of the whole world, and asked Christ to worship him as God, He who with a word might have called to His assistance legions of angels merely said, “Get thee hence, Satan: For it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Matthew 4:10.] The intensity of this conflict we but partly understand. It seemed as though the Saviour would die on the field of battle, but He withstood the wily foe. His words, so carefully chosen, were as sharp as a two-edged sword. Satan was thoroughly repulsed. He realized that the Prince of Life could not be deceived by any sophistry.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 5)
We are now upon the field of conflict. Battle after battle must be fought with the enemy of God and man, but let us stand firmly. When dangers arise, we must meet them, let the consequences be what they may.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 6)
I must bear a decided message to those who profess to love God and keep His commandments. Be very careful of your words. The message of truth is to be proclaimed more decidedly. Let the gospel be presented as the power of God unto salvation to souls who have been deceived and are being deceived. The Lord desires those who have erred to take their stand on the platform of eternal truth, that they may do thorough work in preparation for the future immortal life. Let no one seek to vindicate the course of those who continue to walk in opposition to a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” But let our brethren refrain from words of condemnation of their brethren; for such words will only stir up a spirit of retaliation.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 7)
Let the Word of God be our study. Its truths are written for our instruction. Let us find our happiness in the joy that comes through obedience to the requirements of God. Those who live in harmony with Bible truth will have clear discernment. Heart to heart they are united with the Father and with the Son.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 8)
To as many as believe in Him, Christ gives power to become the sons of God. Those who are thus denominated as members of the royal family will live for Him who is the propitiation for their sins. As they follow on to know the truth, their feet are planted on the sure foundation. Neither flood nor storm can sweep away their foundation.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 9)
The Lord has given to every man a message of power, and He calls upon each one to exercise that power in an effort to convert sinners from error to truth. Every Christian has some measure of usefulness and responsibility in working out the Lord’s purposes. No one lives to himself. We are all the Lord’s property. God has men of His appointment, whom He selects and qualifies for special service. If they will yield to Him, He will place them where His wisdom will increase their capabilities and make them to do work in His service that will be as enduring as eternity.
(20LtMs, Lt 289, 1905, 10)
Lt 291, 1905
White, Julia A. “Paradise Valley Sanitarium,” National City, California September 15, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in DG 100. Dr. Julia A. White Dear Sister,—
I write to urge you to connect with our sanitarium work at Loma Linda. In the providence of God, this property has passed into our hands. The securing of this sanitarium, thoroughly equipped and furnished, is one of the most wonderful providences that the Lord has opened before us. It is difficult to comprehend all that this transaction means to us.
(20LtMs, Lt 291, 1905, 1)
The Lord has signified that the time has come for us to work Redlands, San Bernardino, Riverside, and the neighboring towns. I am filled with a solemn joy at the thought that these places are soon to be entered by our workers.
(20LtMs, Lt 291, 1905, 2)
We need your services, my sister, just as soon as you can come. We are hoping that we may secure the services also of Dr. Holden. Sister Sarah Peck may undertake some of the lines of educational work. We are now anxious to see the work started, and we hope to see you just as soon as you can come.
(20LtMs, Lt 291, 1905, 3)
I have recently spent two weeks at Loma Linda. I am sending you a booklet that will give you some idea of the property. The large main building is furnished in an expensive manner. There are also five cottages, one having nine rooms, the others four each. In some of these, the verandahs are so arranged that beds can be rolled out from the rooms. The grounds are beautifully laid out. There are concrete walks between all the buildings. These walks are bordered with flowers. There is a good orchard and ample grounds for gardens. There are many eucalyptus, pepper trees, and many other varieties of ornamental trees and shrubbery. Meetings can be held in the open air on the beautiful lawns. There is also another building that has been used as a bowling alley and billiard hall. This can be utilized as a meetinghouse.
(20LtMs, Lt 291, 1905, 4)
We hope that you can see your way clear to connect with this sanitarium as lady physician. Your services will be greatly appreciated, and I hope that you may soon be on the ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 291, 1905, 5)
Lt 293, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 26, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 271-272. + Dear son Edson,—
I have lighted my lamp at one o’clock and have just read your letter. I am at a loss to know what it all means. I do not remember all that I said to Brother Bollman in my interview with him at Los Angeles, but I am sure that I did not mean to deny having had any conversation with you in reference to selling the Morning Star.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 1)
Just before the visit of Elder Bollman, I had been working very hard, and I was weary. It must be that I failed to make myself understood. My thought was that whatever I said to you and to others was to be understood as in harmony with what I had written. My views were published in the special testimony placed in the hands of the delegates to the Oakland Conference.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 2)
When you were here last January, I did advise you not to sell the Morning Star. I have seen how the Lord moved upon the hearts of our brethren to provide funds to build the boat, how He guided in planning its construction, and how in its work the angels of God have preserved it and guarded your life from the perils that surrounded you. Nothing less than the loving care of the life-preserving Saviour kept you in the perils through which you have passed on the Morning Star. This boat was often an asylum of safety, enabling you to leave places where, even though you knew it not, your life was in danger, and to accomplish a work in other places where the people were not so bitterly opposed.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 3)
I have seen how this boat has been used to open up the work in many places in the South, and how in times past God has blessed the labors of those who used it both as a dwelling house and as a place of worship. Souls have been converted to the truth as a result of the meetings held on the Morning Star.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 4)
I remember the rest that I enjoyed last summer on the Morning Star. At the Berrien Springs meeting I had carried a heavy burden and for several nights had been unable to sleep. With Brethren Magan and Sutherland and W. C. White, I accepted your invitation to take a trip up the river in your boat, looking for land suitable for a school location. I remember the many precious seasons of prayer we had together while on this trip. Soon I was able to sleep at night and felt free from all symptoms of nervous prostration. This rest was a great blessing to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 5)
All these recollections have caused me to have great respect for the Morning Star, and when you spoke to me of selling the boat at a very low price, I did question the advisability of selling it at such a sacrifice. As I thought of the good work it had done in the past, I hoped that it might again do a similar work in other places, and in conversation I expressed to you this hope.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 6)
The disasters that have come to you are not to be understood as meaning that the Lord has forsaken you. He is working in your behalf, that He may save you. “As many as I love,” He says, “I rebuke and chasten.” [Revelation 3:19.] Corrections must not be to us a reason for discouragement.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 7)
When with the other disasters the boat sank, I felt that the Lord was working with you, and I had nothing to say. I could not advise you to make no effort to save it, and I said nothing to you concerning what you should do with the boat. But I find by some of my writings about that time that I entertained the thought that if you could not sell the boat to good advantage, it might be taken on to the land and put to some good use. Thus it would serve as a memorial of what it had done in the past in opening up the work in the Southern field.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 8)
An interpretation has been given to me of the sinking of the Morning Star. This boat was unsafe. There were in it unperceived defects. In His mercy the Lord permitted the boat to sink while no one was on board. If these defects had not been discovered, lives might some time have been lost. While the Lord could see and understand the unsafe condition of the boat, human agencies knew not the danger. You have great reason for rejoicing that the heavenly Watcher permitted the boat to sink without loss of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 9)
These things have been shown to me, that you may know that our Lord is a God of mercy and of pitying tenderness. In this disaster, He would have you see His mercy. The Lord works for our good, but we do not always perceive His workings.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 10)
One stood by your side, and said, “In His judgments the Lord has remembered mercy; and although the boat has sunk, not one life was sacrificed. In this you are to discern His loving kindness. Had one life been lost, you would well nigh have lost your reason.”
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 11)
I have written to you many things regarding your dangers, but you are not to look on the discouraging side. In the past you have tried to do many things which were not for your best spiritual interests. Your mind should not be occupied with inventions and financial perplexities. Time is rapidly passing; and in humility of mind, you should employ your pen and your voice in the Master’s service.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 12)
The Lord would have you give attention to His work in the preparation of books. I fear that you do not value as you should the talents that the Lord has given you in the expounding of the Scriptures. The many things that have engaged your attention have consumed precious time that, with the help of those who could best assist you, should have been devoted to the work of God. You should seek to preserve all your brain-nerve power for work that will tell on the Lord’s side.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 13)
Edson, solemn responsibilities rest upon you. You have expressed sympathy for those who are not walking in the light. You are not called upon either to reprove or to approve of Dr. Kellogg. You have no message to give to his associates. Dr. Kellogg needs to break from the snare of the enemy and to walk in humility before God.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 14)
Had you been walking in the footsteps of Jesus, you would have refrained from speaking many things that you have spoken unadvisedly. In the face of the testimonies that have been given, you have [been] binding up with parties in Battle Creek. Regarding the influences in Battle Creek, I bear the same message today that I have borne in the past. No change for the better has taken place in those who are not under the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. May the Lord give you a true understanding of what constitutes true religion. You are not to enter into business negotiations with those who are now in Battle Creek. You need now, without delay, to stand fully on the side of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 15)
I have commenced many letters to you, but have been obliged to leave them as other important matters arose which must be met at once, in order to prevent mistakes being made.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 16)
In one of these letters I intended to caution you against feeling distressed and thinking that because Elder Butler does not enter fully into all your plans he is therefore your enemy. Your work and his work are not the same, and it is not strange that he does not always view things in precisely the same light in which you view them. But this does not justify you in speaking to the discredit of Elder Butler. You have no right to say one word against him.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 17)
In respect to the evils that exist at Battle Creek, Elder Butler does not see all that I see. He has plainly expressed this to me. But I do not contend with Brother Butler, neither do I seek to discount his work because of this. Though he may make some mistakes, yet he is a servant of the living God, and I shall do all I possibly can to sustain him in his work in Nashville. I sincerely hope that you will do the same.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 18)
You need to accept of Christ’s invitation: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 19)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 20)
“Beware of false prophets, which come unto you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves.” [Verse 15.] We must guard carefully against placing too much confidence and trust in those who may betray our interests.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 21)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven.” [Verse 21.] These are the specified terms of salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 22)
“Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh, it shall be opened.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 23)
Bring this promise right to your heavenly Father, and He will verify His Word. Those who would be rich in grace must seek earnestly. Your part is to ask of God, and the promise is that you shall receive. You need not give up to discouragement. Humility and prayer are the secret of your success.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 24)
You are to say: “This word comes to me from the lips of Christ, and I will show entire faith in His Word. What evidence have I that I shall receive the Lord’s blessing? how certainly shall I find rest?—‘Faithful is He that promised, who also will do it.’” [See 1 Thessalonians 5:24.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 25)
Some will say, “I must have evidence before I can believe. I have no experience that Jesus Christ will do for me the great things He has promised.”“I know,” the true believer answers, “that my Redeemer liveth, and that I shall see Him for myself.” [See Job 19:25, 27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 26)
What is the testimony of Isaiah?—“Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon His shoulder, and His name shall be called, Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.] This is the Christ of Nazareth.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 27)
Who is He?—Let Zechariah respond: “In that day there shall be a fountain opened to the house of David, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.” [Zechariah 13:1.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 28)
May we not say to our Saviour? “Thou hast promised great things, and I believe Thy Word.” He says, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 29)
Christ is one with the Father. Into His hands is given power to command the angelic host. All power in heaven and in earth is given unto Him. To His followers He has committed a work as teachers. Every teacher is to take for his authority the simple words of the Bible. “Go,” He says to His followers, “educate men and women to stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Enlist every soul who will come under the banner bearing the inscription, The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.”
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 30)
“One in a certain place testified, saying, What is man that Thou art mindful of him? or the son of man, that Thou visitest him? Thou madest him a little lower than the angels: Thou crownedst him with glory and honor, and didst set him over the works of Thy hands: Thou hast put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that He put all in subjection under him, He left nothing that is not put under him. But now we see not yet all things put under him: but we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honor; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 31)
“For it became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. For both He that sanctifieth, and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brethren, saying, I will declare Thy name unto My brethren; in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto Thee.” [Hebrews 2:6-12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 32)
What an exaltation is brought to view for those who will receive Christ. “To them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] It is through the man Christ Jesus that human nature is so exalted. Through His power men become partakers of the divine nature; and as He is honored, they through conformity to His character, and through the power of His grace, become one with Him as He is one with the Father.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 33)
Through conformity to the image of Christ, we are sanctified. Christ suffered, to expiate the sins of all who believe in Him. Our life is to be hid with Christ in God. Every possible advantage is given to those who study earnestly to know His will, who believe in Him with heart, mind, and soul, and who will show their faithfulness by entire and complete obedience to His Word.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 34)
In the life of Jesus we have a perfect example. In all things we are to practice His virtues, and we are to be preachers of righteousness, to endeavor to win to Jesus Christ all within the sphere of our influence.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 35)
God has provided the means for the redemption to life and salvation of the human race appointed unto death. But this could be accomplished only by the sacrifice of His only begotten Son. Christ, He who was one with God, became the author of complete salvation to all who will receive Him. They are to be cleansed, sanctified, and ennobled through the great gift of God to our world.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 36)
“If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfil ye my joy, that ye be like-minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 37)
“Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus: who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth: and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:1-11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 38)
“Wherefore, My beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in My presence only, but now much more in My absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 39)
“Do all things without murmurings and disputings: that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world; holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither labored in vain. Yea, and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy and rejoice with you all.” [Verses 14-17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 40)
Paul, the great apostle, died for his faith in Christ Jesus. All who will remain under the influence of the gospel will bear the fruits of righteousness. In meekness and in humility, they will seek to copy the virtues of Christ’s character. Those who in this world represent the truth as it is in Jesus will receive a glorious reward.
(20LtMs, Lt 293, 1905, 41)
Lt 295, 1905
Baldwin, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 18, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #18 22-26. + Mr. J. H. Baldwin Dear Brother,—
I have received and read your letter. I should have answered it before, but it was mislaid. On reading it, I laid it away in a special place. At the time I was very busy answering letters that called for immediate attention. A little later when I looked for your letter, I could not find it, and supposed that I must have given it to my son. He told me that he did not have it, and yesterday a diligent search among my papers disclosed your letter.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 1)
I will now try to answer your questions. You state that you are holding yourself in readiness to unite with the Nashville Sanitarium, but that you wish to see your way clear before beginning operations. You ask if I have any counsel to offer as to the exact site on which the sanitarium should be established.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 2)
I am very much pleased, Brother Baldwin, to know that you are planning to connect with the Nashville Sanitarium. I believe that the Lord is in this matter, and I pray that He will bless you in taking up this responsibility. If you can help Dr. Hayward and those connected with him in designing and putting up the sanitarium building, we shall indeed be very grateful. I know that as soon as possible a sanitarium should be established near Nashville. Medical Missionary is indeed the helping hand of the gospel ministry and opens the way for the entrance of the truth. The importance of this line of work cannot be overestimated.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 3)
I have written several times regarding the necessity of our sanitariums being established in suitable places, where there is an abundance of land, so that the patients can spend as much time as possible out of doors. If possible, the buildings should be surrounded with pleasant grounds, beautified with flowers and shade trees, under which, in wheel-chairs, on their cots, or on comfortable seats, the patients can listen to the music of the birds. Those who are well enough should be encouraged to cultivate flowers and to engage in other outdoor exercise that will take their minds off themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 4)
At one time I hoped that our brethren connected with our medical work in Nashville could see their way clear to establish a sanitarium on a part of the Madison School farm. Instruction has been given me that with our large schools there should be connected small sanitariums, that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as a part of the regular instruction.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 5)
The Madison School should have a small sanitarium of its own, that the students may have opportunity to learn how to give the simple treatments. This is the plan that we have been directed to follow. And if the brethren connected with the medical work in Nashville could have seen their way clear to locate the sanitarium on the school farm near enough the school for there to be co-operation between the two institutions and far enough from it to prevent one interfering with the work of the other, I should have been glad. I have thought much of these things in connection with the Nashville Sanitarium and of the advantages to be gained if the school and the sanitarium could be near enough together to blend in their work. But I have received no positive instruction regarding the exact location of the Nashville Sanitarium, and in this particular case I cannot speak in decided terms. I dare not take the responsibility of saying anything to change the present arrangements.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 6)
In order for the best results to be secured by the establishment of a sanitarium on the school farm, there would need to be perfect harmony between the workers of the institutions. But this might be difficult to secure, for Dr. Hayward is self-centered in his way of carrying things forward, and so also are brethren Magan and Sutherland. All of these men have decided ideas of their own; and were the sanitarium placed on the school farm, great annoyance might result were all determined to carry out their own plans, refusing to make concessions to one another. Both those at the head of the sanitarium and those at the head of the school will need to guard against clinging tenaciously to ideas of their own regarding things that are really nonessentials.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 7)
These thoughts came forcibly to my mind, and I knew that I dare not take the responsibility of saying that the Nashville Sanitarium should be located on the school farm. But I wish it to be clearly understood that I have by no means changed my views regarding the advisability of our schools and sanitariums being established near enough each other to harmonize in their work.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 8)
The property that has recently been purchased is regarded by the brethren as an ideal spot for a sanitarium. I have not seen it and therefore cannot speak personally in reference to it. It possesses a great advantage in having on it a fine spring. This is a treasure that cannot be too highly prized. The streetcar line that runs near the place is also of great advantage. As soon as possible, a sanitarium building should be erected on this property. I shall be so thankful to our heavenly Father if the Nashville Sanitarium can be established in a desirable place and quickly set in running order.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 9)
Let the brethren counsel together and ask the Lord for wisdom, and then follow the light He sends. We shall ask our heavenly Father, who has called you to this work, to bless you in your efforts to build up the Nashville Sanitarium; and we shall co-operate with our brethren in carrying out whatever plans are accepted by the sanitarium board and the union conference committee to be for the best good of the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 10)
It is now five o’clock a.m., and I have been at work since two o’clock this morning writing to different ones. There is one thing more about which I wish to speak before I close. We have no need to hesitate in regard to soliciting means for the Lord’s work. And no object is of greater importance or interest than the establishment of a sanitarium. I hope that you will lay your plans before those who have money, and obtain gifts from them.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 11)
Several years ago it was presented to me that the Gentile world should be called upon to make donations to our work in the southern field. Let discreet, God-fearing men go to worldly men that have means, and lay before them a plan of what they desire to do for the colored people. Let them tell about the Huntsville School, about the orphanage that we desire to build there, and about the colored mission schools that are needed all over the southern states. Let the needs of this work be presented by men who understand how to reach the hearts of men of means. Many of these men, if approached in the right way, would make gifts to the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 12)
Let the plans for a sanitarium for the whites be brought to their attention also. Tell them what is needed to place this in running order. Tell them that there are many sick ones who need to be cared for, not in a hospital, but in a home.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 13)
There is aggressive work to be done. In the past too much dependence has been placed on the General Conference. There has been too much looking to it to support the work financially. The General Conference has heavy burdens to bear in sustaining foreign mission work, which must constantly be extended.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 14)
Why not ask the Gentiles for assistance? I have received instruction that there are men and women in the world who have sympathetic hearts, and who will be touched with compassion as the needs of suffering humanity are presented before them. Let men who have the ability to tell what a sanitarium should be, and the need that there is for such institutions, go to the Gentiles for financial aid. Our missionaries are fully authorized to do this in all the large cities of the South. There are men of the world who will give of their means for schools and for sanitariums.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 15)
The matter has been presented to me in this light. Our work is to be aggressive. The money is the Lord’s; and if wealthy men are approached in the right way, the Lord will touch their hearts and impress them to give of their means. God’s money is in the hands of these men, and some of them will heed the request for help.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 16)
Talk this over, and do all in your power to secure gifts. We are not to feel that it would not be the thing to ask men of the world for means; for it is just the thing to do. This plan was opened before me as a way of coming in touch with wealthy men of the world. Through this means, not a few will become interested and may hear and believe the truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 17)
May the Lord bless you in your work is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 295, 1905, 18)
Lt 297, 1905
Simpson, W. W. and the San Diego Church “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 14, 1905 Previously unpublished. + To Elder Simpson and the Members of the San Diego Church Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I am glad to know that you have begun a work for the public in San Diego. I would be greatly pleased if circumstances would permit me to be present at your meeting, but it seems impossible for me to leave my work here at present.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 1)
To many the things that are presented in the discourses are entirely new. Elder Simpson’s charts and representations will greatly assist in attracting their attention and in making plain to them the prophecies that apply to our own time. May the God of all grace open the minds of the hearers that they may clearly comprehend the important truths of the Word of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 2)
I would urge upon the members of the San Diego church that you be wide-awake to act an important part in missionary efforts in connection with the public meetings. While the presentation of Bible truth in the discourses arouses the interest of those who attend from the outside, this interest should also be felt and expressed by the believers. Let there not be one word spoken that savors of unbelief. In word and action, seek to make the truth plain to those whom you meet.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 3)
Personal efforts put forth by many will do much to deepen and to make effectual the interest aroused by the public discourses. Instead of diminishing your efforts, let all put forth every God-given energy in the work of warning those who know not the perils of these times.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 4)
Let every one watch unto prayer. Seek to gain a new experience in faith and in the receiving of the truth in all its significance. Let your minds be active, that you may receive the lessons that are given in the Word of God. Then counsel together as to the best way in which you can help the ministers. This is your opportunity to unite with them in the great work of fishing for souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 5)
The language of each heart should be, “I am not my own. I am bought with a price, and I have an earnest work to do for God.” As you improve your several abilities, and as you stir up the gift that is within you, you will increase your capabilities as laborers together with God.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 6)
There is no excuse for spiritual sloth or negligence. Let every church member seek the Lord in humility, that His grace may come to the heart and the power of the Holy Spirit be manifest in the life. Hold on by faith until you receive a demonstration of the Holy Spirit such as you have never witnessed. As you show your faith by your works, you will grow in grace and in the knowledge of the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 7)
Let there be an entire surrender to God. It is your special wisdom to draw near to God. As you yield to Him, you will be surrounded with a heavenly, sanctified atmosphere. And as the light is revealed in your lives, unbelievers will be impressed with the power and truth of the gospel. Seek earnestly that there may be in the church such perfect unity as is revealed in the prayer of Christ: “That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [John 17:21.] Put away all criticism one of another, all jealousy, all evil surmising. Let there not be among you one discordant note. Press together, press together in unity and love. A united communion with Christ will enable you to put forth efforts that will convince others of the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 8)
The quick, regenerating power of Christ’s grace will come to all who are thoroughly in earnest to know the truth. Teach it and live it in your homes. Let fathers and mothers make a covenant with God by sacrifice of soul, body, and mind to willing obedience to His law. Let them labor earnestly for the conversion of their children. Some of these children have not been brought under a sanctified control by their parents, and there should now be an entire consecration to God of both parents and children. Others will then take knowledge that you have new spirit, a regenerated heart. The sweet peace-giving love of Christ will come to the soul, and the testimonies borne in your meetings will be fragrant.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 9)
Let all unite in praising the name of Jesus. Exalt Him as the chiefest among ten thousand. Surrender to Him, and His strength will be made perfect in your weakness.
(20LtMs, Lt 297, 1905, 10)
Lt 299, 1905
Helpers at Paradise Valley Sanitarium “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 22, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 46-50. + To the Helpers at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium,—
It is the privilege of every one who has a part in any branch of the Lord’s work to know that his sins are forgiven and to rejoice in the assurance of a higher life in the courts above. This hope is more precious than silver or gold or precious stones. Keep this hope ever bright, and seek to impart it to others. In the knowledge that God’s smile rests upon you, your heart will be filled with joy and peace.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 1)
Heed the gracious invitation of Christ: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 2)
Let all seek for that rest which Christ has promised. You are to reveal to the world the truth of His words. You are to show that in wearing the yoke of Christ, there is genuine happiness.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 3)
Do not, by doubting God’s words, dishonor Him. As you believe in Him, He will co-operate with you in your efforts; and in union with Him, you may perform an acceptable work. Through the righteousness that He imparts, you may escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 4)
“Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.] O that we might hear more of the praise of God proceeding from thankful hearts. We need Christians who constantly live in the sunshine, who under all circumstances can praise the Lord. With the hope and assurance that Christ has promised, how can we be unhappy?
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 5)
There is no excuse or justification for any Christian to be discontented. Never give the impression that you are disappointed with the way that Christ has marked out for you to follow.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 6)
Our characters are to be conformed to the image of Christ. In deed and in truth we are to be amenable to the law of God. Then He can demonstrate through us the blessings that come through obedience to the principles of His Word. The King of heaven stands ready to acknowledge the humblest soul that serves Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 7)
I pray that the rich blessing of God may rest upon all who are in any way connected with the work of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Put your whole soul into the performance of the work that is essential. True service involves a faithful discharge of the daily duties. Even as you engage in your daily tasks, you may reflect the divine image. Those who will faithfully cultivate a spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice, learning from the Saviour the lessons of meekness and lowliness of heart, will be in a position where God can use them in His work of reflecting to the world the glory of the divine image.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 8)
I hope that the work on the building will soon be completed. As yet I have been unable to secure any gifts and offerings to aid in carrying forward the work, but I shall continue to put forth every effort, that the work may not be delayed because of a dearth of means. The work on the elevator may have to wait, but we trust that the building will soon be ready for the accommodation of patients.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 9)
I would say to the workmen: God will strengthen and encourage you, if you will look constantly to Him. If He smiles upon you, it is worth more to you than silver or gold. Let all recognize their dependence upon the guidance of God. Let the heart be hopeful and peaceful. Do not permit yourselves to cherish any feelings of discontent. It is the duty of each to endeavor to impart courage and good cheer to those who are connected with Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 10)
In your morning worship, consider the thought that our Saviour was a carpenter and worked with His father Joseph. The Prince of heaven worked as you are working with the hands. He had been the exalted commander in heaven, but He laid aside His kingly crown and came to our world, living a life of toil and hardship, that He might enter into full sympathy with the human race. By receiving Him, you are given power to become the sons of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 11)
Those who are engaged in the operation of building have each their respective work. In order to secure perfect co-operation and harmony, there must be thorough organization. There must be an architect to plan and to see that the plans are carried out. Some one must do the work of carrying the brick and mortar to those who shall lay the brick. And there must be competent, interested workers in all the various lines. But though your tasks are varied, yet you may blend together in perfect harmony.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 12)
The work inside the building may also be made pleasant if all will be cheerful, happy, and uncomplaining. The nurses, the matron, the cook, the bookkeeper—all may cultivate a cheerful disposition in the discharge of their respective duties. Remember that the Lord observes your every movement and hears every word that you speak.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 13)
Those working on the land and those who care for the stock may also realize that they are an essential part of the great whole. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Each is to respect every other worker and to cultivate the graces of patience and of speaking kind, encouraging words to those with whom he is connected.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 14)
Do not dwell on the imperfections or the mistakes of the past. Press forward, looking to the glorious things that are before. Let your conversation be in heaven, “from whence also we look for the Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ.” [Philippians 3:20.] Put away all discontent, all murmuring, all disagreeable words. We do not honor Christ when we dispute and quarrel one with another. No one will enter heaven with a spirit of faultfinding, and we desire to have a foretaste of the principles of heaven manifested here below.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 15)
Let every professed believer advance. We are to have sanctified, refined aspirations, worthy ambitions. Ever press onward, seeking for a character that will represent that of the Lord Jesus. We are to recognize the perfection of His character and demonstrate in our lives the principles of that character.
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 16)
“Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God! therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God; and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself, even as He is pure. Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not: whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him, neither known Him. Little children, let no man deceive you: he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous.” [1 John 3:1-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 299, 1905, 17)
Lt 301, 1905
Belden, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 20, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 63; 5MR 418-422. + Frank Belden My Dear Nephew,—
You may think that I have lost all interest in you, but I have not. And I shall not so long as I remember your dying mother’s charge to have a care for you, lest you become careless and forget that you have a heaven to win and a hell to shun. She said, “Keep it before Frank and Ella and Lillie and Charlie and Byron that I want them to love the Lord Jesus and at last meet me in heaven.” I have often thought of this charge. If I can, I will find it as it was written then and send it to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 1)
I want to tell you, Frank, that the very first thing you must do is to follow the following scriptures:
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 2)
“Your glorying is not good. Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump. Purge out therefore the old leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us; therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.” [1 Corinthians 5:6-8.]
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 3)
“Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints? Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? And if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? Know ye not that we shall judge angels? how much more the things that pertain to this life? If then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church. I speak to your shame. Is it so that there is not a wise man among you? no, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren? But brother goeth to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers. Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because ye go to law with one another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded? Nay, ye do wrong and defraud and that your brethren. Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God?” [1 Corinthians 6:1-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 4)
Will you consider, Frank, that you have known what it means to feel the moving of the Holy Spirit upon your heart, before you had educated yourself to criticize, to find fault, to accuse, to rail against your brethren. When I consider what you might have been, had you improved your God-given powers, had you striven to be kind and pure and unselfish, exerting a spiritual influence and increasing in stability and good works, my heart aches! Had you set a Christlike example, many souls would have been helped in following it. Who can estimate what a good work you might have done had you followed without deviation the instruction given in the teachings of Christ? You have left off to be wise and to do good. But I have hope that you will see yourself as you are and make diligent efforts to counterwork your past influence. I have hope that you will enter the narrow way and pass through the gate that leads unto eternal life.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 5)
You may blame me for not reading your package of writings. I did not read them, neither did I read the letters that Dr. Kellogg sent. I had a message of stern rebuke for the publishing house, and I knew that if I read the communications sent to me, later on, when the testimony came out, you and Dr. Kellogg would be tempted to say, “I gave her that inspiration.”
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 6)
I am sorry that men whom God has honored have separated themselves so far from the Saviour that [they] see Him not by faith. A false faith is very talkative. Those who have such a faith, when a warning is given them, say, “Somebody has told Sister White.” After working for such ones for a certain length of time, I am instructed to avoid connection with them. The warning is given me, “Your letters are not safe in their hands.”
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 7)
Men say, “Someone has told Sister White.” Yes, someone has told me—One who never makes a mistake. He has opened before me the perils threatening souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 8)
I send the testimonies to those for whom they are given. There are those who turn away their ears from hearing the truth, making statements which show that they have no faith in the message sent them to save them from becoming the sport of Satan’s temptations. They refuse to change their wrong course of action and follow steadily on in the wrong path.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 9)
If you have a desire for the salvation of your soul, you should now seek to know the Lord. The only remedy for sin is to come to the cross of Calvary in genuine repentance and humiliation. I call upon you to repent while pardon can still be secured. A little longer, and it will be forever too late. A little longer, and unrepentant sinners will look upon Him whom they have pierced, but they will look hopelessly, mourning because they refused to accept Him as their Redeemer.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 10)
This, says Christ, is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent. This is the thing that will decide the question with every soul. Is he a partaker of the divine nature? Has he the spirit of Christ? Does he indeed know that his sins are forgiven, that he is reconciled to God? Christ is the sinner’s only hope. To those who sincerely repent, God will give an understanding of His will. He hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 11)
If you are saved from sin you must have an experience altogether different from that which you now have. God hath shined in our hearts to give what? A knowledge higher, greater, and infinitely more ennobling than the knowledge that this world gives. When church members have this knowledge, their practice will be of a character to recommend their faith. By a well-ordered life and godly conversation, they will reveal Christ. There will be no lawsuits between neighbors or brothers.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 12)
I call upon you in the name of Christ to withdraw the suit that you have begun and never bring another into court. God forbids you thus to dishonor His name. You have had great light and many opportunities, and you cannot afford to unite with worldlings and follow their methods. Remember that the Lord will treat you according to the stand that you take in this life.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 13)
I plead with you to turn to the Lord before it is too late. “Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth. O Ephraim, what shall I do unto thee? O Judah, what shall I do unto thee? for your goodness is as a morning cloud, and as the early dew it goeth away. Therefore have I hewed them by the prophets; I have slain them by the words of My mouth: and thy judgments are as the light that goeth forth. For I desired mercy, and not sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.”“But they like men have transgressed the covenant: there have they dealt treacherously against Me.” [Hosea 6:3-7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 14)
These words apply to those who today have placed themselves in opposition to God to work contrary to His will and His purpose. Our works are going before us into judgment, and we shall stand or fall for our individual selves.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 15)
My dear nephew, I tell you solemnly that if you take the action which you now purpose to take, you will never recover from the result of it. If you open before the world the wrongs that you suppose your brethren have done you, there will be some things that will have to be said on the other side. I have a caution to give you. In regard to the case of those who shared large responsibilities with you in the Review and Herald, and who have turned to be enemies of the work, you will not wish to hear the verdict that shall be passed upon them when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened and every man shall be judged according to the things written in the books. I want to save you from following a course that would link you up with those who have linked themselves up with fallen angels, to do all the harm they possibly can to those who love God, and who, under great difficulty, are striving to proclaim present truth to the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 16)
Those against whom you bring your charges know that I have not approved of their manner of dealing with you, and that I have reproved them for their unfeeling management of your case. There are those who have not acted honorably. They have not done as they would be done by. But because of this, should you, in the face of the warnings given, move so manifestly against the instruction given? I beg of you not to cut yourself off from the confidence of your brethren and from taking a part in the publishing work.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 17)
I would rather share your loss than to have you push this matter through to the injury of your soul, giving Satan an opportunity to present your case before unbelievers in a most ridiculous light and to hold up the office of publication in a disparaging light.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 18)
Do you not remember, Frank, how well your mother loved the truth that we now hold so dear? At the beginning of our experience, she worked as a hired girl for a dollar and a half a week and gave her earnings to Brother Bates to enable him to make his first visit into Vermont to proclaim the first, second, and third angels’ messages. In order to get the truth before others, she was willing to make any and every sacrifice. She accompanied me in all my first labors in the cause and was as true to her work as the needle to the pole. Shall she be deprived of the joy of meeting you in the world to come?
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 19)
For your mother’s sake, Frank, take this case out of the lawyers’ hands. It seems awful to me to think that you will go directly contrary to the plain word of God and will open to the world your cruel work against God’s commandment-keeping people. If this action of yours were to tell only against those who have done injustice, the harm would not be so far reaching; but can you not see that it will arouse prejudice against God’s people as a body? Thus you will bruise and wound Christ in the person of His saints and cause Satan to exult because through you he could work against God’s people and against His institutions, doing them great harm.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 20)
Act your part as a man, as a true Christian. Remember that in the books of heaven a record is kept of every act. Do not allow Satan and his angels to hold a jubilee because Frank Belden, my nephew, who has composed many gospel songs, has so backslidden as to bring into worldly courts a case against God’s people.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 21)
That God may help you to live henceforth in such a way as to honor Him, and give to the world an evidence of true conversion, is my prayer in your behalf.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 22)
Your Aunt.
(20LtMs, Lt 301, 1905, 23)
Lt 303, 1905
Merrill, I. L. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 26, 1905 Previously unpublished. I. L. Merrill
998 South Second St.
San Jose, California Dear Brother Merrill,—
Since the San Jose camp-meeting I have been very busy. There have been many letters for me to write to our brethren in the East and the West, in Europe and in Australia, regarding the work to be done and the earnestness which the Lord would have us manifest in these days of perplexity and peril.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 1)
Some marked victories have been gained where the enemy had planned to undermine our institutions by causing division. When a crisis came, the Lord fulfilled His promise, “When the enemy shall come in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against him.” [Isaiah 59:19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 2)
I am now preparing to bring out some books that are much needed; and when this is done, I desire to spend the latter part of the winter in Southern California. I have written to Elder Haskell and his wife, asking them to join me at Loma Linda about the middle of the winter. It is represented to me that there is a great educational work to be done in that place, and I desire that these old pioneers, who helped us to establish the work in Australia, shall help us to give a right mold to the work in Loma Linda and shall also help in Los Angeles.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 3)
You will remember that when I was at your home I told you about a beautiful property at Loma Linda, which we had purchased for a sanitarium. There has been expended on this property by the former owners over $150,000. We purchased it for forty thousand. It is the most nearly perfect site for a sanitarium that I have ever looked upon. Our brethren have paid $15,000 of the purchase price. Five thousand more is due the last of December, and the remainder can stand for several years at moderate interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 4)
Recently I learned from Brother Burden that the officers of the old company, from whom we purchased the place, desire to close up their business, and they will give us $350 off the interest if we will pay them $5,000 soon.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 5)
Our brethren in Southern California are very hearty in their support of this sanitarium enterprise, but they have just raised a considerable sum for the Glendale Sanitarium and are lifting heavily to clear the indebtedness from their school. On account of so many things coming at once, Brother Burden is looking for some one outside of Southern California, who could lend him the $5,000 needed for the next payment on Loma Linda. Can you help them in this good work? If so, let me hear from you soon. For full particulars, write to Mr. J. A. Burden, Loma Linda, California.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 6)
With this we are sending you a little pamphlet describing the property, a forty-eight-page tract containing much information regarding our work in Southern California and a smaller tract, No. 2, which has an article from Brother Burden on pages 20-24, relating to the same matter.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 7)
Sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching all classes of people. Our sanitariums are the right hand of the gospel, opening doors whereby suffering humanity may be reached with the glad tidings of healing through Christ. In these institutions the sick may be taught to commit their cases to the great Physician, who will co-operate with their earnest efforts to regain health, bringing to them healing of soul as well as healing of body.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 8)
Christ is no longer in this world in person, to go through our cities and towns and villages healing the sick. He has commissioned us to carry forward the medical missionary work that He began; and in this work we are to do our very best. Institutions for the care of the sick are to be established where men and women suffering from disease may be placed under the care of God-fearing physicians and nurses and be treated without drugs.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 9)
Hoping to hear from you soon, I am
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 10)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 303, 1905, 11)
Lt 305, 1905
Harper, Walter “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 401; PC 190. Mr. Walter Harper My dear brother,—
I have recently received two letters from you, but I have been so thoroughly occupied that I have not been able to answer them. While I was travelling in Southern California, there were many meetings for me to attend, and I was obliged to neglect my writing. During the first part of my stay there Willie was not with me, and at the Los Angeles camp-meeting I was obliged to take a prominent part in some of the business meetings. The camp-meeting was a large one, and the tax upon my strength was severe; but I think that much good was accomplished.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 1)
After the camp-meeting I had an attack of influenza, and we went to Loma Linda. I had to take treatment all the time we were there. I needed entire rest, but there was a great deal of important writing that I had to attend to.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 2)
From Loma Linda we went to San Diego. I was still sick with influenza, yet on Sabbath I stood before a large congregation and spoke to them from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. I talked for an hour and a half on the restaurant work and the danger of this line of work’s becoming so enlarged, that those who should be engaged in giving the gospel to souls starving for the bread of life would be occupied in serving tables. This was my message, and the Lord strengthened me in a most remarkable manner.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 3)
The brethren in Southern California are very desirous that I shall attend the camp-meeting that is to be held in San Diego sometime in November. I do not think that I can do this. But I will go if the Lord so directs. We should be glad to attend all the meetings which our brethren wish us to attend, but our work here requires us to stand at our post of duty here, preparing the books that are so greatly needed in the field.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 4)
Just now we are in great need of money to advance the different lines of work. Many urgent necessities are presented before me. The Paradise Valley Sanitarium is in pressing need of financial aid. The building is beautifully situated and is well adapted for sanitarium work. But it has never been provided with suitable treatment rooms, and until these are provided, it will be impossible for the institution to do the most successful work.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 5)
During our last visit to this sanitarium, we looked over a plan for an addition to the building, which would provide bathrooms for the ladies and for the gentlemen, a helpers’ dining room, physicians’ offices, and eleven bedrooms for patients. This addition will cost about ten thousand dollars, and I wish, Brother Harper, that you could help us to obtain this means, either in loans or gifts. If you can help us in this, I shall be very grateful.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 6)
Since the plan was made, it has been decided to make the addition three stories high instead of two, so as to provide bedrooms for the helpers. This, of course, will call for a larger outlay of means, but the extra story seemed essential.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 7)
Were I able, I would send the brethren in the San Diego sanitarium the money they need; but just at present I am very short of funds. A few days ago I borrowed one thousand dollars from the bank to use in getting out books.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 8)
I am intensely desirous to see the Paradise Valley Sanitarium making a success. Thus far the workers have done all in their power to carry forward the work of the institution. But the addition that is now being erected will add much to the success of their efforts.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 9)
There is some talk of having electric cars run from National City past the sanitarium property. If this plan is carried out, it will be a wonderful blessing to the institution. At present horses and carriages are the only means of conveyance between the sanitarium and National City. This, of course, is expensive.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 10)
I have now stated the case as it is, and I ask those who are interested in the advancement of the Lord’s work to do all in their power to supply the means needed to prepare the Paradise Valley Sanitarium fully for work. This sanitarium has already done a good work. There have been several conversions among the patients, and one soul saved is of more value than the whole world.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 11)
Sanitarium work is one of the most successful means of reaching all classes of people. Our sanitariums are the right hand of the gospel, opening ways whereby suffering humanity may be reached with the glad tidings of healing through Christ. In these institutions the sick may be taught to commit their cases to the great Physician, who will co-operate with their earnest efforts to regain health, bringing to them healing of soul as well as healing of body.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 12)
Christ is no longer in this world in person to go through our cities and towns and villages healing the sick. He has commissioned us to carry forward the medical missionary work that He began; and in this work we are to do our very best. Institutions for the care of the sick are to be established where men and women suffering from disease may be placed under the care of God-fearing physicians and nurses and be treated without drugs.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 13)
Hoping to hear from you soon, I am,
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 14)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 305, 1905, 15)
Lt 307, 1905
Harper, Walter “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 9MR 227-228. Dear Brother Harper,—
I have just received and read your very interesting letter. Thank you for writing. We are indeed glad to hear that you have such encouraging success. I think that this is the Lord’s way of bringing the truth to many, and I praise His name for the success that attends your efforts. I know that people will be blessed in reading the books you mention in your letter. I think that Mount of Blessing and Steps to Christ are excellent books. They are small, but both are full of instruction.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 1)
I am sending you a copy of a letter which I recently received from Brother F. R. Rogers, who for some years has been laboring in the southern field in connection with the mission schools for colored children. I send you his letter that you may see what requests come to me. I will send Brother Rogers the books he asks for. This shall be my donation to the Vicksburg school. I will also send some books to the Huntsville school. I am glad that I can do this much to help them.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 2)
I sent you a letter a day or two ago, asking you to help us to obtain means for the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. The brethren there are pleading with me to solicit means, for unless they receive financial assistance they will be unable to advance in their work. I wrote them that I would endeavor to obtain means for them. I know that you are laboring in a place where it would be difficult to ask for means. But as I thought of the success which the Lord is giving you, I thought that perhaps you could make a donation to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium in its great need. The work is in charge of prudent, intelligent men, who will make a wise use of the means sent them. Will you not do something to help them without delay? If you could not make a gift, perhaps you could make a loan.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 3)
I will now leave this matter with you. I hope and pray that you may have success in the dark parts of the earth, where others might fail. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 4)
The tithe money you recently sent me was sent on to Elder Haskell, to be used in paying the colored ministers.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 5)
May the Lord continue to give you success, is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 307, 1905, 6)
Lt 309, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in MM 7; LLM 137-138; PC 190-192. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
We were deeply interested in your letter in regard to the prospect of having patients almost as soon as you are ready for them. I am very much pleased with your report. I have been trying to interest in Loma Linda the gentleman with whom we found rooms while attending the San Jose camp-meeting. His name is Merrill. He has not been long in the truth, but he welcomed us to his house, furnishing us with two rooms. I sent him a booklet describing the situation at Loma Linda, a pamphlet containing something in regard to our work there, and Ministry of Healing and asked him if he could not donate and loan some means at once and help us to secure the advantage now presented. I ought to hear from him soon. We gave him your address, asking him to correspond with you if he could do us this great favor in helping us out.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 1)
I also wrote to Walter Harper, asking him if he could not help the San Diego sanitarium to complete the building they are trying to finish.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 2)
I am so thankful to our heavenly Father that for a long time He has kept before me that there were buildings that we could obtain at a greatly reduced price. This instruction kept me from trying to purchase land on which to erect buildings at large cost. The Lord has certainly prepared the way for us, and He wants us to work interestedly in securing sanitariums.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 3)
I feel thankful for the school property at Fernando. And I do thank the Lord for the property at Paradise Valley. And now you can see that the Lord designs that these places should be worked. It may be that there will have to be another building secured at a distance from Los Angeles; for thus it has been presented to me. But we cannot yet reach out for more, unless the Lord should make it known that the time has come. If we consecrate our individual selves to the Lord, we shall have that wisdom which will enable us to move intelligently.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 4)
I feel thankful that Elder Decker and his wife are thinking of making Loma Linda their home. He can, if he will, be a blessing. We shall each feel an individual responsibility to do our very best.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 5)
You will notice what a recent number of the San Francisco Chronicle says about the crowds coming into Los Angeles. Let us move intelligently and keep up the religious life and service in our institutions. We shall prosper if we walk humbly with God.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 6)
In Jesus is our life derived. In Him is life that is original, unborrowed, underived life. In us there is a streamlet from the fountain of life. In Him is the fountain of life. Our life is something that we receive, something that the Giver takes back again to Himself. If our life is hid with Christ in God, we shall, when Christ shall appear, also appear with Him in glory. And while in this world, we will give to God, in sanctified service, all the capabilities He has given us.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 7)
I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that He has brought Loma Linda to our notice, that we might obtain it. I thank the Lord that He has sent you to help me carry out in determined effort that which He designed should be a great blessing to us. Redlands will be a center, and so also will Loma Linda. A school will be established as soon as possible, and the Lord will open the way. I could not but think, as I read the notice of the people flocking into Los Angeles, if Loma Linda had not been sold to us, there would now be a ready sale for it. With all the buildings in connection with the main building, we have large advantages. If we will walk humbly with God, and do according to that [with] which He has prospered us, we will have Christ as our friend and our helper. “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] These are the terms of our discipleship. Will we comply with them?
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 8)
Christ was the Prince of heaven, but He made an infinite sacrifice and came to a world all marred with the curse brought upon it by the fallen foe. He lays hold of the fallen race. He invites us, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] The offer is ours, and every advantage is ours if we will accept the terms. I am trying to do this most earnestly. We can be an example to others by our cheerful obedience to the will of God. Let us comply with the conditions, and in complying we shall find the rest we crave.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 9)
In regard to the proposition made by Brother Holden, I look at the matter as you do. We cannot afford to start out on the high-wage plan. This was the misfortune of the people in Battle Creek, and I have something to say on this point. We have before us a large field of missionary work. We are to be sure to heed the requirements of Christ who made Himself a donation to our world. Nothing that we can possibly do should be left undone. There is to be neatness and order, and everything possible is to be done to show thoroughness in every line. But when it comes to paying twenty-five dollars a week, and giving a percentage on the surgical work done, light was given me in Australia that this could never be, because our record is at stake. The matter was presented to me that many sanitariums would have to be established in Southern California; for there would be a great inflowing of people there. Many would seek that climate.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 10)
We must stand in the counsel of God, every one of us prepared to follow the example of Jesus Christ. We cannot consent to pay extravagant wages. God requires of His underphysicians a compliance with the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Verses 29, 30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 11)
We see so much help to be given to our ministers laboring in the gospel in every country where messengers are sent. In every place there needs to be a school, and in very many places a sanitarium. In Jesus Christ is our help and our sufficiency to carry the work forward intelligently. God has looked upon the great display made by some who have labored in New York; but He does not harmonize with that way of preaching the gospel. The solemn message becomes mingled with a large amount of chaff, which makes upon minds an impression that is not in harmony with our work. The good news of saving grace is to be carried to every place; the warning must be given to the world, but economy must be practiced if we move in the spirit of which Christ has given us an example in His life-service. He would have nothing of such outlay to represent health reform in any place.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 12)
The gospel is associated with light and life. If there were no sunlight, all vegetation would perish, and human life could not exist. All animal life would die. We are all to consider that there is to be no extravagance in any line. We must be satisfied with pure, simple food prepared in a simple manner. This should be the diet of high and low. Adulterated substances are to be avoided. We are preparing for the future, immortal life in the kingdom of heaven. We expect to do our work in the light and in the power of the great, mighty Healer. All are to act the self-sacrificing part. Every one of us is to learn of Christ. “Learn of Me,” He says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Verse 29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 13)
All the grand displays that have been made in the medical missionary work, or in buildings, or in dress, or in any line of adornment are contrary to the will of God. Our work is to be carefully studied and is to be in accordance with our Saviour’s plan. He might have had armies of angels to display His true, princely character; but He laid all that aside and came to our world in the garb of humanity, to suffer with humanity all the temptations wherewith man is tempted. He was tempted in all points as human beings are tempted, that He might reveal that it is possible for us to be victorious overcomers, one with Christ as Christ is one with the Father. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not; but as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on His name.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 14)
God calls upon Seventh-day Adventists to reveal to the world that we are preparing for those mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who will purify their souls by obeying the truth as it is in Jesus. Let every soul who will come after Christ deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Him. Thus saith the great Teacher.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 15)
Love to all the family.
(20LtMs, Lt 309, 1905, 16)
Lt 311, 1905
Daniells, A. G.; Prescott, W. W. and associates “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 30, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 122-128. To Brethren Daniells and Prescott and their associates,—
I have light from the Lord that at this time we must act with great caution; for the enemy is watching our every movement. At times I have been ready to take steps that would be called aggressive. I would commence to write the history of the experience that we had in Europe. I would read over the letters containing warning and caution that I have had from the Lord for several in Battle Creek. At times I have felt that I must print all the warnings given me for Dr. Kellogg, especially some that were given me while in Europe. But I have not yet done this because I have been impressed to wait. If I should make a strong move in this direction, the battle would be on. Those who are opposing the light God has given would feel that they had been attacked and would claim that they were compelled to make moves that otherwise they would not have made. And it would take much of our time to meet the issue.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 1)
Let us hold on patiently for a little while, and let the elements break forth that are struggling into life. Let not too many articles be published in the Review and Herald that are of a character to stir up strife.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 2)
The words that Christ spoke just before His crucifixion are clear and plain: “Though He had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not on Him; that the saying of Esaias the prophet might be fulfilled, which he spake, Lord, who hath believed our report, and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been revealed? Therefore they could not believe, because that Esaias saith again, He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart; that they should not see with their eyes, nor understand with their heart, and be converted, and I should heal them.” [John 12:37-40.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 3)
“Though He had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not on Him.” [Verse 37.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 4)
So it will be in the experience of those who are united with Christ in the accomplishment of the work He has given us to do. We have seen the great power of God. The Lord has wrought in behalf of His people. But Satan is not dead or palsied, and he prepares minds by degrees to become imbued with his spirit and to work after the same manner as he works against those who bear responsibilities in the work of God for these last days. In the future Satan’s last exploits will be carried out with more power than ever before. He has learned much, and he is full of scientific scheming to make of no effect the work that is under the supervision of the One who came to the Isle of Patmos to educate John and to give him instruction to be given to the churches.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 5)
The miracles that Christ wrought gave to the world evidence of the divinity of His mission. This powerful evidence the Jews would not receive, because Christ’s teachings did not harmonize with their preconceived ideas or exalt the human agencies who continually exalted themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 6)
The Lord has been giving me instruction that we are meeting the same unbelief today, and that we shall continue to meet it as we bear the last message of mercy to the world. Every ingenious device will be used, every possible method taken advantage of, to lead men to live a lie, that the truth shall not stand as God designed it to stand, to prepare a people, through the sanctification of the Holy Spirit, to stand firm as a rock to principle.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 7)
All who believe and practice the Word of God will answer the prayer of Christ as given in the seventeenth chapter of John. Read this chapter from the first verse to the last. In it you have the plan of redemption. God’s angels are preserving the world from destruction because there are some who have never yet heard the message of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 8)
The course of false science led the Jews to strong unbelief. We are filled with grief when we meet the same unbelief in the world today. Christ came to this world and received at the hands of the unbelieving Jews that which prophecy declared He would receive. The Jews who were fulfilling the prophecies in the Old Testament Scriptures did not realize what they were doing. They professed to believe these prophecies, and they did not know that they were working out the plan foretold.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 9)
“Stay yourselves, and wonder; cry ye out, and cry; they are drunken, but not with wine; they stagger, but not with strong drink. For the Lord hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep, and hath clothed your eyes; the prophets and your rulers, the seers hath He covered. And the vision of all is become unto you as the words of a book that is sealed, which men deliver to one that is learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee; and he saith, I cannot; for it is sealed. And the book is delivered unto him that is not learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee; and he saith, I am not learned.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 10)
“Wherefore the Lord saith, Forasmuch as this people draw near Me with their mouths, and with their lips do honor Me, but have removed their hearts far from Me, and their fear toward Me is taught by the precept of men; therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvelous work, and a wonder; for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall be hid. Woe unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord, and their works are in the dark, and they say, Who seeth us, and who knoweth us? Surely your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter’s clay; for shall the work say of him that made it, He made me not, or shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, He had no understanding?” [Isaiah 29:9-16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 11)
Every word of this will be fulfilled. There are those who do not humble their hearts before God and who will not walk uprightly. They hide their true purposes and keep in fellowship with the fallen angel, who loveth and maketh a lie. The enemy puts his spirit upon the men whom he can use to deceive those who are partially in the dark. Some are becoming imbued with the darkness that prevails and are setting the truth aside for error. The day pointed out by prophecy is come. Jesus Christ is not understood. Jesus Christ is to them a fable. At this stage of the earth’s history, many act like drunken men. “Stay yourselves, and wonder; cry ye out, and cry; they are drunken, but not with wine; they stagger, but not with strong drink. For the Lord hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep, and hath closed your eyes. The prophets and your rulers, the seers hath He covered.” [Verses 9, 10.] A spiritual drunkenness is upon many who suppose they are the people who shall be exalted. Their religious faith is just as is represented in this scripture. Under its influence, they cannot walk straight. They make crooked paths in their course of action. One and then another, they reel to and fro. They are looked upon by the Lord with great pity. The way of truth they have not known. They are scientific schemers, and those who could and should have helped, because of a clear spiritual eyesight, are themselves deceived and are sustaining an evil work.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 12)
The developments of these last days will soon become decided. When these spiritualistic deceptions are revealed to be what they really are—the secret workings of evil spirits—those who have acted a part in them will become as men who have lost their minds.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 13)
“Wherefore the Lord saith, Forasmuch as this people draw near Me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor Me, but have removed their heart far from Me, and their fear toward Me is taught by the precept of men; therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvelous work among this people, even a marvelous work and a wonder; for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall be hid. Woe unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord, and their works are in the dark, and they say, Who seeth us, and who knoweth us? Surely your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter’s clay; for shall the work say of him that made it, He made me not? or shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, He had no understanding?” [Verses 13-16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 14)
It is presented to me that in our experience we have been and are meeting this very condition of things. Men who have had great light and wonderful privileges have taken the word of leaders who think themselves wise, who have been greatly favored and blessed by the Lord, but who have taken themselves out of the hands of God and placed themselves in the ranks of the enemy. The world is to be flooded with specious fallacies. One human mind, accepting these fallacies, will work upon other human minds, who have been turning the precious evidence of God’s truth into a lie. These men will be deceived by fallen angels, when they should have stood as faithful guardians, watching for souls, as they that must give an account. They have laid down the weapons of their warfare and have given heed to seducing spirits. They make of no effect the counsel of God and set aside His warnings and reproofs and are positively on Satan’s side, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 15)
Spiritual drunkenness is now upon men who ought not to be staggering as men under the influence of strong drink. Crimes and irregularities, fraud, deceit, and unfair dealing fill the world, in accordance with the teaching of the leader who rebelled in the heavenly courts.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 16)
History is to be repeated. I could specify what will be in the near future, but the time is not yet. The forms of the dead will appear, through the cunning device of Satan, and many will link up with the one who loveth and maketh a lie. I warn our people that right among us some will turn away from the faith and give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, and by them the truth will be evil spoken of.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 17)
A marvelous work shall take place. Ministers, lawyers, doctors, who have permitted these falsehoods to overmaster their spirit of discernment, will be themselves deceivers, united with the deceived. A spiritual drunkenness will take possession of them. To the unfaithful stewards the Lord says, Take your pleasure and walk in blindness as drunken men; for after having many opportunities, and refusing to improve them, you will act at last as the drunkard acts, throwing away your hope of eternal life. Seeking deep to hide their counsel from the Lord, and making lies their refuge, they will misinterpret the warnings and messages God has set, placing on these warnings their false statements to make God’s Word of no effect. Reports and suggestions are gathered up and kept in the memory, to be used when it is thought they can be used with the best effect. This has been going on for some time. Those who do this work seek deep to hide their counsel from those whom they would injure. But the Lord is acquainted with every movement, every performance. All the secret workings of men are open to the One who knows the heart.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 18)
Some who have been deceived by men in responsible places will repent and be converted. And in all our dealings with them, we must remember that none of those who are in the depth of Satan’s snare know that they are there.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 19)
“Is it not yet a very little while, and Lebanon shall be turned into a fruitful field, and the fruitful field shall be esteemed a forest? And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness. The meek also shall increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For the terrible One is brought to nought, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 20)
“Therefore thus saith the Lord, who redeemed Abraham, concerning the house of Jacob, Jacob shall not now be ashamed, neither shall his face now wax pale. But when he seeth his children, the work of Mine hands in the midst of him, they shall sanctify My name, and sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, and shall fear the God of Israel. They also that erred in spirit shall come to understanding, and they that murmured shall learn doctrine.”Verses 17-24.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 21)
“The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose. It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing; the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, they shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God.” [Isaiah 35:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 22)
I was instructed to speak to you these words of cheer which were spoken to me. I am to call for every soul to be glad, as my heart has been made glad, and to speak this gladness in the congregation of the saints, and to tell of the goodness and power of God in every place where they shall carry the precious gospel of Jesus Christ to those who know not the truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 23)
Now, just now, we are to proclaim present truth, with assurance and with power. Do not strike one dolorous note; do not sing funeral hymns. The message to be proclaimed for this time is, “Strengthen ye the weak hands and confirm the feeble knees. Say unto them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong; fear not. Behold your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recompense; He will come and save you.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 24)
“Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue sing; for in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert. And the parched ground shall become a pool, and the thirsty land springs of water; in the habitation of dragons, where each lay, shall be grass with reeds and rushes.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 25)
“And the highway shall be there, and a way, and it shall be called, The way of holiness; the unclean shall not pass over it; but it shall be for those; the wayfaring men, though fools, shall not err therein. No lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast shall go up thereupon, it shall not be found there; but the redeemed shall walk there; and the ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads; they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away.” [Verses 3-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 26)
O what a promise is this for those who will separate themselves from all cunning and scientific scheming and will follow on to know the Lord, identifying themselves with those who have received the truth and are sanctified through the truth. Every promise is for those who will learn the only true science, which is found in the prayer of Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 27)
“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee; as Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 28)
In this scripture God and Christ are spoken of separately. They are two distinct persons, but one in mind, one in heart, one in holiness and justice and purify, and one in the work of seeking to save the sinful race. To those who believe in Christ, God will give power to become His sons, even to them that believe on His name. This is the science of the life that now is, and of the life which is to come. This is the true science that our medical men need to study—the science of the saving grace of the gospel. This is the science that students must study in order to become genuine medical missionaries.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 29)
Unless the heart, mind, soul, and strength are completely conformed to the will of Christ, the science studied will not give entrance into the narrow way and the straight gate that lead to eternal life. “Straight is the gate and narrow is the way that leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. Because broad is the way, and wide is the gate that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat.” [Matthew 7:14, 13.] Those who regard it as a valuable science to be sharp, to take advantage of and cheat their neighbors, are cheating their own soul; and unless they change, they can never enter the holy city. No crooked dealing, no deceptive science will find a place in the heavenly courts.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 30)
We are God’s little children, and we are to learn of Him. His Spirit is too pure to dwell in the mind and heart of one that is lifted up unto vanity. In His prayer Christ said, “I have glorified Thee on the earth.” This is the science of heaven. “I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self, with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was.” [John 17:4, 5.]
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 31)
These are the words of Him who was one in mind, in heart, and purpose with God in the work of saving a fallen world. God and Christ had oneness of purpose, oneness of aim, and they made one eternal never-ending effort to work for the salvation of the fallen race. The prayer of Christ lays open before the intelligent, understanding mind that not one taint of the science of Satan’s practice can enter the holy city.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 32)
Satan worked in every possible way to come out victorious in standing in the highest place in the heavenly courts. How artful were his contrivances to win the game! He employed every artful intrigue and device to carry his science against God and His Son Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 33)
As I am shown these special things of Satan’s science, and how he deceived the holy angels, I am afraid of the men who have entered into the study of the science that Satan carried into the warfare in heaven. O how I have longed to be where I should not be compelled to see the same science practiced on this earth by medical practitioners. How my heart has been agonized as I have seen souls accepting the inducements held out to them to unite with those who were warring against God. When they once accept the bait it seems impossible to break the spell that Satan casts over them, because the enemy works out the science of deception as he worked it out in the heavenly courts. He uses human agencies to carry on his work with other human beings. He has worked so diligently with men in our day, that he has won the game again and again.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 34)
What, I ask, can be the end? Again and again have I asked this, and I have always received the same instruction, Never leave a soul unwarned. Those who are bound in Satan’s toils are the most confident and the most boastful. They will protest at the thought that they are ensnared, and yet it is the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 311, 1905, 35)
Lt 313, 1905
White, Mabel “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 2, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 320. My dear granddaughter Mabel,—
We are all usually well, and all are hard at work, preparing manuscript for the papers and for books we intend to publish. We should be glad, very glad, to be with you in your meetings. But we have decided, after much deliberation, that we can serve the cause of the Lord more successfully by remaining close at the work of hunting up matter and putting in print many things that should come to the people just now. I should be much pleased to visit you, and yet we must prepare matter that should come to the people at this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 1)
I am very much pleased that Brother Simpson is having good success, and I thank the Lord that some have decided to accept the truth. We are praying for you, for we have the fullest confidence that the Lord would have the truth presented to the people who have not had the privilege of hearing it. We will pray that Elder Simpson may be greatly blessed of the Lord, and that the work which so much needs to be done will be done in San Diego. One soul is worth more than the whole world, and I pray that the people will hear and receive the message of salvation. We will all have our faith increased by having the truth accepted by many. This will result in a great blessing, and the Lord will come nigh unto His people who are trying to find Jesus. We hope that every soul will draw nigh unto God, and that many souls will receive the light and rejoice in the work that is being done. We want to see souls converted and the light of truth come to many. We pray that the Lord will manifest His great mercy and love to those who are in darkness. Let every one now consecrate himself to God, soul, body, and spirit, and this personal consecration will bring peace and restfulness in the Lord. This is finding the treasure which Christ mentioned as being hid, and sought for, and found. We need very much the peace of mind that Christ alone can give us. We need individually to exercise our minds, that we may be a blessing to those with whom we associate.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 2)
Christ is the Life and the Light of the world. It is Satan’s special effort to quench that Light, which is shining amidst the moral darkness. But to “as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] Children of God! What a privilege to have grace to overcome! What joy will come to all who will believe that Christ is their personal Redeemer, that He has redeemed them through His own suffering and death! And we who are thus favored, should we not consider it a great privilege to confess Christ through a well-ordered life and godly conversation?
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 3)
We have but one life to live; and through our daily connection with God, we have in and through the merits of the Lord Jesus Christ a constant sustenance in doing the things that will represent Christ to the world. We may not have all the conveniences that some have in ease and comfort and in earthly goods, but we have the blessed assurance which Christ gave to His believing disciples. He saw that they were very sad at the thought that they were to be deprived of His personal presence, and that He must suffer and die to save every soul who would receive and believe on Him. He had explained the matter to them again and again. And now He was giving them the last lessons they would receive from Him—lessons of His own humiliation and of the sorrow He must suffer because of their rejecting and turning from the One who would give them light and eternal life in His kingdom.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 4)
As He saw their sorrow, He pitied them. He tried to enlighten their understanding. He had no words of grief to express to them in regard to the future ignominy and sorrow that was before Him. His only effort was to strengthen His disciples for the terrible test and trial that was before them. His heart was filled with sorrow for them. To them He said, “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. Thomas saith unto Him, Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way? Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me.” [John 14:1-6.]
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 5)
Blessed words! We may receive Him into our hearts, and He will be unto us hope and courage and sustaining grace. The Lord would have us trust fully and entirely in Him. Then we will, in the simplicity of our faith, believe that Christ will do for us all that He has promised. Let all come to the Saviour in the full assurance that He will do all that He has promised.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 6)
We cannot please our Saviour more than by having faith in His promises. His mercies can come to you, and your prayers can come to Him. Nothing can break this line of communication. We must learn to bring all perplexities to Jesus Christ, for He will help us. He will listen to our requests. We may come to Him in full assurance of faith, nothing doubting, for He is the living Way. He has consecrated this way with His own blood. We are His purchased possession. He says, “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 7)
The more we press our petitions to His throne, the more sure we are of constantly receiving the great grace of our Lord Jesus Christ. You do not give strength to the road you are travelling by faith. But you increase in strength and in assurance because you have a guide right by your side, and you can ask Him with perfect faith to guide your steps aright.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 8)
Then trust in the Lord Jesus to lead you step by step into the right path. You can derive assurance and strength at every step you advance, for you can be assured that your hand is in His hand. You can “run and not be weary;” you can “walk, and not faint,” for you can realize by faith that you have your hand in the hand of Christ. [Isaiah 40:31.] You will not sink under discouragement, for as you follow on to know the Lord, trusting in Him, you will have the assurance that the One who never forsakes those who fully trust Him is your constant Helper.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 9)
Then be of good courage in the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 10)
Your Grandmother.
(20LtMs, Lt 313, 1905, 11)
Lt 315, 1905
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 3, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Burden,—
When I was last in Washington, I met Sister Walter Harper’s mother and sister. Mrs. Harper was then at the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and her mother and sister felt very anxious for her, knowing that every effort would be made to hold her there. They talked with me about the matter, and I told them to be sure to have Mrs. Harper, as soon as she had finished her course, unite with her mother in Kansas, where she had been making her home.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 1)
Mrs. Harper has finished her course and is now with her mother. She wishes to take up nursing and at the same time be near her mother, who is not well. As the case now stands, she is the only one of the children who is free to care for the mother. I had thought that if her mother’s sickness is an ordinary invalidism, some arrangements might be made so that Mrs. Harper could have work at Loma Linda and have her mother near her. But if the mother has consumption, I could not advise her to come to Loma Linda.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 2)
I should be glad to have Mrs. Harper connect with one of our sanitariums in Southern California. I have received two letters from her regarding her coming, but I do not wish to reply before laying the matter before you. Please tell me what I ought to advise her about her coming to Loma Linda. You are acquainted with Mrs. Harper, and therefore I write you thus. I do not want to encourage anything that would be a burden. I want to do what is best.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 3)
Today I received an excellent letter from Dr. Winegar-Simpson. She writes very encouragingly regarding the work of the Glendale Sanitarium, saying that there are souls accepting the truth in the institution.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 4)
I also received a letter from Hannah Sawyer-Hopkins, who is at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. She says that there was an automobile accident at National City, and that some of the injured were brought to the Sanitarium. This necessitated the calling in of two outside nurses, both of whom have decided to keep the Sabbath and are attending the meetings that Elder Simpson is holding in San Diego.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 5)
The Lord is doing the very work that He presented to me could be done were medical missionary work and the proclamation of present truth blended.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 6)
Dr. Kellogg is sending out letters everywhere, urging young men and young women to take a nurses’ training course at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. A young lady in Los Angeles, Miss Leta Hinton, who has been working in the Tract Society there, has written to me about her going to Battle Creek. Please see this sister if you can, and talk with her. Get her to open her mind to you, and advise her. Tell her that the statements made regarding the work of the Battle Creek Sanitarium are not in harmony with the way in which the matter has been presented to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 7)
I wish you could give Dr. Gibbs a place somewhere for trial; for this might be the means of saving his soul. Is he not worth a trial. Has he been given a trial since he was so misused by Dr. Burke?
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 8)
May the Lord bless and strengthen all who are engaged in the work of the Loma Linda Sanitarium. Be of good courage in the Lord. I am determined to be cheerful and grateful and to praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 9)
In much love.
(20LtMs, Lt 315, 1905, 10)
Lt 317, 1905
Brethren in the Ministry and Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 10, 1905 See variant Lt 317a, 1905. Portions of this letter are published in PC 11. + Dear brethren in the ministry and the medical missionary work,—
I have a message to bear to you. God calls upon you to come into line. The deceiving power of the enemy has long been at work to tear away the foundations of our faith. Some of Satan’s agencies work in one way and some in another. I am directed to speak to all our people high and afar off the words that have been given me. God has a controversy with those who have been walking in the light of the sparks of their own kindling.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 1)
“Is it not because there is not a god in Israel, that ye go to inquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron?” [2 Kings 1:3.] “Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints? Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? And if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? Know ye not that ye shall judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life? If ye then have judgments of things that pertain to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church. I speak to your shame. Is it so, that there is not a wise man among you? No, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren? But brother goeth to law with brother. Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because ye go to law one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? Why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded? Nay, ye do wrong, and defraud, and that your brethren. Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived.... Thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God.” [1 Corinthians 6:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 2)
This is the message borne by the apostle Paul, who was oft instructed by revelations from God. Those who for years have been leaning on the arm of the law have done many things that an honorable worldling would not do. For years unbelievers have been their stay and their support.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 3)
Such ones should long ago have been relieved of responsibilities in connection with the work of God. Had this been done, the cause of the Lord would have made greater advancement, and the message of warning for this time would have been carried to a greater number of people. God tested many in the General Conference held at Battle Creek in 1901. There are many whose eyes are now blinded, who, had they repented and heeded the warnings given, might not only have saved those who have never heard the truth, but those also who have been led astray by the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 4)
But wrongs have been left uncorrected and sins unconfessed and unrepented of. Men have passed along, to become more and more the subjects of Satan’s temptations, and have been duped by those who were not practicing the virtues of Christ. How does the Saviour look upon the perversity of the men who are in high positions of responsibility in connection with His cause, and yet are uncontrolled by the Word of God, unchanged by the warnings that He has sent? They press on in their own way, manufacturing their own burdens instead of bearing the burden of the work that God has given them. They do not keep their hearts and lives free from the least taint of oppression, from the slightest exhibition of selfishness or dishonesty. They do not shun the first approach to underhand dealing.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 5)
Had they done this, they would have heard when the Lord spoke to them. When in mercy He sent messages to them, they would have heeded the warning. They would have recognized their danger and would have striven to represent the Lord in every business transaction. But they were out of their proper place. They were assuming responsibilities that God never meant them to carry. And in entering the paths of human ambition, filling their minds with thoughts of buying and selling and getting gain, they lost their Christian experience. They had beside them the teacher who is near to every man who does not do his appointed work, and who does not strive day by day to preserve the sacredness of that work, and in humility to improve the talents lent him. It has not been their highest aim to follow the divine pattern, that they might bring to God all their talents doubled.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 6)
My brethren, read as for your lives the instruction contained in the thirteenth chapter of Matthew, and take heed to yourselves. Let no man blind you by his human sophistries or his mocking burlesque of sacred things, which is as blasphemy. In (Mark 13:1, 2), we read, “And as He went out of the temple, one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” Study this whole chapter. It is a warning. Let us prayerfully ask ourselves, Who shall stand before the judgment seat of Christ acquitted, without spot or stain upon his character?
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 7)
Christ in His teaching contemplates the future destiny of the beings for whom He gave His life. Those who are saved must form characters that are without fault in the sight of a pure and holy God. God has given to every man his work, and Christ will co-operate with every human being who will co-operate with Him, wearing His yoke, not a yoke of human manufacture, and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. Such ones angels will love, and to such they will minister in every phase of the life history. Christ will teach those who will follow Him, giving them daily an experience in the meaning of the divine beatitudes.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 8)
At the great day of judgment every man will be judged according to the deeds done in this life. John the Revelator writes, “I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God, and the books were opened, and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.” [Revelation 20:12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 9)
It was with a voice filled with tears of regret that Christ uttered His woes against the oppression, the dishonesty in trade that He saw on every hand. By word and deed He strove to relieve the oppression caused by injustice. His heart was filled with compassion for the suffering ones. He saw the misery brought about by unsanctified actions, and with wonderful clearness He showed the consequence of the least injustice. With stern denunciation He condemned all oppression and all unfair dealing. He urged that compassion be ever shown. He identified Himself with those who suffer through wrongdoing, placing Himself in the position of the victim of injustice, and declaring that He suffers as those for whom He gave His life are injured, wronged, insulted. He who purchased the human family with His own blood charges as done to Himself any insult offered to a child of His. His law extends the shield of divine protection over every soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 10)
Christ died that human beings might have the life that measures with the life of God. But He will not save those who practice the arts of the great deceiver, unless they repent and become kind, compassionate, and Christlike, putting away all proud striving for the supremacy. He sees every act of injustice that is done, and as the Redeemer of mankind, He becomes partaker in the suffering thus caused.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 11)
“No man, when he hath lighted a candle, putteth it in a secret place, neither under a bushel, but on a candlestick, that they which come in may see the light. The light of the body is the eye; therefore when thine eye is single, thine whole body is full of light; but when thine eye is evil, thy body also is full of darkness. Take heed therefore that the light which is in thee be not darkness. If thy whole body therefore be full of light, having no part dark, the whole shall be full of light, as when the bright shining of a candle doth give thee light.” [Luke 11:33-36.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 12)
Christ’s denunciations, the woes that He pronounced, were followed by exclamations of the deepest sorrow. He wept over Jerusalem, saying, “O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee; how often would I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings, and ye would not! Behold, your house is left unto you desolate; for verily, I say unto you, Ye shall not see me until the time come when ye shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord.” [Luke 13:34, 35.] He wept over those whom He knew were deserving of His rebuke.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 13)
Christ was approaching the end of His mission, and He knew that when that time should come, Jerusalem’s day of probation would have ended. But He was reluctant to pronounce the words of doom. For three years He had been seeking for fruit, but had found none. During these three years, one object was ever upon His soul—to present before His thankless, disobedient people the solemn warnings and gracious invitations of heaven. He greatly desired that the Jewish people should receive His words. How graciously He had invited them. How anxiously He labored to awaken in their hearts the comprehension that He was the promised Messiah, the only hope of Israel. In their behalf He has clothed His divinity with humanity. The Prince of heaven, He had humbled Himself to take the form of a servant. His lifework was to convince His disobedient people that He was their only hope. He carried them on His heart. He did all that He could to save them. But at the close of His work in this world He was forced to say of them, “Ye would not come unto Me that ye might have life.” [See John 5:40.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 14)
The cloud of divine wrath was gathering over Jerusalem. Christ saw the city beleaguered. He saw it lost. In a voice full of tears He exclaimed, “If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are hid from thine eyes.” [Luke 19:42.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 15)
I present this feeble representation of a terrible picture to those who today are going over the same ground, refusing the messages of the grace of God, rejecting the warnings against a course of wickedness. The ground trodden by the Jewish leaders is being trodden today by those who have made light of warnings from heaven, with looks, with words, with gesticulations. I have heard the ridicule of the warnings sent them and refused by them, and I know that the same spirit that existed in the days of Christ exists today. The blessings that the Saviour longs to bestow He is forced to withhold, because of the contempt manifested by the men who give proof in their lives that they reject all warnings, all entreaties, all efforts for their salvation. They know not the day of their visitation. They despise the evidence of God’s working, and history is being repeated.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 16)
At the feet of Christ, Satan laid all the kingdoms of the world, promising to give them to Christ if He would acknowledge Satan as supreme. Christ turned from him with the words, “Get thee hence, Satan; for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Matthew 4:10.] Christ could have opened before the tempter mysteries of past, present, and future, which would have made of no effect the power and boasting of Satan. But no; His work was to teach the highest of all science—the knowledge of how to gain salvation.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 17)
Christ always hears the voice of penitence, imploring forgiveness and pardon. Salvation through the merits of the Saviour—this is the only hope of those who have been dishonest and wicked. God’s power is always on the side of justice and mercy and the strictest honesty. One more grand move in the path of transgression, and the future of more than one soul will be decided. Christ will give the world distinct proof of the power of truth, but for some it will be forever too late.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 18)
I plead with those who for years have stood in the way, retarding the work of God, now to clear the King’s highway, while there is still opportunity for wrongs to be righted. Let those who have not confessed their sins now humble their souls before God and with prayer and humiliation show their true colors. Let them lift the cross, and go forward, bearing the banner of Christ’s triumph. There is hope still, but God will not be trifled with.
(20LtMs, Lt 317, 1905, 19)
Lt 317a, 1905
Brethren in the Ministry and Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 10, 1905 Variant of Lt 317, 1905. Portions of this letter are published in TDG 109. + Dear Brethren in the Ministry and the Medical Missionary Work,—
I have a message to bear to you. God calls upon you to come into line. The deceiving power of the enemy has long been at work to tear away the foundations of our faith. Some of Satan’s agencies work in one way and some in another. I am directed to speak to all our people nigh and afar off the words that have been given me. God has a controversy with those who have been walking in the light of the sparks that have been kindled, but not by the Lord.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 1)
“Is it because there is not a God in Israel that ye go to inquire of Baal-zebub, the God of Ekron?” [2 Kings 1:3.] “Dare any of you, having a matter against another go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints? Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? And if the saints shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? Know ye not that ye shall judge angels? how much more the things that pertain to this life? If then ye have judgments of things that pertain to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church. I speak to your shame. Is it so that there is not a wise man among you? No, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren? But brother goeth to law with brother. Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because ye go to law one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? Why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded? Nay, ye do wrong, and defraud, and that your brethren. Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived.... Thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God.” [1 Corinthians 6:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 2)
This is the message borne by the apostle Paul, who was oft instructed by revelations from God. Those who for years have been leaning on the arm of the law have done much that a worldling would never do. For years unbelievers have been their stay and support. Such ones should long ago have been relieved of responsibilities in connection with the work of God. Had this been done, the cause of the Lord would have made greater advancement, and the message of warning for this time would have been carried to a greater number of people. There are many whose eyes are now blinded, who might, had they heeded the warnings given, not only saved those who have never heard the truth, but those who have been led astray by the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 3)
But wrongs have been left uncorrected and sins unconfessed and unrepented of. Men have passed along, to become the subjects of Satan’s temptations, and have been duped by those who were not practicing the virtues of Christ. How does the Saviour look upon the perversity of the men who are in high positions of responsibility in connection with His cause, and yet are uncontrolled by the Word of God, unchanged by the warnings that He has sent? They press on in their own way, manufacturing their own burdens instead of bearing the burden of the work that God has given them. They do not keep their minds free from the perplexing matters of commercial enterprises. They do not keep their hearts and lives free from the least taint of oppression, the slightest exhibition of selfishness or dishonesty. They do not shun the first approach to underhand dealing.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 4)
Had they done this, God could have spoken to them when they were in danger, and they would properly have represented Him in every business transaction. But out of their place, assuming responsibilities that God never meant them to carry, entering the paths of human ambition, filling the mind with thoughts of buying and selling and getting gain, they lost their Christian experience. They had beside them the teacher who is by the side of every man who does not do his appointed work, who does not strive day by day to preserve the sacredness of that work, and to improve the talents lent them, that they might bring them back to God doubled, because their highest aim had been to follow the divine pattern.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 5)
My brethren, read as for your lives the instruction contained in the thirteenth chapter of Matthew, and take heed to yourselves. Let no man blind you by his human sophistries or his mocking burlesque, which is as blasphemy against the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 6)
And as He went out of the temple, one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, see what manner of stone and buildings are these. And Jesus answering saith unto them, Seest thou these buildings? There shall not be left one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 7)
The whole chapter is a warning. Who shall stand before the judgment seat of Christ acquitted, without spot or stain upon his character?
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 8)
Christ in His teaching contemplates the future destiny of the beings for whom He gave His life. Those who are saved must form characters that are without fault in the sight of God and of Christ. God has given to every man his work, and Christ will co-operate with every human being who will co-operate with Him, wearing His yoke, not a yoke of human manufacture, and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. Such ones will angels welcome, and to such will they minister in every phase of the life history. Christ will teach those who will follow Him, giving them daily an experience in the meaning of the divine beatitudes. When the judgment shall sit and the books are opened, every man will be judged according to the things written in the books. All will receive sentence according to their deeds.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 9)
It was with a voice filled with tears of regret that Christ uttered His woes against the oppression, the dishonesty in trade that He saw on every hand. By word and deed He strove to relieve the oppression caused by injustice. His heart was filled with compassion for the suffering ones. He saw the misery brought about by the unsanctified course, and with wonderful clearness He showed the consequence of the least injustice. With stern denunciations He condemned all oppression and all unfair dealing. He urged that compassion be ever shown. He identified Himself with those who suffer through wrongdoing, placing Himself as the victim of injustice. He declared that He suffered in the person of every one who was wronged. He declared that He Himself was injured, robbed, insulted, as those for whom He gave His life were made to suffer these things.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 10)
Christ died that human beings might have the life that measures with the life of God. But He will not save those who practice the arts of the great deceiver, unless they repent, and are kind, compassionate, and Christlike, putting away all proud striving for the supremacy. He sees every act of injustice that is done, and as the Redeemer of mankind, He becomes partaker in the suffering thus caused.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 11)
“No man, when he hath lighted a candle, putteth it in a secret place, neither under a bushel, but on a candlestick, that they which come in may see the light. The light of the body is the eye: therefore when thine eye is single, thine whole body is full of light; but when thine eye is evil, thy body is full of darkness.” [Luke 11:33, 34.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 12)
“Take heed therefore that the light which is in thee be not darkness. If thy whole body therefore be full of light, having no part dark, the whole shall be full of light, as when the bright shining of a candle doth give light.”Luke 11:35, 36.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 13)
He who purchased the human family with His own blood charges as done to Himself any insult offered to a child of His. His law is to extend the shield of divine protection over every soul. Christ’s denunciations, the woes that He pronounced, were followed by exclamations of the deepest sorrow. He wept over Jerusalem, saying, “O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee! How often would I have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings, and ye would not. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. Verily, I say unto you, Ye shall not see Me until the time come when ye shall say, Blessed is He which cometh in the name of the Lord.” [Luke 13:34, 35.] He wept over those whom He knew were deserving of His rebuke.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 14)
Just before His crucifixion, He beheld the city and wept over it, saying, “If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace”—then He paused. [Luke 19:42.] They had come to the crest of Olivet, and the disciples, catching sight of Jerusalem, were about to burst forth unto exclamations of praise. But they saw that their Teacher, in the place of being joyful, was in an agony of tears.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 15)
Christ was approaching the end of His mission, and He knew that when that time should come, Jerusalem’s day of probation would have ended. But He was reluctant to pronounce the words of doom. For three years He had come, seeking fruit and finding none. During these years one object was ever upon His soul—to present before His thankless, disobedient people the solemn warnings and gracious invitations of heaven. He greatly desired that the people should receive His words. How graciously He had invited them. How anxiously He had labored to awaken in their hearts the comprehension that He was the only hope of Israel, the promised Messiah. In their behalf He had clothed His divinity with humanity. The Prince of heaven, He had humbled Himself to take the form of a servant. His lifework was to convince His disobedient people that He was their only hope. He carried them on His heart. He did all that He could do to save them. But at the end of His work in this world He was forced to say, “Ye would not come unto Me that ye might have life.” [John 5:40.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 16)
The cloud of divine wrath was gathering over Jerusalem. Christ saw the city beleaguered. He saw it lost. In a voice full of tears He exclaimed, “If thou hadst known, even thou at least in this thy day the things which belong unto thy peace, but now they are hid from thine eyes.” [Luke 19:42.]
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 17)
I present this feeble representation of this picture to those who are today going over the same ground, refusing the messages of the grace of God. The ground trodden by the Jewish leaders is being trodden today by those who have made light of warnings with looks, with words, with gesticulations. I have heard the ridicule of the words of God, and I know that the same spirit that existed in the days of Christ exists today. The blessings that the Saviour longs to bestow He is forced to withhold because of the contempt manifested by the men who give proof in their lives that they reject all warnings, all entreaties, all efforts for their salvation. They know not the day of their visitation. They despise the evidence of God’s working, and history is being repeated.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 18)
At the feet of Christ Satan laid all the kingdoms of the world, promising to give them to Him if He would acknowledge him as supreme. Christ turned from him with the words, “Get thee hence, Satan. It is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Matthew 4:10.] Christ could have opened before the tempter mysteries of past, present, and future, which would have destroyed the power of Satan; but no, His work was to teach the highest of all science—the knowledge of how to gain the salvation of the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 19)
Christ always hears the voice of penitence, imploring forgiveness and pardon. Salvation through the merits of the Saviour—this is the only hope of those who have despised light and hated knowledge, the only hope of those whose transactions have been dishonest and wicked. God’s power is always on the side of justice and the strictest honesty. One more move in the path of transgression, and the future of more than one soul will be decided. Christ will give to the world distinct proof of the power of truth, but for some it will be forever too late.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 20)
I plead with those who have stood in the way, retarding the work of God, to clear the King’s highway while there is still opportunity for wrongs to be righted. Let those who have not confessed their sins now humble their souls before God and with prayer and humiliation show their true colors. Let them lift the cross and go forward, bearing the banner of Christ’s triumph.
(20LtMs, Lt 317a, 1905, 21)
Lt 319, 1905
Kellogg, J. H. Takoma Park, Maryland June 2, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 118-121. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
A scene has been presented before me of actions performed by you, similar to the actions of Satan in the heavenly courts. From time to time I have given warnings to different ones who were being blinded by your sophistries and misrepresentations. Your power of misrepresentation is so continuously exerted that many have been deceived.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 1)
In some things you act like a man bereft of his reason. It is a marvel to me how one who has had the light in so many ways, who has received so many warnings and reproofs, can yet go on blindfolding himself and others.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 2)
You wrote me that you had surrendered. But wherein have you surrendered? When I received this word from you, I forbore to open before you some things that I shall now have to tell you. I hoped that you would seek to reform. Many times you have been entreated to change your course. You certainly need to do so; for you have been the greatest hindrance to the work that God would have advance in straight lines. Other men have acted a part in some respects similar to the part that you have been acting, but they have not been so regardless of justice, honesty, and truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 3)
You have not been given occasion to do the things that you have done. For years I have striven to give you every word of encouragement that I dared give you, hoping that you might take hold of the encouragement and make thorough work for eternity. At the General Conference held in Battle Creek in 1901, I treated you as a man who would make every effort to set things right. When your long, drawn-out documents were presented to me to commend and approve, I was shown clearly by the heavenly agencies the sure results of receiving such documents. I was shown the oppression that would be exercised by you and by others linked up with you, who were spiritually blind.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 4)
You have made persistent efforts to try to center everything in Battle Creek, after clear light had been given that this should not be done. For years messages have been coming to you, distinctly pointing out the fact that plants should be made in many places, and that so much should not be gathered into Battle Creek. I was surprised that you took so little heed to messages regarding this that the Lord has repeatedly sent you. You were professedly believing the testimonies, and yet walking and working contrary to them, following your own impulses, turning from the plain, Thus saith the Lord, to carry out your own plans and devisings. You have had little use for those whom you thought would obstruct your way. You would not harmonize with them and refuse to recognize in them any virtue or righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 5)
In the long history presented before me, I can see the dangerous path that you have been traveling. You have boasted of your study of science. But from the light that God has given me, I know that you might better, far better, have become a fool in the eyes of the world than to accept such science as you cherish and use it as you have done to blind the mind and the judgment of those who were connected with you. Your scientific knowledge has been used by you to help you in acting a part similar to the part that Satan acted in the heavenly courts. Step by step you have been wandering away from God, working out plans instigated by the archdeceiver.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 6)
The results of your devising regarding the bonds has been presented to me. I was shown at the time that the plan was so made that many who would be led to take these bonds would be disappointed and would feel that they had made a mistake. The position that you took at Oakland led you to do that which a Christian would be afraid to do. You have leaned on the arm of lawyers for so long, to make your own ways and works a strength, that the Lord regards you as a man liable to make any presumptuous movement that might come to his mind. You have made movements that have been directly opposed to the holy law of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 7)
The words have been spoken of you, “Is it because there is not a God in Israel that ye go to the god of Ekron to inquire?” [2 Kings 1:3.] You have turned from and despised the law of God, given in awful grandeur from Sinai, until you now follow the way of transgression of these laws, whenever your will and way is opposed, without realizing the seriousness of your course. Truly truth and righteousness have fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter. You have become linked up with the tempter, and your mind has been led by the one who tried in the wilderness of temptation to gain control of the mind of Christ. The Saviour would not enter into controversy with the tempter, but quoted His Father’s words, “It is written.” Not one word did He speak of which Satan could take the least advantage.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 8)
Men have linked up with you to do a work, the consequences of which they did not understand. You have been the spokesman repeating the words of accusation and condemnation of the archdeceiver. Your science has been used to benumb the sensibilities and confuse the judgment of others. In long night talks you have presented your misrepresentations to your associates until your mind and plans and works have become their mind and plans and works. In listening to your words, these men have imbibed the very science of the tempter. You have twisted and manipulated and misstated and misrepresented the testimonies that God has given, making them of no effect.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 9)
This whole matter has been presented to me. You have worked as Lucifer worked in the heavenly courts to persuade his associates to unite with him. The enemy has used his arts upon your mind. Your boasted study of science and your assertion that you had obtained something excellent have deceived the men connected with you, and they have refused to listen to the warnings sent to keep them from listening to your false representations.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 10)
The Lord now calls upon me to make plain to others that which has been made plain to me. If men refuse to receive the words of warning, the guilt will be upon their own souls. I am bidden to say, Your soul is in an unsaved state. You are not in harmony with truth and righteousness. What remains for you at the end of your commercial enterprises? What at the end of your strife for supremacy? Can you institute a war against God and His angels to get the supreme place in the heavenly courts? Would you succeed in this effort? And if you should succeed, would heaven be a place in which you would want to live? What kind of a character would you have formed amid your commercial enterprises and your ambition for the highest place? Would you be happy if you could gain even that? No. No.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 11)
It is appointed unto men once to die, and after that the judgment. There is no exemption from this. All the reputation gained in this life, all the wealth that can be secured by undercurrent working will not purchase one moment’s peace, one ray of joy. All the medical skill you have obtained from the hand of God, you could not use to cure yourself. Unless you repent, the moment must come when the word will be spoken, He is joined to his idols, let him alone. The advantages that Satan holds before you, he held before Christ. But the word, “It is written,” turned back the tempter.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 12)
Why did the apostle Paul reason with Felix upon this all-important subject—the judgment to come? In order to turn him from his evil ways to repentance, to conversion. He would arouse his slumbering senses to the danger of his losing the life to come, that he might lay hold on the hope set before him.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 13)
I am instructed to bring these things before you, pressing them upon your attention, that, if possible, you may be led to lay hold upon the hope set before you in the gospel. By your schemes and your consultations with lawyers, you are divorcing yourself from your only hope. What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? Heaven and earth shall pass away, but God’s Word will never pass away. Not one jot or tittle of His holy law will ever pass away. Not all the power on earth, of men in the highest positions, or of devils, can make void the words of our Lord Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 14)
“What shall I do,” asked the lawyer, “that I may have eternal life?” Said Christ, “What saith the Scripture? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” Christ said to him, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 15)
Two things are set before us—the conversion here in this life of body, soul, and spirit, or the eternal loss of the soul hereafter. When you come to understand that as you are today, there is not the slightest hope for you to secure that life that measures with the life of God, will you then dare to say, I do not confess, I do not repent?—No; you do not, you have not repented. Neither did Satan repent of all the evil that he had done. But it is for your present and eternal interest to fall on the Rock and be broken. If you do not do this, the Rock will fall on you and grind you to powder. In the invitation that Christ Himself gives you He declares, Him that cometh to Me, I will in no wise cast out. [John 6:37.] Those who have helped to hold you in your blindness and exalted infatuation are guilty with you. To the lawyers who have encouraged you in your purpose to do the unrighteous work that you have been inspired to do, the word is spoken, Woe unto you lawyers.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 16)
“Then answered one of the lawyers, and said unto Him, Master, thus saying, Thou reproachest us also. And He said, Woe unto you, lawyers; for ye lade men with burdens grievous to be borne, and ye yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers.” [Luke 11:45, 46.]
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 17)
I have no liberty to withhold any longer the matters that I have written. There is much that must be brought out. And yet I say to you, as I have said many times before, I have an intense desire that you shall show by your words of confession and by your actions that you will now make thorough work for repentance. Let the plowshare of truth go deep and thorough into your heart. Do no surface work; for God will not accept superficial promises. The Lord Jesus reaches out His hand once more to you, and He will not be trifled with. You have a work to do. Cease your underhand work, which shows that you would spoil the work of God. If you will repent, and be converted, the Lord will have mercy upon you.
(20LtMs, Lt 319, 1905, 18)
Lt 320, 1905
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 21, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 439. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg,—
It is not possible for me to describe the intense burden I have for your soul. I have written you many letters, setting before you the messages God has given me for you and the sadness of my heart in your behalf. I now beseech you, for your soul’s sake, to “seek the Lord while He may be found, to call upon Him while He is near. Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him, and to our God, and He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 1)
Last night I could not sleep for more than three hours. Your case was pressing upon my soul. I have an intense desire that you shall be saved. I pray the Lord to help you to come to Him as one of His little children. You do not understand the situation. The Lord sends you reproofs and entreaties, that you may change your way for His way. But you have followed your own way. Sometimes you have been full of good purposes, and again, you have had many schemes and an exalted view of what J. H. Kellogg can do. You have tried to exercise the powers of a king.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 2)
You have tried to set before me, in the way you view it, the work done in College View. But God does not see as man sees. The work that was done at that time and place has ever been before me as an example of the work you could and would do if you had opportunity. I tell you that all such work is of satanic invention. It is condemned of God, with all work done in the same spirit. You need not refer to it again. God will not sanction any such work, but will condemn it decidedly. You have carried yourself proudly, oppressively. The example you have set others in a variety of ways has placed you under the disapproval of a holy God—weighed in the balance and found wanting.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 3)
I have written so much on this subject that I do not think there is need of my tracing another line. How will you do now? Will you change square about? I know that you will not unless you see that the Lord is much displeased with you. I know that you have lost the truth out of your soul. You do not know what is truth. I have been distinctly shown evil angels making a desperate, intensified effort to stir up the powers from beneath.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 4)
Had you come into line at the General Conference held in Battle Creek in 1901, or even at the conference held later in Oakland, had you believed the warnings given, and laid off the coat of J. H. Kellogg, putting on the armor of God, there would now be a united company in our ranks. I have seen again and again that when ministers saw things as you viewed them, you thought them just the men for the place they occupied, but just as soon as they could not conscientiously accept your propositions, then in your estimation they were entirely wrong. There was hatred in your heart toward every one who did not accept your propositions, which the Lord did not desire them to accept. Your exhibition at the Oakland conference was a shame to the Christian profession and dishonored the great Medical Missionary.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 5)
I shall not attempt to specify, but for years the working of your mind has been such as God condemns. Not every action is wrong, but your perverted religious ideas have been mingled with the good, till your whole soul is diseased. You can no longer be trusted to carry on the education of the youth. The things that you are now doing are a part of your policy to gain minds to sustain you. The Lord does not accept your mixture of actions in the courts of law.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 6)
As for the testimonies sent you by the Lord, you do not believe them; for they stand in the way of your self-serving, your exaltation of J. H. Kellogg. No one will urge you to believe them. You have treated more unbelief in them and in the truth than any other man who has ever had the light. I do not care to have you claim to believe the testimonies, because you deny them in your practice. But they are the words of truth that by and by you will have to meet.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 7)
When the testimonies do not vindicate your course of action, you say, “Somebody has told her.” This idea you have talked to others for hours. Do you suppose that while you feel thus, the testimonies could do you the least bit of good? No, no. You have destroyed your own faith in the testimonies. The erroneous faith that you have is in reality the most injurious unbelief. Therefore I do not place the least confidence in your faith in the testimonies. I hope that you will not admit that you believe them; for it cannot be the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 8)
These things make my work tenfold harder than if you openly took your stand against the testimonies. It is not right for you to suppose that I am striving to be first, striving for leadership. I never supposed that my position was misunderstood, and people would not misunderstand it were it not for the erroneous position that you have taken. You are all out of the way. I want it to be understood that I have no ambition to have the name of leader, or any other name that may be given me, except that of a messenger of God. I claim no other name of position. My life and works speak for themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 9)
Sara told me how you had assured her of your faith in my work and the message that God had given me. I told her that I understood all these things, that your actions were constantly speaking louder than your words, and that therefore she need not say anything more to me about the matter. When for a time the tempter was not in close association with you, you would say that you believed. But when the tempter was in close converse with you, you would say the most ridiculous things for a Christian medical missionary to say.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 10)
I was instructed that there should be no conversation between you and me. The Lord has spoken in regard to this matter before I left my home for Oakland.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 11)
Now I wish to make a statement. I was saying to one or two, How can Dr. Kellogg do all in his power to unsettle the faith of the people in the work God has given me? One said, “I asked Dr. Kellogg, ‘How could you help but believe that the testimonies borne during the three first meetings held in Battle Creek at the Conference of 1901 were given by the inspiration of the Spirit of God?’ Dr. Kellogg answered, ‘I gave her that inspiration.’”
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 12)
These meetings were held in the school building. We had had no talk together, so that no one could say that you had told me anything or that I had told you anything. I am not referring to the talks given in the Tabernacle, but to the talks given before a select company of responsible men.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 13)
Your saying this was no more than I expected; for the enemy was throwing his spell upon you. Evil angels have taken possession of you. The enemy is a liar, and he can put his lies into your mind.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 14)
I have not the slightest evidence that it is my duty to go through again the experience that I have gone through in the past concerning your mistakes and your wrong course. If you show a desire to show yourself a true man, a man as true as steel to principle, I will rejoice. A man having the influence that you have, a man whose name has become so popular can do us as a people great injury, if you are permitted by God. But the Lord He is God, and it will be shown that He has spoken, saying, “Thus far shall you, J. H. Kellogg, go, and no further.”
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 15)
If you have decided to help the enemy to play the game of life for your soul, then the sooner I understand this, the better it will be all around.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 16)
I have no light whatever that it is my duty to go to Battle Creek. I could not for a moment think of going there to pass through again the experience I had first in Battle Creek in 1901 and afterward in Oakland. You will never know how near I came to losing may life during the Oakland Conference. It was opened before me day and night what you were doing in secret schemes, which have been growing since the Conference of 1901. I followed your course, and I know that which has been opened to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 17)
At the Conference of 1901 I did all I conscientiously could to set you right before the people, fully believing that you would take your stand on solid ground. And then by your course of action you place me in such a position before unbelievers as to make it necessary for me to contradict you. That I would have to bear a message to you such as I have borne has appeared contradictory, and I cannot explain the matter, or make it appear straight, unless the whole thing is laid out clearly.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 18)
These things cost me agony of mind. I cannot vindicate your course of action, for I know it to be wrong. I do not want to hurt your influence; but when I see the flock of God being charmed with the kind of deception that ruined sinless Adam and Eve, I have a firm, decided testimony to bear, and this testimony I must bear, though it cuts and pains my heart. I have felt as deep an interest in you as if you were my own son. These severe trials are so taxing that I must avoid them; for I must preserve my strength for future action. I shall hope to see unity perfected in the whole body; but in order for this to be, there must be the working of the Holy Spirit. If we must face the difficulties and make known the things I wanted to keep secret, it will be only because the flock of God must not be spoiled by your presenting Satan’s seducing heresies.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 19)
I was instructed last night that I must say these things to you. I do not want to go over this ground again. If you are willing to humble your soul before God, and become a converted man, I shall not be compelled to crucify my soul over these matters. I have suffered keenly over your case. I cannot praise you; for I see that unless the Holy Spirit of God shall come to you, and break your heart, molding and fashioning you after an entirely different similitude, you will clasp hands with the deceiver. I will go further; you have already clasped hands with the artful foe. Unless you change, I shall have this battle to fight over and over again.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 20)
The Lord does not desire you to exercise over the medical missionary workers the molding, fashioning influence that you have exerted. Let them alone. Leave them to look to Jesus Christ as their leader. The Lord will teach them in all things. You have exercised a power of influence, as if you were appointed to be judge and king of mind and soul and body. You have tried to sanctify sin and make it righteous. Through deceiving, deceptive theories, you would lead medical missionaries in a raid against God, His ministers, and His truth. You would lead them to change leaders. By your specious errors you would break up the past experience, which I know to be the truth as surely as I know that Christ is my Saviour. What confidence can we ever inspire in giving the last message of mercy for a perishing world.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 21)
It is now time that we came into harmony regarding what is truth. What is the third angel’s message? Just that which we have ever represented it to be, and those who proclaim it are to bear the banner on which is inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 22)
“Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will be a father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] The course you have taken in making worldly lawyers your right arm testifies that you have not made the Lord your leader. You have forsaken the true God. How can you expect to prosper in carrying out schemes instigated by Satan. You have made a very bad showing before the world.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 23)
The whole of the sixth chapter of First Corinthians is a lesson that ministers and medical missionaries should study. Wake up the watchmen. They are to give the warning message for this time. Is it not time for gospel ministers and medical missionaries to take in the situation and understand that they need to be healed of the maladies of sin and unbelief? Is it not time for them to realize that they are to refuse to accept the teachings of the prince of darkness? You need to have Satan cast out of your heart. Let no one be astonished at these words; for they are the truth. All who will come right to the Lord, humbling their poor, defective hearts before Him, will receive help.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 24)
The fourth chapter of Hebrews was explained in a most clear, positive manner. Let all gospel ministers and all who claim to be medical missionaries study this chapter, if they would be recognized in the heavenly courts as children of the heavenly covenant.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 25)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Ephesians 6:10-12.] Here are the foes whom we have to meet, and we are to realize that satanic agencies are constantly at work. The enemy will insinuate himself at every point where he is given the least chance. He has been presenting his fascinating, delusive theories, clothed in the garments of heaven, to Dr. Kellogg and his associate physicians, who have accepted them. They have been watchmen who have been altogether too much at ease, eating of the fruit of the forbidden tree. All must watch now as never before, else these spiritualistic ideas will steal a march upon us. I am instructed to bear a decided message, to wake up the watchmen, that they may be on guard. Let those who know the truth keep their Bibles in their hands, declaring as did Christ, “It is written.” The men who stand as God’s messengers in these last days are to be minute men. With unceasing vigilance they are to guard the fort. It is dangerous to sleep on guard; for thus the whole work and cause of God will be imperilled. There is no time now to sleep, lest Satan steal a march upon us. We cannot afford to lean upon a broken staff.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 26)
“Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.”“Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints; and for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel, for which I am an ambassador in bonds; that therein I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak.” [Verses 11, 13-20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 27)
My brethren and sisters, ministers, medical missionaries, and people, take your Bibles, and most earnestly search the Scriptures together. Never was there a time when there was so much need of watching for souls as they that must give an account. Let ministers and teachers and medical missionaries, and all our leading men, seek to be bound together with the golden cords of love.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 28)
“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.... Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.” [Colossians 3:1-4, 12-15.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 29)
“What shall we say then? Shall we continue in sin that grace may abound? God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein? Know ye not that as many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death? Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death; that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. For if we have been planted together in the likeness of His death, we shall be also in the likeness of His resurrection.” [Romans 6:1-5.] This is something that we may strive for.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 30)
“Yea, doubtless,” Paul writes, “and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, that I may win Christ, and be found in Him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith; that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death; if by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. Not as though I had already attained, either were already perfect; but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus. Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended; but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 3:8-14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 31)
How much precious light is contained in the Word for our admonition and instruction! The Lord Jesus must in no case be dishonored by our course of action. Individually we are to be weighed in the balances of the sanctuary. To every soul I would say, What if you are found wanting? Too, the motives of men and women are measured by the Lord. Said Hannah, “The Lord is a God of judgment, and by Him actions are weighed.” [1 Samuel 2:3.] Said Isaiah, “Thou most upright dost weigh the path of the just.” [Isaiah 26:7.] Solomon traces the words, “All the ways of a man are clean in his own eyes, but the Lord weigheth the spirit.” [Proverbs 16:2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 32)
The Word of the Lord is our instructor and contains lessons for all. The great evil that all will have to meet is found in their individual selves. We have light, clear and distinct, from the Word of God, with which we ought to be thoroughly acquainted, searching the Word as for hidden treasure. It is not more light that many who claim to be followers of Christ need, but an increase of genuine faith in the Word of God. An increase of power will come when human agents co-operate with God, walking in the light given, and bringing into the daily practice the directions and counsels given in the Word. The light given in the Bible becomes life to the receiver if he walks and works in accordance with that light. By the example of such ones, light is reflected to others. The heart of the receiver is filled with joy, and he improves every opportunity to let his light shine forth in good works. The world is not left with imperfect witnesses of Christ, who are on the losing side and who mislead others.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 33)
God knows the secret of every motive in our hearts. He sees the outcome of every course of action. When a man influences others to follow in a wrong course, God holds that man as a tempter, who helps Satan in his work. He sees the wrong appropriation of means or the wrong influence exerted over the mind of another. Unless repentance comes and restitution is made, there are written against the name of the wrongdoer the words, “Thou art weighed in the balance, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] Every man will be judged according to his deeds.
(20LtMs, Lt 320, 1905, 34)
Lt 321, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 27, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 252-253. + Dear Children, Edson and Emma,—
I had entirely forgotten that yesterday was my birthday until I had returned from my ride just before dinner. Then I found that Sister King, my matron, had as a surprise to me invited to dinner May White and her children and Ella May and Dores Robinson. I had been so busy that I had not thought of its being my birthday, and I was, as Brother Starr used to say, “plumb surprised” to find such a large gathering and two tables set in our dining room.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 1)
We partook of a nicely prepared meal, after which we went into the parlor and engaged in a season of prayer and sang a few hymns. The Lord came graciously near to us as we offered up hearty thanksgiving to God for His goodness and mercy to us all.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 2)
Our little gathering was very pleasant. Sister Ings sent down a beautiful bouquet from the sanitarium, and some one else sent flowers from St. Helena. Sister King presented me with a small silver-plated water pitcher, just such a one as I had been thinking of purchasing. I was glad that there were not more presents; for when I receive so many things I feel that I must do something in return.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 3)
All our family were not present. W. C. White is in College View, Mabel White is in the sanitarium at Paradise Valley, Sara McEnterfer, Maggie Hare, and Helen Graham are in Oakland for a little change. They expect to be absent about one week longer. We have staying with us Elder Behrens’ little girl, ten years old, a niece of Sister King’s. Her mother is taking treatment at the sanitarium.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 4)
Last night after I had gotten to sleep, a wind storm arose. The bed-screen was blown over, and the shutters hanged. Sister Peck came and rearranged everything, and I soon fell asleep again. I awoke once or twice in the night, but did not get up till four o’clock. This was another victory gained in sleeping; for the previous night I had slept nearly eight hours. For this I feel very grateful to my heavenly Father. I offered up a prayer of thanksgiving to God, took a cold sponge bath, lit my lamp, and wrote eight pages before breakfast.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 5)
I am very thankful that I can relish my food. My diet is simple, but nourishing. Cooked onions is quite a common dish for me now. I am taking time to ride out more than I have done. The last week, I have been out for an hour or more each day, except one. I desire to keep my mind clear, that the Lord may impress me with the precious truths for this important time.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 6)
I am certainly in excellent health for me, notwithstanding the fact that I am handling many important matters. I am endeavoring to repeat those portions of our early experience that will strengthen the faith of God’s people. I shall try also to get out soon the history of the work done in the southern field.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 7)
The last work of Moses was to recount to the children of Israel the history of their experiences. He laid before them the blessings they had received and also reminded them of the mistakes they had made and the dealings of God with them because of these mistakes.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 8)
O that all might realize the rich promises of Christ and keep their faith strong, cherishing the tenderness and compassion of our blessed Saviour. I am pained as I see how many are losing the rich blessings of God, because of their narrow ideas as to His great goodness and mercy and loving-kindness. He “so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 9)
It is our privilege individually to lay hold of the advantages that Christ has provided for us. By our thoughts and words and actions we make or mar our own happiness. No one is able to intercept one ray of light from our soul if we will comply with the necessary conditions. Our heavenly Father is not hard to propitiate. In the gift of His only begotten Son, He has expressed for the human race a love whose greatness can never be estimated. “God commendeth His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us.”“He that spared not His own Son, but delivereth Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?” [Romans 5:8; 8:32.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 10)
One loses much by allowing his mind to dwell upon his sorrows and trials. He is spiritually weakened by the contemplation of the mistakes of his brethren and by speaking to others of their disagreeable, objectionable traits of character. In this way one may make for himself a dark and disagreeable experience.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 11)
It is not a sin to be happy—to be able to say from the heart, “Praise the Lord, O my soul.” [Psalm 146:1.] Much is to be gained by keeping ourselves in a cheerful frame of mind. The contemplation of the love of Christ should lead every soul to express praise and thanksgiving for His great and wonderful gift. Would that every one might look away from that which is dark and forbidding and open his heart to the impressions of the love and generosity of our heavenly Father!
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 12)
We need to educate our minds to understand what Christ is to us, what contradiction of sinners He has endured for our redemption. Why did He come to this world? He might have kept His place in glory and left man to perish in his sins. But for our sakes He left the royal courts, laid aside His kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that in human form He might meet and conquer the wily foe. By partaking of His divine nature men may escape the corruptions of sin. Christ in His life worked out the sum in addition that is found in the first chapter of Second Peter:
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 13)
“And besides this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.” [Verses 5-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 14)
Edson, you need to do a work with your own individual self. Refrain from every word of blame or of complaint against your brethren. Take yourself to task, and in humility seek to gain that strength that comes by beholding Christ. Hear His gracious invitation: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.] Why should you wait? Why not come to Him now?
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 15)
“Take My yoke upon you,” He continues, “and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Verses 29, 30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 16)
Will you take these words of Christ, and will you go to work as the apostle has advised? No longer brood over your supposed injuries. Cease to surmise evil; for evil surmising will lead you into a path in which you will find neither peace nor rest, a path where you will have a checkered experience that you will regard as unexplainable.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 17)
It is time to change the past order of things. Take yourself in hand. Repent, repent of your sins, “and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.” [Acts 3:19.] Humble yourself before God. Pray simply and earnestly for a new heart, and believe that God will hear you.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 18)
Peter continues: “Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:10, 11.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 19)
You are not appointed to the work of confessing the sins of your brethren. Search your own heart thoroughly. Let your heart break before God. It means much to you to take God at His word, and hold on with an unfailing grip. Your Lord is of tender pity and compassion. This assurance of making your calling and election sure is worth everything to you and to every one who will seek to fulfil the conditions. In these words of Peter you may find your life insurance policy.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 20)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.” [Verse 12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 21)
There are many who have a knowledge of the truth, but who need to set their hearts in order before God. Work intelligently for your immortal inheritance. Do not depend on others to pick you up and place you on vantage ground. You can do more to free your own soul from its burdens than any one else can do for you.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 22)
Sing with heart and voice, “There are angels hovering round.” These holy, loving beings are commissioned to minister to all who seek, that they may find; to those who knock, that it may be opened unto them. Angels are hovering round, and they will assist you, if you will give them an opportunity.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 23)
“There is more joy in heaven over one sinner that repenteth than over ninety and nine just ones that need no repentance,” who are not willing to bestir themselves to come to Christ. [Luke 15:7.]
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 24)
It is now bed time, and I must close. I praise and glorify my heavenly Father; for He is the true friend that never faileth.
(20LtMs, Lt 321, 1905, 25)
Lt 322, 1905
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 5-7. + Dear Brother and Sister Belden,—
The past night I have slept better than I have for years. I have no pain. My mind is clear, and I can do much work if I have a chance. I am now seventy-eight years old. I am grateful to my heavenly Father that I am able to do my writing. My appetite is excellent. We have been favored with Brother and Sister King to be our helpers. Both are very useful workers. Sister King is my cook, and the food comes on to the table in an appetizing shape for my workers. This is what we need: simple food prepared in a simple, wholesome, and relishable manner. We have no butter and no meat on our table. We do not think fried potatoes are healthful, for there is more or less grease or butter used in preparing them. Good baked or boiled potatoes served up with cream and a sprinkling of salt are the most healthful. The remnants of Irish and sweet potatoes are prepared with a little cream and salt and rebaked, and not fried; they are excellent. I have had a good appetite and relish my food and am perfectly satisfied with the portion which I select, which I know does not injure my digestive organs. Others can eat food which I cannot, such as lentils and beans. We are favored with the services of Brother and Sister King; they are a blessing to us, and we are thankful for their help. Sister Nelson was highly prized as our housekeeper and cook, and we would have kept her if she would have remained. She wished to perfect her education as a nurse, which position she will fill and do good service. This was understood when she came to us. We were troubled at the thought of her leaving us, as she had done good service and was an excellent caretaker both indoors and out-of-doors. We thought it would be difficult to supply her place, but it would not be doing Sister Nelson justice to keep her here when she desired a change and we considered that she ought to have it. So I let her go. I am glad and thankful that we secured Sister King, as the matron of our home, and her husband to be a caretaker outside the home and inside when needed. They served one year at Healdsburg College and gave good satisfaction. So we are doing well notwithstanding our fears.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 1)
I am grateful to my heavenly Father for the preservation of my health, for the close application to prepare a repetition of the experiences we have had in the past, as we have prepared testimonies in regard to our first labors and the matter is in print. We have a large amount of matter which the Lord has given me, which light and instruction should not be hid under a bushel or under a bed. The warnings and the messages that the Lord has graciously given me to correct the errors that would come in, and to set things in order, the people should have, for the enemy will continue to work to bring in false theories and to mingle with the truth strange suppositions. These appear as light to those who receive them, but they are deceptive theories that will be brought in as tares sown among the wheat. The Lord has for the last fifty years been instructing me that when the seducing theories would arise, they were not to be received, and I must do as did Moses and Joshua: Repeat the errors of the past and the gracious working out of the Lord’s will. I praise His holy name.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 2)
The sadness of my heart is beyond expression because I must show directly to all the medical missionaries that they are not fulfilling their calling. The Lord has been speaking to Dr. Kellogg through His word, but he would not understand that word. He would not change his course of action, and for the last thirty years especially, my message has been given to him, which message he has in strongest assertions professed to believe. But when the plain reproofs came to him through the messenger God has chosen, just prior to the time of the Conference at South Lancaster, he decidedly stated that I was no longer his friend because I stated that facts as they had been presented to me by the Lord. But he had set his mind upon a course of action that the Lord would not sustain him in pursuing. His mistakes were presented before him; likewise the dangers growing out of these mistakes. Our ministers were tempted. They must be on guard, and not in any way be seduced from the straight line of the work God had given them to do, but stand like men. Be strong, yea, be strong. Then the Doctor became set and determined, and for a time he had been losing the balance of his mind. He went to Europe and we urged him to come to Australia; to throw off care for a time and have nothing to do to weary and depress his mind. But although he received the message sent him, he did not accept the invitation. At that time his financial outlook was anything but favorable.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 3)
Warnings had been given me for twenty years that Doctor Kellogg was embracing too much. He could not have a well-balanced mind, and he lost patience and brotherly kindness if interrupted in carrying out his purposes and intentions. The Lord sent him warnings that he was endangering himself. Warnings had come to him that unless he guarded his mind, he would become overwrought and make mistakes in speech and mistakes in selecting his men to be his helpers, and he would not take kindly to any one that questioned his course.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 4)
Dr. Kellogg had been represented to me as chosen for a physician. My husband and myself united in taking three promising young men from their humble labors and placing in the hands of each one thousand dollars to obtain an education in medical lines. This had been the selection that the Lord put into the mind of my husband. The Lord had given light and preference to these three youth, and they were to give themselves to the work of physicians.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 5)
Urgent invitations are sent me to visit Washington, to attend an important meeting. Several are urging my presence. I would gladly attend these meetings, but a great work is before me, and I must keep at this work; for it is of great importance. This work is the bringing out of the warnings that have been given me for Dr. Kellogg. As he will present anything and everything possible to make of no effect the testimonies that the Lord has given me, I must do my part to meet the situation just now.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 6)
I thought I would take this matter up before, but light came that Dr. Kellogg, united with his associates, was doing a special work. Their plans were being laid, and I was to allow them to make the first move; for then there would be a necessity to “Meet it,” and I would be saved from much blame.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 7)
After this light came, I said to my son, “I will heed this warning. I can see the force of it.”
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 8)
In the visions of the night, I was in an assembly of physicians, and I saw the work that was being planned. Then I said to my son, “I must get everything in readiness; for soon we shall see the necessity of having the armor on, ready for action. In that meeting many things were said which I can and must meet. I must work now.” And we did work.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 9)
Letters copied from my diary were sent to Elders Daniells and Irwin, and they were prepared for the issue. You will see by the copies enclosed what took place in Battle Creek. I need not go over the same ground.
(20LtMs, Lt 322, 1905, 10)
Lt 323, 1905
Daniells, A. G.; Irwin, G. A.; Butler, G. I.; Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 27, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brethren Daniells, Irwin, Butler, and Haskell,—
I have words to say to you in regard to the work in the South. If it were possible, I would attend the meeting at Nashville, but I cannot be there if I am to fill my other appointments; therefore I write this letter to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 1)
I am burdened in regard to the situation of J. E. White. I know that in some things he has made mistakes. The Lord has taken his case in hand, and He says, “I will have compassion for the tempted, for them that are out of the way. As many as I love I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear My voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:19-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 2)
I wish now to caution my brethren against doing anything that will place Edson White in a position where his usefulness will be impaired. He has made mistakes in the past. He has acted unwisely in borrowing large sums of money and in engaging in so many speculations. But all your ideas in regard to his motives and actions are not correct.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 3)
And who has not made mistakes. Others made mistakes in some of their plans for the publishing work in Nashville. In the past Brother Bollman has acted unwisely, and he has made it very hard for Edson. And I have feared that Brother Bollman and other brethren may take a course that will not help Edson at this time, but will leave him in despair. If our brethren now take a course that would make it appear that they had no confidence in him, and he is discouraged, Satan will use their attitude to bring bitterness to his soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 4)
I have beheld scenes in times past in Nashville, where great injustice was done to J. E. White by some who have acted as a brake to hinder the work that should have been done. When he was set back, and others pushed to the front, an angel of God took him by the hand and strengthened and encouraged him. I have written testimonies concerning these matters.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 5)
I do not know what you purpose to do, but unless you move cautiously, you may take a course that will unbalance the mind of J. E. White. He needs now sympathy rather than blame. He cannot now bear blame. He needs compassion and tenderness.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 6)
The Lord has given me instruction for him, and I have plainly pointed out his dangers and mistakes. I have urged him to refrain from a work that consumes but does not produce. I have corrected him, and he has borne this correction without rebellion. He has acknowledged the mistakes that have been pointed out, and I have reason to believe that he is seeking to correct them. God forbid that his brethren should assume an attitude that would arouse in him a spirit of rebellion.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 7)
It has often been presented to me that Edson’s work is to minister in word and doctrine. The Lord has given him an active mind, a clear understanding of Scripture, and he is able to write books that are of special interest. By gathering to himself such heavy burdens, that his mind is in constant perplexity and trial, he has placed a yoke upon his own neck that the Lord did not place upon him.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 8)
The Lord Jesus is now saying unto him, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 9)
I know that the Lord Jesus looks with tenderness upon Edson White, and I beg of you not to take a course that will estrange him from the work in the southern field. Warnings have been given me for my brethren not to bind upon him burdens that he is unable to bear. Will you not seek to help him by showing appreciation for what he has done that has been a blessing to the cause of God in many ways. No one has acted a more unselfish part in helping from his own means those who are in distress, than has Edson White. An ounce of commendation for the good that he has done and consideration for his misfortunes will be worth more to him now than great exactitude.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 10)
The self-denial boxes were made and set out in harmony with the light that God has given me. These boxes have proved a blessing to the families who have faithfully used them, and also to the colored people. Let no one seek to demerit the plan of work with the self-denial boxes. Little enough has been done for the southern field, and it is high time for an awakening in the cities of the South.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 11)
Brother Bollman is not a man who has a tender spirit. He is not pitiful and compassionate. Let not his words of criticism and censure make a deep impression upon your minds. Brother Bollman should not be placed in a prominent position; for he would be in danger of doing a work that would need to be undone.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 12)
There are some who do not wish to believe in the testimonies that God has given to His people. They would rejoice could they see Edson White crushed and in despair. Will you now, by harsh judgment, give cause for triumph to those who have in the past hindered the work in the South? If the leaders of the opposition at Battle Creek can so work upon one who is wounded and bruised as to lead him on to a false track; if they can make him feel that they understand his case and that they also have been misjudged by their brethren, this would be a victory for the enemy. What a triumph it would be for the leaders in Battle Creek if they could get Sister White’s son, in his present troubled condition, to unite with them.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 13)
I know that Edson can be helped at this time. But it will not be by withdrawing confidence in him. He is not a villain, but he has been unfortunate. If there is anything you can do to give him encouragement in this his hour of need, I request you to do this. He might be surprised at any manifestation of tenderness and sympathy coming from you, but it would remove from his mind the impression that you are seeking to injure him.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 14)
The destiny of a soul is in the balance. If his brethren take a course that will humiliate him, I greatly fear for the consequences. Our brethren need to have clear eyesight, quick discernment, and the compassion of Christ. May the Lord give you wisdom to deal prudently and righteously with my son. May you work under the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 15)
I will not write more at this time. I desire to write something to Edson that will help him, but my heart is so grieved that I scarcely know what to write. It has been some time since I received a letter from him or since I have written to him.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 16)
But I would say to you that by showing a spirit of tender compassion, you may save a soul from death. Let not the mind of J. E. White be so weighed down that his reason will be imperilled.
(20LtMs, Lt 323, 1905, 17)
Lt 324, 1905
Simpson, W.W. Duplicate of Lt 310, 1904.
Lt 325, 1905
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PC 203-204. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I have received a letter from each of you. I was glad to hear the good news of $5,000 being raised and the interest amounting to $300 being cut out. This is very favorable. I am so much pleased to hear that Sister Burden is in the very place that will be beneficial to her healthwise. I am continually thankful to our heavenly Father that in His providence we have been favored to secure this beautiful location for a health resort. It answers perfectly to the representation that was given me—a main building and cottages so well fitted with windows. The surroundings are very attractive. Praise the Lord for His goodness and mercy expressed to us amidst the difficulties we have to meet. The Lord is our Helper, our Keeper, and our constant Guide. We may expect that everything will not move as encouragingly as we could wish in our connection with the work of God, but we will praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice. I say to you, my brother and sister, Jesus will be to us a present help in every time of need.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 1)
In regard to Brother Hansen as your breadmaker, we do not think that you could find his equal. In regard to the investment of means in a food factory, if you can obtain the money, it is the very thing needful, and I have had this in mind. I was so afraid that you would let Brother Hansen connect with the sanitarium in Los Angeles, and we would be left in the lurch at Loma Linda. I know that he is a man of good sense, and he has a faculty of experimenting on health foods, which will be a blessing to the food factory and to the table fare. I would say, Improve your present opportunity, and have a select man go in with him who can be educated in uniting with him to perfect the work. I would not delay this essential development; for it will be a great blessing to the sanitarium, and not only to it, but to other sanitariums.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 2)
I think Elder Haskell is on his way to Loma Linda. I have received a letter from Sister Haskell, stating that they would leave South Lancaster December 7. They are precious help in Bible lines. Loma Linda is just the climate for them, and the whole place will be a delight to their senses.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 3)
Do not be disappointed if we do not come just now. I do not know of a place where I should be more pleased to be for a time than in Loma Linda. I could enjoy every bit of the scenery and all the advantages. The reason my coming may be doubtful is that I do not wish to leave my workers just at this stage of my work. I am in good health for me, better than I have been in for years; and while my mind is clear, I want nothing to interpose as an extra burden. I want every jot and tittle of my strength to reproduce the representations the Lord has given me and to make them as vivid as possible while I can do so. This is the only reason I plead not to leave my workers. We have all the multitudinous productions of the pen placed in the best order to handle, and I am more than pleased with the care that is manifested in arranging everything so that it may be well prepared for me to use.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 4)
In regard to the school, I would say, Make it all you possibly can in the education of nurses and physicians. What about Dr. Holden? Will he not become an educating force in the sanitarium? Brother and Sister Haskell are versed in the Scriptures, and after a few weeks I may meet my son at Loma Linda. But at present I wish to advance a little more decidedly in the writings I am preparing.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 5)
We are having beautiful weather. It is almost like summer.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 6)
With much love to you both.
(20LtMs, Lt 325, 1905, 7)
Lt 326, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 4, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in UL 352. W. C. White My dear Son,—
Yesterday I received a very interesting letter from you, which I read to the family at dinner time. I have been very much interested in all the postal cards and short letters that have come to us from you. Not one doleful note has been struck. All have been hopeful and filled with grateful acknowledgement of the Lord’s special working. We should at all times acknowledge Him who is our Redeemer, and upon whom our eternal destiny depends.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 1)
One thing it is certain is soon to be realized—the great apostasy, which is developing and increasing and waxing stronger and will continue to do so until the Lord shall descend from heaven with a shout. We are to hold fast the first principles of our denominated faith and go forward from strength to increased faith. Ever we are to keep the faith that has been substantiated by the Holy Spirit of God from the earlier events of our experience until the present time. We need now larger breadth and deeper, more earnest, unwavering faith in the leadings of the Holy Spirit. If we needed the manifest proof of the Holy Spirit’s power to confirm truth in the beginning, after the passing of the time, we need today all the evidence in the confirmation of the truth, when souls are departing from the faith and giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. There must not be any languishing of soul now. If ever there was a period of time when we needed the Holy Spirit’s power in our discourses, in our prayers, in every action proposed, it is now. We are not to stop at the first experience, but while we bear the same message to the people, this message is to be strengthened and enlarged. We are to see and realize the importance of the message made certain by its divine origin. We are to follow on to know the Lord, that we may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Our souls need the quickening from the Source of all power. We may be strengthened and confirmed in the past experience that holds us to the essential points of truth which have made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 2)
The past fifty years have not dimmed one jot or principle of our faith as we received the great and wonderful evidences that were made certain to us in 1844, after the passing of the time. The languishing souls are to be confirmed and quickened according to His Word. And many of the ministers of the gospel and the Lord’s physicians will have their languishing souls quickened according to the Word. Not a word is changed or denied. That which the Holy Spirit testified to as truth after the passing of the time, in our great disappointment, is the solid foundation of truth. Pillars of truth were revealed, and we accepted the foundation principles that have made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists, keeping the commandments of God and having the faith of Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 3)
Have not the hearts of Christ’s disciples burned within them as He has talked with us by the way and opened to us the Scriptures? Has not the Lord Jesus opened to us the Scriptures and presented to us things kept from the foundation of the world? Some have heard the reading of the evidence of the binding claims of the law of God, and the enjoined obedience to His commandments, and have felt their characters to be in such contrast to the requirements that had they been placed in circumstances similar to Jehoiakim, king of Judah, they would have done as he did. A special message was sent to him to be read in his hearing; but after listening to three or four pages, he cut it with a penknife and cast it into the fire. But this could not destroy the message; for the Word of God will never return unto Him void. The same Holy Spirit who had given the first testimony, which was refused and burned, came to the servant of God who caused the first to be written in the roll and repeated the very message that had been rejected, caused the latter to be written, and added a great deal more to it.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 4)
Those who are willing to have the straight, plain messages of God consumed, to get them out of their sight, will only give increased publicity to and conformation of the messages that they dismissed and repulsed. When the Lord sends a message to any man or woman, and they refuse to be corrected, refuse to receive it, that is not the end of the message by any means. All the transaction is recorded, and those who took part in it, by their refusal to be corrected, pronounce their own sentence against themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 5)
When God sends a message to any person, minister or doctor; if men pursue a course to make of no effect the message sent, a course that destroys the influence of the message that God designed should make a change in the principles of the one corrected and turn his heart to repentance, it would be better for these men if they had never been born. Wickedness and deceit remain in the one to whom the Lord in mercy sent His message; but they, through Satan’s devising, took it upon themselves to justify and vindicate the one whom God had corrected, and he took it upon himself to refuse the message given and went on, sustained by men who claimed to be the ministers and doctors of the Lord. The one who should have realized his sin and corrected his evil was presumptuous and turned from the messages of God to follow his own course, until sin, in deception, in falsehood, in unprincipled working, in underhand dealing, became current. Whether there is any hope of a change, we know not. But every soul who has built that man up in his crooked course of action, which they know was not justice and righteousness, will suffer with the transgressor, unless they shall humble themselves before God and show that repentance that needeth not to be repented of.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 6)
Thus saith the Lord, I am the high and holy One who inhabiteth eternity. The Lord God will be vindicated in the interest He has taken to bring men to repentance, that they should see their crooked ways and turn and be converted. But ministers and doctors have stepped in between God and men reproved and have made of no effect the reproofs He has sent, notwithstanding that the warning was to save erring men and turn them from their wrong course of action, that their usefulness should not be destroyed, that they should repent and be converted, and their sins, which are now registered in the books of heaven, be blotted out.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 7)
The Spirit who asked Zechariah, “What seest thou,” to which he answered, “I see a flying roll,” also caused an angel to fly in the midst of heaven, “having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying, with a loud voice, Fear God and give glory to Him; (let no glory be given to erring, sinful men) for the hour of His judgment is come.” [Zechariah 5:2; Revelation 14:6, 7.] Many indeed will not understand, but will stumble at the words contained in the roll.
(20LtMs, Lt 326, 1905, 8)
Lt 327, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 10, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 1NL 45-46. My dear Son,—
I have just written a short letter to Brother and Sister Burden and will send you a copy. I am much pleased that the money was raised to pay the $5,000 at once, so that the $300 interest will be saved. They write me that just at the time they thought it impossible to raise the money, it was secured, and therefore the $300 interest is in their favor.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 1)
Since I wrote you last I have been favored with a loan of $850 from Sister Bartlett. She was much relieved to have the burden of it off her mind. With this money we took up the note at the bank and are now paying five per cent interest instead of eight per cent.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 2)
We are usually well and are seeking to put our entire dependence in the Lord. I have been looking over a large amount of matter. My head was tired on Sabbath, and I had to keep quiet.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 3)
We are having most beautiful weather. It is almost like summer. The light of the moon makes the nights almost as light as day.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 4)
I have received a letter from Elder Haskell. They are on their way to Loma Linda, and they expect to meet me there. But I do not really see it to be my duty to leave my workers and break up just at this critical time. We need every jot of ability we have.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 5)
I have to work carefully and not feel too deeply over the known position of our brethren who are not disentangling themselves from erroneous science and making sure that they are on the firm foundation. I carry a burden continually because of the souls who know the truth, but have not manifested its sanctifying power in their lives and characters. I should suffer much if I could not lay my burden upon the great Burden-bearer.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 6)
We must keep before the people a veracity, justice, love, goodness, and every virtue that comes to us through the Lord Jesus Christ. In all the lowliness, meekness, and gentleness of Christ, His love is expressed to us. His spiritual life-energy we must have if we are daily overcomers. All our power is derived from Him. Of His fulness we have all received and grace for grace. The prayer of Christ to His Father is a representation of what we must be if we are working to be overcomers; and if we meet this representation we shall certainly bring forth good fruits.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 7)
“Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:17-26.]
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 8)
As Christ came to the world to seek and to save perishing souls, that they should have the light of truth, so also hath He committed the same work to all who receive Him as their Saviour. “And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verse 19.]
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 9)
How important that we should be rooted and grounded in the truth! No falsehood is of the truth. The Lord Jesus has promised that if we receive Him by faith and believe in Him as our pattern, He will give us “power to become the sons of God.” The gospel of Jesus Christ contains the grand principles of all truth, expressed in a life of purity. In love and true righteousness these principles are to be proclaimed to the world. In all our dealings with one another we are to obey the precepts of the law of God. “I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [Verses 19, 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 10)
From these words we see how much is dependent on the character of all those who claim to believe the gospel of Jesus Christ. By the lives of Christ’s followers the world will judge the Saviour. If anyone, in word or deed, departs from the living principles of the truth, he dishonors his Saviour and puts Christ to open shame. Let every soul believe in Christ and receive the power that Christ has promised, that he may be a child of God, holding the truth conscientiously, its principles interwoven with his words, his spirit, and all his works. Thus Christians may become a refining, purifying influence, working against false religion and infidelity. Their presence brings with it the grand influence of heavenly principles, making them, through Christ, an honor to the gospel. They increase in power to communicate the sanctifying grace of heaven, gaining continually in influence through their increasing reverence for the truth. Their hearts are filled with the peace of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 11)
A true Christian feels daily that his lifework should be to represent the untiring earnestness that was shown in the life of Christ. Every soul should feel under sacred obligation to represent Christ to the world. All are to remember that they are in the presence of Christ, and in no case are they to utter a word that will grieve the Holy Spirit. They must show to the world that they are sons of God, that because they have chosen and believed on Christ, He has given them power to become the sons of God. In every business deal, in every act, they must honor Him who has given them this power.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 12)
I am instructed to present these principles, the message to which I have listened in the night season. I am to present the underlying principles of the Christian warfare. All who truly love the Lord Jesus will accept His yoke and learn of Him. “Learn of Me,” said the holy, sanctified Teacher, “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 13)
The Christian life is a warfare, not against believing brethren, but against the seducing spirit of the enemy, against the subtle, deceiving influence of the serpent, which creeps into our thoughts and minds. “Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” [James 4:7.] Make no provision for the flesh, to deceive, to falsify, to work just as Satan worked in Eden. He is watching his chance to develop if he can only have an opportunity. Give him no foothold. There is something we are charged to do: “Resist the devil,” and the promise is, “he will flee from you.” Why? Because the angel of God lifts up for you a standard against the enemy, and he flees.
(20LtMs, Lt 327, 1905, 14)
Lt 329, 1905
Burden, J. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 11, 1905 This letter is published in entirety in PC 204-209. + Dear Brother Burden,—
I have been conversing with you in the night season in regard to some matters that I will write you about. We were conversing in reference to Brother Hansen and his manufacturing health foods. In regard to the family, you understand that Sister Hansen must be carefully cared for, because she has had lung trouble. It would be well for them to be provided with a home by themselves. They can be so located that burdens shall not come upon Sister Hansen too heavily and where she can care for their own family. She may entirely recover from her lung difficulty, but it will be well to take every precaution. Matters can be managed so that those who need to be connected with the institution may not in any way be exposed. You and your wife may be wise on this subject, and a word to the wise is sufficient.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 1)
Brother Hansen is fully as severe in his family as is required. He needs the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God. He is not hard-hearted, but he needs more of the softening grace of Christ. You will help him on these points. It will be well for those of his children who are old enough to be in school.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 2)
We were conversing in regard to erecting a store; and One of authority who was in our midst, speaking to several present, suggested the propriety of erecting such a building at a distance from the main building and all other buildings that are now standing there so that there will be no danger to them from fire. He suggested that changes would need to be made after thorough study, and that the building should be placed where the wind would not carry the smoke or sparks to the main building. Great care is to be exercised in regard to this matter, and intelligence is to be shown in the movements made.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 3)
Although Brother Hansen is an outspoken man, his children and all who associate with him can be so managed that there will be no need of roughness. All can be educators of themselves, placing themselves under God’s discipline. Let their criticizing propensities be exercised upon themselves; then no one will suppose that he must place himself on the judgment seat to condemn others.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 4)
The Speaker said, You can all be a blessing to one another, if you open your hearts to receive the precious love of Christ. Let all keep diligent guard over their own disposition, and then pleasant words will be spoken. Let not those who are connected with the sanitarium as helpers think that they have liberty to exercise authority over others. God will help the ones who are chosen to act a part in the duties connected with the sanitarium, to labor as workers together with God. Let them be sure to take charge of their own individual selves. Those who come to the sanitarium as patients are to see that Christian love and kindness are shown to all who are connected with the institution. Let every one stand in his lot and place, refusing to go out of his way to assume authority as a dictator. The Lord calls upon every man to be courteous and to discipline himself. He is not to exercise authority that is not given him. Let every one learn daily his lesson of preparing his own heart for the heavenly inspection, for the record is written in the books of heaven. Let souls be emptied of self. Then invite Christ to come in, and open the door of the heart to His knock. He says, “If any man hear My voice, ... I will come in and will sup with him, and he with Me.” [Revelation 3:20.] This divine companionship is what is needed in every home, in every church, in every sanitarium. There is need of strong, spirited men, men who will be sure to do special honor to the Lord Jesus Christ. We must be preparing to become members of the royal family in the heavenly mansions Christ is preparing for every one who through the grace received will wear His yoke.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 5)
Christ invites us, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] In our character building, give encouragement to every divine, sacred influence. The blessing from Jesus makes everything good and profitable. Have His praise in your heart and in your voice and in your words, and your hearts will become fit temples for the Holy Spirit of God. Your success depends upon constant watchfulness and earnest prayer. “Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I have commanded you.” [John 15:14.] Depending upon the Lord, you can do the very things that are to be done, without murmuring and without disputing.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 6)
Satan is watching to secure every soul possible to do him service by careless work and careless words. He desires to impress the minds of the converted and the unconverted, that those connected with the sanitarium are lacking in piety and the meekness of Christ, that they are not Christians. Jesus will help you to prevent this impression’s being made.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 7)
Christ would have every one possess in abundance the grace of heaven. He desires that His joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full. Every soul is to discipline himself in strict, faithful service just as verily out of meeting as in meeting. You are in full view of the heavenly angels, and every faithful disciple may be, if he will, as was Ezra before the king. The hand of God is upon all those for good who seek Him, but His power and His wrath are against those who forsake Him and who trust in the help and friendship of the world, going to the god of Ekron to inquire and heeding not the counsel of the living God.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 8)
The children of God will know who is their helper. They will know in whom they can trust implicitly; and with Christ’s help, they may, without presumption, have a holy confidence. Yes, His servants may safely trust in Him alone, without fear, looking unto Jesus, pressing on in obedience to His requirements, leaving everything that is joined to the world, whether the world opposes or favors. Their success comes from God, and they will not fail because they have not the wealth and influence of wicked men. If they fail, it will be because they do not obey the Lord’s requirements, and the Holy Spirit is not with them.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 9)
I am instructed that our only safety is in being joined to the Lord Jesus Christ. We can afford to lose the friendship of worldly men. Those who join themselves to worldly men, that they may carry out their unsanctified purposes, make a fearful mistake; for they forfeit the favor and blessing of God. I am to urge upon the attention of our people that the Lord Himself has placed a wall of separation between the world and that which He has established on the earth. God’s people are to serve Him; for Christ has called them out of the world, and sanctified and refined them, that they may do His service. He has been given all power in heaven and in earth.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 10)
There is no such thing as maintaining concord between the profane and the holy. There can be no concord between Christ and Belial. But “the Lord hath set apart him that is godly for Himself.” [Psalm 4:3.] And this consecration to the Lord, this separation from the world, is plainly declared and positively enjoined in both the Old and the New Testaments.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 11)
Brother Burden, before closing my letter, I will finish what I intended to say about the building of the food factory. This work requires much wisdom and genuine good sense. If you can bring it about, do so. Make the best possible use of Ministry of Healing to aid you in your work. I believe that you can accomplish that which seems to be a necessity. I think that if we all walk humbly with God, we shall always have grateful hearts.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 12)
There will be those who will invest their means in our sanitariums, with the understanding that they shall be given a home there as long as they shall live. These should receive kind, Christian treatment. I have in mind a Brother Merrill, with whom we stayed while attending the San Jose camp-meeting. He has no family and lives alone. While I was at his house, he questioned me in regard to our sanitariums. Not long ago I sent him a copy of Ministry of Healing and asked him to communicate with you if he had means that he could lend to the sanitarium. Have you received any word from him? I asked him for a loan of five thousand dollars.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 13)
If such a man could invest his means in the sanitarium, and make the institution his home, I think it would be a wise move. He is a businessman and I think is pretty careful as to how he invests his means. I thought that if I asked him to lend me some money, he might respond, but as yet I have received no word from him.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 14)
Later. This morning, Dec. 14, I could not sleep after one o’clock, so I rose and dressed and have come to my office to complete the letter that I began writing to you two or three days ago. We are interested in every movement made at Loma Linda.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 15)
Did not the Lord have oversight, I should not care to live another day. But this is a question settled in my mind—that we are under a power which is beyond human control, and in that power we can trust. The Lord is good to us; and if we will walk carefully before Him, He will ever reveal His power in our behalf. He will save to the uttermost all who love and obey Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 16)
I long daily to be able to do double duty. I have been pleading with the Lord for strength and wisdom to reproduce the writings of the witnesses who were confirmed in the faith in the early history of the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, they received the light and walked in the light; and when the men claiming to have new light would come in with their wonderful messages regarding various points of Scripture, we had, through the moving of the Holy Spirit, testimonies right to the point, which cut off the influence of such messages as Elder A. F. Ballenger has been devoting his time to presenting. This poor man has been working decidedly against the truth that the Holy Spirit has confirmed. When the power of God testifies as to what is truth, that truth is to stand forever as the truth. No after-suppositions contrary to the light God has given are to be entertained.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 17)
Men will arise with interpretations of Scripture which are to them truth, but which are not truth. The truth for this time God has given us as a foundation for our faith. He Himself has taught us what is truth. One will arise, and still another with new light, which contradicts the light that God has given under the demonstration of His Holy Spirit. A few are still alive who passed through the experience gained in the establishment of this truth. God has graciously spared their lives to repeat and repeat, till the close of their lives, the experience through which they passed, even as did John the apostle till the very close of his life. And the standard-bearers who have fallen in death are to speak through the reprinting of their writings. I am instructed that thus their voices are to be heard. They are to bear their testimony as to what constitutes the truth for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 18)
We are not to receive the words of those who come with a message that contradicts the special points of our faith. They gather together a mass of Scripture and pile it as proof around their asserted theories. This has been done over and over again during the past fifty years. And while the Scriptures are God’s Word, and are to be respected, the application of them, if such application moves one pillar of the foundation that God has sustained these fifty years, is a great mistake. He who makes such an application knows not the wonderful demonstration of the Holy Spirit that gave power and force to the past messages that have come to the people of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 19)
Elder Ballenger’s proofs are not reliable. If received, they would destroy the faith of God’s people in the truth that has made us what we are. We must be decided on this subject; for the points that he is trying to prove by Scripture are not sound. They do not prove that the past experience of God’s people was a fallacy. We had the truth; we were directed by the angels of God. It was under the guidance of the Holy Spirit that the presentation of the sanctuary question was given. It is eloquence for every one to keep silent in regard to the features of our faith in which they acted no part.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 20)
God never contradicts Himself. Scripture proofs are misapplied if forced to testify to that which is not true. Another and still another will arise, and bring in supposedly great light, and make their assertions. But we stand by the old landmarks.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 21)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 22)
“If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [1 John 1:1-10.]
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 23)
I am instructed to say that these words we may use as appropriate for this time; for the time has come when sin must be called by its right name. We are hindered in our work by men who are not converted, who seek their own glory. They wish to be thought originators of new theories, which they present, claiming that they are truth. But if these theories are received, they will lead to a denial of the truth that for the past fifty years God has been giving to His people, substantiating it by the demonstration of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 24)
Let all men beware what is the character of their work. They would better be falling into line; for their own souls’ sake and for the sake of the souls of others. “If we walk in the light as He is in the light, the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.” [Verse 7.] It is nothing to the credit of any man to start on a new track, using Scripture to substantiate theories of error, leading minds into confusion, away from the truths that are to be indelibly impressed on the minds of God’s people, that they may hold fast to the faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 329, 1905, 25)
Lt 329a, 1905
White, Mabel “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 16, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 52; 6BC 1073; TDG 329. My dear granddaughter Mabel,—
I have just read your nice, welcome letter, which is so full of interesting news. I have been reading my letters from Australia. They bring excellent reports of the school and the sanitarium. We spent so many years in Australia that every jot and tittle of good news is interesting.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 1)
I have been up since a little after three o’clock. As my first work, I unburied the coals in the fireplace and laid on small and large sticks of wood, and now I have a nice fire. I am very grateful to my heavenly Father for the freedom from sickness and pain that I enjoy. At my age it is more than I have reason to expect. My head is clear, my mind is active, and I have reason for heartfelt gratitude. On the twenty-sixth of November I shall be seventy-eight years old. I am as active as ever, going up and down stairs to and from my office more than ten times each day. I praise the Lord for His lovingkindness to me.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 2)
I am now looking over my diaries and copies of letters written for several years back, commencing before I went to Europe, before you were born. I have the most precious matter to reproduce and place before the people in testimony form. While I am able to do this work, the people must have these things to revive past history, that they may see that there is one straight chain of truth, without one heretical sentence, in that which I have written. This, I am instructed, is to be a living letter to all in regard to my faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 3)
I am very much pleased with the report that you are enjoying good health. You will soon be twenty years old, and I shall expect to hear that you are enjoying much of the Lord’s goodness. I hope and pray that as you increase in years, you may also grow in the knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ. The Saviour gave His life, that we might have eternal life in the kingdom that He is preparing for all who love Him. I am desirous that you shall have increasing faith. Faith is not the ground of our salvation, but it is the great blessing—the eye that sees, the ear that hears, the feet that run, the hand that grasps. It is the means not the end. If Christ gave His life to save sinners, why shall I not take that blessing? My faith grasps it, and thus my faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things unseen. Thus resting and believing, I have peace with God through the Lord Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 4)
When we remember that the Prince of heaven laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and stepped down from His throne to take human nature upon Him, and to stand as one with us to meet the temptations of the wily foe who first introduced sin into the world, what cause for thanksgiving we have! Christ was tempted in all points like as we are tempted. In the work of redeeming man by the great sacrifice He was making, He stood beside the human race to help them in every emergency; for divinity and humanity were united.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 5)
The faith that is so effectual will, if exercised, make the one who believes a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 6)
This work of overcoming is to be understood and worked out through receiving Christ. “That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name; which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth, ... and of His fulness have we all received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:9-14, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 7)
We have every encouragement, that if we daily surrender our wills to God, the promise will be fulfilled: “And of His fulness have we all received, and grace for grace.” [Verse 16.] Every revealing of the grace of Christ in our behalf is for us. We are to reveal His grace in our lives, in thought, word, and deed. Let us not lose our opportunity to speak and act Christ Jesus. We are to represent the mercy, the love, and the power of Christ—the power that He has given us. “God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea.” [Psalm 46:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 8)
Were it not for the power received through Christ, we would have no strength. But Christ has all power. “Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] Here is our power, our comfort. Of ourselves, we have no strength. But He says, “I am with you alway,” helping you to perform your duty, guiding, comforting, sanctifying, and sustaining you, giving you success in speaking words that will draw the attention of others to Christ and awaken in their minds the desire to understand the hope and meaning of the truth, turning them from darkness to light and from the power of sin to God.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 9)
It is a wonderful thought that human beings can speak the word of God in simple words of comfort and encouragement. The humblest instruments will be used of God to sow the seeds of truth, which may spring up and bear fruit, because the one in whose heart they were sown needed help—a kind thought, a kind word, made effective by the One who has said, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 10)
Let us consider a most important scene. Day was breaking over the Sea of Galilee. The disciples, weary with a night of fruitless toil, were still in their fishing boats on the lake. Jesus had come to spend a quiet hour by the waterside. In the early morning He hoped for a little season of rest from the multitude that followed Him day after day. But soon the people began to gather about Him. Their numbers rapidly increased so that He was pressed upon all sides. Meanwhile the disciples had come to land. In order to escape the pressure of the multitude, Jesus stepped into Peter’s boat and bade him pull out a little from the shore. Here Jesus could be better seen and heard by all, and from the boat He taught the multitude on the beach.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 11)
What a scene was this for angels to contemplate—their glorious Commander, sitting in a fisherman’s boat, swayed to and fro by the restless waves, and proclaiming the good news of salvation to the listening throng that were pressing down to the water’s edge! The word of life is proclaimed in a clear, distinct voice to those who are listening with intense interest to hear the truths which the Saviour came from heaven to impart, and which, if received, would change human nature from darkness to light. The great Teacher knew that many were hungering and thirsting for the water of life, longing for their hearts to be changed from pollution to purity. O what precious words fell from His lips—words more valuable than gold.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 12)
“The land of Zabulon and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light, and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.” [Matthew 4:15, 16.]
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 13)
Yes, the divine light was shining through the words spoken, which were indeed to many who heard on that morning the Light of life, dawning upon their darkened understanding. As the sun was climbing up into the heavens, the Sun of righteousness was pouring into their darkened minds, enlightening their souls with its healing beams. Christ was lifting the standard to which the people would flock, and among those who listened were fishermen who were to become the prime ministers of His kingdom. For time and for eternity the foundation of His spiritual enterprise was being laid. The truths there uttered would go to the farthest part of the earth.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 14)
After the discourse was finished, Christ turned to Simon and directed him to launch out into deeper water. Then He said, Cast out your net for a draught. Simon answered, Master, we have toiled all night, and have taken nothing. Nevertheless, at Thy word I will let down the net.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 15)
This was the first trial of their faith and obedience. The night was the time for successful fishing, and to the disciples who had toiled all night without success it seemed useless to cast the net during the daytime. But they promptly obeyed and with complete success; for they drew in a great number of fishes, so many that the net broke. The boat was filled to the point of sinking, and the fishermen were obliged to call their brethren to help them.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 16)
The disciples could hardly contain themselves, they were so joyful, so surprised. They were perfectly familiar with the waters of the lake and with the time and way of securing fish. To them, the large draught of fish was a miracle of the most wonderful character. Simon was filled with amazement at what he saw. He knew that he was in the presence of a divine Being, and such a sense of his own unworthiness came upon him, that he cried out, Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord. He had no desire for Christ to depart; he was clinging to His feet with devout earnestness. But the consciousness of the miracle wrought was too much for him. O Lord, he pleaded, permit me to kiss Thy feet.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 17)
By this experience Christ desired to teach the disciples the lesson that they were to go forth into the world to catch souls. After receiving the light from the lips of Christ, they were to become His faithful disciples, fishers of men. When on another occasion He said, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men, they did not hesitate a moment, but left their nets and followed Him. They united with Him to receive instruction from Him. And many miracles they performed in and through the name of Jesus. They united with Christ, heart and mind and soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 18)
The Lord Jesus was thus inspiring these unlearned men with faith. Apparently they were unfitted for His service; for they did not possess the learning obtained in the schools of the rabbis. But Christ saw that they were men to whom He could give power and efficiency, that the glory of their moral acquirements would bring spiritual conquests that would redound to the glory of God, showing that Christianity is divine.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 19)
“It shall be to the Lord for a name and an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off.” [Isaiah 55:13.] This is what our people need today in all our churches. In the blessed results of the gospel presented in its purity, infidels and rationalists will see evidence that can not be controverted.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 20)
We can see monuments of the working of Christ in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. In the working of Christ through the presentation of truth, atheists and infidels may see what the Word of God can accomplish for the saving of the souls of sinners, who stand as monuments of the co-operation of Christ with His believing people. A divine power will be back of every effort that is made by God’s true followers. Heavenly messengers are to work with human agencies in such a way that great things will be accomplished. The truth, Bible truth, can do marvels if believed. It will be seen that it is not a falsehood or a delusion; for it takes right hold of the character of the man to refine and purify and ennoble, and its miracle-working power overcomes satanic agencies and causes the soul to triumph in the grace of the Holy Spirit. The tree is judged by the fruit that it bears. The blessedness of true obedience to Christ in trying circumstances will be revealed.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 21)
With love from Grandma.
(20LtMs, Lt 329a, 1905, 22)
Lt 331, 1905
Brethren and Sisters in Nashville “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 14, 1905 Previously unpublished. To my brethren and sisters in Nashville,—
I am instructed to say to those who profess to believe the truth as it is presented in the Word of God, that they are to take special heed to the last recorded prayer of Christ with His disciples. These words rest heavily upon my soul:
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 1)
“I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 2)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [John 17:14-21.]
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 3)
Christ desires to perfect this grand work of uniting His earthly followers in Him, even as He is united with the Father. In such a union His people are sanctified through the truth; for Christ is the truth. In this union there is strength. In this union there is a power to convince the world of truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 4)
Christ and the Father are represented as two distinct personalities, but they are one in purpose. They are united in an effort to save fallen human beings and to restore them to union with themselves.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 5)
The Lord Jesus is grieved to see among His people so much diversity in mind and purpose. When they will unite in a determination that Christ’s prayer for unity shall be answered, a holier, purer atmosphere will pervade our churches.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 6)
“And the glory which Thou hast given Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 22, 23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 7)
The attainment of correct principles, the holiness of life received through unity with Christ will show to the world that we place a high value upon the life of Christ as our pattern.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 8)
A scene was presented before me. Christ stood as the perfection of holiness, but His professed followers were in contention. Scales were brought, and in one side was written in living characters the holy law of God. Human characters were being weighed with that law as the standard. One after another were found wanting and pronounced unworthy to have a place among the perfect ones. The words were spoken, “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul. Whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all.” [Psalm 19:7; James 2:10.] In great anguish of spirit I awoke.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 9)
Who will be found wanting, when weighed in the balance, by the Judge of all the earth?
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 10)
Again I seemed to be in a solemn assembly. One of authority spoke. “The carnal mind is enmity against God.” [Romans 8:7.] The words of Christ are plain and distinct. His prayer in behalf of all those who should believe on Him is, “That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:21-23.]
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 11)
There are many who have passed through the ordinance of baptism, but they are not transformed in character. By their misrepresentation of Christ, they have made His work difficult, and by hatred and jealousy and evil surmisings they have tried the souls of His servants. When they are new creatures in Christ, a change will be seen in their lives.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 12)
Those who have been cherishing hatred against their brethren who are trying to do the work of God need to be cleansed and purified. They may have professed godliness, but their hearts are not right with God. They have been stumbling blocks in the way of others. The love of Christ has not been revealed in the life. There has been an appearance of religion, but O how little have they honored and glorified Christ!
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 13)
Men and women in important positions of trust have been led by satanic agencies to reveal to the world manifestations of pride, selfishness, robbery, and dishonesty in various lines.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 14)
The converting power of Christ must come into all our churches. The time has now come when a decided answer must be given to the question, Who is on the Lord’s side? No longer is the church of God to be a mixed multitude. Who by thorough conversion will answer the expectations of Christ as expressed in His prayer?
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 15)
This is only a portion of what I desire to say, and if the Lord gives me strength I hope to write more soon.
(20LtMs, Lt 331, 1905, 16)
Lt 333, 1905
Prescott, W. W.; Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 16, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 72. Dear Brethren Prescott and Daniells,—
I received your letter this noon, but I do not wish to telegraph.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 1)
The men who sustain Dr. Kellogg are in a half-mesmerized condition and do not understand the condition of the man. They honestly believe that he is to be trusted. But the spirit of satanic deception is upon him, and he will work any deception possible. He has been presented to me as exulting that he could hoodwink our people and get possession of all the property in Battle Creek. But what can we do with any of that property? What can we do in holding property in Battle Creek? We cannot utilize it without keeping men employed to counterwork Dr. Kellogg; and will this pay? But I have no advice to give in the matter.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 2)
I have lost all hope of Dr. Kellogg. He is, I fully believe, past the day of his reprieve. I have not written him a line for about one year. I am instructed not to write to him.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 3)
I have been reading over the matter given me for him, and the light is that we must call our people to a decision. God calls for every jot and tittle of influence to be placed on the side of truth and righteousness. We are to be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 4)
Let us now as never before humble our hearts before God. Let us work in faith, bearing a testimony under the power of the Holy Spirit of God. Let us devote more time to prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 5)
I have put in print most decided testimonies. A volume of lies will be circulated to counteract the very work God would have me do. But guard the outposts. Let every precaution be taken. Let us watch and pray. “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] We must have increased faith. We must watch unto prayer. I know that our God is a strong defense and that He will lift up for us a standard against the enemy.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 6)
My brethren, you and I must not lose our faith in God. Every man is being tested and tried. Will we bear a clean-cut testimony and in the spirit of the great Teacher be determined to seek the Lord? Let us cultivate faith. We are not meeting men, but satanic agencies; and we must lay hold upon the power that is mighty to save to the uttermost all who come unto Him. Work, and watch, and pray. Our work is to bring sound doctrine into actual contact with men’s souls, that it may produce sound practice. The form of sound words is to be prized above every earthly thing, but unless these words are carried on in pure principles, what is the value of them? We must now look for battles, but we must not be disheartened, afraid, or ashamed. The heart-searcher knows that men are perpetrating sin, regardless of their souls. We have talked of the time of trouble. Well, it is hastening on. Watch unto prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 333, 1905, 7)
Lt 334, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 28, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in Te 236. + My dear son,—
I do not know where to send letters to you, but perhaps Brother Crisler will know.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 1)
Elder Haskell and his wife came yesterday. We have given much time to them. They have nothing to tell of a discouraging character.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 2)
I am quite well, and I can see very much to be done. As I read the daily papers, I can see that the world is fast becoming as it was in the days of Noah. People are becoming utterly reckless of life. Men and women and even little children are increasing in wickedness day by day. If man had always obeyed the law of God, how different the earth would be from what it now is. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] We can plainly see that everything is being stirred. Saith the Lord, I will turn and overturn. We see that nothing is sure and steadfast. The world is in complete agitation. The movements made by the people of God are to be made on a sure and certain basis. At no time are we to be reckless. We are to keep strictly to a firm belief in the Word of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 3)
The condition of things foretold by Christ has come. We read that in Noah’s day the earth was filled with violence. Is there not violence in the world today? Is there not cruel bloodshed by those who are workers of iniquity? We are surely living in the last days of this earth’s history. Never have I been so deeply impressed of this as for several nights in the past. I am stirred, deeply stirred, with the conviction that we should now be truly converted every day as vessels unto honor. We must study the words in Deuteronomy, where the children of Israel renewed their covenant with the Lord. Our covenant with Him is to be renewed and all stubbornness of heart taken away. The Lord is in earnest with us.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 4)
We must arouse the people. We must be true and obedient; for the world is to see in us the working of the Spirit of God. We must draw near to God, that He may draw near to us. We must make a perfect surrender. We cannot venture to run any risks.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 5)
We must begin to labor on the subject of Temperance. We must take this matter up in the way that the Lord has often presented to me should be done. I will write you more fully on this later on.
(20LtMs, Lt 334, 1905, 6)
Lt 335, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 19, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 606-607. My dear son Willie,—
I am resting better at night. I am careful in regard to my eating and am not using my pen so constantly. If I could see a change in the spiritual atmosphere of the cause of God in its various branches, I should be greatly relieved. The enemy would be pleased to crush out my life with burdens.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 1)
We are now to live by the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. My waking hours are spent in prayer. I feel that if ever there was a time when we ought to be occupied in earnest, determined prayer, it is now. Let the appeals be made to our people: Wake up, wake up to the situation; for we have no time to lose.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 2)
Love for God and love for one another is to be cultivated; for it is as precious as gold. We need now to make the very best representation of the character of pure and undefiled religion, which both in its nature and its requirements is the opposite of selfishness. Love like that which Christ exemplified is incomparable; it is above gold or silver or precious stones in value. The love that Christ possessed is to be prayed for and sought for. The Christian who possesses it bears a character above all human infirmities.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 3)
At this stage of our history, I shall not talk of the discouraging features. I want my life to be hid with Christ in God. I know He loves every one who is striving for the mastery over the powers of evil. I give our people all the encouragement I possibly can. There are souls to save right among us. They are on the very brink of ruin. We need to do just as is expressed in Jude. We need to be wide-awake; and if we help any that are in peril, as we know many are, we must learn to approach them, if we gain the least influence over them.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 4)
“And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds, which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches, which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him. These are murmurers, complainers, walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, having men’s persons in admiration because of advantage. But beloved, remember ye the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. These be they who separate themselves, sensual, having not the Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 5)
“But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference; and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 6)
“Now unto Him that is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. Amen.” [Jude 14-25.]
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 7)
We are certainly living amidst the perils of the last days. We need now that grace which God shall give to the ones striving lawfully for every victory possible. If we rescue souls that have been helping Dr. Kellogg to stand where he now stands, we will need the power of a living Christ to go with us in our work. One must say with John, “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God; because many false prophets are gone out into the world. Hereby know ye the Spirit of God: every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God; and every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God; and this is that spirit of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world.” [1 John 4:1-3.]
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 8)
What definite light God has given us in this chapter. It becomes every soul to be sure that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. O let us constantly walk humbly with God. We need now that living faith which takes God at His word. We are not to allow any discouraging features of opposition to depress our souls. It would not be for the glory of God for us to become discouraged. We are living amidst the closing scenes of this earth’s history, and we must now like Jacob cling to Jesus with all our power, exclaiming, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me, even me.” [Genesis 32:26.] Hold fast to the promises of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 9)
Oh, what manner of persons we ought to be—we who have had the truth for the past fifty years. Will those who have had line upon line, precept upon precept, from the testimonies God has given His people now seek to be satisfied with drinking from broken cisterns, which can hold no water? Will they not drink from the heavenly fountain prepared at an immense cost to satisfy the thirst of men and women for the water of life? Human ambition, human invention cannot satisfy the soul. While the earth is still our habitation, let us humble our hearts in prayer, as did Daniel. Daniel’s prayer was heard because it was offered from unfeigned lips. And those who seek with sincerity and earnestness for the traits of character that will enable them to honor God in this world, and to work the works of Christ, will have a part in the earth made new.
(20LtMs, Lt 335, 1905, 10)
Lt 336, 1905
White, W. C. Refiled as Lt 352, 1905.
Lt 337, 1905
Christiansen, Jessie “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 19, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in PC 209-211. Mrs. Jessie Christiansen
Sebastopol, California My dear sister,—
I have expected to visit Healdsburg and then to visit you in Sebastopol. I am sending you my last book Ministry of Healing. I have much precious matter to put into print, but we need more means. I am trying to prepare a book on our earlier experience in proclaiming the third angel’s message. If you could lend me some money, I should be very glad and would pay you interest on it. When the books which we are now planning to get out are in the field, I shall have something coming in.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 1)
I am able to do considerable writing, and my health is good. I thank the Lord for this.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 2)
I am trying to do all I possibly can to urge the work forward in new places. The Lord has signified that in different places there are buildings which would be offered to us at a very low price, which we could use in our work. His word to us regarding this has been verified in our experience in opening up medical missionary work in Southern California. Recently the Lord has placed a great blessing within our reach by enabling us to obtain a beautiful sanitarium property known as Loma Linda. This property is sixty miles from Los Angeles, and it is a wonderful place in which to work for the sick, and in which to begin work for Redlands and Riverside.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 3)
Its name—Loma Linda, “beautiful hill”—describes the place. Of the sixty acres comprised in the property, about thirty-five form a beautiful hill, which rises one hundred and twenty-five feet above the valley. Upon this hill the sanitarium building is situated.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 4)
The main building is a well-planned structure of sixty-four rooms, having three stories and a basement. It is completely furnished, heated by steam, and lighted by electricity. It is surrounded with larger pepper trees and other shade trees.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 5)
About ten rods away and on the highest part of the hill there is a group of fine cottages. The central cottage has nine beautiful living rooms and two bathrooms. In the basement is the heating plant for the five cottages.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 6)
Prettily grouped around this larger cottage are four smaller ones, having four rooms each, with bath and toilet. In all there are ninety rooms. The buildings are furnished throughout and are ready for use.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 7)
The seventy-six acres of hill and valley land are well cultivated and will furnish much fruit and many vegetables for the institution. Fifteen acres of the valley land are in alfalfa hay. Eight acres of the hill are in apricots, plums, and almonds. Ten acres are in good-bearing orchard. Many acres of land round the cottages and main building are laid out in lawns, drives, and walks.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 8)
This property cost the company, from whom we purchased it, about one hundred and forty thousand dollars. They erected the buildings and ran the place for a while as a sanitarium. Then they tried to operate it as a tourist hotel. But this plan did not succeed, and they decided to sell. It was closed last April, and as the stockholders became more anxious to sell, it was offered to us for forty thousand dollars, and for this amount our people purchased it.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 9)
This property came into our possession in such a way that we knew the hand of the Lord was in the matter. Loma Linda is one of the most perfect places for a sanitarium that I have ever seen, and I thank our heavenly Father for giving us such a place. It is provided with almost everything necessary for sanitarium work, and it is the very place in which sanitarium work can be carried forward on right lines by faithful physicians and managers.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 10)
Not far away are the cities of Redlands and Riverside and San Bernardino. These places are to be thoroughly worked. Something has already been done in Redlands and Riverside, and a neat house of worship has been erected in each place. But as soon as possible a thorough evangelistic effort must be made.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 11)
The work in Washington is progressing. The buildings will be completed as soon as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 12)
In closing I will ask you again whether you can lend me some money, for how long, and at what interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 13)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 337, 1905, 14)
Lt 338, 1905
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 22, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 378-379; 5Bio 423. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg,—
You have written me that you have surrendered. I have waited to hear what you have surrendered. I have an intense interest in your soul. So long have you deceived yourself and those connected with you that it has become second nature for you to do this. The enemy is playing the game of life for your soul. You do not understand your own bearings. You will say anything that the enemy puts into your mind. Will you stop for a moment and ask yourself whether the Lord would have His people accept your conclusions and your deceptive suppositions? You are not a man whom it is safe for people to follow in every respect. If you were allowed to follow your own plans, you would spoil the flock of God. When you yield to the authority of God, you will pursue a course very different from that which for years you have been following. You are pursuing a course of falsehood, and many are receiving your statements as truth. All these things have been laid open before me. How long will the Lord bear with you in your effort to spoil the flock of God with your scientific sophistries?
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 1)
All through our experience we have had to meet these deceptions of the enemy. Ever since the beginning of my work, I have had to meet the working of Satan through those who opened their minds to the enemy’s suggestions. In my earlier experience I withheld the plain “Thus saith the Lord,” but God revealed to me the sure results. At one time I thought my soul was lost, but through the mercy of God I was pardoned. It was a terrible experience, but I was enabled to look to my Lord for help. His hand was stretched out to me. I grasped it, and held it fast, and He drew me to His side. Satan could not hold me. But Satan is surely holding you, because you do not renounce the things that God has condemned.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 2)
I have hoped and prayed that you would understand your danger. He who reads the heart says, “Draw nigh to Me, and I will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] He will draw near you and will do for you that which no other power can do. He will lift up for you a standard against the enemy. Will you not surrender your will to the will of God? This is your only hope. Thus only can you obtain the victory over the enemy. Your repentance must be genuine, else it will not be acceptable to the Lord. Unless your heart is radically changed, you can never be a conqueror. The Lord has sought to convict and convert you, that you may serve Him without pretense. He reads every impulse of the heart, and He knows that your only hope is in changing leaders. This you have not yet done. You cannot build on the Rock until you see and understand yourself in the light that shines from the cross of Calvary. The Lord bids me say to you that the light shineth in darkness, and the darkness comprehendeth it not.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 3)
I have no argument with you. I have only to say, “Seek the Lord while He may be found; call ye upon Him while He is near.” [Isaiah 55:6.] For years you have been giving others a dangerous education. You have worked in co-partnership with the enemy, yet the Lord of life has not ceased to warn you. He is still inviting you to take His yoke upon you and learn of Him.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 4)
The Lord is constantly working for His people, that He may present unto Himself a church without spot or wrinkle or any such thing. As you are now, you are certainly unready to appear in the presence of the King of kings. You need to be cleansed, refined, purified, else you will be unable to discern spiritual things. I have seen your dangers, but I have not been able to reach you with that which the Lord has presented to me. I have given you many messages from heaven, but they have not been received. Notwithstanding all the warnings and cautions given, you have made no decided change, but have become self-exalted. I have seen Satan working on your mind. You have traced on paper the suggestions of the enemy and have presented them in such a way as to leaven the minds of your brethren. The seducing theories were only partially produced in Living Temple.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 5)
Dr. Kellogg has no idea of the seducing leaven that he has mingled with his theories. Those who have not been wide-awake to the leadings of his scientific researches have been taken unawares. The matter was presented to Dr. Kellogg in the way in which God regarded it, but he would not yield his theories. He has no full faith in the light God has given regarding his danger. He has refused to change his sentiments, which were of a character to undermine the truth that God has given for these last days.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 6)
Christ came to John on the Isle of Patmos to bring him a wonderful revelation regarding what was to take place on this earth. He charged him to write in a book that which was told him and send it to the churches. At this time John was in exile for his faithful witness to Christ. The Saviour, whom he knew and loved, came to him in his banishment to comfort and encourage him. John had sometimes erred in judgment, as he did when he desired fire to be brought from heaven to consume the Samaritans who refused to receive Christ. The Saviour reproved him, saying that the Son of man had come to preserve men’s lives, not to destroy them. John accepted the Saviour’s admonition and profited by the lesson given. If another John would be as teachable, and would accept the message that Christ sends him, what a change would take place in him. Instead of becoming offended, how earnestly he would seek to understand and carry out every word of instruction given him. If the John of today, whom God has so tenderly taught and encouraged, would only give heed to His words, there would be no such representation as is today revealed. The Lord has worked with him and has given him a knowledge of how to treat the afflicted. But he has refused to listen to the words of instruction spoken through God’s messenger and has regarded himself as the one who knew best. He has been counter working the purposes of God and arraying himself against the Lord’s plans.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 7)
Dr. Kellogg, for years you have been following a wrong course of action. Had you obeyed the Lord’s instruction, thousands more would have been intelligently enlightened in regard to the healing of soul and body. But John, you have not done this grand work. You brought in devisings, the purpose of which was to concentrate power in Battle Creek. The head of this power, the master of the situation was to be J. H. K. The Lord saw various defects in this one-man power, and He sent messages to set matters right. He saw that too many minds were being molded by one man.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 8)
I had a painful duty to perform in this matter. I was bidden to bear the message the Lord sent.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 9)
Our own people were receiving erroneous ideas through a power back of the one man. Deceptive theories were acting as leaven. When Christ was upon this earth He lifted up His voice in warning, “Beware of the leaven of the Pharisees.” [Luke 12:1.] I am bidden to say, “Beware of the leaven of J. H. K.; for the enemy will work through him to make void the truths that God would have proclaimed through all the world by agencies of His own appointment.”
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 10)
The time is drawing near when the work must receive a different mold. Men of capability and intelligence must not continue to act out the purposes of Dr. Kellogg; for he is not worked by the Holy Spirit. Had the theories contained in Living Temple been received by our people, had not a message been sent by the Lord to counteract these theories, the third angel’s message would no longer have been given to the world, but pleasing fables would have been proclaimed everywhere. Men would have been led to believe a lie instead of the truth of the Word of God. An army of those who take pleasure in unrighteousness would have sprung into action.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 11)
The roll was spread before me. The presentation was as though that against which the Lord was warning His people had actually taken place. I shall not attempt to describe the presentation, but to me it was a living reality. I saw that if the erroneous sentiments contained in Living Temple were received, souls would be bound up in fallacies. Men would be so completely controlled by the mind of one man that they would act as if they were subjects of his will. Working through men, Satan was trying to turn into fables the truths that have made us what we are.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 12)
Christ declares these sentiments to be false, prepared by the enemy to unsettle the faith of Seventh-day Adventists. In a short time the wonderworking power of Satan will be seen, and many souls will be turned from the truth to fables. For this cause God shall send them strong delusions. Those who have not built upon the true foundation will be swept away in the great tempest that is soon to burst upon the world. Those who turn from the truth will strive to control the minds of those who believe not the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 13)
Letters have come to me, asking, Why should we not pray for the healing of the sick, instead of establishing so many sanitariums? In answer to this I would say, The time is coming when Satan is to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. He will work miracles, and thousands will flock to him. I am instructed that we are to establish sanitariums in various places, that the work that God has marked out may be done. In these institutions people are to be taught the principles of healthful living and are to be given an intelligent knowledge of Bible truth, that they may be braced and barricaded by the principles of God’s law. Our sanitariums are to give people a knowledge of Jesus Christ, the great Medical Missionary. Satan’s sophistries are to be made to stand out clear and distinct as that which should be regarded as a trap to catch souls.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 14)
Our sanitariums are to be established in rural places far away from the sights and sounds of the cities. Those who come are to be taught how to live in harmony with the laws of nature. They should be shown how to prepare food in such a way that it is both wholesome and palatable. It is to be shown that wholesome food is within the reach of the poor as well as the rich. Those in the highways and byways are to be given the privilege of learning how to prepare food in the simplest and most wholesome manner.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 15)
The Lord has warned me that there will come a great apostasy. There will come a falling away in spirituality. Many will turn away their ears from hearing the truth and will accept fables. Our sanitariums are to be conducted by wise, God-fearing men who will teach sound doctrines and show why we believe the truth and why we should practice strict temperance in all things, studying how to avoid all harmful practices and influences.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 16)
In view of what the word warns us is coming upon the earth, I have felt that I must urge upon our people the necessity of establishing sanitariums. We cannot pray for the miraculous healing of those who know not the truth. They have prostituted their powers; and were they thus healed, they would not return to God the glory, but would continue to dishonor Him by following wrong practices. We are to educate those who come to our sanitariums, teaching them how to bring themselves into right relation with God by following right habits of eating, drinking, and dressing.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 17)
In our sanitariums we shall meet with antichrist in many forms. We shall meet with those who have never had the light. We are to watch for opportunities to speak a word in season, asking God to help us to present the truth in such an acceptable way that those we are trying to help will not take offense, but will say, “Lord, evermore give us this bread.” [John 6:34.] Hold up Jesus, and be sure that your words and deeds correspond with the principles found in the Word of God. By Christlike beauty of character we are to show to the world the power of the principles of God’s Word.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 18)
God will come into our sanitariums if they are conducted upon right principles. All that is done must be done with courtesy and cheerfulness. Let the workers ask God to co-operate with their efforts. The mystery of iniquity is working with power and ingenuity to hinder the work of the gospel. How earnestly and devotedly we should labor to point sinners to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. Let every one connected with a sanitarium prepare himself by earnest effort to bear witness for the Master. We dare not say, We must not pray for the sick. Let the voice of prayer be heard in our institutions in behalf of the sick, that they may place themselves where they can co-operate with Him who can save both soul and body. Many of those who have been Satan’s willing subjects will turn to Christ, the great Healer. All need Bible teaching, line upon line, precept upon precept. Prejudice will give way, and even those who have been seducers of souls will turn to God and be saved. Educate, educate, educate, showing men and women how much relief a change in diet will bring to them. Be always kind and courteous, cheerful and hopeful. Keep praying and working for souls. Remember that you are living epistles, known and read of all men.
(20LtMs, Lt 338, 1905, 19)
Lt 339, 1905
White, Mabel “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 1, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 276; 2MCP 669; 3MR 135-136. My dear granddaughter Mabel,—
I sit here on my couch this morning, very thankful to my heavenly Father for a good night’s rest. I slept well until three o’clock, and now after building my fire, I am ready to take up my writing.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 1)
I would be very much pleased to see you, but we are too far separated to meet often. If the Lord directs, we may go to Southern California at the end of this month. The arrangements for this have not yet been made finally.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 2)
We have only a few items of news from your father. His letters are generally short, sometimes only a page of notepaper, and sometimes only a postal card, but I know that his whole soul is in the work, and that at this time he is working specially hard to bring before the people the light that has come to help them in this their time of trial and perplexity. He anticipates visiting many places, unless I write to him that I need his help, and that he should return. I shall tell him to follow the leadings of the Holy Spirit. He intends visiting Nashville, and that means Washington also, I suppose.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 3)
We have plenty to keep us constantly employed while he is away. My great perplexity is, What line of work can we take up now that will do most to strengthen the things that remain that are ready to die. Our past experience in the message seems to be impressed on my mind. I think it should be reprinted. I am sure that it is needed by those who have not had an experience in the special working of Providence and the power of the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 4)
We must try to bring the people back to the messages God has given us. This will help all around. We must try to bring our people into unity and enlighten many who need enlightenment. O how I long to see that love and tenderness for one another that we used to see in the first years of our experience! We must have the simplicity of genuine faith in the Word of God, and we must have the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. “Report, and we will report it,” men say today. [Jeremiah 20:10.] Very little of this kind of work was done in our early history. Heart blended with heart. On the countenances of those who were converted to the truth there was an expression of great cheerfulness and thanksgiving to our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 5)
Well, all this will be repeated as we advance in the love of God, enlarging our conception of the great love wherewith Christ has loved us. In His words of instruction, so simple, yet so elevating, so sacred, so ennobling, Christ has given us that which is a light to our feet and a lamp to our path. We are to advance step by step, upward and onward, reaching a higher and still higher conception of the love that is to be constantly contemplated, and more than this, brought into our experience. The Lord Jesus has purchased us with His blood, giving His spotless life for sinful human beings, that they may repent of their sins and be converted and saved.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 6)
We have very much to be thankful for. Let our hearts be continually filled with thanksgiving to our heavenly Father and to our Saviour.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 7)
It is now growing daylight. We are having the first cold weather, but it is not very severe. The days have been very pleasant and the nights clear—the full moon making them almost as bright as day. We have had a few gentle rains, but up till within a few days, the weather has not been cold. I have taken a ride daily, unless the showers threatened.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 8)
The girls came home from Oakland last night. I was much surprised this morning when Sara came in to speak with me.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 9)
On Thanksgiving Day Our family and Ella and Dores took dinner with your mother. I was not feeling well and chose to remain in my room.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 10)
It seemed nice to have the three girls back again, seated at the breakfast table. Sara is looking well; her eyesight is improving, and we are thankful that she did not lose her sight entirely.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 11)
I hope you will take special care of your eyes; for they are a great treasure. We can lose a limb, but if we have our eyesight, we can still find something with which to employ our time. But to lose the sight is a dreadful loss.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 12)
The Lord is good to me, very good. He has preserved my health and strength; and even though I am seventy-eight years of age, I can still rise before day and write for hours before breakfast. My eyes trouble me somewhat if I take cold, but if I am careful, I can do a great deal of work.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 13)
“The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear. The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be afraid?” [Psalm 27:1.] “He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no might He increaseth strength.” [Isaiah 40:29.]
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 14)
Mabel, do not devote the precious talent of sight to reading which you cannot use and which will not benefit you. The life of the soul cannot be sustained unless right food is given it. The mind must be properly fed. Christ said, “Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day.” [John 6:54.] You need to understand the true state of the soul. Your dependence should be wholly upon the Lord. The soul’s highborn faculties are to be controlled by the Spirit of God. Its necessities are not to be trifled with, but sacredly regarded, that it may be worked by the Holy Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 15)
The powers of mind and soul and body are to be sanctified to the Lord Jesus, who has bought you with His blood, which was shed for you that you might become a child of God. You are to be obedient to the law of God; for it is the law of the angels and the law of saints. There is no condemnation to those who are obedient to this law.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 16)
The life of the soul cannot be sustained unless it is brought into subject to the will of God. Every energy is to be exercised in doing the divine will. Our thoughts, if stayed upon God, will be guided by divine love and power. Then, my dear child, live on the words that proceed from the lips of Christ. May the Lord strengthen and bless and guide you. Press forward, and believe that if you ask, you will receive.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 17)
Your grandmother.
(20LtMs, Lt 339, 1905, 18)
Lt 341, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 27, 1905 Previously unpublished. + My dear Son Willie,—
I have not been able to accomplish much today. Lately my sleep has been more satisfactory. For a long time I have not been able to sleep past three o’clock, but for a few nights I have slept until four.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 1)
This morning I learned that Elder Haskell and his wife came last night. Elder Haskell has been and still is suffering from boils, and this cripples him somewhat; but what a change there is in his complexion. His skin is clear, and his appetite excellent. He has gone to the sanitarium this morning for treatment. Both he and his wife seem to be in good spirits.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 2)
I am sending you a letter that I received from Dr. Kress. I took the liberty of opening and reading your letters from Australia, and will send them on to you. They contain much that is of interest.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 3)
In the next mail I hope to send you something that I shall have copied from my diary. We miss you very much and will all be so pleased to have you with us again.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 4)
I feel relieved of a great load since I have written out some things. These must be printed as soon as possible. I refuse any longer to excuse the defects in the character of Dr. Kellogg. His life has been so unchristlike as to put the Saviour, whom he professes to serve, to open shame. We are guilty in keeping him in his position and acknowledging him as a representative man. Truth, Bible truth, is to be exalted. But Dr. Kellogg’s actions show that he cannot be trusted. He is sowing seeds that will spring up and bear a harvest of tares.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 5)
Soon after we returned to this country the word came to me, “Go to Battle Creek. Dr. Kellogg is my physician. You can help him.” I said, “Yes, Lord.” I was directed to tell him that he was loading himself down with responsibilities that the Lord had not laid upon him. The word that came to me was, “Tell him the truth; his mind is unbalanced, and his business is to unload, to throw off the burdens he has gathered.”
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 6)
I did this, but Dr. Kellogg would not heed the message given. I see no more that I can do. His associates will have a serious account to settle with the Lord, who has given them a rich experience, which they might have added to if they had taken heed to the light given them. They have chosen a very objectionable character to unite with. The Lord will judge them for permitting their influence to strengthen and uphold a man whose course of action is that of an unbeliever. The Lord will judge them for sustaining him in his deceptive influence against the truth and against righteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 7)
I am now to lay this burden off, if possible. There have been a few times when I have felt that the responsibility of the case was killing me. The words spoken to me are:
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 8)
“J. H. Kellogg could have done an excellent work as a physician. I have given him adaptability. I have given him skill and understanding to do a work as My physician. He needed the purity of Christ’s character to keep him from all evil practices. Had he kept his work free from his ingenuities and devisings, and plans, and schemings, had he refused to load himself down with responsibilities that God had not placed on him, had he not exercised subtlety under the guise of goodness, the Lord could have used him. But he has spoiled minds by his devisings and schemes, to profit himself withal. The artifice of Satan has become mingled with all his experiences. His counsel, his plans are not honest and just. He is not a true worker in any line, because his mind is spoiled.”
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 9)
He has sown seed that has sprung up to bear the fruit of selfishness, and this has disqualified and unfitted him to be trusted with the sacred work of God. The root of bitterness, springing up with a wonderfully luxuriant growth, has caused many to be defiled. And it is cherished as if it were a golden treasure.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 10)
Dr. Kellogg goes one, continuing to aid the artful foe by communicating unbelief, bitterness, hatred, evil surmising, jealousy. The time has come when we must come out from this evil work and separate from every jot and tittle of it; for he is carrying out the devisings of the enemy, and his work he will do, resisting every effort made in his behalf. If there are those who have been converted to his way of thinking and to his unjust proceedings, unless they repent, we cannot be in unity with them. We would be guilty in sustaining them. They are not in darkness; they have had the light. The Lord will accept none of their excuses for pursuing the course they have pursued, linking up with one whose methods are similar to those of worldlings, who care nothing for God or His truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 11)
I now call upon our people no longer to show fellowship with the man who refuses every effort made to reform him. If he will come to the light now and seek the Lord with all his heart, repenting sincerely for his transgression of the law of God, truth would again triumph in his life. But unless he seeks the Lord with all humility of mind, it would be the greatest folly to entrust him with stewardship. Let him now make it his business to save his soul; for the day of God is right upon us.
(20LtMs, Lt 341, 1905, 12)
Lt 343, 1905
Brethren in Nashville NP August 5, 1905 [typed] Previously unpublished. Dear brethren in Nashville,—
There is a decided work before you. In your meetings, let care be shown to have the singing as good as possible. Choose singers with clear, musical voices, and in connection with the singing, let there be several different kinds of instruments.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 1)
In the Bible readings that are held, choose interesting subjects, which are full of encouragement and lead the minds of your hearers on step by step. In giving instruction regarding the things of God, let your language be so simple, that a child can understand it. Your own heart should be full of the Spirit of God as you strive to follow the instruction, “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:20.] In your teaching, you must realize that your hearers know little about the Word of God, that their understanding in regard to heavenly things is limited. You must make the main points plain and clear, repeating them again and again.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 2)
Teaching the truth calls for great simplicity and for much painstaking effort. Learning to play on an instrument requires patient, painstaking effort. The notes must be learned and the scales practiced. Time must be spent on the exercises.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 3)
How much more necessary that time should be spent on learning to be a teacher of truth. Tact and intelligence are needed in order to play, as it were, on the human mind with such skill as to produce the best results.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 4)
The teacher of the truth should know how to speak plainly and distinctly. He should know how to deal with different minds. He should remember that those whom he is teaching know little of Bible truth, and that in order for his words to be effectual, Christ must impress their hearts. God would have the teacher of truth prepared to impart the knowledge of the love of Christ. Constantly he is to acknowledge the divine presence. His one desire should be to offer to God service that will make others wise unto salvation. Ever he is to remember that he himself is to be a learner in the school of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 5)
A sense that the great Teacher is with the one doing service, even unto the end of the world, brings strength and courage. The teacher needs to have fresh manna to present every day. In order to present ideas that are forcible and uplifting, he must daily renew his acquaintance with Bible truth. He should resolutely discard novels and all other reading that is of no help to him in his work. He should refuse to feed on chaff, the worthless things that are found in the newspapers and magazines of today, and should fill his mind with the precious principles of truth found in God’s Word. He should caution those whom he teaches against leaving the door of the mind unguarded. Foolish reading unfits the mind for a comprehension of the truth for this time, which is to sanctify the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 6)
He who gives his mind as food, weak, trashy reading, will find that when he desires to comprehend a point of truth, he has not the power to do so. The perceptions have been abused and the memory clogged by the reading of that which has no power to uplift the mind or quicken the understanding.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 7)
Advanced intelligence must have a clear track. All rubbish should be kept out of the mind, that the Holy Spirit may have room to work. The Lord is calling for missionary workers, and we as a people are to be wide-awake; for Satan is bringing in all his agencies to carry out his purpose of evil. As a people we are to refuse to give place in our homes to the mass of fiction that is flooding our world. We are to close the door of the mind against unprofitable reading and fix our attention on the Book of books, God’s holy Word. We are to be thoroughly conversant with the truth for this time. Never was there a time when we needed to guard our thoughts so carefully as now. Our youth are to be taught to let alone the cheap, worthless literature that is flooding the world. I entreat our people not to spend their money for that which is not bread by buying worthless books and magazines. I entreat them not to allow worthless reading to occupy their minds, to the exclusion of the great, grand, sublime truths in the Word of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 8)
I hope that these few suggestions may help older persons as well as younger ones to become acquainted with the Word in accordance with the directions that Christ has given in the sixth chapter of John. My brethren and sisters, this chapter contains lessons that all need to learn. Read and study it. Meditate upon the truths that it contains. Eat the bread of life. Commit this chapter to memory, and keep the magazines off your tables. Save for the cause of God the dimes and dollars that are worse than thrown away when spent for unprofitable reading matter. Put this money in the self-denial boxes to help the work in the southern field.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 9)
Heart-work alone will stand the test of God. Let us do all in our power to gain an understanding of the Word, that we may communicate it to others. We are to give plain, direct expositions of the Scriptures, that those whom we teach may take in the real meaning and may be led out to ask for more truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 10)
In order to teach others, we must first be taught ourselves in the school of Christ. May God help us to realize that there is marrow and fatness for us in the Word of God, and may He give us an appetite for the bread of heaven. Daily we are to eat this bread, making the principles of truth a part of our lives. As we do this, at the same time sharing with others the blessings we receive, teaching all things that Christ has commanded, the promise will be fulfilled, “Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 11)
We are to make constant advancement toward perfection in speech and in deportment. We are to make steady progress heavenward, leading others in the path of self-denial and sacrifice. The cleansing power of the blood of Christ is to become more and more our hope and crown of rejoicing. We are to be filled with an earnest desire to make known the power that this blood has to cleanse the soul from sin.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 12)
Our work is before us. Your work is before you in Nashville. We are to love the Lord our God with all the heart, and we are to point others to the Lamb of God, that they may appreciate the goodness and mercy of Him who gave His life for us, that we might be refined, purified, and ennobled. We are to reveal Christ to the world, that others, seeing our good works, may glorify our Father who is in heaven. After diligent practice, it will not take us long to do our work well and acceptably and worthily.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 13)
Then it will be seen that Christ is with his people, co-operating with those who are doing His will with true purpose of heart. What a power, in the presence of the Saviour, each Christian can and should possess. For this we are to make any and every sacrifice. My brethren and sisters in Nashville, be sure that you are giving a true representation of Christ. If any man willeth to do His will, he shall know of the doctrine. Seek earnestly for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Let self be crucified. You will find that your hardest task will be to deny self. Some have cherished self for so long that it has become a giant, exceedingly difficult to control. Laborers together with God—this is what we are to be, not trusting in self or exalting self, but dying to self and living to Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 14)
Let every one be determined to gain precious victories in the service of Christ. Wear the yoke of Christ and heed the invitation, “Learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] There are triumphs to gain in every line of service. Satan is waiting for an opportunity to gain possession of the mind and heart and will. Let those who name the name of Christ make an entire clearance of the soul-temple of all that is opposed to God. Believers are to [have] a confirmed, settled faith in a personal God and a personal Christ. The Father and the Son are perfect in their individual identity, and at the same time, they are perfect in their oneness.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 15)
We cannot read too much of Christ’s teaching. We cannot learn too well what He is to us. We need more diligence in studying the word of God. We need a faith that we have not cherished. We need to pray and believe and watch unto prayer. We need to fill our minds with the principles of truth; for they are food for the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 343, 1905, 16)
Lt 345, 1905
Amadon, George “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 29, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 13 Crisis Years. Brother Amadon,—
I have a request to make of you. If Brother Irwin and Brother Daniells are not in Battle Creek, will you please read this message to the church? I want the church to hear this message. I do not know who else I could trust with this, and I consider it of importance. I have much more I shall send along as soon as possible. My health is being renewed to take up this work, and I pray the Lord day and night that I may have strength to carry through this great matter of communications given me repeating the messages. I have withheld them. I did not want to let them come to the world, but now I am charged to vindicate the truth of God without suppression and take my stand firmly upon the truth, and therefore I send this to you.
(20LtMs, Lt 345, 1905, 1)
I send no more to A. T. Jones, for I have evidence that a work will have to be done for him before the Lord will accept his service. God has given him warnings which he has repudiated, and I am deeply grieved that he has so little spiritual eyesight.
(20LtMs, Lt 345, 1905, 2)
I can only write this much after reading and copying. If you choose, send the message to Brethren Irwin and Daniells—either of them will do.
(20LtMs, Lt 345, 1905, 3)
May the Lord bless you and your family and give you wisdom to keep the whole armor on and to stand steadfastly for the truth as it is in Jesus. I am charged to bear the message decidedly without concealing the facts.
(20LtMs, Lt 345, 1905, 4)
Love to Sister Amadon and to Grace.
(20LtMs, Lt 345, 1905, 5)
Lt 346, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 29, 1905 Previously unpublished. My dear Son Willie White,—
I have made myself take at least one hour and sometimes [more] in riding out. On the last two occasions it seemed we would get the shower upon us, but it did not rain much yesterday. Sister Peck and I drove to Brother Leininger’s. We thought we should catch the rain but we only had a few drops. In the evening it rained in earnest and continued to rain lightly for several hours. But Sister Peck kept her sleeping quarters upon the front piazza. She has slept outdoors so long that she chooses it above indoors, and she has lost her cough. We need not depend upon Brother James unless he has some errand; and when Sister Peck is too much engaged, Brother King can be my driver. He delights to do this.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 1)
I am trying to have my head rested because there are many things I must bring before our people. I have just placed in Dores’ hands to copy things from my diary that I think should come before them at the present time. I have had warnings that the enemy will make every effort possible now to engage the mind in explanations that will keep the churches so constantly in unrest that some will become confused. Christ came from heaven to give to John things that were of such consequence that the Lord told John to write them in a book, for they reach to the close of this earth’s history. “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast.”Revelation 3:1-3.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 2)
Some are addressed as being in danger of letting go truths of great importance. They are to remember from what Source these truths came. Now Satan would make special efforts to dull their memory and understanding that the Holy Spirit hath given them the light. They are to remember how they advocated these truths and how the Holy Spirit hath witnessed to the truth that they have received and heard. “And hold fast, and repent.” Repent that they should allow any voice from the tempter to weaken their confidence. Repent because of their unbelief. “If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.”Verse 3.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 3)
Here comes in the history of the third chapter of Revelation. Here is a party addressed who are claiming a name, but they are dead. They are losing their bearings. The sacred Watcher would arouse them from the spiritual loss they are sustaining through deceptive teachings. Here the warnings given in Luke will have force, and in this third chapter: “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life; but will confess his name before My Father and before His angels.”Verses 4, 5.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 4)
This chapter is full of most decided warnings and presentations, and all need now to have the candlestick, to have fine, correct discernment as to what is truth. We must not let loose the things we have received and heard and lose the truth that has been established. Revelation 3:7-12.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 5)
The message to the Laodicean church must come in now with distinct and particular evidence because it is the truth for this time. Verses 14-22. We are now to make humble work for repentance that we may receive pardon. We have as a people allowed our experience in repentance to become mixed with hay, wood, and stubble, bringing works of wrong, of underhanded dealing into our practice and talk of principle and act the satanic principles. Every evil work is coming into judgment, and it is time now that we understand what is to be done to save our souls from death.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 6)
God may impress the obdurate hearts, and I hope He will; but I must say no more now if I get this into the mail. I send you copy of a letter to Mabel. She appreciates my letters.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 7)
We must now give the truth that was given to Isaiah in Isaiah 56. “Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice: for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it: that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.”Isaiah 56:1, 2.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 8)
“Cry aloud, spare not. Lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God. They ask of Me the ordinance of justice; they take delight in approaching to God.”Isaiah 58:1, 2. This whole chapter is appropriate to be applied now.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 9)
I will write no more now, for this must go to be put in evening mail. I send by chance to Nashville, and it may reach you there. Your family are all well. In haste.
(20LtMs, Lt 346, 1905, 10)
Lt 347, 1905
White, W. C. Duplicate of Lt 326, 1905.
Lt 348, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
I sent you a letter yesterday. All so busy I did not want [any one] to occupy the time to copy it, for there was important matter being prepared; and this cannot be copied.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 1)
Mrs. Bartlett came to Sarah this morning and asked her if Sister White would like to hire four hundred dollars. Sarah told her that she thought that I would, for there are places where I could use this money to good advantage, but I could not pay over five percent interest. She said she would let us have it for that and required your name and mine. We told her she could have my name now and your name when you returned.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 2)
I see several places where this can be used to good advantage. From Atlanta Brother Starr sends a most pitiful appeal for help, and I have not responded yet. Several days ago he wrote me to see if I could not in some way help them. I have been so earnestly examining letters dealing with past experience that I have done nothing about the matter. Perhaps you can tell me where to apply it. I will place it in the bank until I receive some counsel from you. Shall I place it in the bank where I have an account on which we are paying eight percent?
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 3)
I see several places where there is need, and now instruct me which way it shall be used. I want it to be just where the Lord would have it. Well, I will place it in the bank tomorrow, and then you can write me about it.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 4)
I am pleased to tell you I slept nearly eight hours last night. We have been having very pleasant sunshiny days. Have taken the route by Pratt’s, for it is now free from dust. We have had three showers which have washed the trees clean of dust and laid the dust of the road. I have ridden out nearly every day, and I shall continue to do so. Sara has gone to the stores with your wife May and the children to get them some things they needed. May is well and cheerful.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 5)
Sister King’s sister is improving. She has gained seven pounds. Their little girl boards with us. Sara, Maggie, and Sister Graham went to Oakland and were absent about ten days. Sister Peck and I rode out together several times. I have not much news to write you, but your home matters seen all straight.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 6)
I am burdened down with the ideas of the supposed calculations Dr. Kellogg has in mind, but the Lord lives and reigns. You can see by my letter I shall not leave my home to go to Loma Linda. I have now to guard myself that I shall not keep closely to my writing. I cannot do it; and should I leave it, I could not take my workers with me and I could accomplish little.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 7)
Dores is entering into genuine work in the old gentlemen’s home. He is now doing genuine evangelistic work in the ministry of the Word. He has quite a good class now, and there are many deeply interested in the truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 8)
I see I must give close application to matter that I wish to have republished. I had a good mail from Australia. I will send you a couple of letters that may interest you.
(20LtMs, Lt 348, 1905, 9)
Lt 349, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 18, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
I find I am in need of head rest. Otherwise I am well. I will send you a few words today in addition to what I have already written, which is two pages.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 1)
We were pleased to find that Sister Bartlett was very much relieved to find she had double the money she supposed—eight hundred and fifty dollars. She places it in our hands in perfect confidence and feels relieved of quite a burden. Today it is placed in the bank to relieve us of paying eight per cent on bank account.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 2)
I had written you a couple of pages, but it has been found today not sent. I will send it to you now.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 3)
This noon I received a letter from Elder Haskell, from Loma Linda. I thought they were desirous to come at once else they would not have telegraphed, but I wanted to understand the situation so I have written yesterday. It seems impossible for me to leave now. I have not strength to answer their expectation at Loma Linda. I have not attended any meetings since you left. I am fearful of taking on burdens, and I do not want them now. I want to be free from all responsibilities in meetings.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 4)
You will see, W. C. White, by the suggestions, that they feel anxious to come direct to my home. We send telegram this day [for them] to come, and we will expect them to leave Loma Linda tomorrow. Sister Graham will move into Sister Peck’s room. I shall be glad to meet Elder Haskell and wife. You see he is afflicted with boils. We can take him in carriage to sanitarium for treatment.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 5)
I have written you, I think, that Brother Sharp has—without saying anything to me—proposed and urged that Dores and Ella shall come to Chico to engage in school work. They have thirty scholars. The teacher, a young man I think from Healdsburg, became offended because his money was not brought to him immediately it was due, and he resigned his position. Brother Sharp says Ella has an excellent reputation, and they all want her to come and unite with her husband in the educational work. They will give them now $45 per month and house of three rooms, furnished. Dores would be pleased to go. He will be united with Ella. They will take the school; and when the number of students increases, their wages will increase. Ella May was delighted and Dores much pleased. It is a field of work in which both can unite, and Dores will have a field of ministry where he can employ his time in several places in ministering. I am thinking this is the best thing that can be done, and I now see no reason why it should not be the best thing. Dores cannot be shut up in a room with stove heat and do well. He needs more activity. I have consented, so some time next week they will leave us for their field of labor.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 6)
It has been very pleasant weather, with a few showers; rained very gently. Has rained gently today, Dec. 18.
(20LtMs, Lt 349, 1905, 7)
Lt 350, 1905
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson White,—
I think the book in behalf of the South will be a success. We are, or I am reading it and am much pleased with the matter. I mean it shall go forward as fast as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 1)
One item slipped my mind. That was, you asked if I had any objection to your collecting means. I say, No, no. It is the only thing you can do. But give no occasion, by any word you may speak, for the report that you are creating prejudice against the men in office. I have not written a line to the Nashville office or to Elder Butler. I have written a letter on commonplace subjects to Elder Haskell, but it is wisdom not to create disaffection; for all that I have to say is to speak the word the messenger of heaven has given me: “Draw together, draw together.” Unify, unify in thought, in practice. Set the example.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 2)
Since I have written upon the subject of thinking evil and speaking evil more especially of late, I know as a people our strong protest should be not to say anything that would throw suspicion upon brethren, but go directly to the ones [concerned] and converse with them. Angels of God will be in such interviews held. The Lord God of Israel would be honored and His name glorified by spending voice and words and talent and every gift of power of influence to take heed and work in harmony with Christ. “Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, then come and offer thy gift.”Matthew 5:23, 24. Those who have been wronged or offended should ever be ready to forgive and take every measure possible to gain reconciliation with those who have wronged or offended them or to remove the impression from minds which may be worked up into alienation over supposed injustice. Clear the moral atmosphere of the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 3)
Every true Christian is to work in a way to preserve unity. The prayer Christ taught His disciples is short, but full of meaning. If this is repeated in the family circle every day, it will become a blessing. After teaching this prayer to His disciples, Christ takes up the points distinctively that needed to be impressed forcibly upon their minds. “But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.” [Matthew 6:15.]
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 4)
If there must be confusion and disagreeable differences that are called enmity, make every possible effort to be willing to concede even one’s own rights to cure the difference. This is the law and the gospel. The eye must be single to the glory of God, then shall the whole body be full of light. When men are learning the meekness and lowliness of Christ, they are walking in His counsels. They look unto Jesus, who is meek and lowly of heart, and He imparts to them grace for grace, which they receive to impart.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 5)
Now understand, my son, that the Lord will surely bless you in every effort you shall make to be a Bible student and a Bible messenger bearing the truth by pen and by voice to those who know not the truth as well as those who do know the truth. The precious Saviour acknowledges you as His child when you will follow out His expressed word. And let no one have influence to lead you into temptations by telling you the sayings and wrongdoings of men who profess to be Christians. Shall Satan have his will carried out in accusers of the brethren?
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 6)
“Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] We have been in constant peril for this since coming to America. There are men who have stood upon the platform of truth who have been and still are dealing with unholy and forbidden sophistries. The Jews under the divine theocracy were forbidden to deal in any wise with spirits of evil. The great fountain of truth—pure, unadulterated truth—proceeds from One who hath said, “If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink.” [John 7:37.] There are very trying times before us, and every step we take now must be in the plain Word of the truth. I know the Lord will give you a rich experience if you heed His Word and follow Him. Do not feel that you can set everything right. Have as little to do with the dissensions as possible, and press close to the side of Jesus.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 7)
I cannot tell how long my life may be spared after I get out these two books now in hand. But one thing I wish to see is perfect harmony between my two sons, who shall be entrusted with a large amount of matter of a choice character. I ask you, my children, to come into unity; and I must see this before I shall be laid away. It ought to have been years ago. The estrangement has been produced by your own course of action—your feeling that as you were the elder you would not be counseled by one younger. There has not been justice and judgment exercised on your part. When the walls of estrangement are broken down, then it is because the true Spirit has come upon you. I know what I am talking about, and Willie will not be backward to unite heartily with you, when you will come into right position.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 8)
Now, my son, I have not time to say half I would be glad to say, but I am too wearied to say more. I must urge you for Christ’s sake to do that which God has shown you must be done. I will say again, you are in the way of duty to obtain means, for it is greatly needed. There are many other things I have to say that must be in the future. God help you, my son Edson, to give no occasion for anyone to make, as has been done, your strange attitude toward your brother [a reason for] lack of confidence in him, when his work testifies of the results. Now may the Lord help you and bless you is my prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 350, 1905, 9)
Lt 351, 1905
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Children, Edson and Emma White,—
(I’m looking over my writings. Just came across this. I am surprised, for I thought it had been sent.)
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 1)
I have commenced several letters to you and have written but a page when an amount of matter was presented that must be done at once, that would be needed in the work in various places; but you shall have a copy of this matter.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 2)
An important meeting is to be held at Mountain View commencing Sabbath. W. C. White will leave Sunday. He has worked early and late. Dores was away to Reno and could not return for one week. Came home Thursday noon. This additional help is appreciated, but letters come in from every direction for counsel, and they demand attention and reply, and so there is no use to look for a respite. W. C. W. will not be prepared to leave the work here until Sunday. I shall remain with my workers at home until the last of this important meeting, then spend a day or two, at any rate, and get back as soon as possible.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 3)
I have been working from early hours. Not being able to sleep after one a.m. I have built my fire and commenced my work as early as possible. I shall see how many pages I have written since returning to my own home. The perplexities of the setting in operation of two institutions, with the required helpers, have not been small. I must tell you rains have come quite abundantly in Los Angeles and in Redlands. Being encircled with high mountains, the rains have done damage, but will be a great blessing. I rode in a carriage along the lines from Redlands to Riverside, eleven miles, that I might have a view of the country. I was not well, but I wanted to see these two large cities. Brother Ballenger has a humble home in Redlands. Both of these places are large cities, covering a large space of ground and presenting large, grand buildings.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 4)
I was able to speak in the small, new, nice little church at Redlands. The house was full of believers and unbelievers. This is a widespread, remarkable city. Brother Simpson has worked here a little. Twenty, I think, embraced the truth. This is a most beautiful place. I cannot describe it. Brother Bowles died just before we came. While we were in Los Angeles he divided his property equally between his children and the cause. I do not know just the amount. He was sitting in his chair outdoors. His daughter went in the house a short time. When she came back he was dead. His son took his one horse on Sunday and took Sara and me in his carriage overland. We passed through miles of orange orchards. The oranges were not yet ripe, but it was a great sight. We were journeying eleven miles to Riverside. I spoke in the second new larger church. Some outsiders were present. I had freedom in speaking. Could speak one hour.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 5)
We saw our Brother and Sister Towle who live four miles from Riverside. He looks quite old. His wife looks much younger. They have a nice looking daughter just coming into womanhood. We rode back on the cars and passed through miles and miles of orange orchards. It was a very fine sight. Willie, Brother Ballenger, and Maggie went on the cars. All our party rode back in the cars.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 6)
But I did a great deal of thinking on the way. Why have not these two large cities of wealthy people, designated by Christ as highways that should have the message, been worked? These are the cities I have seen should have a sanitarium on the right order. Each has a few hired rooms, but of that class that are intelligent but poor; therefore they cannot open a sanitarium. But these cities for tourists should have every advantage possible. The beautiful natural scenery is not possible to describe. President Roosevelt describes it as next to heaven. It is wonderful in natural and cultivated advantages. We need very much the capability to work these two large cities of the South.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 7)
Our meeting was well attended and all were so pleased that, though not yet recovered from my sickness, I should come to Redlands and to Riverside. I thank the Lord for the sight of these two large vineyards to be worked. There must be house-to-house labor done, for this house-to-house missionary work brings us close to the people. There ought to be several at work in these fields. Brother Simpson has done something, but closed the period of his engagement in Los Angeles with Los Angeles only begun to be entered. But these souls that had been converted and united with the church—the ones who had been converted through his labors, one hundred and twenty-five in number—presented a long petition for another course of labors. They say the interest is in no way abated. I cannot tell you how long this paper was—it was yards long, with names subscribed. His work has cost the conference not one penny. Contributions have been made and I think two hundred dollars placed to the conference.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 8)
Why cannot we have more men who will find their way into the very citadel of the souls of the people? Our advice was asked. We told them to respond, for these names came not in this petition from Seventh-day Adventists, but from the citizens of Los Angeles. It seems that soon we shall have the stirring scenes of 1842-43 and ’44 in these cities. Brother Simpson is a man who creates no wonderful excitement, but he takes the Bible, as did Father Miller, and just reads and explains the Scriptures. He shows with maps and charts that great image of gold, that was set up in Dura in Daniel’s time, and the people under law to worship this image.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 9)
He believes straight present truth. There is not one thread of spiritualistic science which would take the world in its deceivings. It is solemn, serious truth which is before the people, the truth of the first, second, and third angels’ messages, linking Daniel and Revelation together. And the grasp he has of the people is marvelous. The Lord has put His Spirit into the mind, heart, and soul of Brother Simpson. He is firm upon the testimonies. This work should be taken up in every city now without delay.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 10)
This man has leaflets and discourses printed and has the most striking representations and the figures of the twenty-three hundred days, the sanctuary, and every point of present truth standing out in vivid representations. He is, we believe, God’s messenger to wake up the churches. All these leaflets, all illustrations are paid for—every penny—by those who come to listen. Contributions are raised to more than cover every expense. This is not an expensive outlay of means, yet it costs considerable money, and the citizens pledge themselves to sustain the work. We advised him to do just as he had been doing, because the Lord had endorsed the work. I had no other advice to give. He is resting a short period while the tent is being pitched in another locality of the city.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 11)
The Lord wants living men to take up such a work. Roman Catholics bring their little images of Christ and are converted to the truth. Just such a work is to go forth in the loud cry that will be echoed and reechoed all through cities and towns and villages, saying, “Prepare ye the way of the Lord.” “Repent ye; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. For this is he that was spoken of by the prophet Esaias, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord. Make His paths straight....
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 12)
“Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance. And think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father: for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham. And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: therefore every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but He that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire: whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into His garner; but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” [Matthew 3:2, 3, 8-12.]
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 13)
As the speaker stands at the tent opening to speak and shake hands with the congregation, trinkets and bracelets, rings, and costly ornaments have been brought and placed in his hands, not in an excitable manner, but in a quiet manner. Just such a work went forward in Pennsylvania and Philadelphia under the proclamation of the time message. We need just such a work done now that will reach the hearts of those in the highways and also those who are in the byways. Read carefully the close, cutting Scriptures, and let us take steps upward and forward, giving just that message which will awaken, as went forth in 1843 and 1844. Testing truths are to be proclaimed, but entirely free from fanaticism. Let the Word of the Lord be proclaimed to all people in the power of the Holy Spirit. If the faultfinders, if the murmurers, if the accusers will be converted they will have something worthwhile to give to the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 351, 1905, 14)
Lt 352, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 29, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 67-68. My dear Son W. C. White,—
I am healthwise better than I was one week ago. The review of what may be before me has been like a lodestone of trial;, and the thought that I might be removed suddenly by death, and things so very important left is an unfinished condition, was nearly more than I could endure to contemplate. I am now earnestly at work hours before the members of my family are astir. We breakfast at seven a.m. Have prayers before we breakfast. We have had until one week ago continually beautiful weather. [There has been] some rain and mist a portion of the day; but I have ridden out but twice during the week. Sunshine today.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 1)
I have many things I wish you and Elder Daniells, and those united with him in his labor in Battle Creek, to have just as soon as possible. I have very decided testimony that I am sending to Battle Creek to Elder Daniells. I fear he will leave before he gets this. I think I will send telegraph message to tarry till he receives this that I send.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 2)
I have written to Elder Haskell at Loma Linda and telegraphed to him after receiving the letters from him that I am sending to you. Both Elder Cottrell and wife and Elder Haskell and wife were at San Diego, [according to] the last news.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 3)
I had a most cheering letter today from Elder Burden, with excellent, good report that patients are increasing. One aged couple brought them six thousand dollars, and they are to be kept while they live. Will send you the letter. Ever since you left I have been at times like a cart beneath sheaves, weighted down in soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 4)
You tell our Brethren Daniells and Prescott I beg of them not to be depressed now. We have matters now that call for action, and every man and woman must have faith in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 5)
Do not distrust God. Think, Oh think of our benevolent heavenly Father, of what He has done for us, and now stop every breath of distrust. Their not having money just now will lead them to do as many others have to do, feel the weight of pressure for lack of means. God would have us all in touch and sympathy with one another. Brethren, where is your faith? Be of good courage. Others have to hire money. I have had to hire money personally to advance the work. We must work patiently and take everything to God in prayer. He knows all about the matter, and we shall see of the salvation of God. But when the good Lord has done so much for us, shall we distrust Him now? No, brethren, I do not think we will. Our Father in heaven knoweth our necessities before we present them to Him. Nevertheless, pray with thanksgiving, and open your mouth and praise the Lord. Loads of discouragement will come if you invite it or allow it.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 6)
This is my trouble, knowing that every church member, children of the fallen Adam, must either be born again or never see God. Saith our Lord to all who repent, “A new heart will I give thee”—that is, a new birth. [Ezekiel 36:26.] Let us act in full confidence and trustfulness. The Lord suffers our faith to be tested, that we may know how to endure the trying of our faith. I have, in contemplation of my work as God’s messenger, to repeat over and over the messages given me, notwithstanding so little heed is given to the messages God has sent. While the messages of error and pleasing fables of which God has warned in His Word are accepted, the warnings through the messenger He has used to open before them dangers which concern the welfare of their souls are not regarded. They give heed to deceiving spirits and refuse the messages of correction.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 7)
This gives me pain of heart. For days I have been in such heart pain that I feared I should not live until morning. We will, I said to my soul, live or die. I will bear these messages as God’s chosen messenger. I am sorely tried, but I am going to do my God-given work for souls that are hanging in the balance. And some who have need to weep between the porch and the altar and cry “Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach” are not awake. [Joel 2:17.] They are asleep. Eyes have they, but they see not; ears have they, but they hear not; and the Lord is put to open shame by their crooked, perverted, sinful ways. Oh that this influence that has been growing in resisting the messages of warning could change! Oh let us not mourn for the lack of means, but for the lack of the Holy Spirit of God!
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 8)
I now close this epistle. Be careful of your health, W. C. White. I have sent you a pair of stockings. I do not know where Clarence directed them. You are so neglectful of yourself. Keep your feet and limbs warm. If you need, get you a pair of all-wool blankets, and never get into a bed without your blankets. Save ill-health, exposure. Your family are all well. It is now seven o’clock. I send this to go tonight.
(20LtMs, Lt 352, 1905, 9)
Lt 353, 1905
Crisler, C. C., wife, and mother; White, May Loma Linda, California August 27, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Crisler and wife and mother, and May White and children,—
I will write a few lines to you as a family. We are in this place, Loma Linda, and it is a marvel to me that we are in possession of this place. There is no use for me to attempt a description of it. There is all that we need except meetinghouse, and there is a building which would answer the need for school and meetinghouse.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 1)
We have a neat little church building in Redlands that will accommodate a goodly number, and it is neat and commendable on the outside. We came across it, Dores and I, while we were searching for some of our people, and we found Brother Johnson and his mother and learned they were the cousins of Elder Wilson, who died in Australia. I had not a thought of meeting them. He was not at home, but he came soon, and we had a nice little visit. I became acquainted with Mother Wilson in rooms she occupied with the family of Brother and Sister Maynard in Greenville, Montcalm County, Michigan. Who supposed I should meet them here in Loma Linda? We had a nice little visit, and then we went to meet Ella May White Robinson, who was having her teeth repaired.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 2)
I had an ill turn that night. The wind came up while we were searching for a place to rest. I think I took cold. I was in such severe pain I called for cayenne pepper and obtained some relief, but the same kind of a cold I had when at San Diego was upon me. I have coughed and sneezed, but not as severely as then. I could raise; I think I was poisoned under the tent with the breaths of two thousand people. I have not eaten solid foods until today I did for the first time since Sabbath eat a little bread. May has fed me with lemon juice and citrus juice and a couple of eggs. This is all I dared to eat, but Ella May is a faithful caretaker and nurse. She neglects nothing that she or I know how to do. I appreciate her. She has given me most faithful massage and rubbing and is at hand to do anything. I am surprised that she does so well. I am doing well now. I can raise and discharge from throat and nostrils. I thought I was going to have a severe time. I have suffered with pleurisy in left shoulder and arm and heart, but I am doing better. Shall speak in church to those who will assemble from Redlands and from other places not far distant; then shall go to San Diego, and I know not what I shall meet there.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 3)
I am more and more pleased with this place. I see in the buildings accommodations for schoolroom, for church, and yet room to spare. I cannot tell you all I would be pleased to say, but I am astonished at what we find in excellent feather pillows, excellent cotton mattresses and two hair mattresses, abundance of carpeting—the good body Brussels. The long halls are all carpeted nicely, and there is most excellent furniture and easy chairs and every convenience. I counted one hundred and nine Russian towels, besides smaller linen towels I did not undertake to count. There are excellent, best quality white bedspreads, beside what are on the beds; thirty-five blankets, cotton and woollen, besides what are on the beds; a large number of sofa cushions, about one dozen. Everything seems so abundant we scarcely know how to be thankful that no money need [be spent] for furnishings. There are washbowls of the most beautiful sort; we would not think of getting such beautiful things. The coloring of the ware is rich and elegant. All the furniture is of good material and will not give way under the person. There are very fine iron bedsteads. There is a very large roll of matting that has never been used. Carpets are rolled up for the summer, but there are floors and halls that are all fully carpeted. The halls below as well as above are carpeted. The arrangements for a sunlight bath are all in order. Ella May has taken one.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 4)
This house can be put in running order without much cost, except the painting of stairways and outside. They look rough and unsightly. There are four four-roomed cottages, with the nicest kinds of rugs, and another nine-roomed cottage. It is furnished so nicely and will cost so little to open the house. We need now the conveniences of nurses and physicians and ministers who will lead in religious [activities] in the three places we now have the responsibility of representing.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 5)
We consider the buildings without one stick of furniture a great bargain. There are seventy-six acres of excellent land, four four-roomed cottages, the very nicest piazza on each, a nine-roomed cottage with rooms, ample rooms below and above, standing on a hill. This is furnished throughout. Then a square building to be used for their ideas of amusement, but it will be consecrated as a church and schoolroom; and another small dwelling for the farmer. There are three cows and one splendid, beautiful calf, five horses; the carriage gear is not much—one three- or four-seated carriage.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 6)
It is certainly in the providence of God that we have this. We have roomy halls and one sunny room below, all of glass windows, also one in the seven-roomed cottage all of glass, many piazzas, large and commodious. We are more and more surprised as we see the advantages. As for the value of the pepper trees and variety of trees, they are of that order to delight the senses. We see where we can, if we choose, have meetings on the lawn under the trees. There are seats framed that would accommodate almost as many people as we had at our [something omitted here].
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 7)
The report is of an excellent meeting in the church at Redlands last Sabbath. I could not go. There was a meeting in the grove last evening, an experience meeting. Brother Burden took the lead, then testimonies were borne. One man stated he went to the camp-meeting an unbeliever, “But,” he said, “I was convicted and now wish to unite heart and mind to become a Seventh-day Adventist. I am pleased that you are to open a sanitarium in Loma Linda, and here is one hundred dollars I donate for this object, a sanitarium.” The man seemed very happy. His face was expressive of his joy. We must make every effort possible to win souls to Christ, and we will have success. Brother Burden was greatly blessed and so thankful that one soul came to the light before the sanitarium was opened, and I am thankful for this one soul gathered in. Will it not denote a harvest of souls? We believe it will.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 8)
Henry Kellogg was here Sabbath and Sunday morning. He seemed pleased, very much pleased. Just received letter from Glendale. He [?] is of good courage. H. Kellogg accompanied him to Santa Barbara; his letter came just now with good counsel.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 9)
Produce copies of this for Edson White, Elder Haskell, and anybody else you desire.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 10)
I am anxious to hear from Sara; do write us something from home.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 11)
May White, I want one of my best mattresses stripped. Tell Sara. She will understand what I want. I had them a long time ago in Australia. Send when you get a chance, and do not send that by mail.
(20LtMs, Lt 353, 1905, 12)
Lt 354, 1905
Vincent, Brother New Mexico, [On train, en route to California] June 11, 1905 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 105. Elder Vincent,—
Your letter from Florida has just this day been placed in my hands. I will say I am sorry for you indeed. We have had in our experience just such people to work with, and all who will not purify their souls by leaving off every habit that corrupts soul and body cannot honestly claim the name of Seventh-day Adventist. How do you suppose that the practice of such indulgences could make a clean vessel for the reception of the truth? A few nights since, in a meeting, I was bearing a testimony to those who practiced the habit of using tobacco, notwithstanding the evidence of the injury done to brain, bone, and muscle. All the precious truths in the Word of God will not be appreciated, and I was saying of just such parties, they are joined to their idols; let them alone. All alone in the inspired Word are educational lessons of the highest quality to those who will purify themselves from all filthy, soul-and-body-destroying practices.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 1)
I talk upon temperance and the practicing of self-denial. Every penny spent in the use of tobacco, liquor, beer, or coffee is carrying a self-destructive, poisonous influence through every vein and nerve of the bodies of those who use these things. Those who will not deny self, but expend the Lord’s money in purchasing that which injures brain, bone, and muscle, are so catering to their appetites that they cannot distinguish between truth and error, between light and darkness. True faith works by love and purifies the soul, body, spirit, and words from all spiritual and moral defilement.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 2)
I ask the tobacco devotee to reckon up every penny, every shilling you spent for the evil thing you place in your mouth that is constantly weakening the physical, mental, and moral powers. “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.”Romans 12:1, 2.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 3)
Trace the whole chapter through. We must know that the use of the narcotic tobacco, in smoking, in chewing, and in spitting, is a defiling practice; and the spiritual discernment is very much clouded by this disgusting practice. To pray to God with mouth defiled with tobacco is very dishonoring to the place where saints meet to worship God. The use of tobacco is unchristian.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 4)
I was riding in Texas in the carriage that was taking me several miles to attend meeting. The driver was smoking his pipe. I said, “Brother, you claim to be a teacher. What example are you giving children and youth? Can you afford to be in discord with Christ? Would you be pleased to see the world’s Redeemer working among the suffering, the diseased, with a pipe in His mouth? He states, What I see My Father do, I do, and what I do you must do.” The man writhed. He groaned. His face was very pale. “Oh,” he said, “I never thought of the matter in this light.” He snatched his pipe from his mouth and said, “Never, never will I touch a pipe or smoke a cigar or use tobacco in any form.” I raised his hand to heaven as he made this solemn vow. I have not seen him since, and yet some time after this I heard he had kept his vow. My Saviour, the honored Son of God with a pipe in His mouth! Let everyone who claims to be a Seventh-day Adventist consider this subject.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 5)
“We are laborers together with God.”1 Corinthians 3:9. The whole chapter is to be carefully read, then let humble prayer go up to God and see how we are filling the measure in Christ Jesus. Bear in mind that “ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” Such was the speech I was making to a party I thought I might meet on this journey somewhere. I was speaking and the Spirit of God was upon me. I said, “Will you please to reckon up how much of the Lord’s money you have worse than misappropriated? In the use of tobacco, you have abused your own consciences and your claim to be a Seventh-day Adventist. Every penny that is in your possession is to be used to place yourself in the best condition, both physical, mental, and moral, to be healthy, able to discern between righteousness and unrighteousness. The sooner you give up the name, Seventh-day Adventist, the better will it be for the cause of God; for your practice is demoralizing the whole man. How much money you have used to gratify your bad, sinful self-indulgences! When you are willing to be a missionary for God, you will be a thorough reformer.”
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 6)
“If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.”Matthew 16:24. I beseech each member of this church to now break from this habit which is brutalizing his nature and piling up for him hindrances and stumbling blocks that his own feet are turned out of the way. The Lord calls for reform. Those who will not deny themselves hurtful indulgences are certainly placing themselves where God cannot work with them, because they are using God’s talent of means to dishonor their minds, to decrease brain power to choose between good and evil, and are sowing the seed for premature sickness and maybe death. God’s money expended to indulge appetite is worse than to bury it in the earth as did the unfaithful steward. They are, by using an unhealthful drug, doing great damage to the temple of God, defiling the temple, destroying its useful service by weakening its faculties. If they will now be converted and use the means to advance the work of God, what a change there would be!
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 7)
Will the church do this in love for their Redeemer? If they continue in the same course they are pursuing, they are constituting themselves as the party Christ addressed in Matthew 11:20-24. This representation is precisely as it will be with those who have heard the truth and have not kept it, who spend their talents needlessly in putting into their mouths the most disgusting, defiling indulgences, using the means so much needed to work our cities, to work in the highways and in the byways.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 8)
The burden of souls should be felt keenly by all who claim to be Seventh-day Adventists. Christ’s work—who has undertaken it? Christ has given Himself, His whole being. He was rich in the heavenly courts. Ask Isaiah, “Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, travelling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art Thou red in Thine apparel, and Thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people there was none with Me.”Isaiah 63:1-3. Read the whole chapter, and (Isaiah 55), the whole chapter.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 9)
The Lord calls to every man that has heard the truth and professes to be a Seventh-day Adventist to read, read, and understand. Oh, will souls give an example to their children? Will they lead them to hurtful self-indulgence? Will they by their own example place their children under temptation by their own practice? Will parents dishonor God? Will they give no heed to the testimonies God has given?
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 10)
I call upon you to sign the temperance pledge. Drink no wine, no liquor, nor strong drink, and pledge yourself and prevail upon your children to sign the pledge to abstain from tobacco and to become thoroughly temperate in the food placed upon your tables. It is time every soul shall return unto the Lord and reform in the preparation of food. We need conversions all through our churches. Let there be economizing in means in every household. When strong faith and love for souls are cherished in the heart, when we behold the cross of Calvary and the gift of God to our world, it should call into exercise the higher claims of God upon us. Dwell upon the theme, and when the love of Christ pervades the heart every feeling of pride will be subdued.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 11)
I call upon all in the South to arouse now. Many of you can do much more than you have done. It is because of the absence of the love of Christ in the heart that enmity springs into life like a strong man armed. Let all persons in every place pray, pray, confessing their sins. The melting mercy of Christ in the human heart will create a stronger love, stronger faith, stronger temperance in preserving the soul-temple from all moral defilement. Cleanse the soul-temple from all selfish greed of wanting to be first—greed of grasping things to which you have no right. Move toward the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice. The Lord would not sanction one penny spent on the indulgence of appetite to destroy the moral image of God in man in smoking or chewing.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 12)
I call upon every church in the name of the Lord to have stronger faith in the love of Christ and greater appreciation of that love than have hitherto been exercised. To brotherly kindness must be added charity, not that weak charity that covers a multitude of sins unconfessed and unrepented of, because thorough work has not been done to deal plainly—brother with brother and supposed friend with friend. It is the time when a strong work is to be done, to break from Satan’s chain. There is to be no more work of daubing the souls over with untempered mortar, and God calls upon every soul who has done this work to weep and pray and confess the lack of discernment that has countenanced evil. Obedience to the law of God, the fruit of gospel repentance is a something of which no man is to be ashamed. Faith, hope, love, and every species of charity are to be magnified.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 13)
The twelfth and thirteenth chapters of First Corinthians are in need of study and application to the members of the church, for the continuous humbling of individual self and taking self critically in hand. This is the beginning—self-examination. The very first step is to heed the words of Christ, “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross” (Mark 8:34), not lay his cross on somebody else to carry. Each is to bear his own cross of self-denial and self-humiliation and self-sacrifice.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 14)
Let each begin the work with himself. Tear away the self-blunders you have put on, and go to work for your soul’s sake. Every soul on earth must reflect the love, peace, and grace of heaven. It seems impossible for some to break the seductive influences Satan has exerted and will build to close the door of mercy. Will any soul dare to continue as he has done for years, working out his own plans through the arts of satanic influences? The Lord will save all who will be saved in the Lord’s appointed way.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 15)
A great work is to be done for the Jewish nation, and there will be men whom God has appointed who will give the message God has for them to bear, and Gentiles will be converted, for the Lord Christ is the power that is going before His people. The Lord calls for His people to give no place for sophistries in our ranks. We must arise, put away all pomposity of self, and fall on the Rock and be broken. All who receive Christ, to them He gives power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe in Him. God and Christ are love, and all who love and work in harmony with Christ will keep peace. It is not love that builds on a false theory to ruin the soul. Love is vital tenderness born of God. It reflects the pattern of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 16)
The greatest work that the world has ever known is before us. Truth will go forth as a lamp that burneth. Forces will blend to do a work that will stand the last test. It will be not a bit of use to make any more efforts for those who will not see. Our time must be given and our means employed in doing the special work for this period of time. Cities are to have special attention. Men are to go forth from their employments and teach the truth. Many will make the work self-sustaining. What is the impulsive power back of true, genuine faith? It is the bearing of a message appropriate for the closing up of the work.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 17)
Youth who have been centered in Battle Creek to get their education [are to get] out of Battle Creek. When the Lord gave His directions in regard to Battle Creek, the voice of men spoiled God’s plan. Now there is to be the stepping upon the platform of eternal truth that remains truth and will continue to be truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 18)
Some have given years of study to science that God never ordered. It has been revealed it has not made them safe standards or beautified the Christian character. The hindrance that has been for years—working away from truth and God’s way for human inventions—must not remain a hindrance to God’s work. The Lord has spoken and men would not hear, and now let prayer and faith take the field, and let those who have means come to the understanding how this means shall be handled—to work against the truth or for the truth? There is to be far less time devoted entirely to the knowledge of many things. Come right to the very things that will be demanded in these last days, a preparation that the study of books cannot give.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 19)
Physicians who have been doing the work of surgery ought to have been qualified with the time spent, but now are to learn under other education. They are to make the most of what Christ can teach them and not what they will have to take years to complete. Every one under Dr. Kellogg should have come forth practical practitioners. The Great Physician should be invited by earnest prayer to come to the bedside and work. I have seen the hand of God placed upon the hands of Doctor Kellogg again and again to guide him in operations. That is why the Lord has bidden us make every effort to save the man; but while he understood what the Lord desired him to do, he has failed, decidedly failed, and we must now go forward in the strength of the Great Physician.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 20)
The Lord requires men to draw into the fabric through faith the certain wisdom God has given. The Lord God of heaven has a great work to be done. All the expenditure of means in large display must be avoided. It is not God’s way. Those who have houses and lands will dispose of them as the Lord shall direct them, and God’s money will be invested in the completion of the work of soul-saving.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 21)
While Satan is rejoiced to see the work retarded, strange ways of expending large means to make a display that counts very little should not and cannot be afforded. God will help every one of His churches who work in the meekness of Christ. We should all care much more than we have done to follow Christ’s example. He invites, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.”Matthew 11:29, 30. Who will heed this testimony?
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 22)
If there are in the cities to be worked properties that can be purchased for a small sum, let these be purchased, as in the case of the church at Nashville, to be able to get the truth before the people. These purchases should be made, and let many take hold to help; but great display in many ways cannot be afforded, for others would suppose they must pattern after them.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 23)
The word was spoken, The great universe of God is to unite with men whose whole influence is a power. Carry the work that has been hindered for years, but God forbids shall be hindered longer. The heart of the Great Healer works inwardly and outwardly in the preparation of a people to bear the message for these last days. The men who have devoted years to the study of science need now the education they could have obtained to become acquainted with God and His words and His works. His knowledge would have been of the highest value. We shall have abundance of science brought to the front, but we cannot use it; we want, every soul of us, the science of a living, trusting simplicity of truth—clean, sanctified knowledge—and in this day to keep pace with God’s benevolence. “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] He who believes in Jesus Christ will work with Christ, and the angels of God will be the strength of His people. His benevolence, working with His grace, is divine. Infidels will prate about their infidelity, but there cannot be raised upon the strength of infidelity anything that meets the finger of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 24)
Jews and Gentiles are to be converted. Bible coverts will be our refuge in the coming conflict. The only thing we are to dread is the men who have studied science under the specious guidance of satanic agencies. In a little time it will be seen that the great science is to take the world, as they suppose, under their specious reasons, and those who have been weakening through frequent introduction to Satan’s sophistries will not understand the works of God or His ways and His will.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 25)
There must be economy in all of our work in any lines wherever we shall start in anew. All in high or in moderate circumstances must contract their luxuries through love for souls, to enlarge their charities and gain victories by love and by cheerfully submitting to God’s ways. Economizing will provide the resources in ways that they have not supposed would be. All will bear on its face the labor of love, the self-denial that is set forth in the Scriptures.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 26)
Christ is our example in all things. To the young man who was rich and came to Christ with the supposition that he had kept God’s commandments from his youth up, Christ said, Go, sell all that thou hast and come, follow Me, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven. Here was his test, to sell, and give to the suffering poor to help them. The bread of life was in the gift of making these sacrifices. If ye eat My flesh and drink My blood, ye shall have eternal life. This means that Christ is to be the circulating current of life in the soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 27)
Christ explains in (John 6:40): “And this is the will of Him that sent He, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.”
(20LtMs, Lt 354, 1905, 28)
Lt 355, 1905
Amadon, George Duplicate of Lt 345, 1905.
Lt 356, 1905
Zelinsky, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 6, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dr. Zelinsky,—
I received your short and good letter. I thank you for writing me, and I am so much pleased with the excellent letter written by Dr. Winegar-Simpson. You are in the place I believe where you should be, in connection with Dr. Simpson and her husband. Your reports are very cheering, and I am hopeful that the sanitarium will answer all that we expect because our trust is in the Lord. He is our power and our efficiency and our strong Helper. I know that you can cultivate the talent of influence religiously, and we are praying most earnestly that the Lord will make that sanitarium a success.
(20LtMs, Lt 356, 1905, 1)
I am called out to urge our people to seek the Lord most earnestly. Last night I was passing through scenes of great and fearful interest. I was called from my sleep to arouse. The words came, “The Lord Jesus cares for you and His people.” Outside the building there was a large multitude, and this angel had aroused the believers in the house and was telling them, “Haste ye to the mountains. I have a prepared path for you.” The word was, “You have no time to lose.” A door was opened in a cellar, and there was a passage to go out underground and leading out to the mountains. I cannot give any description of the matter, for I was surprised. But the messenger was an angel of God, and this scene was acted before me as a scene of living reality; and words were spoken, “The churches are asleep.” I can remember no more, but I could not sleep after that for it was twelve o’clock, and I dressed and have been writing and searching for the message the Lord has heretofore given me. It is night now. What a day I have had of intensity, of consideration!
(20LtMs, Lt 356, 1905, 2)
Now, my brother, I have that hope and that confidence in the intelligence of your mind, that your heart, mind, and soul will see the necessity of such an institution as that you are in, and that you will make every effort religiously to leave an excellent impression upon the mind of every soul that you come in connection with. The Lord has had a care for you, and He still has a care for you, and He will be to you your stronghold if you will put your trust in Him and work out your own salvation with the power and grace of Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 356, 1905, 3)
We will pray for you, and the Lord will give you grace. It is becoming daylight. I close this short epistle with my earnest love for your soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 356, 1905, 4)
I will send you Ministry of Healing. I do not have one here, but shall have soon.
(20LtMs, Lt 356, 1905, 5)
Lt 358, 1905
Robinson, Brother and Sister [D. E.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 24, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Children, Dores and Ella May,—
I thought I would write a few lines to you. I am pleased that you have arrived without accident or harm, although you experienced much annoyance.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 1)
Well, we have a very pleasant day today, Friday. The sun shines brightly, and I am very light. Yesterday we missed you, but I did not feel I could draw back and say, “Stay,” for I know that you will do much good where you are; and I shall pray [that] the Lord will keep you under His guardianship. Our time here to work is short, and we cannot, any of us, afford to be indifferent or careless now. We must put our capabilities for improvement to the very best use. We know that you both can be improving in physical and mental and spiritual strength and do your very best to win souls to Christ Jesus. Draw nigh to God, and, oh, draw others nigh. Give your example in everything that is uplifting and noble and pure. I believe that you will.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 2)
It would have been so pleasant to have had you nigh us, but I will not, nay, I will not draw one thread of selfishness into the work that God has given me. Our time is the Lord’s, our strength is the Lord’s, and every capability susceptible of improvement is the Lord’s. If you make every move to honor and glorify God, you will have a conscience void of offense toward God and man and the children—students in the school. Aim in everything to win them to Christ and the church. You can both do a good work spiritually. Walk in humility of mind, and may you have the peace of Christ abiding in your soul.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 3)
I have a great interest in you and want you to make a success; and you will if you walk and work humbly in God. Do not, I beseech of you, let go for a moment the idea that you are to be kept pledged to God. Work to His name’s glory. Do His will understandingly. We want you, Dores, to be fitting yourself up for the ministry, and you should hold yourself ready to teach the Word. Be ever reaching out for bringing the lost sheep into the fold. The Lord will bless every effort you make in sacred consecration of your souls to Jesus Christ. My heart is drawn out for God, that all that I shall do in word, in action, shall be to His name’s glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 4)
Truth—precious, sanctified truth—is worth more for you to obtain than gold and silver and precious stones. I am so grateful that we have a Saviour full of tender compassion and lovingkindness, and oh, what sacrifice has He made for us, that we should become children of God, and for us to be thus honored.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 5)
We should be always cheerful, thankful, and happy. We can win the crown of life.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 6)
Elder Haskell and wife came Wednesday evening. I wish much that you could have met them. We are glad to see them, and they are both faithful servants of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 358, 1905, 7)
Lt 359, 1905
White, W. C. “Elmshaven” St. Helena, California December 7, 1905 Previously unpublished. W. C. White,—
I had a good night’s rest last night, and this morning I have been very busy since three o’clock. I can’t think of leaving my home and my workers; I must be with them. I see [that] now is my opportunity, especially when yourself is not here.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 1)
I will now make my decision that here is my place, with my workers. Much more can be done with myself in my work and them as faithful workers to advise with and to select the writings that have been published and what [should] be brought before the people to refresh their minds. We need much more of the Holy Spirit of God, and we want the blessing of God to attend all our labors. I shall press the work forward, only under the Lord’s direction. We must now be very careful in regard to our own spiritual condition.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 2)
I believe the Lord will strengthen and preserve you on your journey. I would not lay out your work; for you are on the ground, and you know what is best to be done. We must watch on the right hand and on the left, but we are [to] keep on the gospel shoes and the whole armor of righteousness. We need the love of God in our hearts, and [we must] cherish true faith. The Lord will never disappoint us; and we need not doubt, but press forward in hope and in courage want the truth, living truth, deeply engraved upon the tables of our heart; and let us render grateful thanks to God. Our prayers should be seasoned with thanksgiving and praise [to] His holy name.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 3)
We have much to be thankful for. I am so glad that I can be privileged to feel free to remain at home this winter. We have had three showers, that is all—not long ones, but a few hours. It is very pleasant, mild weather and does not seem to be winter.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 4)
And now will you tell me what you think of my plan of remaining away from all meetings and devoting my strength to my writings? I will be so thankful if I can do this. But if I break up now, I cannot expect but to lose my opportunity to do a work I desire to do.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 5)
The noon whistle has sounded. I send this without copying. I hope you can read it. I would be pleased to have you see May Walling and Addie Walling, [so] that you can drop a few lines to me in regard to them. I very much would be pleased to have May, if she can fill the bill, go to Loma Linda or to Washington San. Will you find out what is her purpose? I have not written to Addie or May, for I know not what plan is best to enter into, and yet I do not feel clear. They are as my children.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 6)
Willie, will you be sure and get you good woollen stockings that you can wear at night, to keep your feet and limbs warm. Also get good woollen socks for day wear. I do not want you to go with cold feet, and this sends the blood to your head.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 7)
I will now close this letter, for it is almost dinner time.
(20LtMs, Lt 359, 1905, 8)
Lt 360, 1905
Kellogg, J. H. NP March 20, 1905 Previously unpublished. [Dr. J. H. Kellogg:]
There are some things that must be said to you, Dr. Kellogg. It is not yet too late for wrongs to be righted. Why do you not act upon the light given you in the testimonies? Why do you not do thorough work in changing your wayward course? If you would heed the messages the Lord sends, in the place of making attempts to carry things on in your own way, you would be asking, “What shall I do to cleanse my soul from the evils that I should have continued to carry on had not the rebuke of the Lord come to me? It was in mercy that these rebukes came, to save not only my own soul, but the souls of men and women that I was misleading.”
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 1)
Your course has caused great confusion, dissension, and strife because you have made misstatements and misrepresentations and have conjured up untruths. The father of lies had a stock in trade from which he led you to use when occasion required. I am so sorry that you seem determined to keep up this kind of work until the word goes forth, “He is joined to his idols; let him alone.” [Hosea 4:17.]
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 2)
Why do you not make diligent work for repentance? Why do you allow yourself to be bolstered up by those who are acquainted with the error of your ways, but are not faithful to your soul’s best interest, who do not strive to clear themselves and you from evils that have been given place because your hearts were not right with God? Rather than do what you should, you and your associates would endanger your souls by making of no effect the reproofs God has given you. Unless you are willing to acknowledge your mistakes and errors and put them forever away, you cannot be saved whatever your statements may be. Many of these statements are framed for the occasion and are false. You know them to be false. What value can I place upon your word that you believe the testimonies, when after a reproof comes to you, you will declare that some of my workers, or even my own son, had communicated these things to me, and I had sent them to you as a testimony? Are you so devoid of the working of the Spirit as to question the warnings sent you regarding what you were engaged in doing and the sure outcome of this work?
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 3)
Some, even the members of my own family, have been inclined to sympathize with you because of the statements you have made and have been inclined to question whether it could be possible that you were doing as the testimonies said. But what I know, I know. I know also how the light has come to me, and no human agency can turn me from the facts presented.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 4)
There are many things that I have not opened before you; for in your present condition I know you would deny them. If you continue to stand where you are standing, I cannot sustain you and will not; for thus I would do injury to your soul and mislead others.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 5)
If you do not see clearly that your course has hindered the advancement of the work of God, you cannot receive the blessing of heaven. Rather than confess you errors, you venture to justify yourself. But no lie is of the truth. No misstatement to shield yourself will cleanse away your wrong. You need to fall on the Rock and be broken. You need to experience the new birth that Christ told Nicodemus that he needed. If you come up to the judgment as you stand today, you will not be acquitted, whatever may be your position, whatever good deeds you may have done. You have tried to secure the success of many schemes, which, had you had full right of way, would have been carried forward to the great injury of the cause of God and would have misled many. You cannot be trusted as a leader. This has been decidedly repeated. You follow your own imaginative impulses, looking upon them as wisdom, when in reality, if they had not been stayed, they would have ruined the cause of God.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 6)
What is the matter? You wish to be noted. You wish to gain credit for doing wondrous things, but you see that these wondrous things are not coming out as you in your elated imagination thought they would. You step aside and leave the disappointment to fall upon others. Had you been allowed to go on, you would have continued to make one strange movement after another, until all confidence in our management as wise men and women would be destroyed.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 7)
The Lord sent you warnings in regard to Living Temple, but you have not yielded the matter. “A man convinced against his will is of the same opinion still.”
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 8)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquity. Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house, and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. And every one that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it.” [Matthew 7:21-27.]
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 9)
I do not want your building to fall when the storm and tempest come, but it certainly will if you retain your present self-confidence and continue to despise every one who differs with you. Unless you come to your senses and show that repentance that needs not to be repented of, you cannot be saved. I plead with you for Christ’s sake to begin this work in earnest before it is everlastingly too late.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 10)
I have a great longing of soul that you should break with the great deceiver. I would have you do thorough work before it is everlastingly too late. When you and those associated with you show this repentance, you will no longer make misrepresentations of the work God has given me. But I am instructed that if you carry out the program that it is presented to me Satan is preparing for you, I must publish in a book the warnings that have come to you and those associated with you in clear, plain lines during the years that God has been speaking to you through His Spirit. Said the messenger to me, The Lord forbid that the impression shall go forth that all of Dr. Kellogg’s words and deeds are vindicated and sustained by the testimonies of God’s Spirit.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 11)
“The iniquity of Ephraim is bound up, his sin is hid.... Though he be fruitful among his brethren, an east wind shall come, the wind of the Lord shall come up from the wilderness, and his spring shall become dry, and his fountain shall be dried up; he shall spoil the treasure of all pleasant vessels.” [Hosea 13:12, 15.] The Lord says to you and to all who look upon themselves as superior to their brethren, “Return unto the Lord thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. Take with you words, and turn to the Lord.” [Hosea 14:1, 2.]
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 12)
“O Israel, return unto the Lord thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. Take with you words, and turn to the Lord: say unto Him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips. Asshur shall not save us, we will not ride upon horses: neither will we say any more to the work of our hands, Ye are our gods: for in Thee the fatherless findeth mercy. I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely: for Mine anger is turned away from him. I will be as the dew unto Israel: he shall grow as the lily, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon. His branches shall spread, and his beauty shall be as the olive tree, and his smell as Lebanon. They that dwell under his shadow shall return; they shall revive as the corn, and grow as the vine: the scent thereof shall be as the wine of Lebanon. Ephraim shall say, What have I to do any more with idols? I have heard him, and observed him: I am like a green fir tree. From Me is thy fruit found. Who is wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he shall know them? for the ways of the Lord are right, and the just shall walk in them: but the transgressors shall fall therein.” [Verses 1-9.]
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 13)
“Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in My holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand.”“Therefore also now, saith the Lord, turn ye even to Me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weeping, and with mourning: And rend your heart, and not your garments, and turn unto the Lord your God: for He is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and repenteth Him of the evil. Who knoweth if He will return and repent, and leave a blessing behind Him; even a meat offering and a drink offering unto the Lord your God?” [Joel 2:1, 12-14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 14)
I am to bear a straightforward testimony. Can two walk together, except they be agreed? Any semblance of self-glorying is an offense to God. He says to you, “When you declared to the world that the medical missionary work is undenominational, you sold yourself at a cheap, a very cheap market. Thus I have been greatly dishonored. My truth, My power, My favor you cast aside as a weariness. Repent, lest I cast you aside to share the fate of those who transgress My law, break My covenant, and despise My warnings. How long refuse ye to walk in My statutes and obey My laws? How long will ye weaken the hands of My ministers with your perversion of righteousness in your words and acts? I have sent message after message to restrain you from entering into the intrigues of satanic agencies. Think you they are standing by in indifference, taking no advantage of your course of action? Satan will hold you captive under his strategy, and your spiritual perceptions will become more and more blinded, unless you turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart and gain an understanding of the lesson given by Christ in the eighteenth chapter of Matthew.
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 15)
“The Lord Jesus has looked with sorrow of heart upon the wayward course of those to whom He has given precious words of encouragement. Notwithstanding the fact that they were often an offense to Me, for the sake of My cause, for the sake of My name’s glory, I have borne long with them. I have encouraged them, and sent them helpful messages of kindness and love, lest the enemies of truth should triumph. All heaven is looking upon the dissension and the alienation that would long ago have been healed had the ones corrected received My reproof and turned from their wrong course of action. But they have not repented, but have built themselves up in a wrong course. Shall I not judge for these things? saith the Lord. I have sent you My word by My messenger. You have refused to receive it, and therefore have not followed in the right course. You have strengthened and built up the wrong [in] those who needed to be converted in speech and action. My work has suffered because of your course.”
(20LtMs, Lt 360, 1905, 16)
Lt 361, 1905
Druillard, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 14, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Druillard,—
I express to you my pleasure that Dr. Hayward has decided to locate the sanitarium on the Madison site.
(20LtMs, Lt 361, 1905, 1)
I have, I think, never carried as sad a heart as I have for months. These have been the most sorry days of my life. But I have cast myself wholly on the Lord. He will be my helper and my God. I have been pleased that you were in connection with Professors Magan and Sutherland on the 400-acre farm. It is just the spot the students should be, and the two institutions need the help of each. It is just as the Lord would have it. Your association will be a great blessing if you will have perfect faith and sincere trust.
(20LtMs, Lt 361, 1905, 2)
The time has come when our people will be called to come over on the side of the Lord. We have no more time to be uncertain. If the Lord be God, serve Him; if Baal, then serve him. I am just full of important writing, and [am] making selections from things I have testified to and immortalized in the published testimonies over the last fifty years. Does anyone suppose I could go back on this matter that has been established by the Holy Spirit’s power in healing the sick and restoring life to the dying? I send this to you that you may know that I am on the Lord’s side.
(20LtMs, Lt 361, 1905, 3)
[Handwritten note at top of page:] Please hand this to Sister Druillard.
(20LtMs, Lt 361, 1905, 4)
Lt 362, 1905
White, W. C. St. Helena, California March 1, 1905 Previously unpublished. W. C. White:
We have just received from you the letter saying it is best to send for Mabel. Do not you worry about Grace at all. She came with the boys into my room, her cheeks red as a rose, her eyes bright. She is just as cheerful as you would wish to see. She has plenty of care and says she feels no pain. Her hand is firmly splinted up so she cannot hurt it. I let them have my wheeled chair, but she is in no need of it. She is trotting about with someone at her heels all the time.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 1)
Now, we have decided that Sister Williams is the one to be at San Diego and will send a line to her at once. I have just had [a] talk with Sister Taphouse and she gives the highest recommendation of Sister Williams. She says that she can act as nurse and physician and is one well-calculated to receive and as matron fill that place. She has been receiving twenty dollars per week, but the place [where she has been] has required more labor than she could continue to give them. Sister Taphouse says she is just what we need in the sanitarium at San Diego [and] that she would not expect any such wages as she has been having. I told her to write to her at once, and I will also write to her to come. She is loose [unemployed] now I believe. But I am glad that this matter is settled.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 2)
Now in regard to Mabel, I shall write to her to come at once and go to the sanitarium, if this is your mind. I shall feel with such a woman as Sister Williams she is safe and can work in with her nicely as matron or in any other line, [such] as nurse. Her wages can be decided on when she is fitted to a position in some line. Now, I feel very hopeful for Mabel since talking with Sister Taphouse. So this is the result of our morning interview.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 3)
I could not see how we could spare Sister Nelson when we have to draw every string possible to accomplish the work of the two books. Sarah, I understand, will be home on the morrow, and I am to part with Lucinda in about one week. I am doing what I can, but I must lighten up a little and not carry the heavy loads I have been carrying—writing and reading. But I am doing well. Night before last I slept until one o’clock; last night, March 1, until half past three o’clock.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 4)
We shall be very glad to see you at home and where we can consult you. I have written to Edson and he has written me. I will send you his letter. I was glad to receive so good and sensible [a] letter from him.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 5)
Mother
I will write to Sister Gotzian.
(20LtMs, Lt 362, 1905, 6)
You have been so faithful in writing to me I will write you a few lines. I am pleased with your letters and the letters coming from Brother and Sister Kress, for I am deeply interested in you all and the work in which you all are interested and are acting a part. If we meet with some disappointments and heartaches, we need not be surprised.
(20LtMs, Lt 363, 1905, 1)
I have reason for gratitude to God that my life has been spared to see two more sanitariums established in Southern Cal.—one at San Diego—a beautiful location—and after obtaining a full supply of water—the very best—pure and soft as silk. We have reason to praise God. I have had the evidence that this would [be] if we would work by faith. The digging [was] commenced and the curbing [was placed] eighty feet down. Then a reservoir ten feet across [was created] to retain all the water possible. The house is furnished, painted, calcimined, and all done except bathrooms were fitted up and water closets in the building. The bath preparations must go out of the building. We all knew from the first that this change must be made, but so many were seeking the privileges of the sanitarium that we had to say, “Come,” but the steam from the bathrooms as they are located are not wholesome in the rooms. That change must be made. The house is now, I think, every room taken and another house hired is for the accommodation of the nurses and the helpers. Wonderful cures have been wrought. The senators and judges and members of parliament have been the guests and patients.
(20LtMs, Lt 363, 1905, 2)
Now this does me good, for I have worked so earnestly to secure the building. Had to hire three thousand dollars at 7 percent interest, but we hired money for less as soon as possible. Sister Gotzian and I clasped hands over my writing table that we would be responsible for the purchase of that grand building, for five thousand dollars. Thank the Lord, we say praise His holy name. I will praise Him who is the health of my countenance and my God. I was the first patient. I worked so hard in various places in speaking in tents and in chapels that I gave myself no sufficient favor, and speaking to hundreds and over and over again standing in ill ventilated tents and meeting houses, the sickness came upon me, and I was much afflicted. Have not fully recovered, but work in night hours every night or morning while others are sleeping.
(20LtMs, Lt 363, 1905, 3)
I have ofttimes in the night awakened with deep earnest impressions and then no more sleep for me. For weeks it has been at one o’clock. I build my fires in [the] fireplace and then go to my writing. I have saddening things presented and the most blessed things of the future. The Lord will take means oft to humble and prove us. Never is there more gracious love than when our Saviour takes His own means to save us from greater trials, to humble us, to prove us, bringing us out of ourselves, our likings, our ways, our methods, and presents His yoke. “Take my yoke upon you and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls, for my yoke is easy and my burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] Praise the Lord, I know what this means, and I will follow the footsteps of my Redeemer, and I will walk in His footsteps. Only believe, only trust, is as if spoken to me, and I am at rest. Well, I think I have written about all you will care to read. Our mail now is closing and I must get this into the hands of Maggie just as it is. I must send it without copying.
(20LtMs, Lt 363, 1905, 4)
Your sister in Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 363, 1905, 5)
Lt 364, 1905
Olsen, Sister Elmshaven, St. Helena, Cal. August 9, 1905 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Olsen,
I am sorry that I could not see you but I am thankful you are thus far on your journey. You must be looking unto Jesus every moment and understand that He is watching over you, and He calls you one of His little ones. Be not discouraged. He will be to you a present help in every time of need.
(20LtMs, Lt 364, 1905, 1)
I believe in your behalf the angels of God will bless and keep you on your passage. We will pray for you. Be cheerful. Angels will watch and you will not be left alone. I know you can help each other. Always be cheerful, for this is half the battle, the highest display of the power of truth, the brightest trophy to the power of grace. Truth is grace to holding fast the power of truth through unwavering faith.
(20LtMs, Lt 364, 1905, 2)
Know for a certainty that the Lord is your guide and exceeding great reward. Let the praise of Jesus be in your heart and upon your lips. We sincerely hope that you will be continually, trustingly, going upward, and that the Lord’s care will preserve. You must expect to improve in health because the Lord desires you should be happy in His love. Let not one word of unbelief pass from your lips and you will be a blessing to souls and may you and your husband be assured all the way that you are in the path of duty.
(20LtMs, Lt 364, 1905, 3)
God bless you, dear sis. Be happy in God.
(20LtMs, Lt 364, 1905, 4)
Ellen G. White.
I have been writing since eleven o’clock p.m.
(20LtMs, Lt 364, 1905, 5)
Lt 365, 1905
My Friend NP Circa 1905 Previously unpublished. Not sent. My Friend,
You are a young man and have your life before you. I am sorry that your life has been very much of a mistake. Now you enter manhood and I could not give you the least encouragement [that] any favor being done you in supposing to improve you would have the effect to do that. Anyone who will attempt to help you in your present state of inefficiency will do you an injury. You are now to see what you can do in humbling yourself to help yourself.
(20LtMs, Lt 365, 1905, 1)
I do not advise you even to attend school, but first engage in some kind of outdoor employment that will bring relief to your wearied nerves and [where] you can, if with a wise man, study how to make a man of yourself. You have unwisely been favored too much for your good. Will you now pray the Lord to help you to wake up your slumbering, lazy inclination? Now you could, at the Mountain View printing office, show yourself to be a man. No one can do this for you, but you can now excel where you have defeated yourself.
(20LtMs, Lt 365, 1905, 2)
I have in view several such cases whom I have tried to help, but told them I could not lower themselves in their own estimation and self-respect [by] offering to help them. It would be doing you a decided injury to pay your school bills. A young man of your age is fully able if he appreciates his physical, mental, and moral powers, and puts in hard working as would be best for one who has had the honor to be called industrious in doing common duties in life. The best thing you can do is to work hard, [so] that, if need be, in the future you can sustain your mother in the place of feeling yourself a helpless burden upon her.
(20LtMs, Lt 365, 1905, 3)
Place yourself out of temptation to be idle and sporting with idle boys. Work hard, diligently, and show a justifiable pride in showing your industrious efforts. Seek advice and counsel. Ask what is best to do and never, never grieve your mother’s heart because you are a worthless son that must be supported. Change this. You have had a disposition to dislike industry. Go to work and make a man of yourself. You can find enough to do which properly exercised will give strength of muscles and wake up your dulled brain. Now change this order of things.
(20LtMs, Lt 365, 1905, 4)
Your mother is constantly wise and industrious. Now whatever you do, first surrender and give heart and soul to the Lord and then do not live in this world as a useless young man, but a man studying how to become ingenious in applying yourself to labor. Would you keep on as you are, not to be depended on, you are only a burden any and everywhere. And for you to continue this kind of life, what honor will you gain to yourself that you will have an individuality to be looked upon as a failure? You would today be a useful, strong man had you never seen a diamond or a gold gift. Sporting and amusement has been your sad history. What is written in the books of heaven concerning worth? Should you be placed in the heavenly scale, what virtue have you cultivated?
(20LtMs, Lt 365, 1905, 5)
Lt 366, 1905
Ballenger, A. F. NP Circa 1905 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Brother A. F. Ballenger:
I have words to speak to all God’s people to beware of your vain philosophy. You are out of the way. You are weaving fine threads into the figures composing a pattern and in doing this you call the mind from the very subjects that God designs shall prepare souls for the work God has given them for this time.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 1)
I am instructed to say the Lord Jesus is not leading your mind now any more than on the occasion when the paper The Sentinel was lifted up before a party and a hand was passed over the articles published in this paper, saying this paper could be in circulation to thousands of unbelievers. The words were repeated, “If the Sabbath question was left out, then the circulation would be largely increased.” But one was in the company who said, “In that case, who would advocate the publication of this paper? The testing truth question must not be lost sight of in one issue but should appear in vindication of the Sabbath. Isaiah 58:11-14.”
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 2)
You advocated the idea, and then you confessed your error with weeping. Now you are again in error. God has not given you the burden you suppose. He has laid the foundation of truth and we came to the right position of what is truth nearly half a century ago. All through this period we have had both men and women coming up to advance new light that was—is—not of God. Why? Because the Lord God of heaven has led us in light, clear and definable, which places the sanctuary question in the right light before the people.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 3)
O how tremblingly we walked and worked and searched the Scriptures. Chapter after chapter of experience was opened before us in remarkable transactions. There were meetings of a few, about one dozen, and the Scriptures were searched point by point until every point was established in the faith. We pled the promise, “The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and He will show us His covenant.” [Psalm 25:14.]
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 4)
These men had critical minds and it was first one and then the other that was convinced on the sanctuary question. The representation was so clear and distinct from the pattern God gave them in the mount that the most convincing arguments were brought forward. As the love of Christ was progressing in our hearts the clear and distinct truth was substantiated. It was months of urgent searching. When once the truth was harmonious in the minds of the praying, searching ones, then all presented it before other minds, and as the numbers of Sabbathkeepers increased there was harmony in our ranks of understanding.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 5)
There had been mourning and sighing over our understanding at first, but this did not make any perceptible gaining in knowledge of the Bible facts. We presented the truth as we now advocate it, and as some opposed we just patiently went over the subject again and again and again of the sanctuary question until the glory of God would come upon us. Again and again the room where we assembled was so full of the glory of God. Our voices came up to God to prayer, singing, and praise. And it was oft substantiated by the glory of God in vision. The matter was presented and confirmed. It cost us much labor to make every point clear to critical minds, but always such blessings came that the faces of all present expressed the glory of God. So we became established upon the question of the sanctuary question. I cannot begin to present the powerful experience. This experience was carried from place to place, but I have not strength to go into all the experience. Suffice it to say, we were confirmed and established.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 6)
Many times this experience has been repeated in the presentation of the truth in new places. Fresh perceptions were imparted, bringing into consciousness vigorous vibrations—cords of such striking importance as exist between Christ and our own hearts. The visions were given to confirm the message. There was not a depending upon the mere Word, but the confirmation of that Word in mighty power. The Spirit of Christ and of the closest seeking of God were manifest. All who sought Him with all the heart found Him. The weak in faith in Bible evidence were confirmed, strengthened, and settled. All did [not] discern the sanctuary question in its important bearings until the representations came to them in the clear application of truth from the visions which God gave. The power and the glory and the honor flowed forth from human lips. When opposers came in to block the way by a specious reasoning, the Lord raised up many of the strong reasons through the Spirit of God to confirm the Word.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 7)
I have a message for Bro. Ballenger. You are mistaken in your Scriptural explanations, for God’s Word is not Yea and Nay, but Yea and Amen; for there are many confirmations of the truthfulness of our position and understanding of the sanctuary. One scripture in its explanation is not to deny the truth of the sanctuary question which figures so prominently in the Word. You may twist the Scriptures, as many will in these last days, so that they have long threads which they draw into their figure. Many, many words carry not the light, neither theories. After our brother gets through his long fine-threaded argument the people cannot understand, for the proofs are wanting.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 8)
The Lord calls upon you, Testify to the truth and do not commit to minds such explanations that the mind becomes confused. Their minds cannot grasp your long explanations. We must have truth that is more forcible without so much that cannot be explained and made discernible. In short, you are not to carry any such explanations before the people, for truth needs not such indiscernible assertions. Your mind and the minds of the people want solid, plain truth that will not deny and disconnect God’s special truths that have been bearing the test of investigation for nearly a century.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 9)
I have a message for Bro. Ballenger which will prove for his present and eternal good if he will humbly seek God and have his spiritual eyesight cleared to discern that which has been presented to me. The figure of the pattern he is framing is positively a mistake, and it will do much harm to many poor souls. I have been giving the note of warning, Take heed how ye hear. The Lord Jesus would not have any such mystery of His truth.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 10)
Satanic agencies are pleased to use the mind and voice to speak to the people sentiments which will set minds on a train of questioning and criticizing the facts of the Word of God. You begin this work and you will be in union with the some who will depart from the faith giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Paul was a religious man before he was converted. He was a Christian in heart, mind, and soul, after his conversion. If the enemy can divert minds from the great central work to be done in preparing a people to stand in the great testing of character before us that will please him. The Lord forbids anyone claiming to believe the truth to get up explanations of Scripture to deny the truth that has been given to His people and to disturb and occupy the minds with new theories that would undermine the foundations of the Word of God. Some other man will come in and have a burden to give his interpretation of the Word which will set minds in unrest and withdraw them from the issues that now are to occupy the minds of ministers. Read Matt. 28:16-20.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 11)
There is with you, my brother, a desire to bring in something new and to take the minds captive, and yourself be supposed to be a deep man in research of the Word, when the facts are that you are not rightly interpreting the Word. You are bringing in subjects of controversy and raising all manner of questions which employs the time [of your fellow ministers] to hear you. Your time to go into these explanations is not called for and creates questions and differences of opinion and creates strife and misunderstandings and a party spirit. You are to be careful whom you are serving in this line. You need to stop right where you are, for you have an instructor by your side to lead you astray with deceiving representations. I shall now present this before all our people as you have chosen to turn from the warnings given. I shall be compelled to warn our people.
(20LtMs, Lt 366, 1905, 12)
Lt 367, 1905
Arthur, Judge Jesse NP 1905 Not sent. Judge [Jesse] Arthur:
I have a message during the past night for you. I have hoped and hoped in vain that Dr. Kellogg would break from the snares of Satan. His only hope for his soul is that he does now the work of repentance. But you are in this snare and you have permitted yourself to come under the rebuke of God, “Woe unto ye lawyers.” [Luke 11:52.] The forbearance and charity that you have been exercising in the specious and determined efforts of Dr. Kellogg have brought the spell of Satan’s delusive reasonings upon you. Break this spell now before you go one step farther.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 1)
I am instructed, permit not yourself to become spiritually blind through the sophistries of Satan. You are moving under the control of a specious deviser who tempted our first parents. You are being betrayed to mislead and betray and serve the purposes of Satan. Why do you thus do? You know better than to act the lawyer against Christian principles. Will you array your energies to do deeds which will have to stand the test of the judgment?
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 2)
You know this work you have entered into is not at all righteous and conscientious. Will you sacrifice truth and imperil your soul to do unjust things, to appropriate that which the cause of God shall and is now demanding to save souls from perishing in their sins? Have we not suffered enough in the hindrance of our work through the leadings of Dr. Kellogg into any scheme he desires to do—dishonest things? Again the words were spoken, “Woe unto lawyers.”
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 3)
Prudence and discretion are now to be exercised if you value your soul. Do not, for Christ’s sake, sell your soul at the price now offered you. The soul of Dr. Kellogg is in the balance. Will you help him in his unjust course to turn the scale and satisfy the devil’s triumph? Will it pay? What is a man profited if he gain the whole world and lose his own soul or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 4)
If you cannot [keep] a lawyer’s business without sacrificing righteousness and truth, give up that business. Break the spell now. Become a heroic reformer. Touch not one case that comes to you that will make you a partaker of the evil work to plague and discourage and make difficulties for the Lord’s people who are doing His work. Will you set yourself, Judge Arthur, to oppose the gracious designs of God, in preparing a people to stand in the time of trouble, such a time of trouble as has never been since there was a nation? Your eternal interest now is at stake. Break away from the controversy of the doctor. His spell is upon you. His science of influence is exerting on every occasion where he dares. But this spell will soon be broken by all who will take a decided stand.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 5)
The legal side of the question is now to be weighed with the instruction of the “Thus saith the Lord,”—the Bible, the Bible standard. You are working contrary to whatever is done. You must stand the test of the judgment. Give up forever the system of dishonoring God, going contrary to His gospel. Will you help Dr. Kellogg to do this work he is contemplating? Will you array your influence to defraud any branch of the work of God? Whatever stand you take, let it be that which will stand the investigation of the judgment.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 6)
The gospel of Jesus Christ is the reform J. H. Kellogg refuses to accept. Whatever action shall place an impediment in the way of advancing the truth of heavenly origin in the way of its progress and triumph is dangerous innovation destined to result in the ruin of the soul of J. H. Kellogg. The result will be the same in your case, for blindness—spiritual blindness—will come upon you that you cannot break.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 7)
A work is before us to save a lost world. Your action in connection with the work of Dr. Kellogg is soon to be weighed in the balances of the sanctuary so that his course of action will react to the loss of his soul. He may ignore all warnings God has given. He may misconstrue, as he has done, in saying when I gave the first three talks in Battle Creek at the last General Conference (when he tried to turn aside the evidence given at that time ), “I gave Sister White that inspiration.” He knew that was falsehood, but every misconstruction will be devised to make the testimonies of none effect—that which God has given to His people to declare His word and purposes in reform and for His own name’s glory.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 8)
I have been shown the base presentations that have been preparing for a length of time to make of none effect the testimonies. There will be no means left untried through the counterfeits of infidelity and to destroy the confidence of the people of God. Falsehoods after falsehoods will be fabricated and stated as truth to beguile souls to exalt Dr. K. Will it pay? No liar can inherit the kingdom of God. The Lord has charged me to set these things before you. Your duty is plain against a system that can be called a legal lawyer production. But does it bear the completion of the Bible standard?
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 9)
You have pledged the gospel standard yourself before the three highest authorities in the heavenly courts at your baptism, that whatever shall interfere with your spiritual and eternal interest you will be dead to its plausibility. The Bible and the Bible alone is our great reformer to make good our baptismal vows. No substitute or reasoning can evade this pledge. You are to come out and be separate, and not to act in harmony with lawyers’ schemes, but to stand for truth and righteousness. Whatever is inconsistent in the action of the righteousness of Christ in any case is not in accordance with the baptismal vows. Those who ignore and disregard the teachings of God’s Word and its supreme authority violate their baptismal vows and the teachings of the Word to save a lost world; for it never can be done in harmony with truth and righteousness and the reformatory power promised by the Father and Son and Holy Spirit, while men are voluntarily linking themselves with the agents and ministers of unrighteousness.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 10)
Reformatory action is the humiliation of self. “Ye are dead and your life is hid with Christ in God and when He who is your life shall appear then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:3, 4.] Is not this again worth obtaining? Having determined what reform means, every soul, for their own present and future eternal interest, should labor to promote these reforms—not [acting] according to the unsanctified, selfish measurement of man guided and controlled [by] science of satanic origin. Will God’s people open their eyes and with fearfulness and courage stand up for Jesus? This will provoke opposition, calumny, and bitterest hatred. Selfish interest, lustful ambitions for advantage will clamor for the supremacy, [from] conservatives whose craft is in danger.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 11)
O that the heart of Dr. Kellogg would become changed, for he is ready to sacrifice whatever is dearest to retain as a man and to carry out his selfish and corrupt principles on the altar of his greed. God will give him another opportunity to show himself a man and not sacrifice truth and righteousness [which] for the last time is upon him.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 12)
But Judge Arthur, you are drawn into a net of deception to help a man that is sacrificing mercy and the love of God for ungodly advantage. With the help you are giving him you may gain the case in his behalf, but [only] to secure gains which will promote himself. Thank God there are men who will be converted to the truth, and men who are now in the cause of truth and righteousness who cannot agree to sell their souls for any advantage. In the cause of truth and godliness they will not make a compromise for any man’s advantage. They will recognize the most hard and trying duties [to be] the highest and safest. There are men who are now to fear not and do not after Satan’s policy. They will relinquish all praise that was apparently within their grasp, all applause which they might have received from Satan’s side of the question and who will now in these last days so estimate righteousness, truth, and justice, [that] they will not consent to be beguiled by Satan’s sophistry.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 13)
God calls upon every man that lives to become a reformer to support righteous actions. Some will be flattered by the prospect of position or gain to keep silence when it is heavenly eloquence to speak. They are smothered with pretended friendships. Their mouths are stopped from speaking the truth, to lay things just as they are, open to the light of day. They climb into office and find it convenient to overcome. The true, reforming Bible points [away] from all guile. They are seduced in Satan’s net to flounder [and be] caught.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 14)
The Son of God is revealed, yes manifested, that He might draw all men unto Him. He said, “I came not to send peace on earth, but a sword.” [Matthew 10:34.] His followers must walk in the light of His glorious example at whatever sacrifice or peril of property or life itself. The true reformation must be after the heavenly order, bearing the divine signature and push the triumph of the cross of Christ. The reformers of today, 1905, must be decided, resolute, and unflinchingly stand in the light of the cross of Calvary.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 15)
Let all be as cheerful as possible, while willing to endure the cross and despise the shame. Avoid the danger of a censorious spirit and bitterness as you contemplate the injustice and the wickedness of those who are imbued with the spiritualistic science of Satan. The work of God needs to be advanced in the spirit of Christ. It needs not the devil’s wisdom or the devil’s roughness—denunciation of sin may be and should be called by the right name. “Get thee behind me, Satan.” [Matthew 16:23.] Yet seek to do all possible to reform.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 16)
Christ denounced all pretensions to godliness that was made the garb of hypocrisy. There are those who cover their true condition as did the Jews; having position and authority they supposed they had the staff in their own hands. They would not enter the kingdom of heaven themselves and those that would enter they threatened to denounce and turn out of the synagogue. They did not have a sense that they needed Gospel reform, and yet Christ worked in all their cities as long as it was safe. His life must be preserved until the time appointed. Many may be deceived by men who make pretensions to godliness, whose hearts are overflowing with deceit and with iniquity. These Christ openly denounced as hypocrites, blind guides, serpents, a generation of vipers doomed to the damnation of hell. They repeated tradition after tradition and long spun theories, talking of Abraham.
(20LtMs, Lt 367, 1905, 17)
Lt 368, 1905
Ballenger, E. S. San Diego, Paradise Valley, Cal. Circa September 19, 1905 Previously unpublished. Not sent. [Dear Brother E. S. Ballenger:]
I will begin a letter to you not knowing as I can finish it, for we have decided to be homeward bound. We found that a most trying case has been brought to this place—a woman to pass through confinement [due to childbirth] that apparently would cost her her life. But they are doing all that they can for her. Before we arrived she was delivered of twin girls, one seven pounds and the other six [pounds]. They appeared to be doing well.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 1)
When Dr. T. S. Whitelock [first] realized the situation, he had little hope the woman’s life could be saved. He sent to San Diego for an expert in trying cases. Br. Johnson was dispatched, and in less than thirty minutes his (Johnson’s) automobile brought the help Dr. Whitelock desired, but the woman’s vital force was gone. She went into spasms and there was no force to bring to birth the children. They were both taken with instruments and then everything that could be done was done. The mother of these first-born children had no strength, no power. Two most excellent nurses were in attendance through the day and an intelligent nurse at night. They worked and they prayed. The woman was not a Christian, and they presented her case—we all did—to the Lord in our prayers.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 2)
Dr. Whitelock said he never had such a case on his hands before. The physicians and nurses exerted all the skill they could safely use. She passed the ninth day with much suffering, but a little hope sprang up the twelfth day. In the evening she asked me if I would pray for her. Her head pains and pelvis pains were apparently almost unbearable. [Her] head was relieved, and she was carefully placed in the wheeled chair and her bed arranged while she was in another room, but what a change in her countenance! There was hope and gratitude. She said, “I am relieved of the torturing pain and feel easy.” The night was passed the best she had realized for a long time and she expressed herself as very thankful. I said, “Thank the Lord, He has heard [our] prayer.” She said, “I know it is so. I have the sense of a decided change. Do continue to pray for me.” Before we parted from her I told her that the Great Healer had been present and His healing power had come to her. She said, “I know it is so; I am relieved of pain.” I then presented the gospel hope, that the Lord had raised her up to love and serve Him. I hoped she would give her heart to the Lord and become His believing disciple.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 3)
This is only one of the several remarkable cases that have come to that sanitarium. One woman came there to die. She had no faith in Jesus Christ. She had entered into all kinds of false doctrines, but she wished to know of our Saviour. They prayed with her and read the Scriptures. The sophistries of the satanic delusions she had been trying to believe gave her no rest, no peace. She came out a decided Christian and died in the triumph of faith. She gave the most clear and decided evidence of true religious experience. And she lived several weeks. She lived a most happy convert to the faith in all the Bible truth, and died happy. And there are other cases. I cannot now give all the particulars, but we will give them at another time.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 4)
While I was speaking in the parlor to the patients and the sanitarium family, I was led out to talk of the Great Physician and His unlimited power to save both soul and body. There was a prominent man employed in official work I cannot name. He had begun to receive one point and then another of our faith, until he had all the leading requirements and accepted all. But he said he could not believe for himself. All that could be brought to bear upon him did not give him that faith which grasps the love of Christ personally for himself.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 5)
I made the simplicity of faith so plain that a little child could receive it. He said, “I have confessed every sin I have any knowledge of.” I repeated his words in my talks on the point of faith, thus, for two or three mornings, and told the man he was trying to get hold of something material for him to acknowledge as faith. I told him all he had to do was to take God at His word without any remarkable demonstration, but to say, “Lord, I believe Thy Word. I take Thee at Thy own statement, ‘Him that will come unto me I will in no wise cast out.’” [John 6:37.] Thus we labored to explain that faith was not a remarkable demonstration of feeling. Faith takes God at His word. You send your faith within the veil where Jesus is, and talk with God, [saying], “You said it, Lord. You said it: ‘He that cometh unto me I will in no wise cast out.’‘Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden and I will give you rest. Take my yoke (of obedience) and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly of heart and ye shall find rest to your soul. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.’” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 6)
I then tried to get him to understand that faith was taking God at His word and not waiting for the impulse of feeling. Your faith reaches into that within the veil, and you grasp the promise which Jesus has given, and [you] say, “It is mine because I take God at His word.” And praise the Lord, your faith makes the promise yours. When the reality comes and you rely upon the Word, the blessing is yours and was yours the moment your faith grasped the promise. When the evidence, the rest, the peace comes, it is no longer faith but assurance. And you may rejoice and praise God in all the freedom of forgiveness and pardon of sin, because your faith makes it yours in fact—feeling or no feeling.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 7)
Hebrews 11 gives the exposition of faith. It is the substance of things hoped for and the evidence of things not seen. Read this explanation of faith [in] verse 6: “But without faith it is impossible to please God, for he that cometh to God must believe that he is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek him.” In my talk I urged all to read the whole chapter. Take the Word of God as your counselor and walk out upon that Word in full and trusting obedience. The last talk I gave, I addressed this man, “Have you grasped what faith is—the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things unseen? Do you now have faith?” He said, “I have faith now.”
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 8)
We can see why there should be sanitariums. Several have been converted because Christ is held forth as the greatest Missionary Worker the world has ever seen. Some suffered for the truth’s sake. “Thy Word is truth.” [John 17:17.] And this institution or sanitarium has proved the word of the Lord that the great Master Healer will, if you ask Him in faith, take away your disease. “By faith Moses when he was come to years, refused (the great honor) to become the son of Pharaoh’s daughter, choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season; esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for he had respect unto the recompense of the reward.”[Hebrews 11, ] verses 24-26. Read the chapter.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 9)
How glad I was that this patient in coming to the sanitarium found relief through simple, rational methods to relieve the body of suffering and, more, found relief to his sinsick soul, for the Lord Jesus has taken away his sin; and He can give him health of soul and of body. And he [may] become acquainted with those who make the Word of God the man of their counsel. This gentleman found Christians in our sanitarium in Paradise Valley, San Diego, California—Christians in principle and precept, practice and example. This experience, given in the sanitarium at Paradise Valley, verifies the name sanitarium. Those who seek the Lord for needful good in physical health find in the atmosphere of the sanitarium the sanctifying, healing ministry of Jesus Christ.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 10)
This sanitarium required a well to be dug in search for water, and they found abundance of water ninety-five feet down. This cost money, but there stands the pure water in abundance. [To] obtain the machinery to bring up the rising water and frame the well cost money, and the addition of buildings for treatment rooms and [rooms] to be occupied by patients cost something. Additions to rooms had to be [built], and this cost money.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 11)
We would ask those in Southern California who have means that will help us to finish these buildings—which cost not less than ten thousand dollars—to help in doing this good work for the Master. Bring in your gifts and offerings in Southern California. We do not call for the means from the conference but from Southern Californians. Let there be your offerings. We have need of the help that you can give us, and we are sure you will do this, because you have been forward to invest in Paradise Valley as the necessities required. The Lord will bless you in doing this work.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 12)
We have the deep, pure interest to obtain possession of the few buildings and have given the directions to have the buildings purchased, for they are much needed. We hope, Brother Ballenger, this will be done in accordance with our recent conversation. Please let me know, for I do wish to have this completed without delay. We need every foot of tillable land on that side of the road where these buildings are. Make no delay. We are not working for our own interest but for the interest of the sanitarium. I have given Brother Ballenger the urgency of this matter. We will thank the Lord for water, good pure water. Oh, I am so glad that we can secure this water. It has cost labor and prayer.
(20LtMs, Lt 368, 1905, 13)